units

faculty-pg-arts

Faculty of Arts

Skip to content | Change text size
 

print version

Monash University

Monash University Handbook 2011 Postgraduate - Units


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)

Chief examiner(s)

Lynette Russell


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)

Chief examiner(s)

Lynette Russell


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Scott Grant

Notes

Previously coded CHI4010

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to spoken and written modern standard Chinese to students with no prior knowledge of Mandarin. An overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese is begun with equal emphasis on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Read around 250 Chinese characters and identify important associated radicals.
  2. Write around 250 Chinese characters in simple composition.
  3. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a small number of everyday practical situations.
  4. Use the pinyin romanisation system.

Assessment

Written work and tests: 60%
Exam: 25%
Oral exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Scott Grant

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prohibitions

ATS1001, ATS1021, ATS2001, ATS2021, APG4021, APG5001, APG5021


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Scott Grant

Notes

Previously coded CHI4020

Synopsis

This unit continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Read around an additional 250 Chinese characters (500 in total) and identify important associated radicals.
  2. Write around an additional 250 Chinese characters in simple composition (around 500 in total).
  3. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a range of everyday practical situations (approximates to International Second Language Proficiency level 1-: minimum creative proficiency).

Assessment

Written work and tests: 60%
Exam: 25%
Oral exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Scott Grant

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 1 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

ATS1002, ATS1022, ATS2002, ATS2022, APG4022, APG5002, APG5022


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Robert Irving

Notes

Previously coded CHI4030

Synopsis

Chinese 3 continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1 and 2. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations, to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and reading skills will be further developed through the use of audio/visual, Web-based and computer-assisted language learning materials.

Objectives

Building on the skills acquired in Beginning Chinese, upon successful completion of this unit students will have acquired:

  1. The ability to read and write an additional 200 Chinese characters (700 in total).
  2. A preliminary understanding of the basic syntax of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study.
  4. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations.
  5. Cultural (socio-political) knowledge to enhance understanding of the texts under study and the cultural sensitivity to communicate using appropriate levels of formality with Chinese from mainland China, Taiwan and various parts of the Chinese Diaspora.

Assessment

Written work: 20%
Exam and tests: 50%
Oral test and class performance: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Robert Irving

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 2 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

ATS1003, ATS1023, ATS2003, ATS2023, ATS3023, APG4023, APG5003, APG5023


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Lijun Bi

Notes

Previously coded CHI4050

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culturE.

Objectives

This unit is available to students who have a Chinese language ability equivalent to Chinese 4; Upon successful completion of this subject students will develop:

  1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
  2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
  4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
  5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

Assessment

Tests and class assessments: 50%
Exam: 35%
Oral exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Lijun Bi

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

CHI3040 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

ATS1005, ATS1025, ATS2005, ATS2025, ATS3005, CHI3095, APG4025, APG5005, APG5025


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Lijun Bi

Notes

Previously coded CHI4060

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culture.

Objectives

This unit is available to students who have passed Chinese 5, or who have equivalent language ability. Upon successful completion of this unit students will develop:

  1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
  2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
  4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
  5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

Assessment

Tests and class assessments: 50%
Exam: 35%
Oral exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Lijun Bi

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

APG4005 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

ATS1006, ATS1026, ATS2006, ATS2026, ATS3006, ATS3026, APG4026, APG5006, APG5026


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Warren Sun

Notes

Previously coded CHI4070

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

Objectives

The subject aims to provide students with:

  1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.
  2. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.
  3. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

Assessment

Class participation (450 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar paper and associated oral presentation (1350 words equivalent): 20%
10%;Two written assignments (1350 words in total): 30%; Written examination (1350 words equivalent): 30%;

Chief examiner(s)

Warren Sun

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 6 (ATS1006) or permission

Prohibitions

ATS1007, ATS2007, CHI2079, ATS3007, ATS4007, ATS4027, APG5007, APG5027


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Warren Sun

Notes

Previously coded CHI4080

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

Objectives

The subject aims to provide students with:

  1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.
  2. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.
  3. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

Assessment

Class participation (450 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar paper and associated oral presentation(1350 words equivalent): 20%
10%; Two written assignments (1350 words in total): 30%; Written examination (1350 words equivalent): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Hui Huang

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 7 or permission

Prohibitions

ATS1008, CHI1098, ATS2008, CHI2098, ATS3008, CHI3098, ATS4008, ATS4028, APG5008, APG5028


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Hui Xu

Notes

Previously coded CHI4090

Synopsis

Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s - 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural changes in modern China resulting from the 1911 Revolution.

Objectives

  1. To further develop students' ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Oral presentation: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/perfomance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Hui Xu

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 8 language level proficiency as determined by placement test.

Prohibitions

ATS1009, ATS1029, ATS2009, ATS2029, ATS3009, ATS3029, ATS4009, ATS4029, APG5009, APG5029


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Hui Xu

Notes

Previously coded CHI4100

Synopsis

Building on and consolidating Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s TO 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural change of modern China as a result of the 1911 Revolution.

Objectives

  1. To further develop students linguistic ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoke and written forms.
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Oral presentation: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Hui Xu

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 9 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

ATS1010, ATS1030, ATS2010, CHI2190, ATS3010, ATS3030, ATS4010, ATS4030, APG5010, APG5030


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Hui Xu

Notes

Previously coded CHI4110

Synopsis

Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

  1. a general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s).
  2. an in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
  3. the ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentation: 15%
Class participation/perfomance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Hui Xu

Contact hours

Three x 1 hr seminars/week

Prerequisites

Chinese 10 language level proficiency or by permission.

Prohibitions

ATS1011, ATS1031, ATS2011, ATS2031, ATS3011, ATS3031, ATS4011, ATS4031, APG5011, APG5031


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Hui Xu

Notes

Previously coded CHI4120

Synopsis

Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

  1. a general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s)
  2. an in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
  3. the ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentation: 15%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Hui Xu

Contact hours

Three x 1 hr seminars/week

Prerequisites

Chinese 11 or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS1012, ATS1032, ATS2012, ATS2032, ATS3012, ATS3032, ATS4012, ATS4032, APG5012, APG5032


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a number of basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation studies. It is aimed at improving students' intercultural and inter-lingual communication skills through various translation projects and critical readings of a range of different representations of Chinese translation works. The integration of classroom teaching and translation projects will encourage students to apply the basic translation skills they learn from the class to translation practices. Small group discussion encourages students to discuss some common conceptual and practical issues of translation among themselves.

Objectives

This unit is designed for those students who have completed Chinese 8 or equivalent. Upon successfully completing the unit, students are expected:

  1. to have a basic understanding of theoretical and practical issues in modern Chinese translation activities;
  2. to improve their communication skills between the two languages and;
  3. to acquire some important techniques of translation between Chinese and English;
  4. to be capable of enrolling in higher level of translation studies (graduate diploma or Masters of Translation Studies.

Assessment

Written work and Class test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Chun-Ming Shan

Contact hours

3 hours on weekly basis

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese translation

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS1035, ATS2015, ATS2035, ATS3015, ATS3035, CHI4659


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a number of additional basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation studies. It is aimed at improving students' intercultural and inter-lingual communication skills through various translation projects and critical readings of a range of different representations of Chinese translation works. Through the study of Chinese and Western translation history, students will be able to enhance their translation skills. In addition, translation analysis is also introduced.

Objectives

Upon successfully completing the unit, students are expected:
1/ to have furthered their understanding of theoretical and practical issues in modern Chinese translation activities and studies
2/ to have improved their communication skills between the two languages and cultures and
3/ to have acquired some important techniques of translation between Chinese and English, and
4/ to be able to enrol in higher level of translation studies (Graduate Diploma or Masters of Translation Studies).

Assessment

Written work and Class test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Chunming Shan

Contact hours

3 hours on weekly basis

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese translation

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS1036, ATS2016, ATS2036, ATS3016, ATS3036


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Scott Grant

Notes

Previously coded CHI4901

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It provides an introduction to spoken and written modern standard Chinese to students with no prior knowledge of Mandarin. An overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese is begun with equal emphasis on the four skills of reading, writing, listening, and speaking.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Read around 250 characters and identify important composite radicals
  2. Write around 250 Chinese characters in simple composition
  3. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a number of everyday practical situations, and
  4. Use the pinyin romanisation system.

Assessment

Written work and tests: 60%
Exam: 25%
Oral exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Scott Grant

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

Prohibitions

ATS1001, ATS2001, ATS2021, APG4001, APG5001, APG5021


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Scott Grant

Notes

Previously coded CHI4902

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It unit continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening, and speaking.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Read around an additional 250 Chinese characters (500 in total) and identify important associated radicals
  2. Write around an additional 250 Chinese characters in simple composition (around 500 in total)
  3. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a range of everyday practical situations (approximates to International Second Language Proficiency Level 1-: minimum creative proficiency).

Assessment

Written work and tests: 60%
Exam: 25%
Oral exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Scott Grant

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 1 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS1002, ATS1022, ATS2002, APG4002, APG5002, APG5022


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Robert Irving

Notes

Previously coded CHI4903

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1 and 2. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations, to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have acquired:

  1. The ability to read and write an additional 200 Chinese characters (700 in total).
  2. A preliminary understanding of the basic syntax of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study.
  4. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations.
  5. Cultural (socio-political) knowledge to enhance understanding of the texts under study and the cultural sensitivity to communicate using appropriate levels of formality with Chinese from mainland China, Taiwan and various parts of the Chinese Diaspora.

Assessment

Written work: 20%
Exam and tests: 50%
Oral test and class performance: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Robert Irving

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 2 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS1003, ATS1023, ATS2003, ATS2023, ATS3023, APG4003, APG5003, APG5023


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Robert Irving

Notes

Previously coded CHI4904

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It gives students an overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China.

Objectives

Building on the language skills acquired in Chinese 3, on successful completion of Chinese 4 students will have developed:

  1. The ability to read and write around an additional 200 Chinese characters (900) total
  2. An understanding of the basic syntax system of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study facilitating progression to later study of formal written Chinese (in Chinese Media Studies and Advanced Chinese)
  4. Comprehension skills necessary to read simple modern vernacular texts
  5. Basic Chinese word processing skills, and
  6. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations (approximates to International Second Language Proficiency Level 1+: transactional proficiency (able to satisfy all survival needs and limited social needs).

Assessment

Written work: 20%
Exam and tests: 50%
Oral test and class performance: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Robert Irving

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 3 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS1004, ATS1024, ATS2004, ATS2024, ATS3024, APG4004, APG5004, APG5024


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Lijun Bi

Notes

Previously coded CHI4905

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It introduces students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culture.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will develop:

  1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
  2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
  4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
  5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

Assessment

Tests and class assessments: 50%
Exam: 35%
Oral exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Lijun Bi

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 4 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS1005, ATS1025, ATS2005, ATS2025, ATS3005, ATS3025, APG4005, APG5005, APG5025


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Hui Xu

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry Program. Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, it will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired:

  1. A general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s).
  2. An in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
  3. The ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentation: 15%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Hui Xu

Contact hours

60 hours over 3 weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 10 language level proficiency or by permission


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Hui Xu

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry Program. Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

  1. A general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s)
  2. An in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism)
  3. The ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentation: 15%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Hui Xu

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 11 language level proficiency or by permission


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Lijian Hong

Notes

Previously coded CHI4550

Synopsis

The usage of Chinese for professional purposes through participation in the production of an online Chinese language student journal, which will be published on the School's web site. Entry is limited to twelve places per semester.

Assessment

Class contribution: 10%
Written work: 60%
Presentations: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Lijan Hong

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS2041, ATS2047, ATS3041, ATS3047, ATS4041


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Lijian Hong

Notes

Previously coded CHI4560

Synopsis

The usage of Chinese for professional purposes through participation in the production of an online Chinese language student journal, which will be published on the School's web site. Entry is limited to twelve places per semester.

Assessment

Class contribution: 10%
Written work: 60%
Presentations: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Lijian Hong

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS2042, ATS2048, ATS3042, ATS3048, ATS4042


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Gloria Davies

Notes

Previously coded CHI4430

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the Chinese language as it is used in academic writing within the Chinese humanities. It will cover a range of key topics in the disciplines of literature, politics, history and cultural studies, as these are discussed and written about in English and Chinese. It will also examine and compare Chinese and Western styles of academic writing and research methods. Questions of translation, both linguistic and cultural, will be central to this unit.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to have acquired:

  1. A basic understanding of key features of modern Chinese intellectual history with reference to: East-West perspectives on Chinese Studies; May Fourth concepts of enlightenment, democracy, science and nationalism; the Cultural Revolution and the renewal of humanist values in post-Mao China.
  2. Library and web-based research skills relevant to modern Chinese studies.
  3. Translation skills (appropriate to the Chinese language ability of individual students) and an understanding of aspects of translation theory relevant to modern Chinese studies.
  4. A good knowledge of the socio-political contexts of the evolution of modern Chinese thought in the twentieth century.
  5. Skills of analysis and interpretation in the study of China through exposure to the textual sources used in this unit.

Assessment

Written work and translation:(3000 words): 75%
Oral presentation: 15%
Literature review (750 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Gloria Davies

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 2 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS2039/ATS3053/ATS4045


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Gloria Davies

Notes

Previously coded CHI4440

Synopsis

This unit will extend on the work completed in Understanding Modern China by introducing students to further aspects of the Chinese language as it is used in academic writing within the Chinese humanities. It will cover a range of key topics in the disciplines of literature, politics, history and cultural studies, as these are discussed and written about in English and Chinese. It will also examine and compare Chinese and Western styles of academic writing and research methods. Questions of translation, both linguistic and cultural, will be central to this unit.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to have acquired:

  1. A basic understanding of issues and themes in contemporary Chinese critical inquiry with reference to intellectual debates on: inter-cultural dialogue; the public sphere; socialist principles vs. globalisation; new theoretical developments in the Chinese humanities and social sciences;
  2. Library and web-based research skills relevant to modern Chinese studies;
  3. Translation skills (in accordance with the Chinese language ability of individual students) and an understanding of aspects of translation theory relevant to modern Chinese studies;
  4. A good knowledge of the socio-political context of contemporary Chinese critical inquiry;
  5. Skills of analysis and interpretation in the study of China through exposure to the textual sources used in this unit.

Assessment

Written work and translation project: 67%
Oral presentation and written summary (750 words): 16%; Film review (750 words): 17%

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Prof Gloria Davies

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 2 or equivalent.

Prohibitions

ATS2040/ATS3054/ATS4046


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Flexible)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the opportunity to:

  1. take up examples from their own professional work and subject this to detailed analysis with the support of the supervisor - this option only applies to professionals who have been working with NGOs, agencies etc in the field prior to their enrolment; or
  2. undertake an analysis of a particular theory or case study of importance to the current or future professional development of the student. In both cases the one-to-one relationship with the expert supervisor ensures that a carefully structured reading and writing program is developed in a manner directly relevant to the research topic.

Objectives

On sucessful completion of this unit the student will be able to:

  1. Review a body of literature in their chosen topic, and demonstrate a command of that literature.
  2. Develop key research questions.
  3. Develop critical analytical reasoning of issues through independent thought.
  4. Structure a well written research paper, with a coherent argument.
  5. Write longer, integrated and sustained critical argument.
  6. Gain an in-depth understanding of a comprehensive approach and international best practice to crisis management.

Assessment

Research paper (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

One hour contact (flexible) and an average of 10 hours per week in private research and assessment projects.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Synopsis

This unit provides a theoretical and practical overview of key issues in the rebuilding of household economies following a disaster, from short-term income protection during the acute phase of an emergency to longer-term livelihood planning for the recovery phase and beyond.

Objectives

The unit covers the following key competencies required by development practitioners engaged in livelihood programs:

  1. An introduction to the Sustainable Livelihoods Framework and its applications for post-disaster needs assessments.
  2. An introduction to subsector analysis and other methodologies for assessing potential livelihoods activities.
  3. A critical case-study based review of livelihood interventions in the post-disaster context, including but not limited to cash-for-work programs, asset replacement, technical assistance, microfinance, vocational training and infrastructure building. Particular attention will be given to cross-sectoral issues such as housing, gender and health and their implications for livelihood planning

Assessment

Research paper (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

One hour of online contact or discussion every week, An average of 10 hours per week in private research and assessment projects. The weekly contact is designed for international students who may be here on a scholarship.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Marc Orlando

Notes

Previously coded FNM4720

Synopsis

This unit examines practical and theoretical issues involved in translation of literature and cultures, between French and English. Students will explore individually or collectively ideas about translation through a range of specific text types (different literary genres; journalistic, scholarly or cultural texts). They will work in both language directions within translation workshops where the translation process will be studied through notions such as adaptation/transposition/textual equivalence/communicative function of the translation/comparative stylistics/semantic transfer, etc. Students will practice and develop their own translation skills through a series of translation exercises and a translation project.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the unit, students will:

  1. have considerably developed their translation skills and their understanding of issues involved in the translation process
  2. be able to critically reflect on their own translation practises
  3. be able to understand, discuss and analyse different theoretical issues involved in literary and cultural translations
  4. have developed an ability to engage, critique and compare different types of translations, and
  5. have acquired an understanding of issues of comparative stylistics and a more developed sense of the richness of both languages.

Assessment

Class participation: 5%
Translation assignments (3000 words): 25%
Translation project (2000-3000 words): 25%
Group translation presented in class (500-1000 words): 15%
Examination (3 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Marc Orlando

Contact hours

Two 2-hour seminars or workshops

Prerequisites

ATS3070 and ATS3083 (for French Studies) + APG4813 and APG4815 (for Translation studies)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Heinz Kreutz

Notes

Previously coded GNM4165

Synopsis

A sociolinguistic perspective on the German language. Issues include language and society, politics and education. The role of the German language in a socioculturally and politically changed Europe, with particular reference to questions of language and national identity, pluricentricity and diglossia, the German language and German unity, migrant German and foreigner German, and the national and international status of the German language.

Assessment

Written (3000 words): 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Heinz Kreutz

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

An advanced German Studies core unit.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Paul Thomas

Synopsis

The primary focus of the unit is on the communication skills required for use in an Indonesian setting. Lectures cover a broad introduction to the culture and geography of Indonesia as well as an introduction to strategies and skills required in learning a language. Practicals deal with the introduction and application of basic communication tasks with an emphasis on numeracy skills and immediate needs.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand basic grammatical structures of the Indonesian language.
  2. Consider cultural influences on the use of the Indonesian language.
  3. Use Indonesian to communicate everyday needs with particular emphasis on introductions and family
  4. Apply acquired learning skills to new language learning environments.
  5. Use the Internet and associated electronic tools to obtain information about aspects of language and culture related to Indonesia.

Assessment

Spoken presentation: 25%
Cultural journal (in English): 15%
Short tasks 10%
Written exam: 30%
Spoken exam: 20%.

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Paul Thomas

Synopsis

A continuation of Indonesian 1 . Lectures explore the historical, cultural, and political background to the modern Indonesian state while tutorials continue to develop proficiency in basic communication tasks, though with a greater emphasis on travel related themes.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate greater accuracy in basic grammatical structures of the Indonesian language;
  2. discuss some of the cultural and historical developments that have helped shape Indonesia;
  3. extend their use of Indonesian to communicate everyday needs with particular emphasis on travel;
  4. apply acquired learning skills to new language learning environments;
  5. demonstrate greater ability in the use of the Internet and associated tools for research on aspects of language and culture related to Indonesia.

Assessment

Spoken presentation: 25%
Cultural journal (in English): 15%
Short tasks: 10%
Written exam: 30%
Spoken exam: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Paul Thomas

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent with private tutor.

Prerequisites

ATS4111 or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Paul Thomas

Synopsis

This unit develops and consolidates further students' ability to communicate in the Indonesian language and introduces them to the use of more idiomatic expressions and sophisticated grammar. Students develop an approach to researching current Indonesian cultural and political issues and are provided practice in a wide range of communicative tasks. Emphasis is given to the translation process within the context of common registers.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the Indonesian language across a broad range of non-specialist registers.
  2. make use of more advanced syntax and vocabulary to communicate topics and themes related to personal experiences
  3. exploit newly acquired cultural knowledge to communicate their understanding of social situations in an Indonesian setting.

Assessment

Spoken presentation: 20%
Cultural project: 20%
Short tasks: 10%
Written exam: 30%
Spoken exam: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Paul Thomas

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

Prerequisites

ATS1112 or VCE Indonesian or equivalent.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Yacinta Kurnaisih

Synopsis

Passages from the Indonesian print media and other sources on selected topics relating to Indonesian society, culture and politics are critically analysed. Audio-visual material on selected topics are viewed and discussed, and writing tasks using appropriate registers are undertaken. Indonesian is the medium of instruction in all classes.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. enhanced and deepened their knowledge of issues in contemporary Indonesian society, politics and culture;
  2. strengthened their understanding of the way Indonesian language is structured and registered, and extended their vocabulary to convey information about, and interpretation of, attitudes to these issues;
  3. enhanced their skills in listening and comprehension of spoken Indonesian language;
  4. increased their skills in reproducing appropriate structure and registers of Indonesian language in speaking and writing;
  5. strengthened their translation skills, both from Indonesian to English and vice versa.

Assessment

Spoken word project: 25%
Written project: 20%
Short tasks and class assignments: 15%
Written exam: 25%
Spoken exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Yacinta Jurniasih

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

Prerequisites

INM3040 or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Yacinta Kurnaisih

Synopsis

Passages from the Indonesian print media and other sources on selected topics relating to Indonesian society, culture and politics are critically analysed. Audio-visual material on such topics is viewed and discussed, and writing tasks using appropriate registers are undertaken. Indonesian is the medium of instruction in all classes.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. enhanced and deepened their knowledge of issues in contemporary Indonesian society, politics and culture;
  2. strengthened their understanding of the way Indonesian language is structured and registered, and extended their vocabulary to convey information about, and interpretation of, attitudes to these issues;
  3. enhanced their skills in listening and comprehension of spoken Indonesian language;
  4. increased their skills in reproducing appropriate structure and registers of Indonesian language in speaking and writing;
  5. strengthened their translation skills, both from Indonesian to English and vice versa.

Assessment

Spoken word project: 25%
Written project: 20%
Short tasks and class assignments: 15%
Written exam: 25%
Spoken exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Yacinta Jurniasih

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

Prerequisites

ATS4115 or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Paul Thomas

Synopsis

This unit provides opportunities for language learning through immersion in a content based unit dealing with practical aspects of journalism in the Indonesian context. Two workshops are conducted each week which integrate language skills with four main themes: history and background of the media in Indonesia, translation and the media, the print media; and radio broadcasting.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. follow and create text across a broad range of registers commonly dealt with by the Indonesian news journalist;
  2. demonstrate an understanding of the underlying issues related to the practice and occupation of journalism in Indonesia;
  3. exploit a range of questioning skills in an interview situation; recognise and apply specific journalistic styles both in the print and broadcast media;
  4. question the underlying motives and quality of journalistic text.

Assessment

Spoken word project: 30%
News analysis and translation: 30%
Feature article: 20%
Written Exam: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Paul Thomas

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x workshop and 1 x lecture) per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor

Prerequisites

ATS3116 or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Paul Thomas

Synopsis

This unit is presented in a series of practical workshops and seminar discussions conducted in Indonesian exploring modern Indonesian theatre and film. The unit provides options for either performance or written proposals related to film or theatre. Aspects of language are highlighted through the creation of scripts and through reading, translating, and interpreting of works by Indonesian playwrights and film directors.

Objectives

At the conclusion of the unit, students should be able:

  1. To present arguments and proposals for creative cooperation across cultures;
  2. To demonstrate a knowledge of developments in both the theatre and film over recent decades;
  3. To present a critical appraisal of a creative work for a general audience;
  4. To have an understanding of the basic principals of sub-titling as they relate to film.

Assessment

Performance/production reports: 65%
Theatre/film review: 15%
Sub-title project: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Paul Thomas

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x workshop and 1 x seminar) per week

Prerequisites

ATS3117 or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Brett Hough

Synopsis

reported purely in Indonesian. The student reports via consultations with the lecturer, through class seminars and through writing projects. Reading and research design skills are discussed and developed in a practical context.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to use a variety of reading skills and research strategies appropriate for developing an individual study project;
  2. Be able to develop and discuss their study design;
  3. Be able to utilise a variety of listening and reading skills to select and exploit a wide range of relevant resources in both Indonesian and English.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4500 words)
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Brett Hough

Contact hours

2 hour report consultation or seminars every fortnight with an option of a work placement.

Prerequisites

ATS3117 or ATS3118 or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Basoeki Koesasi

Synopsis

In consultation with staff the student selects appropriate Indonesian language materials to support a proposed special project based on future research or vocational interests. Projects may include placements in related work or study areas and the project may be based on a translation project or be reported purely in Indonesian. The student reports via consultations with the lecturer, through class seminars and through writing projects. Reading and research design skills are discussed and developed in a practical context.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to use a variety of reading skills and research strategies appropriate for developing an individual study project
  2. Be able to develop and discuss their study design
  3. Be able to utilise a variety of listening and reading skills to select and exploit a wide range of relevant resources in both Indonesian and English.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4500 words)
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Brett Hough

Contact hours

2 hour report consultation or seminars every fortnight with an option of a work placement

Prerequisites

ATS3117, ATS3118 or ATS3119 or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Brett Hough

Synopsis

In consultation with staff the student selects appropriate Indonesian language materials relevant to their special project, and then reports in writing three times per semester on their findings. Regular meetings with the supervisor provide an opportunity for assistance and feedback and for oral reports on progress.

Assessment

3 Written reports (in English, 1500 words each): 100%

Contact hours

2 hour report consultation every fortnight

Prerequisites

INM3320 or INM3420 or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester B 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Yacinta Kurniasih

Synopsis

Students join approved fourth level language studies at an Indonesian institution 260 contact hours. Program is negotiated in advance of departure with convenor.

Assessment

Students are assessed in-country by qualified staff under supervision of Monash staff. Documentation is reviewed at Monash on the student's return.

Chief examiner(s)

Yacinta Jurniasih

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Indonesian

Prerequisites

Permission of Study Abroad convenor


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester B 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Yacinta Kurniasih

Synopsis

Students participate in an approved program of study which includes formal language classes and an agreed number of workshops and excursions relevant to Indonesian culture.

Assessment

Students are assessed in-country by qualified staff under supervision of Monash staff. Documentation is reviewed at Monash on the student's return.

Chief examiner(s)

Yacinta Jurniasih

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Indonesian


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Yacinta Kurniasih

Synopsis

Students participate in an approved year long program of study in Indonesia covering areas relevant to a language and related disciplines.

Assessment

Students are assessed in-country by qualified staff under supervision of Monash staff. Documentation is reviewed at Monash on the student's return.

Chief examiner(s)

Yacinta Kurniasih

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Indonesian


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Yacinta Kurniasih

Synopsis

Students participate in an approved year long program of study in Indonesia covering areas relevant to a language and related disciplines.

Assessment

Students are assessed in-country by qualified staff under supervision of Monash staff. Documentation is reviewed at Monash on the student's return.

Chief examiner(s)

Yacinta Jurniasih

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Indonesian


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kuniko Yoshimitsu

Notes

Previously coded JLG4000

Synopsis

This unit provides advanced students who are self-directed and highly motivated and who are taking an approved co-requisite unit with the opportunity to further expand their linguistic competence and knowledge of a topic area by undertaking an in-depth project or program of study. This will usually include research on a specific topic and written work. Other activities may include participation in relevant conferences and forums, viewing and production of creative works, small group projects or community involvement. Specific content and assessment will be negotiated and set out in writing prior to the commencement of semester, or within the first two weeks.

Objectives

Students will:

  1. Extend their linguistic competence, particularly in relation to reading and writing skills.
  2. Extend their knowledge in the topic area covered by the co-requisite unit.
  3. Demonstrate independent research skills and/or other relevant independent study skills at a level commensurate with their year level.

Assessment

Written work/oral and written projects: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Jun Yano

Contact hours

Regular consultation with coordinator and attendance at normal 2hrs per week classes for co-requisite unit

Prerequisites

Permission of coordinator of corequisite unit

Co-requisites

Japanese 9, 10, 11 or 12 at appropriate year level


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Notes

Previously coded JLG4720

Synopsis

This unit allows fourth year students to study in Japan at a recognised tertiary institution. Individual study plans based on Japanese proficiency and the host institution's program s are negotiated with the coordinator. Students will normally enrol in a unit or units formally offered by the institution concerned, based on the study plan agreed to before departure. The workload for this unit will be not less than that required for a 12-point unit at Monash University and will normally be completed over approximately 3-4 weeks for intensive programs, or over a semester or two semesters when combined with other study.

Assessment

Coursework test (2 hours): 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Hiroko Hashimoto

Prerequisites

An undergraduate major in Japanese with a third-year sequence at credit level or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kuniko Yoshimitsu

Notes

Previously coded JLG4852

Synopsis

Develop skills in speed reading and comprehending a variety of texts in Japanese, including longer works than are included in other language units at this level. Skills in summarising will be introduced and discussion sessions will focus on both textual and linguistic features and content.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to use a variety of reading skills and strategies appropriate for the purpose such as scanning, skimming and prediction.
  2. Be able to summarise a variety of Japanese texts effectively.
  3. Be able to read Japanese materials in a larger quantity than previously, from a variety of fields, while recognising features of the different genres covered.
  4. Have a basic capacity for independent reading in Japanese through on-line learning materials and web based resources.

Assessment

2 Exams: (15%
35%)
Class contribution and exercises: 20%
Written work: 30% (1500 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kuniko Yoshimitsu

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 6 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS2155, ATS3155, ATS4155, APG5132


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah Pasfield-Neofitou

Notes

Previously coded JLG4010

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop knowledge, strategies and skills to interact in Japanese in situations likely to be encountered in Australia and Japan and to establish a firm foundation of linguistic, sociolinguistic and sociocultural knowledge, which can be creatively applied in a variety of situations.

Objectives

Upon completing Japanese 1, students should:

  1. Be able to participate in simple social conversations in Japanese.
  2. Possess basic 'survival' Japanese required for travelling in Japan.
  3. Be able to communicate in Japanese with teachers about their study.
  4. Be able to communicate basic information about themselves and family members.
  5. Have a basic knowledge of the Japanese writing system, including a knowledge of hiragana, some katakana and 25 kanji, and be able to use this knowledge to read and write in defined contexts.
  6. Have a basic knowledge of some aspects of Japanese geography, culture, society and economy.
  7. Be able to access the internet to obtain information on Japan and enhance their learning of the Japanese language.
  8. Have developed strategies for learning Japanese and have established a foundation for the continued study of both spoken and written Japanese.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 75%
On-going assessment: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Sarah Pasfield-Neofitou

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours of tutorials/seminars) per week

Prohibitions

ATS1141, ATS2141, APG5141


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Keiko Migliacci

Notes

Previously coded JLG4020

Synopsis

Further develop the knowledge, strategies and skills needed to interact in Japanese in practical contexts in Australia and Japan. Extend linguistic, sociolinguistic and sociocultural knowledge to develop cross-cultural awareness and facilitate effective interaction.

Objectives

Upon completing Japanese 2, students should:

  1. Be able to participate in conversation in defined social situations.
  2. Be able to interact with Japanese guests, customers and tourists in a number of settings using simple Japanese.
  3. Possess basic 'survival' Japanese required for travelling in Japan.
  4. Have a knowledge of the fundamentals of the Japanese writing system, including a knowledge of hiragana, katakana and about 100 kanji, and be able to use this knowledge to read and write in defined contexts.
  5. Have a basic knowledge of some aspects of Japanese geography, culture, society, etiquette and tourism.
  6. Be able to access the internet to obtain information on Japan and enhance their learning of the Japanese language.
  7. Have developed strategies for learning Japanese and have established a foundation for the continued study of both spoken and written Japanese.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 75%
On-gong assessment: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Keiko Migliacci

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours of tutorials/seminars) per week

Prerequisites

APG4141 or acceptable equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1142, ATS2142, APG5142


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Shani Tobias

Notes

Previously coded JLG4030

Synopsis

This unit aims to consolidate and develop students' basic linguistic skills and socio-cultural knowledge in spoken and written Japanese at a pre-intermediate level. The focus is to develop students' interactive competence, including linguistic, socio-linguistic and socio-cultural knowledge. The unit also aims to develop students' intercultural skills.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have gained and developed fundamental linguistic skills (e.g. basic grammar, vocabulary) at this level which are necessary for any further study of Japanese;
  2. have gained basic social/cultural knowledge about Japan;
  3. have developed listening and speaking skills for daily conversation (e.g. about leisure, travel, study) and exchanging information in Japanese within defined situations;
  4. be able to obtain necessary information from a variety of written and spoken Japanese texts, genres and media including the internet, with some guidance;
  5. be able to recognize and write the kanji introduced at previous levels and approximately 150 newly introduced characters;
  6. be able to write about personal life (e.g. daily life, leisure, travel) using basic kanji;
  7. have developed intercultural skills which include awareness of and sensitivity to cultural differences (and similarities) through comparison and reflection on students' own cultures and societies;
  8. have enhanced awareness of language as a system, through comparison of linguistic features of Japanese and English (or other languages); and
  9. have developed skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese acquisition outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Jun Yano

Contact hours

One x 1 hour lecture/week
Three hours (tutorials/seminars)/week

Prerequisites

Japanese 2 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1143, ATS2143, APG5143


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Shani Tobias

Notes

Previously coded JLG4040

Synopsis

This is the second part of a sequence progressing from the beginner to the intermediate levels of Japanese. This unit aims to enhance students' knowledge about Japan and consolidate and further develop their interactive skills in spoken and written Japanese. The unit also aims to enhance students' intercultural awareness through learning Japanese.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have gained good fundamental linguistic knowledge of Japanese (e.g. basic grammar, vocabulary, kanji) and developed skills to use them at pre-intermediate level;
  2. have gained social/cultural knowledge of Japan which are necessary to interact with Japanese people effectively in daily contexts;
  3. have developed listening and speaking skills for basic communication purposes;
  4. have developed strategies to obtain necessary information from a variety of written and spoken Japanese texts, genres and media including the internet, with some guidance;
  5. be able to recognize and use the kanji introduced at previous levels and approximately 150 newly introduced characters (450 in total);
  6. be able to write a simple essay about a social issue (e.g. ageing society, environment, education) using a wider range of vocabulary, sentence patterns and kanji;
  7. have developed intercultural awareness through learning Japanese;
  8. have developed skills and strategies that will enable them to continue their Japanese acquisition outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Shani Tobias

Contact hours

One x 1 hour lecture/week
Three hours (tutorials/seminars)/week

Prerequisites

Japanese 3 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1144, ATS2144, APG5144


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Notes

Previously coded JLG4050

Synopsis

This is the first part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. The coure content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker and writing a report.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at intermediate level.
  2. Be able to read and understand extracts from Japanese texts of various genres written for Japanese audiences. 3. Have developed listening and speaking skills in their areas of interest.
  3. Have developed interview skills to obtain information from members of the Japanese community in Australia on tourism.
  4. Be able to write and talk about places in Australia that Japanese people find interesting.
  5. Be able to recognise the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters.
  6. Have developed and displayed skills to use Japanese word processors.
  7. Be able to use a kanji dictionary.
  8. Have developed skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Hiroko Hashimoto

Contact hours

4 hours

Prerequisites

Japanese 4 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1145, ATS2145, ATS3145, APG5145


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Notes

Previously coded JLG4060

Synopsis

This is the second part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. This unit focuses on social and cultural issues from a global view point. The content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker, reading articles in the newspaper and internet sites and writing a report.

Objectives

Upon successful completion, students should:

  1. be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at advanced-intermediate level;
  2. be able to obtain some knowledge about issues in Japanese society and culture through reading, speaking and writing about the topic;
  3. be able to read and understand extracts from Japanese texts of various genres written for a Japanese audience;
  4. have developed listening and speaking skills about social issues;
  5. be able to obtain information in Japanese from newspaper articles and other written materials including the internet;
  6. have further developed and be able to display skills to use a Japanese word processor;
  7. be able to recognise the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters and;
  8. have developed skills that will enable continued study of Japanese outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Contact hours

4 hours

Prerequisites

Japanese 5 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1146, ATS2146, ATS3146, APG5146


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Shimako Iwasaki

Notes

Previously coded JLG4070

Synopsis

This is the first part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese. It covers spoken language and contemporary written language through various activities integrating listening, speaking, reading and writing. Activities are built around topics relating to Japanese lifestyles, their values, and to cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Extended their skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese.
  2. Reinforced their knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (750 kanji), and developed their knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media.
  3. Developed skills to gain necessary information from newspaper articles, journals, books and the internet.
  4. Developed the skills to express themselves in written forms, in group discussions and in interviews with Japanese people.
  5. Acquired independent study strategies, noting problems and weaknesses and devising strategies to overcome these.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Takako Tomoda

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 6 or equivalent competence

Prohibitions

ATS1147, ATS2147, ATS3147, ATS4147, APG5147


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Shimako Iwasaki

Notes

Previously coded JLG4080

Synopsis

This is the second part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese. Activities are built around topics relating to current issues in Japan and to cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese. Students will reinforce 1006 kyooiku kanji.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Further developed their skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese.
  2. Reinforced their knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (900) and developed their knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media.
  3. Developed the skills to gain information on current issues from newspaper articles, journals, books and the internet, and through interviews with Japanese people.
  4. Developed their skills to summarise findings and express themselves in appropriate written forms, in group discussions, in presentations and in interviews with Japanese people.
  5. Developed skills that will enable continued acquisition of Japanese outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Shimako Iwasaki

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 7 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1148, ATS2148, ATS3148, ATS4148, APG5148


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Masato Takimoto

Notes

Previously coded JLG4090

Synopsis

Conducted entirely in Japanese, the unit offers an advanced level of spoken and written Japanese, designed to bring the student closer to semi-native competence, through studying Japanese popular cultural forms. Language activities include reading a variety of text genres, including academic texts, learning advanced modes of expression and kanji, writing summaries and essays in Japanese, translation, debates and discussions, and conversation with Japanese visitors. Students will develop IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing, working with Japanese Internet sites, using on-line glossaries and making a powerpoint presentation in Japanese.

Objectives

After successfully completing this unit, students will have further developed towards an advanced, semi-native level:

  1. Their ability to use spoken Japanese to discuss and debate issues.
  2. Their ability to give a sustained and coherent oral presentation (supported by powerpoint) on a popular culture related topic.
  3. Their ability to comprehend spoken Japanese in the context of lecture presentations and authentic audio and audiovisual popular cultural documents.
  4. Their ability to read print and on-line texts using on-line glossaries and dictionaries, including both rapid reading for comprehension and detailed analytical reading.
  5. Their ability to write in Japanese, with particular reference to the skills of summary, synthesis and argument, in an essay related to popular culture.
  6. Their IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing, searching Japanese databases for information, analyzing and interpreting Japanese web pages, and doing a powerpoint presentation in Japanese.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Masato Takimoto

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 8 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1149, ATS2149, ATS3149, ATS4149, APG5149


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Masato Takimoto

Notes

Previously coded JLG4100

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to the theoretical and practical skills required for interpreting and translating between Japanese and English. It is designed for students with advanced competence in both Japanese and English, and will address both linguistic skills and interpreting/translating skills. While not intended to bring students to a professional level, the course will enhance students' ability to perform the informal interpreting and translating tasks. It will also provide a good foundation for further study in this area.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Be aware of basic theoretical issues concerning interpreting and translating and their practical implications;
  2. Have developed strategies for processing spoken and written texts from English into Japanese and vice versa; and
  3. Have improved their competence in Japanese.

Assessment

Written work: 20%
Performance activities: 30%
Tests: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Masato Takimoto

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 2 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 9 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1150, ATS2150, ATS3150, ATS4150, APG5150


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kuniko Yoshimitsu

Notes

Previously coded JLG4110

Synopsis

This is an advanced level of spoken and written Japanese. It is designed to bring the student close to semi-native competence in the language, as well as enhancing their awareness of current issues in Japan and their ability to discuss current issues in Japanese.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have increased their knowledge of the nature, structure and issues of media reports;
  2. Have increased their knowledge of current social issues in Japan;
  3. Have developed their ability to discuss current issues in Japanese;
  4. Have enhanced their ability to read authentic materials selected from Japanese books, journals and newspapers; and
  5. Have gained research skills in Japanese including: search of information through books, journals, newspapers, internet, etc.; critical thinking; and oral and written presentation skills.

Assessment

Exam: 45%
Class test: 15%
Oral presentation: 20%
Written work : 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Kuniko Yoshimitsu

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 10 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1151, ATS2151, ATS3151, ATS4151, APG5151


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Naoto Yokomizu

Notes

Previously coded JLG4120

Synopsis

This unit is designed to develop students' Japanese language skills to an advanced level, while enriching their knowledge of Japan-Asia-Pacific relations. Students will develop reading skills, research skills using Japanese resources, debating and discussion skills, and will use a variety of Japanese media, including the Internet. Writing skills to be developed include note-taking, translation, summary, synthesis and argument in essay writing. Teaching materials will relate to Japan-Asia-Australia relations, focussing on the issues facing Japan in its relations with the Asian region, past and present.

Objectives

After successfully completing this unit, students should have further developed to an advanced level:

  1. Their ability in speaking Japanese, in the context of informal and formal intellectual discussion and debate in Japanese.
  2. Their ability to comprehend spoken Japanese in direct formal exposition, and in audiovisual media.
  3. Their ability to read print and on-line texts using on-line glossaries and dictionaries, especially extensive reading for comprehension.
  4. Their ability to write in Japanese, with particular reference to the skills of note-taking and translation, and of summary, synthesis and argument in an essay on a topic related to Japan and the Asia-Pacific, past or present.
  5. Their IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing and researching and recording information from Japanese databases.

Assessment

Exam: 45%
Written work: 35%
Quizzes: 10%
Oral test: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Naoto Yokomizu

Contact hours

4 hours (1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 11 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS2152, ATS3152, ATS4152, APG5152


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Notes

Previously coded JLG4059

Synopsis

This is the first part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. The course content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker and writing a report.

Objectives

Upon successful completion, students should:

  1. have established and be able to maintain relationships with Japanese people,
  2. be able to obtain information in Japanese on current affairs, from newspaper articles and other written materials in areas covered in this unit,
  3. have developed interview skills to obtain information from the Japanese people,
  4. be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at intermediate level,
  5. have developed listening and speaking skills in the area of their interest,
  6. be able to write and talk about given topics,
  7. be able to recognise the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters as well as reviewing the previously learnt kanji (400) totalling 550,
  8. have developed and be able to apply skills in Japanese word processing, and
  9. be able to use a kanji dictionary and develop skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Contact hours

3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

Prerequisites

Japanese 4 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1165, ATS2165, ATS3165, APG5165, ATS1145, ATS2145, ATS3145, APG5145


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Notes

Previously coded JLG4069

Synopsis

A special fee-paying, in-country Japanese language program providing home-stay, a variety of cultural activities, visits to various institutions and number of other excursions as well as classroom-based study.
This is the second part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. This unit focuses on social and cultural issues from a global view point. The content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker, reading articles in the newspaper and internet sites and writing a report.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students should:

  • be able to maintain relationships with Japanese people,
  • be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at advanced-intermediate level,
be able to obtain some knowledge about issues in Japanese society and culture through reading, speaking and writing about the topic,
  • be able to read and understand extracts from Japanese texts of various genres written for a Japanese audience,
  • have developed listening and speaking skills about social issues,
  • be able to obtain information in Japanese from newspaper articles and other written materials including the internet,
  • have further developed and be able to display skills to use a Japanese word processor,
be able to recognize the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters, and
  • have developed skills that will enable continued study of Japanese outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Contact hours

3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

Prerequisites

Japanese 5 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1166, ATS2166, ATS3166, APG5166, ATS1146, ATS2146, ATS3146, APG5146


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Takako Tomoda

Notes

Previously coded JLG4079

Synopsis

This is the first part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese.It covers spoken language and contemporary written language through various activities integrating listening, speaking, reading and writing. Activities are built around topics relating to Japanese lifestyles, their values, and to cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese. In addition to daily classroom-based study, this special fee-paying, in-country program provides home-stay, a variety of cultural activities, visits to various institutions and number of other excursions.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit should:

  1. extend their skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese;
  2. reinforce knowledge of the kyooiku kanji they have acquired so far (a total of 750 kanji), and develop knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media;
  3. develop skills to gain necessary information from a variety of Japanese media including print materials, online materials and visual materials;
  4. develop the skills to express themselves in written forms, in group discussions and in interviews with Japanese people; and
  5. acquire independent study strategies, noting problems and weakness and devising strategies to overcome these.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Takako Tomoda

Contact hours

3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

Prerequisites

Completion of Japanese 6 or equivalent.

Prohibitions

ATS1167/ATS2167/ATS3167; APG5167; ATS1147/ATS2147/ATS3147; APG4147/APG5147


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Takako Tomoda

Notes

Previously coded JLG4089

Synopsis

This is the second part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese.Activities are built around topics relating to current issues in Japan and cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese. Students will reinforce 1006 kyooiku kanji. In addition to daily classroom-based study, this special fee-paying, in-country program provides home-stay, a variety of cultural activities, visits to various institutions and number of other excursions.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit should:

  1. further develop the skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese;
  2. reinforce knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (a total of 900 kanji) and develop knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media;
  3. develop skills to gain information on current issues from newspaper articles, journals, books and on the Internet, and through interviews with Japanese people;
  4. develop the skills to summarise the findings and express themselves in appropriate written forms, in group discussions and in presentation; and
  5. have a firm foundation for the continued acquisition of both spoken and written Japanese at an advanced level.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Takako Tomoda

Contact hours

3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

Prerequisites

Completion of Japanese 7 or equivalent.

Prohibitions

ATS1168/ATS2168/ATS3168; APG5168; ATS1148/ATS2148/ATS3148; APG4148/APG5148


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr In-Jung Cho

Notes

Previously coded KLG4010

Synopsis

An introduction to contemporary Korean, with special emphasis on spoken usage for everyday situations. Students will be introduced to the Korean alphabet and begin to produce simple written Korean.

Objectives

Upon completing this unit, students should:

  • Be able to participate in simple social conversations in Korean;+ Possess basic 'survival' Korean for traveling in Korea;
  • Be able to communicate basic information about themselves and family members;+ Be able to read and write simple Korean;
  • Have a basic understanding of Korean culture.

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Injung Cho

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prohibitions

APG5171, ATS1171, ATS2171


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr In-Jung Cho

Notes

Previously coded KLG4020

Synopsis

Consolidation and extension of work begun in Korean 1; Students will continue to develop their ability to communicate in routine social situations.

Objectives

Upon completing this unit, students should:

  • Be able to competently participate in simple Korean conversations in a variety of settings;
  • Possess a solid grasp of numbers and counting;
  • Be able to compare and describe;
  • Be able to make requests, and express agreement and refusal;
  • Be able to talk about future and past events;
  • Be able to read and write in defined contexts;
  • Have an increased understanding of Korean society and culture.

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr In-Jung Cho

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

APG4171

Prohibitions

APG5172, ATS1172, ATS2172


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Young-A Cho

Notes

Previously coded KLG4030

Synopsis

Develops lower intermediate competence in contemporary Korean, emphasising active oral and writing skills, and the socio-cultural aspects of communication. Students will develop the ability to communicate in everyday social situations, as well as read and write simple texts.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  • Speak and comprehend enough to communicate in everyday social situations;
  • Read simple texts from magazines and newspapers;+ Write personal letters on simple everyday topics or simple reports on everyday events.

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Young-A Cho

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

APG4172 or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG5173, ATS1173, ATS2173


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Young-A Cho

Notes

Previously coded KLG4050

Synopsis

Development and consolidation of Korean language skills in speaking, reading and writing. Students will develop the ability to have moderately sophisticated conversations and to comprehend diverse reading materials.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:+ Engage in moderately sophisticated conversation in most formal and informal settings;+ Read diverse and increasingly complex texts;+ Produce moderately sophisticated written Korean.

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Young-A Cho

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

APG4174 or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG5175, ATS1175, ATS2175, ATS3175


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Young-A Cho

Synopsis

This unit provides students who are self-directed and highly motivated with the opportunity to further expand their linguistic competence and knowledge of a topic area by undertaking an in-depth project or program of study. This will usually include research on a specific topic and written work. Other activities may include participation in relevant conferences and forums, viewing and production of creative works, small group projects or community involvement. Specific content and assessment will be negotiated and set out in writing prior to the commencement of semester, or within the first two weeks.

Objectives

Students will:

  1. Extend their linguistic competence, particularly in relation to reading and writing skills.
  2. Extend their knowledge in the topic area covered by the co-requisite unit.
  3. Demonstrate independent research skills and/or other relevant independent study skills at a level commensurate with their year level.

Assessment

Written and Oral work: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Young-A Cho

Contact hours

Regular consultation with coordinator (1 hour per week)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Korean and Korean studies

Prerequisites

Korean 4 or Permission of coordinator of Korean Studies


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Young-A Cho

Synopsis

This unit provides students who are self-directed and highly motivated with the opportunity to further expand their linguistic competence and knowledge of a topic area by undertaking an in-depth project or program of study. This will usually include research on a specific topic and written work. Other activities may include participation in relevant conferences and forums, viewing and production of creative works, small group projects or community involvement. Specific content and assessment will be negotiated and set out in writing prior to the commencement of semester, or within the first two weeks.

Objectives

Students will:

  1. Extend their linguistic competence, particularly in relation to reading and writing skills.
  2. Extend their knowledge in the topic area covered by the co-requisite unit.
  3. Demonstrate independent research skills and/or other relevant independent study skills at a level commensurate with their year level.

Assessment

Written and Oral work: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Young-A Cho

Contact hours

Regular consultation with coordinator (1 hour per week)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Korean and Korean studies

Prerequisites

Korean 4 or Permission of coordinator of Korean Studies


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr.Young A Cho

Synopsis

This unit provides students who are self-directed and highly motivated with the opportunity to further expand their linguistic competence and knowledge of a topic area by undertaking an in-depth project or program of study. This will usually include research on a specific topic and written work. Other activities may include participation in relevant conferences and forums, viewing and production of creative works, small group projects or community involvement. Specific content and assessment will be negotiated and set out in writing prior to the commencement of semester, or within the first two weeks.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Extended their linguistic competence in Korean, particularly in relation to reading and writing skills;
  2. Extended their knowledge in the topic area of research;
  3. Demonstrated independent research skills and/or other relevant independent study skills at a level commensurate with their year level.

Assessment

Project proposal (900 words): 10%
Project (Written, or written and oral: 8100 words): 90%

Contact hours

Regular Consultation with Coordinator (1 hour per week)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Korean and Korean Studies

Prerequisites

Korean 4 or Permission of coordinator of Korean Studies


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr.Young A Cho

Synopsis

This unit provides students who are self-directed and highly motivated with the opportunity to further expand their linguistic competence and knowledge of a topic area by undertaking an in-depth project or program of study. This will usually include research on a specific topic and written work. Other activities may include participation in relevant conferences and forums, viewing and production of creative works, small group projects or community involvement. Specific content and assessment will be negotiated and set out in writing prior to the commencement of semester, or within the first two weeks.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Extended their linguistic competence in Korean, particularly in relation to reading and writing skills;
  2. Extended their knowledge in the topic area of research;
  3. Demonstrated independent research skills and/or other relevant independent study skills at a level commensurate with their year level.

Assessment

Project proposal (900 words): 10%
Project (Written, or written and oral: 8,100 words): 90%

Contact hours

Regular Consultation with Coordinator (1 hour per week)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Korean and Korean studies

Prerequisites

Korean 4 or Permission of coordinator of Korean Studies


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Simon West

Notes

Previously coded ITA4380

Synopsis

This unit examines practical and theoretical issues involved in translation of literature and cultures, between Italian and English. Translation can be about texts but it can also be about people and culture. Students will explore ideas about translation through a range of specific literary and/or cultural examples. Students will be encouraged to relate these ideas to their thesis project.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. understand, discuss and analyse different theoretical issues involved in literary translation and cultural encounters
  2. develop and express a relative understanding of the specific issues relating to particular genres and contexts
  3. understand, discuss and analyse the ways in which the translator and his or her cultural context influences translation and cultural encounters
  4. develop an ability to engage with, critique and compare existing translations and cultural encounters of selected authors and contexts
  5. Fifth-year students employ a more sophisticated analysis and written presentation. They will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level.

Assessment

One written project including practical translation and critical component (6000 words): 70%
Seminar activities (3000 words): 30%
Fifth-year students will use more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills.

Chief examiner(s)

Annamaria Pagliaro

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Must have completed a unit at Honours level in Italian or cognate area with prior approval for postgraduate level OR a third year sequence in Italian Studies or cognate area with prior approval.

Prohibitions

APG5250, ATS4250


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Colin Hope

Notes

Previously coded AAM4060

Synopsis

It is recognised that the genesis of the Pharaonic state lay within the traditions which emerged within Egypt during the Predynastic Period and that the ensuing Early Dynastic Period was a transitional phase. This subject analyses the development of Egyptian culture and documents the processes which culminated in Unification. It examines Egypt's links with Nubia, the Sahara and the Levant to determine spheres of influence and impact. Modern theories of the emergence of complex society as they relate to Egypt, the impact of environmental change on this development and the techniques used to explore non-literate societies are examined.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Developed a knowledge of the archaeological record of the Predynastic and Early Dynastic Periods.
  2. Understood the complex cultural processes which led to the emergence of the unified Egyptian state.
  3. Examined the impact of environmental change upon north-east Africa.
  4. Developed skills in interpreting archaeological data in the light of cultural tradition reflected in later literary material from Egypt.
  5. Explored current theories of the emergence of complex society in the Near East and how the Egyptian evidence might be interpreted in light of them.
  6. Developed the ability to present a sustained argument drawing upon a variety of data.

Assessment

Written work: 85% (7500 words)
seminar presentation: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Colin Hope

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Colin Hope and Gillian Bowen

Notes

Previously coded AAM4740

Synopsis

The unit focuses upon the technicalities involved in the interpretation and assessment of archaeological and textual data. Through the detailed examination of specific problems relating to Egypt, it will study the types of material which are available for use, and their relative reliability in respect of the question posed. The unit will also consider changing theories relating to the interpretation of cultural data.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An ability to use various types of data, such as textual, archaeological and pictorial, in relation to specific problems.
  2. An ability to appraise critically the reliability of the source material.
  3. The ability to identify and appraise the various interpretations which have been placed upon data by scholars at different times.
  4. An awareness of the impact of contemporary ideology and religious beliefs upon the interpretation of the ancient past from the nineteenth century to the present day.
  5. A breadth of understanding of how aspects of the ancient past may be studied and the limitations of the available data.
  6. The ability to present a detailed analytical discussion which draws upon a wide variety of source material.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Seminar presentation: 20% (2000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Colin Hope

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)John Bradley

Notes

Previously coded ASM4290

Synopsis

Theoretical foundations for researching and analyzing cultural and social aspects of specific societies. Discussion will centre on theories associated with French structuralism and post-structuralism and British Social theory cultural studies. Each of these will be examined for its respective treatment of the relationship between individual creativity, culture and society and for their impact on the theory of ethnographic research.

Assessment

Seminar paper (3000 words): 40%
Essay (6000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr John Bradley

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ANY4399, APG5259


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Peter Murphy

Notes

Previously coded COM4203

Synopsis

The unit discusses the multiple communication systems that operate in modern societies. These include political and governmental, business and economic, artistic and scientific systems. The unit will consider different system-specific forms of communication and ways in which they interact. The unit will use the case examples, such as the ecology of the city, to explore the functioning of open systems, self-organizing systems, network systems, aesthetic systems, and other ways in which communication-rich societies manage their own complexity.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding large-scale communication systems and their convergence;
  2. Increased understanding of and competency at dealing with specific communication systems and their multiple environments;
  3. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term manner in which communications systems develop, and the social and institutional solutions aimed at integrating these systems;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication systems issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communication network and system integration;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity especially in matters concerning the management of sensitive communication system nodes and boundaries;
  6. Significantly greater capacity to identify and manage between organizational system and environment, and to negotiate conflicts at the intersection of communications systems.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

Two hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

APG4260, ATS4260, APG5260


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Peter Murphy

Notes

Previously coded COM4204

Synopsis

The unit examines the development of communication and information economies, the social forces driving their expansion, their social and economic impact, and the role of communication systems and practices in social development. The unit looks at how communication networks, organizations, arts, and processes impact on and are in turn shaped by regional, national and global patterns of economic and social development. The relationship between communication, creativity, and knowledge economies will be addressed.

Objectives

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for the understanding of communication economies, the development of institutions and organizations in these economies, and their impact on society;
  2. Increased understanding of and competency at dealing with the convergence between communications, economy, and society
  3. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term context in which communications, economies, and societies interact;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication economy issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the social-economic dimension of communications;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity;
  6. Significantly increased strategic understanding of the medium and long-term economic and social patterns affecting, and affected by, modern information/ knowledge/ ICT-based organizations and processes;
  7. Significantly increased strategic understanding of the emergence of communication-driven knowledge and creative economies.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (9000 words)
Seminar overview (oral presentation): 10%

Contact hours

Two hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

APG5261, ATS4261


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Kevin Foster

Notes

Previously coded COM4550

Synopsis

This unit offers a critical historical analysis of so-called factual documentary representations of war in words and images, examining how and by whom conflicts have been represented since the mid-C19; how the physical and technical constraints within which reporters and photographers operate affect the nature of their reports and images; how their reports are censored, by whom, in accordance with whose guidelines and with what ends. It examines how these reports and images are transmitted from the battlefield and how the mediating technologies through which these accounts are disseminated influence the nature and inflect the form of the reports and pictures which constitute the war report.

Objectives

By the conclusion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a clear understanding of the historical development of nominally factual, documentary forms of war reporting and their key technological developments and innovations.
  2. Identify, explain and offer a sophisticated critique of the processes forms, effects and purposes of the major forms of censorship, which have determined the representations of war from the mid C19th to the present day.
  3. Present a sophisticated reading of individual reports and images from specific conflicts drawing on appropriate theoretical resources, accounting for the influences of physical and technical constraints, mode of transmission, information management regimes and intended deployment in the shaping of the final report/image.
  4. Demonstrate a sophisticated understanding of how the differing media which have been employed to disseminate accounts of war - newspapers, photography, newsreel, radio, television, video, internet streaming - have influenced, inflected and structured content at differing historical junctures.
  5. Drawing on appropriate theoretical and critical sources, account for and explain the processes by which Governments, military and the media inflect the reception of images and reports of war in order to achieve specific political or cultural effects.
  6. Identify and offer an informed critique of the processes by which the preferred readings promoted by Government, the military and the media have been challenged, subverted or questioned in contrary readings of key media texts.
  7. Demonstrate how war reporters/photographers have featured in fiction and film and to explain how these representations offer an array of alternative opinions on how and why specific conflicts have been represented in particular ways.

Assessment

Research outline (1000 words):10%
Lit review (3000 words):30%
Research essay (5000 words):50%
Seminar participation (1000 words):10%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

An approved First Year sequence


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)

Notes

Previously coded CJM4004

Synopsis

This unit examines the complexity of criminal behaviours and the range of criminological theories espoused in order to explain such diverse behaviours. Humans are rule-making and rule-enforcing beings, but not all of us conform to these rules. Many violate the rules and are subject to sanctions and punishment. Individual, group and organisational criminal behaviours and enterprises are examined in this unit. A sophisticated analysis of criminal behaviours includes exploration of biological, psychological and social explanations of crime and the interactionist tradition including differential association theory. Crowd disorders and street gang behaviours will be examined. Organisational and institutional criminal behaviours extend from white-collar and corporate criminal activity to the dynamics of political crimes of violence, corruption and human rights violations that can be committed by the state and against the state. The unit involves study of definitional and conceptual issues, causes, methods of control and the effects of such organisational criminal behaviour. The unit examines the legal controls and responses by governments and other agencies in order to curb and prevent criminal behaviours of individuals, groups and organisations.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to have developed:

  1. an understanding of definitions of criminal behaviour, including an awareness that the law is not static and changes over time
  2. the ability to identify the key characteristics of criminal behaviours and criminal enterprises
  3. knowledge about the core theoretical debates and issues of criminal behaviours that focus on individuals, groups and organisations
  4. the ability to identify traits about the nature of individuals, groups and organisations that engage in criminal activity
  5. an appreciation of the various models available for explaining the relationship between criminality, the individual and society
  6. an awareness of the contribution of the criminal behaviour theories to criminal justice policy and practice
  7. an understanding of what it means to be a victim of criminal behaviour instigated by individual, group or organisation

Chief examiner(s)

David Baker

Prerequisites

APG4416 and APG4417

Prohibitions

CRJ5004


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Rose Lucas

Notes

Previously coded CRT4030

Synopsis

A study of the work of four twentieth-century American poets: Wallace Stevens, Marianne Moore, Elizabeth Bishop and John Ashbery. Topics include genres, poetic forms, metre and rhetoric; discourse theory and narratology; modern theorisations of genre, poetic form and rhetoric, especially essays by contemporary critics including Harold Bloom, John Hollander and Paul de Man.

Assessment

Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Alison Ross

Notes

Previously coded CRT4100

Synopsis

A reading of selected texts of Michel Foucault and Gilles Deleuze. The unit has three parts.

  1. The common cultural and theoretical background of French philosophy in the twentieth century.
  2. The last writings of Foucault, those he describes as 'genealogy', his writings on prisons and disciplinary power, and his writings on the history of sexuality.
  3. Deleuze's 'rhizomatic writings', concentrating on Nietzsche, Sacher von Masoch and A Thousand Plateaus.

Assessment

Essay (9000 words) OR Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Andrew Benjamin

Notes

Previously coded CRT4225

Synopsis

The development of hermeneutics from a theory of textual interpretation to a theory of understanding in the work of Heidegger, Gadamer and Habermas. Its application in the study of literature and history in the work of Hirsch, Betti, Ricoeur and Jauss. Issues include the conflict between subjectivity and objectivity, the dialectics of the foreign and the familiar, the recognition of the new, the role of language and the function of tradition in understanding, the universality of hermeneutics as a theory of cognition and its impact on the social sciences.

Assessment

Two seminar papers (1000-1500 words each): 40%
Research essay (6000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Andrew Benjamin

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Maryrose Casey

Notes

Previously coded DTH4004

Synopsis

This unit will explore the processes of rethinking theatre history in a number of ways: the challenges to received critical thinking and methodology, and to canonical assumptions; the implications for theatre history of parallel texts reflecting 'translations' into new media; the responses of analytical and critical approaches in Drama and Theatre Studies to the influence of thinking in other disciplines; the reframing of canonical texts in the light of contemporary theoretical and cultural perspectives, and its implications for historicised interpretation.
It will examine a range of plays in relation to traditional scholarly interpretations and to specific recent re-readings.

Objectives

Students completing 'Rethinking Theatre History' should have acquired:

  1. A working awareness of contemporary theoretical perspectives.
  2. The capacity to apply specific theoretical approaches to a diverse range of theatrical texts.
  3. An ongoing sensitivity, openness and scepticism to shifts in the climate of disciplinary debate.
  4. A developed sense of the continuing volatility and contingency of intellectual debate in the field.
  5. A sophisticated understanding of the issues underlying those debates at a level appropriate to graduate study.
  6. Enhanced confidence in articulating informed arguments and interpretations, in both oral and written form.

Assessment

An exegetical essay (3000 words): 30%
An oral class presentation (equivalent 2000 words): 20%
A long essay (4000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Maryrose Casey

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Co-requisites

APG4421


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rebecca-Anne Do Rozario

Notes

Previously coded ENM4210

Synopsis

This unit will examine historical and cultural changes in the representation of childhood and the child figure in a range of texts from the romantic to the modern eras. Prose fictions, some addressed to adult readers, some to child readers, will be explored for the ways in which discourses about the 'child' intersect with discourses about notions of origins; gender and sexuality; class, social place, power and subjectivity; race; the family and the home; education of mind and body; and growing up. The unit will employ poststructuralist, semiotic and discourse theory, and will have a feminist emphasis.

Objectives

It is intended that students undertaking this course should develop:

  1. Knowledge and an understanding of the historicity and cultural constructedness of the child figure.
  2. A detailed knowledge and understanding of traditional, romantic, modernist and postmodern representations of the child.
  3. A detailed knowledge and understanding of the iconography of childhood.
  4. Critical skills pertaining to deconstruction, and the specific ability to deconstruct discourses of childhood in a range of texts for adults and children.
  5. An understanding of the ideological relationship between discourses of childhood and western discourses of gender, class and race.
  6. A knowledge of narratology and reception theory, and the skills to analyse and interpret such textual elements as narrator, implied reader and narratee in cultural context.
  7. The capacity to meet the general learning objectives of the department.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Rebecca-Anne Do Rozario

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Susan Tweg

Notes

Previously coded ENM4250

Synopsis

A specialist genre study of gothic fictions (in prose and on film) with emphasis on twentieth-century examples, plus critical and theoretical approaches. Gothic fictions allow us to be frightened in a safe place: material opens up discussions on the nature of beliefs about the modern family, desire, repression, gender and sexuality, about distinctions between fantasy, dreams and reality, between madness and sanity.

Assessment

Two seminar presentations with written papers (2000 words each): 50%
Essay (5000 words) or an original piece of Gothic fiction (5000 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Chandani Lokuge

Notes

Previously coded ENM4260

Synopsis

Extend students' skills as 'informed' writers and readers by reviewing a range of writings by 'creative writers' on the creative process: inspiration and imagination, the real and the fictive, the metaphysics of language, women's themes, and the moral and political role of the artist in society. It will extend to the 'art of fiction', the practicalities of creating a narrative from idea development and the mechanics of writing to marketing strategies. Students will review 'canonical' creative texts alonside essays, fugitive pieces and literary manifestoes. It will appeal to aspiring creative writers and those seeking careers in related areas like publishing, reviewing and teaching.

Assessment

An edited anthology of short fiction which includes a selection of texts of student's choice (not included in word count), author biographies, scholarly introduction and explanatory notes (4500 words): 40%
A folio of short fiction and exegesis OR an essay on a given topic (4500 words): 50%
participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Chandani Lokuge

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Michael Ackland

Notes

Previously coded ENM4370

Synopsis

Issues in contemporary Australian writing and criticism. Identity (national, gender, racial) and how post-modern fiction interrogates its very concept and destabilises existing definitions through a range of stylistic strategies.

Assessment

Two essays (2500 words each): 60%
Essay (4000 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Worth

Notes

Previously coded ENM4620

Synopsis

This unit offers a detailed study of modern theories of literary criticism, concentrating on the period 1950 to the present, and covers topics including: formalism, structuralism, deconstruction, phenomenology, Freudian and Jungian approaches to interpretation. Weekly topics for discussion will include speech act theory, repetition, dialogism, archetypes, signified and signifier, hermeneutics, feminocentric reading, metafiction and the narcissistic narrative. No previous theoretical knowledge is assumed, but the unit is appropriate for students already interested in asking questions of a general nature about the practice of literature and interpretation.

Objectives

This subject will not discuss 'primary literary texts' (novels, plays, poems), but 'texts about literature' and 'texts about criticism' ('literary criticism', critical discourse, what readers and critics do) 'texts about texts'. We shall examine the practice and assumptions behind the activities called critical judgement and critical reading in relation to a wide variety of theories. The rationale of this subject is literary, not philosophical. In addition to surveying a wide range of types of critical discourse, we look at the often unexamined, or so-called 'axiomatic' principles and practice of literary creation from both the writer's and reader's points of view. The literary criticism listed below under 'Readings' may be no less imaginative, fictional, creative, or 'textual', than the literary works some of them claim to 'explain'. Criticism may seek to take the place of the text in the same way that the text may seem to take the place of 'reality'. Do not expect a final set of transportable 'truths' to emerge at the end. The emphasis of the course is placed on the questions we ask of literature and of criticism when we engage in reading and in the production of texts: questions about where literature belongs in human experience; its relationship to and difference from other sorts of discourse: its definition; the terminology we use to describe it; assumptions about the role and function of literature in society, and so on. Such questions have been asked by many writers and critics from the time of Aristotle to the present day.

Assessment

Exercise or book review (2000 words): 20%
Seminar paper (2500 words): 20%
Essay (4500 words): 50% Seminar participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Susan Kossew

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Peter Groves

Notes

Previously coded ENM4700

Synopsis

This subject covers a range of plays by Shakespeare and the most outstanding of his contemporaries. Each work is studied as a work of art in its own right and also with reference to its theatrical, ideological and philosophical contexts.

Assessment

Two seminar papers (1500 words): 30%
Essay (2500 words): 30%
Essay (3500 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Peter Groves

Contact hours

2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Chandani Lokuge

Notes

Previously coded ENM4750

Synopsis

The unit will offer students the opportunity to engage in creative writing and critique. The main focus of the unit will be on diversity of literatures in English (mainly of the past three decades) with the emphasis on writing that confronts difference in preoccupation with identity, religion, history, gender and sexuality, children, space and landscape, marginality and diaspora, and hybridity in recent postcolonial writing. The unit will offer students the opportunity to develop their creative writing and reading skills, and provide a strong foundation for further study in creative writing, reading and research.

Assessment

Either one creative fiction/non-fiction with critical exegesis or an essay (5000 words): 60%
Seminar presentation (2000 words): 10%
Essay (2000 words): 20%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Chandani Lokuge


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Alan Dilnot

Notes

Previously coded ENM4760

Synopsis

This unit will examine some ways in which imaginative experience may be reworked. Reworkings include revisions, rejoinders, amplification, reinterpretation, indirect allusion, translation and subversion. Factors in reworking, such as authorial bias, the spirit of the age, and movement from one genre or one art form to another, will also be considered. Postmodern and postcolonial factors in reworkings will receive particular attention. The large proportion of twentieth-century texts will enable students to assess how this century's literature is built upon earlier work, and to consider how contemporary sensibilities affect interpretation.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this course should have developed:

  1. An understanding of the variety of ways in which literary texts may be considered as responses to precursor texts.
  2. A recognition of how our own age interprets, evaluates and controls its cultural heritage by reworking it.
  3. A grounding in the nature of the social circumstances and cultural conditions in which literature is produced.
  4. An ability to articulate critical interpretations of the set texts in systematic written argument and in clear and confident oral presentation.

Assessment

Two seminar papers (1500 words; a literary exercise of 1500 words may be substituted for one of the seminar papers): 30%
Essay (2500 words): 30%
Essay (3500 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Alan Dilnot

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Peter Howard

Notes

Previously coded EUM4020

Synopsis

This unit explores the importance of religion in the conceptualization and enacting of European Integration from an historical perspective. It examines how developments in belief and religious practice have affected culture and politics, and how historical trajectories have shaped visions and possibilities of a united Europe. Themes include: the formation and fragmentation of Christendom - the formation of Europe; Christianities and National Identities; the Secularisation of Europe; the role, within and without, of Judaism and Islam; the religious roots of notions of 'the common good', human rights, and their impact on European charters; de-secularisation of European politics.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of European religion(s) in historical and contemporary contexts, including issues of secularization and de-secularization;
  2. a critical understanding of the history of discourses, especially in 20th century, envisioning a united Europe based on the (supposed) commonality of its religious culture;
  3. a developed understanding of the relevance, diversity and importance of religion in the development of Europe (Christianity, Judaism and Islam), and how developments in belief and religious practice have affected politics and the machinery of state;
  4. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  5. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  6. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  7. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, film and visual images.

Assessment

a critical review of a work of interpretation or conceptualisation relevant to a seminar theme and the student's research essay, given first as a seminar presentation (10%), and then revised into a written review paper in light of seminar group comments and a written assessment by the coordinator (20%) (2000 words) : 30%
research essay devised and developed by the student (5000 words) : 50%
reflective response to a set question, in a take-home examination (2000 words) : 20%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

The requirements of entry into the relevant Masters or honours program, or with permission.

Prohibitions

ATS4278, APG5278


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julia Vassilieva

Notes

Previously coded FTM4042

Synopsis

This unit examines some concepts in the history of film theory by considering a number of theoretical and critical writings in relation to a range of films. Topics for examination include early silent film theory, the notion of the historical avant-garde in the form of French impressionism, the film theories of Kracauer and Bazin, French new wave criticism, the neglected tradition of realist phenomenology in film theory, 1968 and the leftist turn and the question of film language and structuralism.

Objectives

By the completion of the subject students will be expected to:

  1. identify and summarise a number of critical positions in historical film theory;
  2. critically assess the limitations of these positions so as to begin to establish new domains of inquiry;
  3. identify and defend their own critical positions with the field of film studies;
  4. relate these positions to the examination of films and film related material;
  5. demonstrate an understanding of research methodologies and the requirements of research papers.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7500 words)
Participation and paper (1500 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Therese Davis

Contact hours

4 hours (one 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening) per week

Prerequisites

A major in Film and Television Studies or other approved discipline

Prohibitions

ATS4279 / APG5279


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Con Verevis

Notes

Previously coded FTM4052

Synopsis

This is primarily a reading unit that will consider aspects of film theory since 1975. A major portion of the unit will be devoted to the debates around modernism and post-modernism as they relate to film studies. Other areas of investigation include: textual analysis, feminist film theory, historical poetics, historical reception studies, queer film theory, and the impact of the cultural studies and Cinema books of Gilles Deleuze. Film texts for exploration will include those from Australian, American, European and Asian cinemas

Objectives

By the completion of the unit students will be expected to:

  1. Identify and summarise a number of critical positions in contemporary film theory.
  2. Critically assess the limitations of these positions so as to begin to establish new domains of inquiry.
  3. Identify and defend their own critical positions within the field of film studies.
  4. Relate these positions to the examination of films and film related material.
  5. Demonstrate an understanding of research methodologies and the requirements of research papers.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7500 words)
Participation and paper (1500 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Con Verevis

Contact hours

4 hours (one 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening) per week

Prerequisites

A major in Film and Television Studies or other approved discipline

Prohibitions

ATS4280 / APG5280


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Elissa Sutherland

Notes

Previously coded GYM4750

Synopsis

Central to our approach in this unit is a focus on social equity. We explore equity at a variety of scales: between nations, and within nations, regions, communities and households. How has 'the economy' and 'globalisation' been understood? Answering these questions enables us to develop our critically thinking about: the changing social relations of work, the corporation, regional development, trade and consumption. Sharing prosperity is a unit for students wanting to understand how social inequality is produced and who want to investigate forms of governance that could more effectively enable better distributive and non-distributive forms of social and economic justice.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this subject will demonstrate the following skills and capacities:

  • Knowledge about how economic and social processes are linked and together produce inequity.
  • A critical understanding of globalisation and the uneven spatial implications of this process demonstrated through their essays, reports and discussion in class
  • A critical understanding of the changing governance structures that underpin economic change at global, national and local scales, looking particularly at the examples of bilateral trade, 'free trade' principles, industry policy and 'labour market reform'.
  • A critical understanding of how boundaries between work and home, formal and informal economies and capital and labour have come into being and play a part in the continued separation of these spaces and practices across space.
  • Sound written expression, demonstrating an ability to critically analyse text, film and other data.
  • Sound interpretation of graphs and maps. Students at the fourth year level will be expected to demonstrate a sophisticated level of critical analysis as evidenced particularly in the essay and fieldtrip report.

Assessment

Essay (1,000 words) : 20%
Fieldtrip report (1,500) : 30%
Class participation : 30%
Exam (2 hours) : 20%
Students undertaking this unit at 4th year level will be asked to produce additional analysis for the essay and fieldtrip report.

Contact hours

3 hours per week (seminar)
a one day fieldtrip

Prohibitions

GES2750, ATS3283, GES4750


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Steven Angelides

Notes

Previously coded WSM4010

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to basic terms, concepts and debates necessary for understanding the current state of contemporary theorising on gender issues. Designed to be broadley interdisciplinary in its concerns, it will examine such issues as the formation of knowledge, the construction of bodies, the shifting nature of femininity and masculinity and questions of sexual and cultural difference. These broad issues will be considered through close reading and discussion of selected works by theorists. Contemporary theoretical interventions will be examined with respect to the history of feminist movements worldwide and the impact of feminist thought on disciplinary knowledges.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Seminar presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr JaneMaree Maher

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

WMN4010, APG5284


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedPrato Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Constant Mews

Notes

Previously coded HYM4125

Synopsis

Dante's medieval world (1265-1321) was one of cultural innovation, religious revival and economic growth, as well as of political strife in many urban communities throughout Italy. This unit explores the political, social, artistic and spiritual worlds of Dante and his contemporaries, and in so doing will give coherency to this dynamic medieval period. Taught in Prato and its environs, the unit provides an opportunity to understand Dante's literary achievement and political activities through direct experience of Dante's Tuscany during the medieval period.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected:

  1. to be familiar with the social, political, cultural and religious environment of the world in which Dante lived and formulated his writings
  2. to be familiar with core writings of Dante (in translation)
  3. to be capable of original analysis of a primary document and the location in which it was generated
  4. to formulate an argument and engage in original research
  5. to communicate a historical argument to staff and fellow students
  6. At fourth-year level, students will be expected to show greater initiative in developing their own research hypothesis and proposal.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Oral presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Constant Mews

Contact hours

Three 3-hour seminars per week for four weeks

Prerequisites

Second-year sequence in Historical Studies or Religion and Theology

Prohibitions

ATS3285, ATS4285


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Mark Baker

Notes

Previously coded HYM4165

Synopsis

This three-week intensive study abroad unit explores the modern history of European Jews before the destruction. Students will travel to the major centres of interwar Jewish life in Berlin, Prague, and Warsaw, and encounter the diverse heritage of Jewish life in each country. The unit will explore issues central to this period and the individuals who shaped their times. Students will visit museums, synagogues, cemeteries, destroyed ghettos, and conclude with a guided visit to Auschwitz-Birkenau. We will ask what remains of the past, by looking at the ways in which the lost world of European Jews is being memorialised and renewed through tourism and return.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. the capacity to locate the development of modern Jewish life in the context of modern Europe
  2. a demonstrated ability to evaluate the social, political , economic and intellectual concerns of the inter-war community
  3. an understanding of the institutions and individuals that shaped the interwar European Jewish communities
  4. the capacity to describe and analyse the diversity of Jewish communal life and cultural expression in interwar Europe
  5. an understanding of gender and class issues within the framework of the interwar European Jewish communities
  6. an understanding of the significance of Yiddish as a literary and cultural phenomenon
  7. a broader appreciation of the social history and cultural differences in Europe gained through study abroad
  8. In addition, students at fourth-year level will have a familiarity with the primary sources and an appreciation of the historiographical problems involved in reconstructing a history of these destroyed communities.

Assessment

Major essay (5000 words): 50%
Analytical travel diary: 30%
Exam (2-hours): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Mark Baker

Off-campus attendance requirements

Three-week intensive study abroad unit in Prato and other European sites

Prohibitions

ATS2286, JWC3425, ATS3286 and ATS4286


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Mark Baker

Notes

Previously coded HYM4195

Synopsis

This three-week intensive unit will be based at Haifa University in Israel where students will experience first-hand the complexities of Israeli and Palestinian society. The focus will be on investigating current attempts to mediate peace between Jews and Palestinians through political, social and educational institutions. Themes to be explored include the impact of the conflict on the lives of people, poverty, illegal workers, immigrants, settlements and security issues, terrorism and counter-terrorism, Jerusalem and its holy sites. Students will travel the length and breadth of Israel where they will visit schools, museums, the Supreme Court and NGOs engaged in reconciliation work.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to have the ability to:

  1. understand the geography of Israel and the Palestinian territories
  2. understand debates about security issues and the impact security measures have on the day-to-day life of people
  3. appreciate the social and political divisions in Israeli and Palestinian society
  4. have an in-depth understanding of peace movements and the obstacles they confront
  5. In addition, students studying at a fourth-year level will be expected to have the capacity to understand the changing historiographical debates about the conflict.

Assessment

Major essay (4000 words): 50%
Analytical travel diary (3000 words): 30% +
Exam (2 hours): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Mark Baker

Off-campus attendance requirements

20 hours per week for three weeks of intensive study in Israel


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Kathleen Neal

Notes

Previously coded HYM4690

Synopsis

The papacy has been central to the development of the modern world. A mysterious and powerful institution, it lies at the heart of European culture and the broader Catholic world. This unit explores the nature and role of the papacy in relation to changing political, social, intellectual and cultural circumstances from the medieval to modern periods. Topics include: understandings of papal polity, religious reform and revolt, the impact of humanism, cultural encounters and exchanges, Catholicism and modernity, the papacy on the world stage, as well as expressions of power in papal Rome.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will

  1. have acquainted themselves with the considerable body of knowledge on the changing nature of the papacy and religious reform and be able to evaluate it critically
  2. have some knowledge of the ways in which religion interacts with social, cultural and political experience in specific contexts
  3. be able to evaluate the various methodologies and the theoretical issues surrounding recent approaches to the study of religion and religious reform
  4. be able to engage in critical discussion of the issues raised by the subject
  5. have acquired critical and analytical skills, and the ability to communicate their views verbally and in writing (coherently, economically and rigorously), in a way which is appropriate to the advanced study of religious discourse within an historical framework
  6. be able to display an independent approach to research on the issues involved
  7. be able to demonstrate a sophisticated understanding of the theoretical issues involved. Students taking the subject at Level 4 have the additional objectives of acquiring a greater degree of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in using different kinds of literary and historical works in the context of social history.

Assessment

Essay related work: 60%
Critical journal: 20%
Seminar preparation and presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Peter Howard

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

A History, International Studies or RLT Sequence

Prohibitions

ATS3288, ATS4288


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Constant Mews

Notes

Previously coded HYM4260

Synopsis

This unit examines the intellectual interaction between Judaism, Christianity and Islam in the medieval period. Focusing mainly on the late twelfth and thirteenth century, the unit revolves around a central religious fault line of the era- reason and rationalism on the one hand, and the mystical quest on the other - and pursues a comparative analysis of the major figures from each of the traditions. Beginning with the rationalists, the course explores the thought of Ibn Rushd, Maimonides and Thomas Aquinas, before moving to a comparative examination of various mystics, such as - Bernard of Clairvaux, Bonaventure, the Zohar, Meister Eckhart, Ibn al-Arabi and Rumi.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the major intellectual currents within Judaism, Christianity and Islam in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries;
  2. have an understanding of the relationship between and mutual influences informing the various traditions;
  3. understand the role of classical thinkers and writers on the varied traditions;
  4. demonstrate familiarity with the major texts of the key religious figures of the period;
  5. appreciate the exegetical horizons facing interpreters of scripture;
  6. be able to engage in comparative analysis of philosophers and mystics from the different traditions;
  7. have applied the reading and interpretative skills they have learned to unseen texts; and
  8. identify continuities and ruptures among the thinkers and writers examined.

Assessment

Research essay (6000 words): 50%; Seminar paper (1000 words): 15%; Take-home exam (2000 words): 25%; Seminar preparation: 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Nathan Wolski

Contact hours

One 2.5 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4289, APG5289


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Baker

Notes

Previously coded HYM4290

Synopsis

This unit will trace the changing contours of Holocaust memory from its inception to the present day. Topics include witnessing, survivor testimony, second-generation memoirs, representations of the Holocaust in cinema, photography, museums, literature and online, the practices of 'death camp tourism', the memory debates of Germany and Poland and the globalising of Holocaust memory, the relationship that remembering the Holocaust has to Jewish identity and to Jewish political existence, questions of ethics 'after Auschwitz', and the rise of Holocaust denial.

Objectives

Students completing this unit will have the ability to:

  1. understand differences between individual, collective, and official memories of the Holocaust
  2. have researched different mediums in which Holocaust memory is transmitted including testimony, literature, memorials, cinema, museums, annual days of remembrance
  3. have engaged with theoretical debates about the relationship between history and memory and modern participation in remembrance practices
  4. understand some of the ways in which memory informs personal and national identities
  5. have formulated their own arguments on key issues of Holocaust memory, informed by the relevant primary sources and secondary readings.

Assessment

Seminar Participation: 10%; Short Essay (3000 words): 30%; Research Essay (6000 words): 60%.

Contact hours

One 2 hour seminar

Prohibitions

ATS4290, APG5290


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Hau

Notes

Previously coded HYM4370

Synopsis

The unit draws on work from a wide range of historical fields. Students will analyse how representations of the body and practices centred on the body (eg. exercising, tattooing etc.) have influenced people's understandings of class, race, and gender. In discussing the representations of grotesque, normal, and beautiful bodies, the unitexplores mechanisms of symbolic inclusion and exclusion from imagined communities. The relationship between the reproductive and productive bodies of men and women will be another focus. In addition, the unit will discuss the enabling of the body and mind through modern practices of performance enhancement.

Objectives

Students who have completed the unit will1) Be able to distinguish between different approaches in the historiography dealing with the body2) Know how to critically assess these approaches3) Discuss their heuristic potential4) Formulate their own positions on key issues based on a critical engagement with the historiography and relevant primary sources.5) Be able to review monographs published in the field6) Develop an independent research project in the field7) Situate their own work within larger historiographical debates

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Tutorial participation: 10%

Contact hours

Twelve 2-hour seminars

Prohibitions

ATS4291, APG5291


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Fania Oz-Salzberger

Notes

Previously coded HYM4390

Synopsis

How is the Arab-Israeli conflict interpreted? Can there be a master narrative or a number of legitimate competing interpretations? This unit will explore how the Arab-Israeli conflict has been interpreted, represented, and debated by historians at various crucial junctures. It will focus on the study of the narratives of the conflict from the dominant Labour and Revisionist Zionist interpretations to the emergence of counter-narratives informed by Palestinian and post-Zionist perspectives. The constructions of historical accounts of the conflict and the paradigms that shape the use of evidence, narrative structure and content will be examined.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. An understanding of historiographical approaches to the Arab-Israeli conflict;
  2. Critical skills in interpreting historical writings from differing perspectives;
  3. An understanding of argumentation in historical writing;
  4. The capacity to conduct research using archival material and electronic databases;
  5. In addition, students undertaking this unit at fifth-year level will be expected to have the ability to propose original research questions and conduct independent research.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4292 and APG5292


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Professor Andrew Markus

Notes

Previously coded HYM4440

Synopsis

This unit explores the character and genealogy of genocidal thought. The first part focuses on the development of racial thought in the post-Enlightenment period, especially the objectification of human life and ideas of progress and destiny in relation to the Holocaust. It will consider eugenics, the variants of anti-semitism and of nationalism. These studies will provide the basis for a typology of genocidal thought. The second part considers genocidal thought evident in colonial Australia, the Bosnian wars, and apocalyptic religion.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the content and development of genocidal thought
  2. have an understanding of typologies of genocidal thought
  3. appreciate the possible relationships or connections in extreme forms of thought within the realms of religion, race and class conflict
  4. have a capacity to undertake research in the subject area of this unit

Assessment

Tutorial participation: 10%; Short essay (3000 words): 30%; Research essay (6000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Andrew Markus

Contact hours

1 two hour seminar for 12 weeks

Prohibitions

ATS4293, APG5293


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Hau

Notes

Previously coded HYM4490

Synopsis

Some historians have argued that Nazi racial and social utopias were an articulation of the destructive potentials of modernity. Others point to a longer history of racism. The unit introduces students to key historical debates concerning whether Nazism was a form of radical fascism or was unique in its racial utopianism. What were the relationships between Nazi racial and social policies? Was Nazism supported for rational and pragmatic reasons or were people enthralled by its ideology of racial supremacy? The unit also explores connections between the bio-medical sciences, racial hygiene, and the euthanasia program and looks at Nazi genocides in the context of Nazi bio-politics.

Objectives

After successfully completing the unit students should be able to

  1. Explain historical concepts such as fascism and totalitarianism.
  2. Distinguish between and be able to discuss the most important historiographical interpretations of Nazism.
  3. Formulate their own positions on key issues based on a critical engagement with the historiography and relevant primary sources.
  4. Review and critically analyse historical monographs.
  5. Develop an independent research project on the history of Fascism, Nazism, or Nazi genocide.
  6. Situate their research within larger historiographical debates

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Tutorial participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Michael Hau

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4294, APG5294


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Seamus O'Hanlon

Notes

Previously coded HYM4510

Synopsis

This unit introduces ways in which understandings of the past inform policy and practice in contemporary museums. Using a range of history museums as case-studies the unit examines the historical origins and development of modern museums, both local and national; the challenges of presenting national history in a post-modern and post-colonial world; techniques of presenting the past, including textual, digital and dramatic forms; and tensions between the role of museums in education and tourism. Students will have opportunities to develop their skills in the application of history to museums, and to learn from museum professionals the tasks normally performed by historians in such settings.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have been introduced to the history of the museum in a variety of national contexts.
  2. Be aware of the challenges facing museums in postmodern and post-colonial contexts.
  3. Have been introduced to basic practices of museology in a variety of contexts.
  4. Have been introduced to new media and communications technologies and their utility in museum practice.
  5. Have improved their oral and written communication skills, including for DE students, their electronic communication skills.

Assessment

Review of museum or exhibition (2000 words): 20%
Proposal for, and design of, a museum exhibition (4500 words or equivalent): 50%
Reflective essay (2000 words): 20%
Seminar or discussion group participation: 10%

Contact hours

1 hour on-line discussion group or two hour seminar

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree with a major in history, or permission from the co-ordinator

Prohibitions

ATS4295, APG5295


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)David Garrioch

Notes

Previously coded HYM4590

Synopsis

Imagining Europe surveys the ways that Europe has been thought of from classical times to the present. Through literature, painting, architecture, travellers' tales, cinema and other sources, it traces the development of the idea of Europe as a region defined both geographically and by its culture, distinct from other 'non-European' cultures. The unit will trace the idea of multiple Europes: of a culturally defined 'Eastern Europe'; of regions within Europe, each with its own special character; and after World War II, the images of Eastern and Western Europe as politically distinct entities. The unit will conclude by looking at the impact of the European Union on images of Europe.

Objectives

In addition to the general objectives for students in Honours in the relevant area (History or European Studies), a student who has successfully completed this unit at Level 5 should have:

  1. A knowledge of the way that ideas and representations of Europe have changed across its history;
  2. An understanding of the way that apparently natural, even geographical entities are defined culturally, and of the role that visual and literary images play in defining and redefining such categories;
  3. A sound grasp of the debates surrounding the concept of Europe, and of the different cultural, national, and ideological positions that underlie them;
  4. An awareness of different disciplinary approaches to the concept of 'Europe' and of the way that each one provides specific understandings of the way our perceptions of the world are structured;
  5. An ability to undertake independent research;
  6. An ability to use material from a range of disciplines and to apply interdisciplinary perspectives

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

David Garrioch

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

A relevant undergraduate degree.

Prohibitions

ATS4296, APG5296


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Alistair Thomson

Notes

Previously coded HYM4660

Synopsis

This unit examines the theoretical and methodological issues posed in the creation of oral history interviews, drawing upon the rich inter-disciplinary and international literature in the field and through critical reflection on students' own oral history interview practice. Students will explore: debates about memory and oral history; approaches and issues in interview preparation; approaches and issues in conducting oral history interviews; digital audio recording techniques and issues; ethical, epistemological and political issues posed by the oral history relationship; and approaches and issues in the documentation and preservation of oral history interviews.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive and critical understanding of the key intellectual and political debates about the nature of recorded memory and its use as a source for social and historical research;
  2. a thorough grasp of the essential elements of oral history project preparation, of the techniques of oral history interviewing and recording, of the debates about oral history methodologies and the oral history relationship, and of the ethical guidelines of the Oral History Association of Australia;
  3. a thorough grasp of the main approaches to the documentation of oral history interviews, and of the debates about transcription and documentation;
  4. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  5. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete an oral history interview project, including research and preparation, an extended interview and appropriate documentation;
  6. a capacity to evaluate issues posed within the course of an oral history recording project by drawing upon oral history scholarship
  7. at level 5, students will have developed an enhanced appreciation of these issues through more extensive understanding of theoretical approaches.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Al Thompson

Contact hours

Regular seminars totaling 24 hours per semester

Prohibitions

ATS4297, APG5297


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Baker

Notes

Previously coded HYM4770

Synopsis

How is genocide seen and how is it imagined? Can there be poetry after Auschwitz? This unit will inquire into how genocides are represented both during and after the events. These acts of representation are instrumental in shaping, interpreting, responding to, and historicising genocides. This unit covers the interpretive and methodological skills necessary for analysing the texts, styles and mediums (e.g. genocidal rhetoric, news media, foreign policy, NGO reports, and testimony) that commonly represent genocide. Students will explore questions of representation, conduct historical research, and write contemporary histories that draw upon modern media archives.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. an understanding of debates on representation;
  2. critical skills in interpreting media, reports, policy, and international conventions;
  3. an understanding of genocide witnessing through diaries, journals and testimony
  4. and, the capacity to conduct research using modern media archives.
  5. In addition, students undertaking this unit at fifth-year level will be expected to have the ability to propose original research questions and conduct independent research.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4298 and APG5298


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Seamus O'Hanlon

Notes

Previously coded HYM4095

Synopsis

History and Heritage introduces students to the policy and practice of heritage professionals in the twenty- first century. The unit draws on local and international examples to demonstrate the contested nature of what constitutes heritage. Students are introduced to ideas about cultural and architectural heritage, the meanings of culture, cultural significance, 'reading' historic buildings and landscapes, and how all of these are interpreted by heritage professionals. Students learn the various local, national and international statutes that protect and enhance physical and cultural heritage.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have been introduced to concepts of heritage and heritage value.
  2. Know of and understand usual criteria for heritage assessment.
  3. Have developed skills in identifying, researching and classifying heritage themes and sites.
  4. Have developed strong writing skills, including the production of heritage reports and preservation submissions.
  5. Have developed strong oral communication skills, including the ability to defend positions and recommendations.
  6. Have developed skills in the use of computers and other new media.
  7. Have developed reflective skills and understandings of the broader issues around heritage and conservation issues.
Students undertaking the unit on-line will develop skills the above skills, although objective five will be in the form of virtual oral communication skills.

Assessment

Test (500 words) 10%
Heritage Project or essay (4500 words) 50%
Reflective essay (2000 words) 20%
Class Participation (2000 words) 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Seamus O'Hanlon

Contact hours

2 hours per week for on-campus students

Prerequisites

Undergraduate major in History or permission.

Prohibitions

APG5299, ATS4299


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Carolyn James

Notes

Previously coded HYM4115

Synopsis

This subject introduces the theoretical and conceptual frameworks appropriate to a study of Renaissance letters. It will analyse the development of the letter as a self-conscious literary genre but also dwell on more private correspondence, never meant for publication. Letters are essential sources, particularly for the social historian, and the insights and problems associated with using different kinds of letters as historical documents - whether they are carefully-crafted epistles drafted and redrafted by humanists and famous writers; practical, everyday communication; or even messages dictated to a scribe by the illiterate - will be the particular focus of discussion and analysis.

Objectives

Students who complete this subject:

  1. Will have a thorough knowledge of the Renaissance letter collections chosen for study.
  2. Will understand the social or intellectual context in which the letters were written.
  3. Will be able to distinguish between different types of letters, through recognition of formal elements and the development of a critical perspective on the writer's audience and intentions.
  4. Will have developed an awareness of how gender, levels of literacy and exposure to classical literary models influenced both male and female letter writers.
  5. Will be able to engage in discussion of letters as historical evidence and demonstrate strong skills in the critical reading of historical scholarship that uses such evidence.
  6. Will be able to organise and defend an historical argument using appropriate letter collections, as well as other types of primary and secondary evidence.
  7. Students taking this subject at level five have the additional objectives of acquiring a greater degree of analytical skills, a deeper understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues and a stronger degree of independence in locating and evaluating both primary and secondary historical resources.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
seminar presentation and participation: 20% (2000 words)

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

Major in Historical Studies


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Bill Garner

Notes

Previously coded HYM4120

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop craftsmanship in historical prose through the study of historians, literary theorists and selected historical novelists. The primary orientation of the subject is practical and confessional rather than theoretical. Practical issues include setting the writer in context, story-telling, description, explanation, beginnings and endings, transitions, scene-setting, characterisation, placing oneself in the text, addressing different readerships, documentation and the onus of proof, irony and the use of different voices and tropes, and formal and colloquial prose.

Objectives

  1. To examine issues of historiography and method through a critical reading of selected Australian historians.
  2. To analyse some of the key elements of historical prose, such as story-telling, beginnings and endings, transitions, scene-setting, characterisation, placing oneself in the text, addressing different readerships, documentation and the onus of proof, irony and indirection, the use of different voices and tropes, formal and colloquial prose.
  3. To develop practical skills in reading and writing historical prose.

Assessment

Essays and writing exercises (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Bill Garner

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4301, APG5301


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Michael Fagenblat

Notes

Previously coded HYM4175

Synopsis

Judaism and Christianity and both text-centred religions and, as such, the practice of interpretation invariable mediates the authority of the text. Interpretation is the way in which the authority of the text is extended and contested. This course examines the interpretive methods as well as the theological and ideological content of practices such as: Midrash, allegory, legal interpretation, mystical symbolism and multi-levelled approached to the text. Focus will be given to the historical contexts in which such practices arose and to their socio-political investment, as well as to the differences and similarities of Jewish and Christian approaches

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this course will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive knowledge of the strength, status and scope of claims to authority made both by and for the Bible in Jewish and Christian traditions.
  2. knowledge of the historical, theoretical and cultural issues involved in claiming authority for any sacred text.
  3. Understanding of the basic interpretive practices that have been applied by Jewish and Christian communities to the Bible.
  4. skills in evaluating and applying different kinds of exegesis and hermeneutic theory.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Michael Fagenblat

Contact hours

2.5 Hours

Prohibitions

JWC4010, JWM4010, JWM5010, APG4302, APG5302, RLT4090, RLM4090, RLM5090


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)David Garrioch

Notes

Previously coded HYM4180

Synopsis

This unit is a history of the way people have related to and thought about the natural environment in the past. It will provide an introduction to recent literature on environmental history, including the environmental consequences of European expansion into the New World, of industrialization and imperialism, and of medicine and science. Attention will also be given to climate change, plagues and other diseases, and the depletion of natural resources. The subject will conclude with some reflections on the historical underpinnings of current debates about global pollution, population, and global warming.

Objectives

In addition to the general objectives for fourth year defined by the School of Geography and the School of Historical Studies, students successfully completing this subject will have:

  1. A general grasp of the two-way interaction between social practices and the environment in the past.
  2. An understanding of changing Western ideas about the natural world.
  3. An awareness of the way that current environmental debates are based on historically-determined conceptions of the environment and of the place of humans within it.
  4. A grasp of the principal debates in environmental history.
  5. An ability to find and use a wide range of historical sources, including visual sources.

Assessment

Written work: 75% (7000 words)
Take-home examination: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

David Garrioch

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prohibitions

ATS4303, GES4180, APG5303


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kat Ellinghaus

Notes

Previously coded HYM4185

Synopsis

This unit will explore the ways that Europeans interacted with people they encountered in settler societies in North America, Australia, and the Pacific. It will examine how these newly encountered groups of people were depicted in the era of colonialism, explore the histories of racial designations such as black, white and red, and examine how interracial sexual relationships complicated these neat colonial categories. Racism remains a huge problem in 21st century society: this unit will explore the background to this issue, not just narrating the events of colonialism, but putting the issue of 'otherness' and the formation of racial categories at the forefront of the story.

Objectives

At the successful completion of the unit students will be expected:

  1. to have a detailed understanding of the history of settler colonialism as both a global and a local phenomenon
  2. to understand the theoretical arguments about how race was understood from the 17th to the 19th centuries, and how interracial sexuality came to play an increasingly important role in such classifications
  3. to be able to critically examine contemporary texts and drawings to evaluate what they reveal to the historian about ideas of race in the era
  4. to be able to fully articulate, verbally and in writing, their conclusions from these examinations
  5. to have shown their capacity to devise, research, and complete an essay on some aspect of Colonial Encounters based on their own study of the sources and scholarship
  6. to be able to reflect on the way in which history has influenced the present, through evaluating how our present-day racial formations are not fixed categories but historically and geographically unstable constructs
  7. In addition, students at fifth-year level will be expected to demonstrate more sophisticated analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent reading and research.

Assessment

Tutorial presentation (approx. 1000 words): 10%
Report (2000 words): 20%
Research essay (4000 words): 50%
Take-home test (2000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kat Ellinghaus

Contact hours

One two-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4304, APG5304


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Baker

Notes

Previously coded HYM4200

Synopsis

This unit introduces the theoretical and conceptual frameworks deployed in the analysis of various forms of history that involve memory. In particular it considers oral history, life stories and autobiography, and commemoration, and explores the relationship between these forms of memory and history. Specific topics include oral history and social history, private and public memory, myth and history, war and remembrance, popular memory and nostalgia, psychoanalysis and history, memory and collective identity, and trauma and memory.

Objectives

This subject aims to:

  1. Introduce key conceptual and theoretical issues in the relationship between memory and the writing of history.
  2. Introduce students to a range of past and present 'memory-work' particularly as it relates to the development of shared understandings of the past, including the production of oral histories and life stories and various forms of public and private commemoration.
  3. Provide students interested in exploring research tools such as oral history or life story reconstruction with a coherent and thorough grounding in the relevant historical scholarship and critical literature.
  4. Introduce students to key questions about the ethical dimensions involved in producing and using various forms of memory as historical evidence.
  5. Provide supervised practical experience in research techniques involving the use of memory in the writing of history.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Bain Attwood

Contact hours

Regular seminars totalling 24 hours per semester

Prohibitions

ATS4305, APG5305


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Barbara Caine

Notes

Previously coded HYM4280

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the writing of biography as a literary form, including questions about the relationship between biography and fiction; the many new forms of life story developed through feminist and postcolonial theory and through work in memory and testimony; and the uses of life story in case studies in the social sciences. The unit will deal with biography as metaphor, the importance of cultural context in reading and writing biography, life stories and cultural context, ways of analysing the authorial presence and the use of psychoanalysis in biography and life writing.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. Have a sophisticated understanding of the different forms of writing biographies and life stories and of the importance of particular genres within this field.
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of the ways in which new fields such as psychoanalysis, feminism and gender studies and postcolonialism have affected the writing of life stories and biography.
  3. Be acquainted with some of the recent debates about the relationship between fiction and biography.
  4. Have developed advanced skills in written and oral communication.
  5. Have developed skills in working as a group.
  6. Have developed skills in using new technology.

Assessment

Seminar presentation and paper (2,000 words): 20%
Group seminar presentation and paper (1000 words): 20%
Essay analysing the changing forms of biographical writing from the mid 19th century to the present and critically assessing the merits and the problems of different forms (5-6,000 words): 50%
General seminar performance: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Peter Howard

Notes

Previously coded HYM4330

Synopsis

This unit examines the religious cultures of Italy from the fourteenth to the early sixteenth century, including the role of humanism and the recovery of the classical past in the re-envisioning of the Christian life in the Renaissance city, the boundaries between magic, superstition, and orthodox religion, the cult of the saints, shrines, and pilgrimage, the relationship between institutional religion and popular piety, high culture and popular expressions of devotion, the function of preaching and education by friars in local contexts, and the extent to which public theology shaped the cultural and material milieu.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have acquired an understanding of the nature of Christianity as the matrix of experience in the Italian Renaissance city.
  2. Have acquired an understanding of the variety within that experience.
  3. Be critically conversant with the conceptual and analytical issues relating to the term 'popular'.
  4. Have worked with the conceptual complexities of 'religious culture'.
  5. Understand the nature of, and the religious and the social function of, devotion and devotional space.
  6. Have examined the Renaissance understanding of the nature of the natural order, sign and symbol, language and power.
  7. Understand the impact of the return 'to sources' which was part of the humanist agenda.
  8. Will have engaged the inter-relationship between the material world (piazza, building; representation) and the aesthetic, spiritual and religious activities of Renaissance Italians.
  9. Have developed a capacity to analyse the processes which underpinned the construction of devotional and theological texts.
  10. Will have developed the capacity to detect the resonances of language and code embedded in particular texts and their relationship to social context.
  11. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to the urban context of Italian Renaissance Society.
  12. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to the urban context of Italian Renaissance Society.

Assessment

Essay related work: 60%
Critical journal: 20%
Seminar preparation and presentation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

A History or RLT Major

Prohibitions

ATS4307


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Jane Drakard

Notes

Previously coded HYM4340

Synopsis

This unit examines the famous evictions of Scottish highlanders from their ancestral lands between the late eighteenth and mid-nineteenth centuries. It focuses on the context and rationale for these events and the consequences for crofters who were either forcibly removed to inferior lands by their landlords or who chose to emigrate. Patterns of local resistance will be considered, as will the long term consequences for highland society. The Highland Clearances are still prominent in popular memory and a subject for vigorous debate in Scotland; the role of the clearances in modern Scottish identity and history-making will be considered, including issues of commemoration and memorialisation.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate: a thorough grasp of the context in which the Clearances took place, key events and the broad outlines of the social, economic and cultural consequences for Highland society; a critical appreciation of historical debates about the severity of the evictions and the economic and social impact of the Clearances; familiarity with the major historical works on this subject and a close engagement not only with the arguments put forward by key historians, but also with available documentary sources; well developed oral and written skills in the critical analysis of a variety of texts including government papers, the viewpoint of landlords, the perspectives of the displaced crofters and contemporary understandings of those who observed and recorded the events in journals and memoirs; a capacity to reflect on the history-making process in the context of the Highland Clearances and to analyse the contemporary meanings of the past which are manifested in popular histories, in web sites and in literature, music and film about the Clearances; the capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete an essay based on independent historical research into some aspect of the history of the Highland Clearances.

Assessment

Tutorial presentation (15 minutes) (equiv. 1000 words) 10%
Critical review (2000 words) 20%
Research essay (4000 words) 50%
Take-home examination (2000 words) 20%

Contact hours

1 two-hour seminar per week.

Prohibitions

ATS4308 and APG4308


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Seamus O'Hanlon

Notes

Previously coded HYM4620

Synopsis

This unit offers a critical and practical approach to the study of family history and genealogy. Students will examine the recent explosion of interest in family history, placing it against the broader history of the family and the contemporary search for personal identity, including the recovery of memory among migrant and indigenous communities. They will be introduced to the interpretation of the main sources of family history, including records of the human life-cycle, migration, church affiliation, property transactions and adoptions, and oral history. They will gain skills in writing and publishing family history and using family history in celebrations, commemorations and reunions.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. have been introduced to debates surrounding the modern development of the family history movement.
  2. have been introduced to the history of the family in its European and Australian contexts.
  3. have developed skills in the selection and interpretation of the main sources for the writing of family history in Australia.
  4. have developed skills in the writing, editing and publishing of family history.
  5. have explored the uses of family history in events of celebration, commemoration and reunion.

Assessment

Source Exercise 2000 words 20%, Critical/ reflective Essay 2000 words 20%, Family History Project 4000 words 50%, Class participation 1000 words 10%

Contact hours

One x 1 hr on-line discussion group/week
or
One x 2 hr seminar/week

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree with a major in history, or permission from co-ordinator.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Professor Alistair Thomson

Notes

Previously coded HYM4820

Synopsis

This unit focuses on local and community history, and investigates concepts of community, the relationship between people and place and the connection between past and present. Students will study methods of historical research including oral history, material culture, emerging technologies, and cultural events. Through the assignments that include reviewing existing local history material and undertaking a community history research project, students will acquire a range of skills to equip to them to become involved in local and community history writing.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. have been introduced to concepts of 'community' and community history-making
  2. have been introduced to the origins of local and community histories, and their uses and purposes.
  3. have developed skills in researching and writing local and community histories
  4. have developed strong writing skills, including the production of a community history
  5. have developed strong oral communication skills, and recognised the importance of consultation and engagement with community groups when undertaking local and community histories
  6. have developed skills in the use of computers and other new media.
  7. have developed reflective skills and understandings of the broader issues of the importance of community and belonging

Assessment

Written work/reviews: 90% (8000 words)
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

24 hours over the semester

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree with a major in history, or permission from co-ordinator.

Prohibitions

GSC2506, GSC3513, ATS2566, ATS3566


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedPrato Summer semester B 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Peter Howard

Notes

Previously coded HYM4840

Synopsis

This unit will examine in detail a range of texts written during the late medieval and renaissance periods in Italy. Some may be canonical, for instance Dante's 'Divine Comedy' and Machiavelli's 'The Prince'. Others will represent literary genres popular at the time: vernacular letters, diaries and sermons etc. In particular, this unit will draw on the resources of the Archivio di Stato of Prato, and the 'Archivio Datini Online' making maximal use of the digitised documents available through this portal. Texts will be read from a variety of historiographical perspectives, and considered within the appropriate historical contexts.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit:

  1. Will have a thorough knowledge of the text(s) chosen for study.
  2. Will have gained an understanding of different genres of text circulating in Medieval and Renaissance Italy (chronicle, letter, diary, tract, sermon, poem, play, dialogue, treatise, monument, visual representation).
  3. Will have gained a grounding in core skills for Medieval and Renaissance Studies with respect to archives, manuscripts and palaeography.
  4. Will have developed a capacity to analyze the processes which underpinned the construction of particular texts.
  5. Will have developed the capacity to detect the resonances of language and code embedded in particular texts and their relationship to social context.
  6. Will have developed the capacity to read 'against the grain' in relation to the Medieval and Renaissance Italian social, political and social contexts.
  7. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to the urban context of Italian Medieval and Renaissance Society.

Assessment

Essay related work: 60%
Class related written work: 20%
Seminar preparation and presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Peter Howard

Contact hours

Clayton on-campus: one 2-hour seminar per week;
Prato: 4 hours per day over 5 days in January with follow-up seminars at Clayton during February

Prohibitions

ATS4311, APG5311


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Barbara Caine

Notes

Previously coded HYM4900

Synopsis

This unit explores the writing of biography and autobiography from the late eighteenth century, looking in particular at changing ideas about subjectivity and identity, and at the relationship between biography and the novel across the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. It will include Boswell's 'Life of Johnson'; Rousseau's 'Confessions'; fictional autobiographies such as Jane Eyre; the affect of the development of psychoanalysis; the 'new' approach to biography by Virginia Woolf and Lytton Strachey; Carolyn Steedman's negotiation of autobiography in 'Landscape for a Good Woman'; and contemporary autobiographies and biographies.

Objectives

Students completing this course will be expected to:

  1. Have a detailed knowledge of the developments and changes in autobiography and biography from the late 18th century to the present.
  2. Understand the connection between autobiography, biography and fiction across the period.
  3. Understand the impact of Freud on the writing of biography.
  4. Understand some of the different approaches that historians have taken to biography across this period.
  5. Develop the critical skills required to analyse and assess different approaches to biography.

Assessment

Historiographical essay (3000 words): 35%
Essay (4000 words): 45%
Writing exercises (2000 words): 20%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4312, APG5312


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Jane Drakard

Notes

Previously coded HYM4950

Synopsis

This unit examines new approaches in anthropology and history, specifically the development of 'ethnohistory', a theoretical perspective and growing body of work which attempt to understand the past through culture. This includes investigating the ways in which culturally oriented reading strategies have been used to uncover the 'hidden transcripts' encoded in texts, rituals and events. Particular emphasis will be placed on the way these strategies might be applied in the preparation of honours dissertations.

Objectives

This subject examines methodological approaches in anthropology and history and looks at the ways in which culturally oriented reading strategies have been used to uncover the 'hidden transcripts' encoded in texts, rituals and events. Students are expected to:

  1. Think carefully about the relationship between anthropology and history and the nature and implications of attempts to work within and between these two disciplines.
  2. Consider the concept of 'culture' and its uses as a tool for historical investigation.
  3. Relate their reading to a set of general questions about what historians do, including the nature of historical evidence and the conclusions that may be drawn from it.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
In-class test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Jane Drakard

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4313, APG5313


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Winter semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Mark Baker

Notes

Previously coded ITM4140

Synopsis

This unit will bring together students from Monash campuses in Australia and South Africa to study the contemporary histories of post-genocide and post-conflict societies, through two specific cases: the South African approach after apartheid and local and global responses to the Rwandan genocide. Held in the winter semester as a two-week intensive, students will spend a week in Johannesburg and a week in Rwanda exploring public debates on memory and justice through visits to memorial sites and museums. Places to be explored include Soweto, the Apartheid Museum, Constitution Hill, the Murambi genocide memorial, and a Gacaca village trial.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. an understanding of the human impact of genocide and conflict on the communities that survive it
  2. an understanding of the modern historical contexts in which these conflicts emerged
  3. an appreciation of the issues and the agencies involved in rebuilding states and societies after genocide and conflict
  4. the capacity to describe and analyse questions of memory and justice using historical examples
  5. In addition, students undertaking this unit at fourth-year level will be expected to have the ability to analytically differentiate between the different forms genocide and conflict manifest themselves in.

Assessment

Major essay (6000 words): 50%
Short writing exercise or text analysis (1000 words): 20%
Exam (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Mark Baker

Contact hours

One 4-hour lecture per day, five days a week, for three weeks

Prohibitions

ATS3314, ATS4314


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)James Walter

Notes

Previously coded ITM4020

Assessment

Written work: 80% (9000 words)
Seminar work: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Jim Walter


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Masato Takimoto

Notes

Previously coded JIT4622

Synopsis

Skills and techniques for consecutive interpreting using authentic interviews and talks. Topics focus on industry, business, general contemporary affairs, education, Australia-Japan relations, medicine, tourism etc. Practice in both languages and relevant aspects of the theory of English-Japanese consecutive interpreting.

Assessment

Written: 20%
2 Tests: 80%

Contact hours

2 hours of workshop per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr. Mark Baker

Notes

Previously coded JWM4150

Synopsis

Through an exposure to a wide variety of literary and non-literary texts which focus on Jewish writing and cultural trends, comprehensive critical sources, international scholars, individualized guidance and regular supervision, students will be able to engage in successful research.

Objectives

To provide students with:

  1. An advanced knowledge research methods.
  2. A sound understanding of Jewish writing and cultural trends.
  3. A comprehensive understanding of critical sources of literary and non-literary texts.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Mark Baker

Contact hours

3 hours (One 3-hour seminar) per week; or two week intensive (One 3-hour seminar) per day in winter or summer.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded JWM4260


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mark Baker

Notes

Previously coded JWM4020

Synopsis

The unit explores the main tenets of Zionist theory in their historical contexts. Themes include: Jewish emancipation and exclusion in 19th century Europe, varieties of Jewish nationalism, the Jewish critiques of Zionism, Zionism and empire, Palestinian responses to Jewish settlement, the relevance of post-Zionism.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit should have developed an understanding of:

  1. The history and theories of Zionism, especially classical Zionist thinkers;
  2. Jewish national movements in their historical contexts;
  3. Zionist thought, the impact of empires in the Middle East;
  4. The debates surrounding Zionism and post-Zionism, including continuities and discontinuities;

Assessment

Research essay (5000 words): 50%
Seminar paper (1000 words): 15%
Textual exercise in a take-home exam (2000 words): 25%
Seminar preparation and participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Mark Baker

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 1-hour tutorial


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Paul Forgasz

Notes

Previously coded JWM4030

Synopsis

This unit surveys various ways in which Jews throughout the ages have elucidated the meaning of their historical experience and traces the major themes and preoccupations of writers of Jewish history from biblical times to the present. A number of topics that are central to Jewish historiography will be explored including: causality in Jewish history; divine providence and intervention; teleology and messianic perspectives; problems of rendering judgement on the past; periodisation. Consideration will also be given to the varying emphases given to religion, nationality and culture by historians seeking to explain what has made the Jews a single people and their history a continuous one.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the different approaches and practices present within the Jewish tradition to recording and preserving the Jewish past;
  2. have an understanding of the relationship between Jewish history and collective memory and of the place of the Jewish historian within that relationship;
  3. recognise the continuities and discontinuities between classical, medieval and modern approaches to writing and reading the Jewish past
  4. have demonstrated a familiarity with the different genres and modes of Jewish historical writing;
  5. have read and analysed selected texts from the Jewish historiographical tradition;
  6. have applied the reading and interpretative skills they have learned to unseen texts

Assessment

Research essay (5000) : 50%
Seminar paper (1000) : 15%
Textual exercise (2000) : 25%
Preparation and participation : 10%

Contact hours

1x2.5 hours lecture/seminar/ week for 12 weeks. One week during the semester will be devoted to student consultation regarding research essays. Private study (21.5 hours) will be devoted reading seminar materials, preparing and completing the research essays, and wider reading.

Prohibitions

ATS4320, APG5320


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Leah Garret

Notes

Previously coded JWM4040

Synopsis

Before the Holocaust, the Yiddish speaking world played a critical role in the transmission of culture from East to West and West to East. Jewish authors rewrote 'A Thousand and One Nights', 'Don Quixote', 'Aesop's Fables', 'King Lear' and many other texts, transforming them into writings with Jewish and European characteristics. They also played with genre traditions, presenting a seemingly mainstream narrative from a subversive standpoint. In this seminar we will study the Jewish subversive tradition, with an eye to how the writings challenged the basic precepts of how literature works by deconstructing many elements of the novel and short story.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to have:

  1. knowledge of the forms of writing to have emerged from the Jewish subversive literary tradition
  2. an understanding of the historical background to this tradition
  3. familiarity with the original stories that Jewish authors subverted, and recognise Jewish critiques of both internal Jewish writing as well as broader European discourse
  4. In addition, students studying at fifth-level will be expected to have an appreciation of the pivotal role Jews played in the transmission of culture from the Islamic world to Christendom and vice versa.

Assessment

Seminar participation: 10%
Short essay (3000 words): 30%
Research essay (6000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Irfan Ahmad

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded LLC4010

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to European language policy. It examines Europe's standard languages, their origins and their current status vis a vis a multitude of regional and social dialects. It introduces European models of dealing with multilingualism within a nation-state and draws attention to the relationship between language policy and social change. It discusses issues such as language and education, linguistic diversity, minority languages, linguistic purism, and language as an aspect of social equality. The unit considers European responses to these issues from a variety of perspectives by studying a wide range of texts in the area of language policy and planning.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should be familiar with, and have an understanding of significant aspects of language policy in Europe from the Renaissance to the present. They should be familiar with the research tradition of language planning and policy, and be able to apply relevant terms and concepts. They should be able to discuss and review research literature in field of language planning and policy, as well as language-political legislation (including constitutional texts). They should be able to conduct independent research, to present their results orally and in written exposition (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting), and to engage in team work and critical academic discussion of information and argument.

Assessment

One essay (6000 words, 70%), one class paper (oral presentation, hurdle requirement; written up in 3000 words, 30%).

Contact hours

12 one-hour lectures and 12 one-hour tutorials

Prohibitions

ATS4322, APG5322


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Terry MacDonald

Notes

Previously coded PLM4030

Synopsis

This unit will explore a number of real-world ethical problems in world politics, arising as a result of political transformations associated with 'globalisation'. These include problems such as poverty and inequality in the global economy, just war and legitimate political violence in an age of terrorism, and the political legitimacy of state and non-state actors (including Corporations, NGOs, and International Organisations). This unit will further familiarise students with a range of ethical and normative political theories devised to help analyse and resolve such new ethical dilemmas in world politics, and encourage students to apply these critical tools to real-world ethical problems.

Objectives

By the end of this unit, students will have achieved:

  1. Understanding of the practical and policy dimensions of a range of ethical problems in world politics, including: poverty and economic inequality; the character and prospects of 'fair trade' regimes and associated labour rights; human rights interventionism; justifications for new forms of political violence such as terrorism/the 'war on terror'; the power and political responsibility of corporations and NGOs; the democratic legitimacy of International Organisations; the rights of immigrants and refugees versus the right of states to control their borders; responsibility for climate change and future environmental protection.
  2. Knowledge of key normative and ethical theories pertinent to these practical ethical problems, including: Rawlsian, cosmopolitan, communitarian, and utilitarian theories of global 'justice' and ethics; classical and contemporary theories of 'just war' and ethical violence; theories of individual and state 'rights'; domestic and cosmopolitan 'democratic' theories; and ethical theories of 'responsibility'.
  3. Understanding of the theoretical basis for 'normative' methods of inquiry in world politics, and the way in which normative and empirical modes of analysis are distinct and inter-connected.
  4. Capacity to employ normative modes of theoretical analysis, in order to examine critically the ethical credentials and political legitimacy of political decisions and institutions in world politics.
  5. Capacity to employ normative modes of theoretical analysis, in order to critically engage with and evaluate key ethical assumptions and arguments in the theoretical literature on global ethics.
  6. Proficient oral communication and analysis skills, developed through class participation and presentations.
  7. Proficient writing skills, developed through writing two essays.
  8. Proficient research skills, developed in particular through work on the major research essay component of the course; these should be developed to a level capable of sustaining the commencement of PhD research.

Assessment

Research essay (6000 words): 50%
Examination (3 hours): 40%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ITM4030, ITM5030, PLT4030, APG5323, PLM5040


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Remy Davison

Notes

Previously coded PLM4065

Synopsis

This unit comprises an advanced seminar in international political economy (IPE), The unit explores the concept of a global political economy, and examines the key themes, theories and paradigms in IPE in the contemporary literature. The unit covers three main areas:

  1. theoretical approaches to the global political economy;
  2. major developments in 20th and 21st-century IPE; and
  3. case studies from North America, Europe and East Asia. Australia is included as a paradigmatic case of a 'middle power' that is both an influential actor in, as well as a state profoundly affected by, the global political economy

Objectives

The main objectives of the unit are for students to develop: i) a critical understanding of the principal themes and theories in international political economy; ii) an awareness of the major developments in the international political economy since World War Two, with emphasis upon the impact of economic interdependence and globalisation; iii) insights into how a small country can influence international regulatory structures and institutions, in a world dominated by the economic powers like the United States, Japan and the European Union; and, iv) a critical appreciation of the costs and benefits of Australia's responses to global economic pressures, with emphasis upon developments within the past decade.

Assessment

Essay (6,000 words) : 50%
Examination (3 hours) : 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Remy Davison

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2-seminar) per week

Prerequisites

Admission to Politics 4th-Year Honours or admission to the MA in International Relations or admission to the Master of Counter-Terrorism Studies

Prohibitions

ATS4324


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dennis Woodward

Notes

Previously coded PLM4290

Synopsis

A study of China's attempts to modernise in the wake of the Western impact last century emphasising the political economy. Key historical debates and the various development strategies pursued in China since 1949. Critical examination of the Soviet-inspired First Five Year Plan, the 'Maoist' programs of the Great Leap Forward and Cultural Revolution, and the various gyrations of the post-Mao 'reforms' constitute the main body of the subject.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 50%
Seminar presentation and participation: 10%
Examination (3 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Dennis Woodward

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ATS4326, APG5326


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ben MacQueen

Notes

Previously coded PLM4310

Synopsis

This subject explores the relationship between contemporary forms of political violence, especially terrorism, and the forces of globalisation. It focuses in particular on violence as a manifestation of the disintegration of traditional belief systems centering on 'the nation' and the emergence of assertive forms of sub-cultural resistance. Through case studies of terrorist networks and the ideologies that motivate them, the course addresses conundrums such as the distinction between 'freedom fighters' and 'terrorists', the relationship between technology, economy and political violence, and the impact of violence on traditional notions of national and international governance.

Objectives

  1. To develop in students a sophisticated understanding of
    1. the global circumstances behind rise of culture and identity as contested political concepts,
    2. under what circumstances cultural politics can take on a violent/terrorist edge, and
    3. the implications of these developments for national and international forms of governance.
  2. To foster in students a high level understanding of the challenges posed to established norms of global politics by the spread of terrorist networks and other violence-prone movements (including through case studies of terrorist movements).
  3. To enhance students' ability to contribute to public debates on issues such as counter-terrorism, state-sponsored violence, and arguments over trade-offs between civil and individual rights and public security.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Benjamin MacQueen

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

Applicants should have completed a bachelors degree with a major in politics, or a Faculty Certificate in politics with grades of at least credit average. Subject to the approval of the Graduate Coordinator, applicants with a major in a cognate discipline may be admitted.

Prohibitions

ATS4327, APG5327


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Michael Janover

Notes

Previously coded PLM4390

Synopsis

Selected topics in the history of political thought, including the nature of epic or grand theories of politics and the role of various forms of moral, religious, scientific, and metaphysical thinking in such theories. Texts and arguments considered are of two kinds:

  1. models of construction and deconstruction of the history of Western political and philosophical thought in writings of Heidegger, Arendt and Strauss;
  2. conceptions of knowledge, power and morality, culture and civilisation in the thinking of Socrates, Plato, Machiavelli, Rousseau and Nietzsche.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Michael Janover

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

APG5328, ATS4328


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2011 (Flexible)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Greg Barton

Notes

Previously coded PLM4430

Synopsis

This subject will explore the origins of 'political Islam' or 'Islamism'- a backlash against the economic, political and cultural dominance of the 'West'. It will survey the gamut of Islamist organisations in the Middle East, South and South East Asia against the backdrop of an increasingly shrinking world. Political Islam begins with the study of Islamic responses to European imperialism in the 19th and 20th centuries, with particular emphasis upon the emergence of Islamic modernism. It then focuses on the growth of Islamic movements and their response to contending ideologies, including secular nationalism and socialism. Finally we consider the impact of Islam on international relations.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this subject will have gained a critical understanding of Islamic radicalism, in its different manifestations globally, and the political and conceptual forces that extend or hamper its scope. This subject will place political Islam within the context of a shrinking world and offer students a nuanced appreciation of relations between the West and the Muslim world.

Assessment

+ Seminar presentation: 10%
Short essay (2,000 words): 30%
Take home exam (5,000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Prof Greg Barton

Contact hours

A 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4329, APG5329


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Paul Muldoon

Notes

Previously coded PLM4440

Synopsis

As the consumer ethos invades every area of our lives, identity is increasingly related less to the place one inhabits and more to what one owns or is capable of attaining. These developments have implications, not only for our political life as citizens, but for the Western tradition of thinking about politics itself. To the extent that political thought and action has traditionally been based around an embedded notion of citizenship, it is in serious need of re-examination. This unit explores how changes in modes of consumption in post-industrial societies have altered our notions of citizenship and produced a new 'politics of rebellion' outside the conventional political arena.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand different theoretical approaches to consumerism.
  2. Connect debates over consumerism to notions of democracy and citizenship.
  3. Develop a deeper understanding of globalisation and its discontents.
  4. Be able to make connections across different disciplines (particularly politics, sociology and cultural studies).
  5. Display advanced oral communication skills.
  6. Undertake independent research and present the results in a coherent written format.

Assessment

Written work: 50% (5000 words)
Take home exam: 40%
Oral presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Narelle Miragliotta

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

APG5330, ATS4330


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2011 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Professor Greg Barton

Notes

Previously coded PLM4490

Synopsis

This unit examines the social, historical and intellectual dynamics driving Islamic revivalism in Turkey and Indonesia and pays particular attention to their progressive potential. Drawing upon the critical work of contemporary civil society movements and innovative intellectuals in both countries, it explores the conceptual and practical dimensions of the pursuit of constructive interfaith relations in the Islamic world. By placing Turkey and Indonesia at the centre of analysis, the unit aims to reveal Islam, less as a source of violence and terrorism, than as a source of tolerance, peace and conflict resolution.

Objectives

By the end of this unit, students at 4th level will have achieved:

  1. An sound understanding of the character and position of Islam and Islamic thought in contemporary Turkey and Indonesia
  2. An understanding of the significance of Islam in late modernity with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements in Turkey and Indonesia and the role of Islamic movements in political dissent conflict violence and terrorism
  3. An understanding of the role of Islamic social movements in Turkey and Indonesia in promoting tolerance conflict resolution and contributing to the common good
  4. A sound understanding of traditional Islamic thought practices and social movements in Turkey and Indonesia
  5. A broad understanding of the social historical and intellectual dynamics driving Islamic revivalism in Turkey and Indonesia
  6. A broad understanding of radical Islamist movements in Turkey and Indonesia including terrorist groups
  7. An sound understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Indonesia
  8. An understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Turkey in particular the contribution of Said Nursi and the Nurcu movements and of Fethullah Gulen and the Gulen movement to Islamic thought and practice in Turkey
  9. Improved writing skills by producing two research essays
  10. Developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

By the end of this unit, students at Masters level will have achieved:
  1. An sound understanding of the character and position of Islam and Islamic thought in contemporary Turkey and Indonesia
  2. An understanding of the significance of Islam in late modernity with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements in Turkey and Indonesia and the role of Islamic movements in political dissent conflict violence and terrorism
  3. An understanding of the role of Islamic social movements in Turkey and Indonesia in promoting tolerance conflict resolution and contributing to the common good
  4. A sound understanding of traditional Islamic thought, practices and social movements in Turkey and Indonesia
  5. A broad understanding of the social, historical and intellectual dynamics driving Islamic revivalism in Turkey and Indonesia
  6. A broad understanding of radical Islamist movements in Turkey and Indonesia, including terrorist groups
  7. An sound understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Indonesia
  8. An understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Turkey, in particular the contribution of Said Nursi and the Nurcu movements and of Fethullah Gulen and the Gulen movement to Islamic thought and practice in Turkey
  9. Improved writing skills by producing two research essays
  10. Developed research skills and theoretical background and ability
  11. Highly sophisticated level of oral skills
  12. Highly developed writing skills by producing two research essays
  13. Highly developed research skills and theoretical background and ability

Assessment

Short essay (3000 words): 30%
Major essay (5000 words): 50%
Field trip: 10%
Class Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Prof Greg Barton

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week, and in addition one 7-hour field trip


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Andrew Butfoy

Notes

Previously coded PLM4600

Synopsis

Strategic studies is defined here as the analysis of the military dimension of international relations. Within this setting, the unit looks at the following topics: the role of US military power in world affairs, Australian defence policy, armed intervention, threats to the peace, the proliferation of 'weapons of mass destruction', arms control and concepts of security.

Assessment

Essay plan (400 words): 5%
Essay (5000 words): 50%
Examination (3 hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andy Butfoy

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ATS4332, APG5332


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Nick Economou

Notes

Previously coded PLM4800

Synopsis

Major impacts on Australian national government and politics over the last two decades. The changing economic and social fabric of Australia; the impact of globalisation and the re-emergence of neo-liberal ideology. The changing Australian political tradition; recent challenges to representative and accountable governance; the increase in political disenchantment and the gradual dealignment of the electorate and the effect of these on the political parties; and, more generally, the form and nature of democracy in Australia.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 40%
Seminar presentation and participation: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Nick Economou

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ATS4333, APG5333


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Susan Blackburn

Notes

Previously coded PLM4930

Synopsis

Development strategies in Indonesia, Malaysia and Vietnam. Development options and development policies of successive governments - the groups which benefit and lose. Issues of political economy affecting the region as a whole, including environmental controversies, democratisation and women and development.

Assessment

Book report (2000 words): 25%
Essay (4000 words): 45%
Tutorial presentation: 10%
Examination (2 hours): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Susan Blackburn

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prohibitions

ATS4334


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Anna Halafoff

Notes

Previously coded PLM4090

Synopsis

This unit will examine the role of interfaith relations in promoting social harmony and common security in the 21st century. It will include a historical overview of interfaith relations; religion and globalization; interfaith peacebuilding; methods for interfaith engagement; the nexus between interfaith relations and security since the terrorist attacks of 11 September 2001; approaches to interfaith relations from the major religious traditions; a case study of interfaith relations in Australia; gender and youth issues in interfaith; interfaith environmental activism.

Objectives

By the end of this unit, students at 4th level will have achieved:

  1. an intricate knowledge of the international history of interfaith relations
  2. an understanding of the significance of religion in late modernity, with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements and the role of religion in conflict, violence and terrorism
  3. an understanding of the role of religion in peacebuilding and conflict resolution
  4. a detailed knowledge of the methods and practices of interreligious engagement
  5. an understanding of the nexus between interfaith relations and security following the events of September 11, 2001
  6. an understanding of the various manifestations of interreligious engagement including Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Buddhist and Hindu perspectives
  7. an understanding of interreligious engagement in the Australian context, with particular emphasis on co-operation between religious and state actors including police
  8. an understanding of interreligious environmental activism
  9. a sophisticated level of oral skills
  10. improved writing skills by producing two research essays
  11. developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

By the end of this unit, students at Masters level will have achieved:
  1. an intricate knowledge of the international history of interfaith relations
  2. an understanding of the significance of religion in late modernity, with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements and the role of religion in conflict, violence and terrorism
  3. an understanding of the role of religion in peacebuilding and conflict resolution
  4. a detailed knowledge of the methods and practices of interreligious engagement;
  5. an understanding of the nexus between interfaith relations and security following the events of September 11, 2001
  6. an understanding of the various manifestations of interreligious engagement including Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Buddhist and Hindu perspectives
  7. an understanding of interreligious engagement in the Australian context, with particular emphasis on co-operation between religious and state actors including police
  8. an understanding of interreligious environmental activism
  9. highly sophisticated level of oral skills
  10. highly developed writing skills by producing two research essays
  11. highly developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

Assessment

Short essay (3000 words): 30% + Major essay (5000 words): 50% + Field trip: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Anna Halafoff

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week, and one 1-day (7 hours) field trip.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Irfan Ahmad

Notes

Previously coded PLM4420

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students will have attained an intricate and critical knowledge of the diversity of Islamic thought in relation to modernity; a profound and detailed understanding of the key issues at the heart of tensions between Islam and modernity; a deep understanding of the way Muslims in the Muslim world and Muslims in the West are affected by the ongoing tension between Islam and modernity; a critical appreciation of the way reformist Islamic thinkers have tried to deal with the question compatibility between Islam and modernity; a detailed knowledge of the common ground between Islam and modernity that is used by Islamic modernists/reformers and the analytical ability to deconstruct that argument with reference to traditional Islamic sources; a deep understanding of the broad conceptual basis of Islamic political thoughts; a detailed understanding of the Islamic reformist movement that has emerged in the West; a sophisticated level of oral presentation skills; highly developed writing skills; and developed research skills..

Assessment

+ Class participation and think-piece presentation: 10%
Review essay (1,00 words): 10%
Short essay (2,000 words): 20%
Take-home exam (6,000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Irfan Ahmad

Contact hours

1 two-hour seminar

Prohibitions

ATS4336/APG5336


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ben MacQueen

Notes

Previously coded PLM4460

Synopsis

This unit will explore the patterns of civil and international conflict in Islamic societies in the Middle East and attempts at its resolution. Specifically, it will highlight how a variety of formal and informal conflict resolution mechanisms have been employed with varying degrees of success. This review of the mechanics of conflict resolution will be complemented by a detailed examination of conflict resolution theory and how it links to practice. A series of case studies will be coupled with a detailed examination of both the theoretical and practical underpinnings of conflict resolution to evaluate current and alternative trends at the resolution of conflict in the Middle East.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students will have

  1. An intricate knowledge of the patterns of conflict in the Middle East as well as the mechanics of conflict resolution;
  2. An understanding of the interconnectedness of patterns of conflict in the Middle East and an ability to relate the interconnectedness of conflicts to the difficulties of conflict resolution;
  3. An understanding of Islamic political and social mechanisms relative to the processes of conflict resolution;
  4. A detailed knowledge of the conflict resolution processes in the Arab-Israel/Israeli-Palestinian conflicts, the Lebanese civil war, the Iran-Iraq war, the Algerian civil war and the current conflicts in Iraq and Sudan;
  5. An appreciation of the role of international powers in the conflict and resolution processes in the Middle East;
  6. An understanding of the broad conceptual basis of conflict resolution theory from materialist, structuralist, and 'culturalist' standpoints;
  7. An understanding of the various manifestations of conflict resolution practice, such as Track I and II diplomacy, interstate and non-state negotiations, and the role of civil society;
  8. An understanding of the role of major international powers in Middle Eastern conflict resolution as well as the mechanics of United Nations conflict resolution practice, the role of NGOs and local cultural processes of conflict resolution;
  9. A sophisticated level of oral skills;
  10. Improved writing skills by producing two research essays;
  11. Developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

Assessment

Written work: 50% +Oral presentation: 20%
Class tests: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Ben MacQueen

Contact hours

1 two-hour seminar

Prohibitions

ATS4337, APG4337


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2011 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Irfan Ahmad

Notes

Previously coded PLM4470

Synopsis

This unit focuses on Islamic thought and social movements in South Asia, an important region where about forty percent of the world's Muslim population lives. The purpose of this unit, is to make both a regional and a conceptual shift in order to depict the multiplicity, creativity, dynamism and contesting forms of Islam outside of Islam's 'heartland'. It will focus on movements, events, ideas, rituals, institutions and practices that have impacted the social, cultural and political life of Muslims and non-Muslims in modern South Asia. Interdisciplinary in its approach, this Unit will employ a range of historical, ethnographic, sociological, political scientific and literary sources. Geographically, it will focus on Afghanistan, Bangladesh, India, and Pakistan.

Objectives

All students who successfully complete this subject should be able to:

  1. Critically assess the natural association of Islam with the Middle-East, and appreciate the dynamic, diverse and contesting forms of normative and lived Islam in modern South Asia
  2. Engage in a critical appraisal of different theoretical approaches and methodological issues to the study of religious traditions in general and Islamic traditions in particular
  3. Have achieved understanding of key elements of relevant material in a variety of social science fields such as anthropology of religion, political sociology, social movement studies, gender studies, history of ideas, Islamic Studies, and transnationalism; and
  4. Understand, critique, and develop an argument, and demonstrate its effective application - oral as well as written -in class presentations, and composition of essays, and reviews.

Assessment

+ Think piece presentation: 5%
Review essay(1000 Words): 10%
Long essay (5,000 words): 50%
Take home exam (3,000 words): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Irfan Ahmad

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Constant Mews and Kate Rigby

Notes

Previously coded RLM4110

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the history of changing attitudes towards nature and the sacred from ancient times to the present through the examination of a variety of religious, philosophical and literary texts, with particular emphasis on the implications of such attitudes for environmental sustainability. It will consider in succession mythic narratives about creation from traditional cultures (e.g. Aboriginal, Celtic, Middle Eastern), Greek philosophical reflection on the cosmos, the impact of monotheism (Jewish, Christian, Islamic), the rise of mechanistic science, Romanticism, and the emergence of a range of contemporary ecospiritualities (neopaganism, 'greenfaith').

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will:

  1. acquire a broad overview of the evolution of thinking about nature and the sacred, from the earliest records of mythic thought to most recent thinking on ecospirituality, with particular reference to the idea of paradigm shifts
  2. acquire expertise in reading and analysing mythological, religious and scientific narratives about creation with particular reference to the assumptions about nature and the sacred which underpin them
  3. become familiar with critical debate about a variety of issues connected to sustainability and the sacred, such as the significance of animist beliefs or devotion to mother earth, the contribution of monotheistic traditions to thinking about nature, the scientific revolution and the romantic reenchantment of the world
  4. develop the skill of presenting both orally and in writing their own reasoned reflections about the relationship between environmental sustainability and changing notions of the sacred
  5. acquire the capacity to carry out a sustained research project on an approved subject of their choice.

Assessment

Exercise (1000 words): 20%
Class paper (1000 words): 20%
Research essay (7000 words): 50%
Oral presentation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ATS4339, APG5339


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Salih Yucel

Notes

Previously coded RLM4145

Synopsis

This unit will explore the textual sources of Islam, the Qur'an and hadith from Sunni, Shiite and Western points of views, as well as the notion of independent inquiry (itjihad) within Islam involved in exploring these texts. It will consider the different ways in which the Qur'an and hadith or Prophetic sayings have been interpreted as a source of understanding and implementation of Islamic jurisprudence. It will explore both traditional and contemporary interpretations of the Qur'an and hadith in the Islamic world and the West. In the process, the students will develop their ability of research and analysis of sacred text and Islamic law.

Objectives

By the end of this unit, students will:

  1. gain a foundational knowledge of the science of the Qur'an and hadith
  2. understand the compilation and structure of the Qur'an and the collection and ranking system of hadith
  3. be familiar with the relationship between Qur'anic exegesis, hadith interpretation and Islamic law from Sunni and Shiite point of views
  4. have analyzed contemporary discussions of the Qur'an and hadith sfrom a critical point of view
  5. have developed the ability to undertake academic research and analysis of Islam's sacred texts and law
  6. In addition, at fourth-year level students will engage in original research in applying Islamic principles to contemporary issues.

Assessment

Written work (8000 words): 90%
Seminar participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Salih Yucel

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS3341, ATS4341


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Salih Yucel

Notes

Previously coded RLM4040

Synopsis

This unit examines various major trends in the contemporary Islamic world, situating them in the context of the major confrontation of Islam with modernity, in North Africa, Turkey, India, and other parts of the Islamic world. Consideration will be given both to movements demanding strict implementation of traditional sources of authority and to contextualist schools of thought concerned with interpreting Islamic principles within evolving socio-economic conditions. The impact of socialism, feminism, secularism and concern with human rights on a range of contemporary Islamic thinkers will be studied, both within a range of traditionally Islamic countries, and among Muslims within the West.

Objectives

Students successfully completing APG4342:

  1. Will have acquired a broad knowledge of the principles, main varieties and characteristics of the mainstrands of contemporary Islamic thought;
  2. Will be familiar with the social and political context of the main varieties of contemporary Islamic thought;
  3. Will be familiar with the major contemporary debates within Islam and relation to its encounter with other contemporary intellectual, social and political movements;
  4. Will have developed a capacity to work effectively with others and a capacity to express ideas verbally in group situations; and
  5. Will have developed considerable facility in bibliographic research, analysis, and written expression.

Assessment

Ten weekly response papers (400-500 words each week): 20%
Major essay (5000 words): 60%
Field trip (6 hours): 10%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Salih Yucel

Contact hours

1 X 2 hour seminar, per week

Prohibitions

ATS4342, APG5342


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Thomas Reuter

Notes

Previously coded RLM4100

Synopsis

This unit offers an exploration of contemporary belief systems and ritual practices in Australian society, from the perspective of social theory and within a historical context of major global changes in the way religion and ceremony operate in society. The underlying reasons behind these new developments in religion and ceremonial practice will be explored by analyzing a variety of different agendas and organizational forms, ranging from fundamentalist movements to New Age groups, Pentecostal Christianity, eco-spirituality and neo-religious youth subcultures. International trends and influences will be considered together with the unique history and phenomenology of religion in Australia.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Define at least two basic, classical social theory approaches to the study of religion and critique them with the help of contemporary theory in sociology, anthropology and post-colonial studies;
  2. Describe and analyze the various ways in which religions have developed historically, especially with the advent of modernity, both internationally and within Australian society;
  3. Analyze a historical or contemporary manifestation of the action of religion in society by applying social theories of religion;
  4. Provide a critical account of the role of fundamentalism, revivalism and charismatic movements at both an international and a local level;
  5. Analyze the impact of new trends in religion and ceremonial practice on the re-imagining of multiculturalism and on inter-faith relations in Australia.

Assessment

Class presentation and written synopsis (2000 words): 25%; Research essay (7000 words): 75%.

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ATS4343, APG5343


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Melanie Landau

Notes

Previously coded RLM4160

Synopsis

This unit explores the interplay of religion and sexuality in monotheist traditions (particularly Judaism, Christianity and Islam) and its representation from comparative and historical perspectives. It examines attitudes towards sexuality and the role of sex in a selective rather than comprehensive way. It looks at religious attitudes to sexual acts, reflections about sexuality and the Divine as well as the place of sexuality in religious practice. It also examines attitudes to the body as the site of sexuality and the way that religious texts act both to enshrine and to challenge patriarchal ideas about sexuality. It also addresses religious contributions to contemporary sexual ethics.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have a general understanding of the main issues involved in the interrelationship between sexuality, gender and religion
  2. Have an understanding of the role and representation of sex in Judaism, Christianity and Islam and its changing nature through history
  3. Be able to identify the impact of the religious traditions on the discourse of contemporary sexuality and sexual practice
  4. Have the capacity to articulate their interpretations of different reading materials- primary and secondary materials in English- and to be able to argue their merits or otherwise
  5. Have an understanding of the religious contribution to discussions of sexual ethics
  6. Level 5 students will have a more sophisticated understanding of the theoretical issues they encounter in their reading and a greater ability to situate their research essays within an appropriate conceptual framework.

Assessment

Written work (9,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

One 2.5-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4344 and APG5344


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Gillian E. Bowen

Notes

Previously coded AAM4100

Synopsis

This unit examines a variety of methodological approaches to studying the ancient classical world: Greece, the Hellenistic kingdoms and Rome. Categories of data studied include: historiography, numismatic, epigraphic, papyrological, and material remains. The unit is organised around a series of case studies; these include aspects of Athens under Peisistratos and Perikles, the Hellenistic world in the reign of Ptolemy II, and Rome under Gaius Caligula.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. Have an understanding of the variety of data available for accessing the ancient classical world;
  2. Have developed a sound approach to a using a wide range of methodologies in researching the ancient past;
  3. Have an understanding of the different historiographic approaches of the authors of the three cultures studied;
  4. Have well-developed textual analysis skills for each of the cultures studied;
  5. Demonstrate an ability to use coins, inscriptions, papyri and objects to reconstruct aspects of, or events in, the past;
  6. Have developed good presentation skills; and
  7. Demonstrate an ability to use a variety of source material to produce a sustained piece of written work.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Oral and written presentation: 20%
Seminar/workshop participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Gillian Bowen

Contact hours

One one-hour lecture and one one-hour seminar/workshop per week for 13 weeks.

Prerequisites

A major sequence in Archaeology and Ancient History

Co-requisites

APG4257

Prohibitions

ATS4345


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louisa Willoughby

Notes

Previously coded ALM4130

Synopsis

Explore the role of language in society by examining language variation and change, multilingualism and how individuals adjust their speech to the situations they find themselves in. You will explore regional and social variation in language as well as topics such as language and gender, language and power and language policy, as well as conducting your own small research project.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to identify key theories of language variation and language change, describe and account for language variation within a number of different communities, and gather and analyse sociolinguistic data in their own small research project.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Louisa Willoughby


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Musgrave

Notes

Previously coded ALM4150

Synopsis

Learn about the various approaches to research in applied linguistics. You will explore different data collection procedures, including interviewing, participant observation and questionnaire surveys. You will also investigate data description, analysis, interpretation, quantitative and qualitative research and ethical concerns relating to linguistic research.

Objectives

Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of quantitative and qualitative approaches to research in applied study of language (with a particular focus on English);
  2. articulate research questions for the purpose of developing a thesis or project;
  3. plan the elements of a thesis or research project, including literature review, methodology and data analysis;
  4. identify major types of data collection, and issues associated with analysis and interpretation of data;
  5. address ethical concerns in relation to language research.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Oral presentation: 10% (on campus students only)
Participation: 10% (off campus students only)

Chief examiner(s)

Simon Musgrave

Contact hours

Off-campus: N/A On-campus: 2 hours lecture/seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Bradshaw

Notes

Previously coded ALM4250

Synopsis

The course will address key concepts, theoretical models, accepted approaches and contested frameworks and theories in the rapidly changing field of second language acquisition. Topics covered include models and theories of second language acquisition, first and second language acquisition, error analysis and interlanguage, interlanguage pragmatics, input and interaction, learner strategies, learning styles, cognitive processes, classroom observation, second language identity and learners' rights.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. summarize key theoretical debates in relation to second language acquisition, and evaluate relevant empirical evidence;
  2. compare the work of competing theorists, and recognise their role in the development of SLA theory;
  3. reflect on their own language learning experience and classroom practice in the light of theoretical and empirical studies;
  4. evaluate major methodological approaches to the study of second language acquisition;
  5. and apply at least one methodology to a selected context.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Julie Bradshaw


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Howie Manns

Notes

Previously coded ALM4350

Synopsis

Explore the varieties of English around the world. You will study descriptive surveys of the main national standard Englishes, as well as a selection of the distinctive regional, ethnic and social varieties. Specific topics in this unit include: historical and cultural background and the current sociolinguistic situation of the respective regions; special focus on the non-standard varieties of Australasia and the Pacific; global tendencies in phonological and grammatical variation; notion of Standard English, attitudes to local varieties of English and the problem of standards.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should know the main distinguishing features, at the key linguistic levels, of the more important varieties of English around the world (native-speaker and 'new'; standard and non-standard) and also the origins and development of these features, and be able to explain the relevant facts using the terminology of linguistics; understand the main facts and issues associated with the statuses and functions of these varieties in the various societies in which they are used, the attitudes which users of English have adopted with respect to these varieties, and the connections between all these issues; be in a position to analyse new situations involving language varieties (English or other) in these terms; be in a position to develop critical and well-informed positions on the practical upshots of these considerations (educational, language planning, etc.)

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Howie Manns

Prohibitions

Either APG4349 or APG5349, but not both.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Mark Gibson

Synopsis

The unit will involve a study tour of major media organizations, with some attention also to alternative media. Most site visits will be in Melbourne and Sydney, but may also include international travel. Students will draw on background knowledge and skills in analysis gained from other units, gaining the opportunity to test them against real world examples. The unit will have a strong element of experiential learning, through seeing the insides of media organizations and having direct contact with those who work in them. At the same time, it will encourage critical scholarly thinking.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to;

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the internal organization and culture of media organisations;
  2. demonstrate an appreciation of the complex 'ecology' of a major media industries, gaining the ability to see lateral connections between different organisations;
  3. demonstrate skills in direct observation of media industries, as a complement to reading and scholarship in the area;
  4. demonstrate an awareness of production and audience contexts in communications and media studies;
  5. have confidence in approaching and working with individuals and organisations at the cutting edge of communications and media.

Assessment

Site brief (2000 words): 20%
Site log (3000 words): 30%
Major essay (4000 words): 50%


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Jan van Bommel

Notes

Previously coded ASM4380

Synopsis

A socio-historical analysis of the institutionalisation of madness and the current practice of de-institutionalisation. Critical assessment of sociological, medical and feminist theories of femininity, psychiatry and madness. Examine interpretations of psychoanalysis and female subjectivity (Freudian, Lacanian, French feminist).

Assessment

Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ATS3380


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Sunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrea Di Castro

Notes

Previously coded AST4000

Synopsis

This unit explores the dramatic transformations that have defined the Aian region in the post-colonial period. The most fundamental change has been the shift of large agrarian societies from their rural base into industrial modes of production and the habit of living in cities. This massive migration of people has had important consequences for technological change, political stability, social inequalities, cultural heritage and the environment. We examine how the old balances of power amongst the political, business and religious elites of Asia are changing and how Asia itself is challenging the nature of world leadership. Our approach includes analysing the shifting realities at the level of mega-cities, towns and villages.

Objectives

  1. To familiarise students with the major transformations of Asian politics, society, culture and economy since 1950;
  2. To develop an in-depth understanding of the complexity of these processes and the contradictions of modernity in various country cases studies including India, China, Indonesia, Cambodia, Malaysia and others;
  3. To expose students to world class authors and scholars who have written about these issues and have an intimate knowledge of the forces of change;
  4. To encourage students to appreciate the important of multi-dimensonal changes and apply multi-disciplinary approaches to their study of Asia;
  5. To promote the analytial abilities of students in their written and oral work

Assessment

Written work (including exam): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Antonia Vicziany

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture
one 2-hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Professor Ross Mouer

Notes

Previously coded AST4110

Synopsis

Students should collect 'Guidelines for students undertaking a research project' from The Program Coordinator.

Assessment

Essay (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Beatrice Trefalt

Prerequisites

Approval of a research topic and supervisor


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrea Di Castro

Notes

Previously coded AST4220

Synopsis

This unit addresses the challenges of research work in the Asian region and seeks to equip students with some of the skills needed for it. In a series of modules, students will be introduced to a range of potential source materials for the study of Asia, such as documents, census reports, fictional texts, and films, and to a range of research methodologies applicable to the study of Asia including fieldwork in villages, archival work, data collection and interviews. Students will be encouraged to think about issues of ethical obligations in relation to fieldwork, such as those raised by non-Asian scholars making judgments about Asia, cultural bias, and the ownership of knowledge.

Objectives

Students successfully completing APG4385 will:

  1. Be able to converse intelligently about issues of cultural bias and the ownership of knowledge.
  2. Have a firm grasp of a range of sources and methodologies applicable to research in Asia and a firm understanding of the scholarly principles that underpin them.
  3. Have a firm understanding of the link between scholarship, public debate and nationalistic political agendas in Asia.
  4. Be able to put together a sophisticated Asia-related research or consultancy proposal.

Assessment

Written work(including exam): 100%

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture
One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in a postgraduate program

Co-requisites

At least one other unit in a postgraduate program


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded AST4680

Synopsis

A research project on a topic in Asian studies based on the student's collection of data. The topic must be selected before enrolment in the unit. The paper will be written in English.

Assessment

Written work: up to 10,000 words: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Helen Marriott

Prerequisites

APG4635 or permission


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded AST4690

Synopsis

A research project on a topic in Asian studies based on the student's collection of data. The topic must be selected before enrolment in the subject. The paper will be written in English.

Assessment

Written work: up to 10,000 words: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Helen Marriott

Prerequisites

APG4386


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeff Jarvis

Notes

Previously coded ATM4010

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the structure of the tourism industry from a global perspective. The key questions of: what types of tourists exist, who are the key players driving development and what are the basic economic principles of demand, supply and yield management that underpin its existence are addressed. Students are then presented with an overview of basic international service marketing concepts within a marketing planning framework. Topics include marketing research and analysis, the marketing mix, segmentation, target marketing, marketing strategy, communication methods, advertising, public relations and publicity.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. An understanding of the structure and operation of the tourism industry globally, and within Australia.
  2. The ability to undertake a critical analysis of tourism marketing strategies employed by countries, regions and individual firms.
  3. An understanding the basic economic concepts associated with the tourism industry.
  4. An understanding of the concepts and theories of marketing as applied to the tourism industry.
  5. An understanding of the basic techniques and tools of marketing management as applied to the tourism industry.
  6. Developed their research and presentation skills on tourism related subjects.

Assessment

Examination (3 hrs) : 30%
Research Paper (2500) : 25%
Major Assignment (3500) : 35%
Participation : 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jeff Jarvis

Contact hours

2 hour seminar

Prohibitions

ATD4010


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeff Jarvis and Dr Vicki Peel

Notes

Previously coded ATM4060

Synopsis

This contemporary unit is designed to focus on key issues arising in the global tourism industry such as poverty alleviation through tourism and the growth of independent travel. The unit is presented via a number of key industry seminars and a proposed field work study tour to a destination such as Fiji or North Queensland. (The selected study tour destination will be nominated at the start of semester and may vary from year to year)

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will have gained: 1) an understanding of key problems and issues in the current and future development of the global tourism industry;2) a developed capacity to undertake original research on an area of their particular interest;3) enhanced written and oral communication skills suitable for progress in the tourism profession;4) an understanding of key issues facing the future development of the industry; 5) an understanding of the principles and practices of e-tourism.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
2 hour exam: 20%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Vicki Peel

Contact hours

6 x 2 hour lectures, 1 x 3 hour student presentation seminars and a 7 day intensive study tour with industry seminars and field work

Prohibitions

ATD4060, APG5390


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)John Arnold

Notes

Previously coded AUS4010

Synopsis

Exploring Australia investigates diverse local communities and the networks of places, activities and loyalties that collectively form Australian society. Through guided project work and excursions to key cultural sites in the city and the bush, students will be introduced to a rich and complex Indigenous culture and many of the other communities that have shaped contemporary Australia. This interdisciplinary unit informed by film, literature and history, will enable students to reflect on their own cultural values and critically engage with differing perspectives on the diversity of Australian society.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify, represent and critically engage with differing views relating to the diversity of social and cultural experience within Australia.
  2. Recognise, represent and critically reflect upon ideas and concepts from diverse cultures, and develop the ability to reflect on one's own cultural values.
  3. Reflect on personal learning and respond productively to constructive feedback from one's peers.
  4. Utilise proficiently a range of IT resources such as word processing and email, search databases and text files, and locate, employ and evaluate internet sites.
  5. Communicate ideas to an international audience with clarity, coherence and persuasiveness.
  6. Employ effective essay and report writing skills showing ability to integrate and critically assess material from a variety of sources relating to the diversity of social and cultural experience within Australia.
  7. Develop collaborative skills in working within international groups, and contribute creatively, flexibly and adaptively to the achievement of shared goals.
  8. Work independently and to deadlines within a guided framework, with a capacity to define problems/questions and to know how to set about finding answers.

Assessment

Participation (on-campus) Learning journal (off-campus) (1000) : 10%
Short assignment (2 x 1500 words) (3000) : 40%
Project proposal and literature review (1000) : 10%
Research project (4000) : 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2-hour seminar) per week (on-campus students only)

Prohibitions

APG5391


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded AUS4025

Synopsis

Contemporary Australia is experiencing global challenges, such as the movement of refugees, threats to the environment and international terrorism. This troubled engagement with the outside world has been a recurrent theme in Australia's history and shaped the nature of our society. Australia Unlimited looks at Australia through the context of the region and the world. An interdisciplinary unit, it explores the origins of key Australian institutions and examines the issues and debates dividing modern Australia. Topics include the attempted dispossession of Australia's Indigenous communities, immigration and asylum seekers, class and gender inequality and the impact of globalization.

Objectives

Upon completing this unit students will be able to:

  1. identify, represent and critically engage with differing views relating to transnational issues as they impact on Australia, especially the concept of 'glocalisation';
  2. recognise and account for the effects of globalisation in Australia, including the changing role of government and changing patterns of work and consumption;
  3. recognise, represent and critically reflect upon ideas and concepts from diverse cultures, and develop the ability to reflect on one's own cultural values;
  4. reflect on personal learning and respond productively to constructive feedback from one's peers;
  5. utilise proficiently a range of IT resources such as word processing and email, search databases and text files, and locate, employ and evaluate internet sites;
  6. communicate ideas to an international audience with clarity, coherence and persuasiveness;
  7. employ effective essay and report writing skills showing ability to integrate and critically assess material from a variety of sources relating to Australia in a global context;
  8. work collaboratively within international groups, and contribute creatively, flexibly and adaptively to the achievement of shared goals;
  9. work independently and to deadlines within a guided framework, with a capacity to define problems/questions and to know how to set about finding answers.

Assessment

Participation (on-campus) Learning journal (off-campus) (1000) : 10%
Short assignment (2 x 1500 words) (3000) : 30%
Project proposal and literature review (1000) : 15%
Research project (4000) : 45%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2-hour seminar) per week (on-campus students only)

Prohibitions

APG5392


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. Justin Oakley

Notes

Previously coded CHB4101

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide students with a basic understanding of ethical theory, as a foundation for their studies in bioethics. The unit outlines three main perspectives in normative ethics - Kantianism, Utilitarianism, and Virtue Ethics - and examines several key problems for each of these approaches. The unit also considers certain issues in meta-ethics, such as the question of whether moral judgements must be relative to individuals or cultures, or whether they can be objective.

Assessment

Written work (6000 words): 70%
Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc. Prof. Justin Oakley

Contact hours

One 3 hour seminar per week

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4101.php


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Peter Douglas

Notes

Previously coded CHB4102

Synopsis

This unit examines a variety of ethical issues concerning the beginning and end of life, such as the morality of abortion, infanticide, and causing death. The unit also deals with the ethical problems raised by new reproductive research and biomedical technologies, such as embryo experimentation, cloning, genetic counselling, genetic therapy and genetic engineering. There will be discussion of a range of philosophical problems central to these issues, including the sanctity of life doctrine, notions of potentiality, the nature of personhood, the acts/omissions distinction, and the definition of death.

Assessment

Written work (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Prof Justin Oakley

Contact hours

One 2.5 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

APG4393 or equivalent

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4102.php


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dean Wilson

Notes

Previously coded CJM4040

Synopsis

Managing Criminal Justice Issues engages students in the critical study of the concepts, initiatives and directions currently reshaping criminal justice agencies. Issues covered include: managing criminal justice agencies; the intra and inter agency environment; alternative dispute resolution and new directions and frameworks in criminal justice management.

Objectives

Upon completion of Managing Criminal Justice Issues students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of key management issues in the criminal justice context including inter and intra agency team building; effective communications strategies across the sector and the oversight of criminal justice project change.
  2. Demonstrate a critical understanding of inter agency criminal justice management including working with the media; working with community organisations and pressure groups and working with diverse populations.
  3. Demonstrate a critical understanding of alternative dispute resolution including negotiation and mediation; working with bodies of inquiry and organisational problem solving.
  4. Demonstrate critical understanding of new directions and frameworks in criminal justice management including ethical considerations; accountability; and best practice and benchmarking.

Assessment

Benchmarking Manual (4000 words): 40%
Development of a whole-of-government approach on an inter-agency management issues (5000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Prof Colleen Lewis

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prohibitions

APG5395


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)

Notes

Previously coded COM4001

Synopsis

The ability to be able to find, use, assess and present information is crucial to those working in the communications industry. This unit focuses on research methods, sources, writing and theories used in the study and practice of media and communications, with a focus on Australian examples. The range of sources studied includes scholarly databases and bibliographical references, newspaper archives, and pictorial and moving images.

Objectives

  1. To be able to make appropriate and efficient use of Australian sources within the Communications and media field;
  2. To be able to research and write scholarly essays at postgraduate standard;
  3. To be able to locate and make use of regular and archival holdings relating to media and communications field of major research libraries;
  4. To be familiar with electronic, printed and audio-visual sources;
  5. Familiarity with key Australian media;
  6. To be able to discuss and write critically about independent research undertaken.

Assessment

2 x papers (2000 words): 40%
Research essay (5000 words): 50%
Class participation/Seminar presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

John Arnold

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

APG5396


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tony Moore

Notes

Previously coded COM4002

Synopsis

In this subject we journey through the history of communications and media form the genesis of the mass circulation press development to the new media of the 21st century. The subject will provide students with an appreciation of how technological advances, decisions by policy-makers, and broader forces have influenced that evolution. In turn, the subject also provides students with a chance to consider how the media's coverage of important public debates and controversies has helped shape society. In the major research essay students will have the opportunity to investigate media coverage of a major issue or event in Australian history.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students should:

  1. Have a broad overview of communications and media history.
  2. Have an understanding of how technological advances, decisions by policy-makers, and broader forces have shaped that history.
  3. Have an appreciation of how media coverage of watershed events and issues has influenced society.
  4. Be able to conduct independent research.
  5. Be able to write lucidly and with analytical depth.

Assessment

Class participation and attendance (1000 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar introduction (1000 words equivalent): 10%; 2 x Short essays (2000 words each): 40%; Major research essay (4000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Tony Moore

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

APG5397


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)

Notes

Previously coded COM4006

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the changing relationships between the media, telecommunications and computing industries. It investigates the practices of electronic publishing and its impact on the communications industry. The unit profiles both traditional media such as the book, print and broadcasting in the light of new forms of content delivery such as the web, wireless and digital broadcasting. It also explores the challenges of developing and delivering high-quality, user-focused content in a digital environment, including social media.

Assessment

Research essay (4500 words): 50%
Two papers (2250 words each): 40%
Seminar presentation and participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Mark Poole

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

APG5398


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded COM4008

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to professional ethics and the media. Students will evaluate the media's fourth-estate role and its political agency in a commercial environment. Legislation, industry codes of practice and journalistic ethics will be analysed. Investigative reporting will be examined with reference to Watergate and investigative reporting's mythical 'golden age'. The interrelationship between PR, media liaison units and journalism will be explored. Tabloid journalism will be analysed with reference to economic and ethical concerns. The tension between the media's idealistic fourth-estate image and its professional, commercial and public interests is the unit's unifying theme.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A critical understanding of the history and continuing evolution of the media's role as the fourth estate.
  2. A critical understanding of the complex interplay between ethical, regulatory, political and economic factors in media reporting.
  3. An advanced knowledge of the key communications industry codes of conduct and the differing approaches to their enforcement including professional codes of ethics and industry codes of practice.
  4. A critical understanding of the nature of investigative reporting and the impact and legacy of Watergate on journalism, reporting and public figures.
  5. A critical understanding of the interrelationship between public relations, institutional media liaison units and journalism.
  6. An enhanced ability to critically evaluate topical debates about media ethics.

Assessment

Research essay (5,000 words): 50%; Short essay 1 (2,000 words): 20%; Short essay 2 (2,000 words): 20%; Seminar participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Bryce Weber

Contact hours

1 x 2 hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Mark Gibson

Notes

Previously coded COM4009

Synopsis

This unit explores key issues arising from the rapid change in the international communications environment by examining the cultural, political and social impacts of transformations in communications technologies - from text-based media to the borderless reaches of satellite and the internet. Students will examine e-governance; the impact of cable and satellite television; the use of the internet as a space for dissent during conflicts; computer hacking and cyber-crime, the internationalisation of news coverage and dissemination of information during times of global and local crisis, with particular reference to reporting terrorism and the 'embedded' journalism of war-time.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students should be able to demonstrate: 1) A critical understanding of the historical context and critical transformations of communications technologies, and their cultural,political and social effects; 2) A critical understanding of the relationship between the changing nature of communications technologies and the rise of alternative international media; 3) An enhanced ability to recognise the political, social, geographical and cultural factors which impact upon access to and the uses of communication technologies; 4) A critical understanding of the nature and effects of cyber-crime; 5) A critical understanding of the relationship between the development of new communications technologies, in particular the internet, and the changing nature of democratic practice, political participation and dissent; 6) An understanding of the internationalisation of news coverage and the dissemination of information during times of global and local crisis

Assessment

Essay 1 (3500 words): 40%
Essay 2 (2000 words): 40%
Seminar presentation (on-campus students) or Special Topic Essay (2000 words (off-campus students): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Mark Gibson

Contact hours

2 hours (one x 2 hour seminar per week)

Prohibitions

APG5400


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)

Notes

Previously coded COM4010

Synopsis

This unit engages with the challenges facing the traditional media companies at a time when the mass-market and advertising business models that have long sustained them are under assault from new digital production and distribution technology that is fragmenting audiences and enabling smaller, more entrepreneurial organizations to compete against bureaucratic 'empires'. How do companies such as News Corporation, Channel Nine or Fairfax respond to the threats and opportunities posed by the new digital media businesses like Google, Apple iTunes and Facebook, and community activist projects such as Wikipedia that are leading and exploiting changes triggered by the digital revolution.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit students are expected to demonstrate an ability to;

  1. Critically analyse the business models of a variety of traditional media companies and the challenges and opportunities posed by new digital media;
  2. Assess government policy responses to issues arising from new digital technology, media convergence and fragmentation of audiences;
  3. Understand key debates surrounding transformation of public media, such as the Australian Broadcasting Corporation;
  4. Engage in discussion informed by current media research and theory about the changing media environment in Australia and internationally;
  5. conduct independent research in the field of communications and media;
  6. Think critically and conceptually about contemporary media industries and how they relate with content producers and audiences.

Assessment

First Essay (3,500 words): 40%; Second essay (3,500 words): 40%; Seminar presentation (2,000 words): 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ATS4720, APG5401


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Robin Gerster

Synopsis

This unit examines the centrality of war to modern cultural history, as revealed in a range of literary and non-literary sources. Covering literary, visual and historical responses to World War I, though World War II (including the Holocaust and the atomic bombings), the Vietnam War, the Rwandan genocide, to the 'War on Terror', the unit analyses how mass violence poses a range of representational challenges, and been influential in disseminating the practices and intellectual trends of modernity and postmodernity. Issues covered include the redefinition of traditional concepts of 'the hero' and assumptions about national identity.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. a strong critical sense of the major representational elements of war writing and film since World War I
  2. a theoretical understanding of the relationship of war writing to the ideas and some of the important practices of modernity and postmodernity
  3. a demonstrated understanding of the role of the media in disseminating public knowledge of war and conflict
  4. demonstrated a sophisticated grasp of cultural concepts of heroism and racial virtue, as they have been invoked and revised
  5. an informed reading of the importance of gender to perspectives on war and conflict.

In addition, students enrolled at Masters level will demonstrate a greater mastery over the broader conceptual issues addressed in the unit, and a greater capacity to produce more developed arguments and analyses arising from them.

Assessment

Research essay (4000 words): 50%
Textual analysis (3000 words): 40%
Seminar presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Robin Gerster

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Communications
English

Prerequisites

A major sequence in Communication, or any other related major approved by co-ordinator


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Andy Ruddock

Synopsis

The unit will survey the history, concepts and methods of critical media audience research. It will consider both the mass communications and cultural studies disciplines, and will develop students' ability to critique scholarly work on both conceptual and methodological grounds. Audiences and the Social Influence of Media will enhance students' ability to develop and present original research projects, based on empirical explorations of how people interact with media in a variety of social places. The academic skills it cultivates will be directly applicable to thesis work.

Objectives

On successfully completing this unit a student will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an appreciation of the political, cultural and institutional factors that influence the questions scholars ask and the methods they use to analyze media influence
  2. a broad understanding of key questions in the field of media influence, and knowledge of how and why these questions have emerged
  3. an ability to critique scholarship on both conceptual and methodological bases;
  4. the ability to perform scholarly literature reviews in a manner leading to original research questions
  5. the ability to select appropriate data gathering methods for exploring questions of particular relevance to the student
  6. Postgraduate students will be asked to format Assessment 3 in line with a grant proposal of their choosing Assessment 3.

Assessment

Literature review (3500 words): 40%
Class presentation: 10%
Project proposal (4500 words): 50%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Two 6-hour weekend seminars and 2 hours per week MUSO participation

Prerequisites

Communication and Media Studies major or other major approved by coordinator


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Daniel Black

Synopsis

This unit will examine the role of the human body in representation, understanding, and communication. From phenomenological and neurological accounts of the role of the human body in expression and understanding, to debates surrounding the body/machine interface in new communications technologies, the body's often-overlooked role as organiser and facilitator of human action will be explored.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students will:

  1. have a broad understanding of the various theoretical frameworks used to discuss the human body
  2. have a broad historical overview of the development, evolution, and increasing convergence of these frameworks
  3. be capable of providing sophisticating critiques of and comparisons between various accounts of the role of the human body in understanding and expression
  4. be able to provide a sophisticated reading of the role played by the human body in communications based on detailed research.

In addition, students enrolled at Masters level will demonstrate a relatively greater level of confidence and mastery over the larger conceptual issues addressed and a greater capacity to produce original arguments derived from them.

Assessment

Literature review and research plan (3000 words): 15%
Seminar presentation (1000 words): 15%
Research essay (5000 words): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Daniel Black

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Major in Communication and Media Studies or other approved discipline


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)

Notes

Previously coded COM4201

Synopsis

The unit examines the development of communication and information organisations and technologies, the social forces driving their expansion, their social and economic impact, and the role of technological systems and practices in social development. The nature of organizational communication and the role of technology in communication are discussed as well as their implications for communication arts, economies, and society.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for the participation in and management of complex organizational and technology-driven processes;
  2. Increased understanding of and competency at dealing with the convergence between organizational and social-technological knowledge sets;
  3. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term social, political, institutional and economic context in which organizational communications systems and communication technologies systems occur;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research; enhanced capacity to formulate and research technology and organizational communication issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, develop a case study, and understand critical approaches to technology and organization-focussed communications;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity especially related to organizational and technology dilemmas and issues;
  6. Significantly greater understanding of the nature, role and limits of communication technologies in the workplace and the key forms of organizational communication.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Case Study (4000 words): 40%
Assignment 2 Research Essay (5000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Elizabeth Paton

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

APG5407


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr James Gomez

Notes

Previously coded COM4207

Synopsis

The unit addresses the fundamentals of political advocacy, professional writing for publics, public sector communication, and public relations. Students gain experience and understanding of writing techniques, oral rhetoric, and visual imaging suited to different channels of public communication and to diverse public spheres including governmental, organizational, and associational.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for the understanding and utilising the ethics, techniques, channels and limits of public advocacy and influence;
  2. Increased understanding of and competency in formulating and making, public statements, images, and gestures;
  3. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term context in which public communications has developed;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research public communications, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the conduct of public communications;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity especially regarding the effective and ethical formulation and delivery of public communication;
  6. Significantly increased ability to engage in public communication.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Rhetoric Exercise (3000 words): 33.3%;
Assignment 2 Writing Exercise (3000 words): 33.3%;
Assignment 3 Visual Exercise (3000 words): 33.3%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

APG5408


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Sue Yell (Caulfield), Paul Atkinson (Gippsland)

Notes

Previously coded COM4209

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to the fundamentals of communication research methodologies, research project design, the planning, writing and editing of research, and the formulation of a research proposal.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;
  2. Increased understanding of the methods of communication research;
  3. Increased understanding of approaches to planning and designing research, and to writing and editing research;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the planning, writing and editing of research;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in academic and professional research activity;
  6. Significantly increased capacity to design, manage, and carry out research projects.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Literature Review (3000 words): 30%;
Assignment 2 Research Plan (6000 words): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Sue Yell

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

APG5409


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Susan Yell

Notes

Previously coded COM4211

Synopsis

This unit examines media audiences in relation to globalisation and new media and communication technologies. It examines local, national and transnational audiences and their formation in relation to a globalised media industry. Students will be introduced to a range of techniques of audience research, including the use of new communication technologies to conduct research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the relations between audiences, communication and media technologies, media industries and governments;
  2. an awareness of the political, social, economic and cultural functions of audience formation;
  3. the capacity to analyse trends in the development of ICTS and their impact on audiences and their formation;
  4. the capacity to critically evaluate the importance of audiences in relation to various institutions and communities (the market, the public sphere, the nation, transnational communities);
  5. the capacity to identify and evaluate a range of audience research theories, approaches and techniques;
  6. highly developed skills in designing an audience research project, utilising the knowledge gained in Objective 5.

Assessment

Online discussion posts (1000 words) : 15%
Research essay (3000 words) : 35%
Research proposal (5000 words) : 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Sue Yell

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

APG5410


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Andy Ruddock

Synopsis

This unit will explore how media users experience and participate in key political issues that define public life. The course is grounded in audience research. It assesses how different ideas about media influence have developed in relation to changing media environments. It will draw from case studies on politics and celebrity, media violence and public health issues. The course will contain a strong methodological component, assessing techniques for gathering and interpreting evidence on what people do with media.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this subject should have developed:

  1. An appreciation of the political, cultural and institutional factors that influence the questions scholars ask and the methods they use to analyze media and cultural influence
  2. A broad understanding of key questions in the field of media influence, and knowledge of how and why these questions have emerged. An ability to connect these questions to broader issues of ordinary communication in everyday settings
  3. An ability to critique scholarship on both conceptual and methodological bases
  4. The ability to perform scholarly literature reviews in a manner leading to original research questions
  5. The ability to select appropriate data gathering methods for exploring questions of particular relevance to the student.

Assessment

Literature review (3500 words): 40%
Class presentation: 10%
Project proposal (4500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Andy Ruddock

Contact hours

One 2- hour seminar per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

2 hours per week MUSO participation. Two 6 hour weekend seminars

Prerequisites

A major sequence in an Arts discipline


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Shane Homan

Synopsis

In this unit students consider the key production, consumption and policy debates concerning the popular music industries. It situates popular music as a significant part of the global media and cultural industries, examining a range of music-media activity, including music journalism; music radio; film soundtracks; music television; and music on the internet. A key theme of analysis is the changing roles of industry, audiences and governments regarding how and where popular music remains meaningful. The unit will also address contemporary intellectual property and other policy debates, and how the 'local' is situated within global music landscapes.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the key media studies, popular music and cultural studies theories associated with popular music activity;
  2. An assessment of how popular music operates as part of local and global media and cultural industries;
  3. An ability to critically and independently engage with key debates and issues within the popular music industries;
  4. An ability to apply broader global concepts to distinct local contexts;
  5. An ability to explain and analyse course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Assessment

Essay I (theory and debates) (4000 words): 40%
Essay II (case study) (5000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Shane Homan

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Eduardo de la Fuente

Notes

Previously coded COM4270

Synopsis

Who makes music? Who consumes it? And why? This unit examines the cultural production of different kinds of music through topics such as the difference between amateur and professional musicians, the economic and cultural 'value' of specific musical styles, the way in which music is shaped by state, institutions and industries, and also how music reflects the time and place in which it is made. Students will look at musical tastes, how people access music and why some kinds of music engender 'passion' or 'devotion'. A particular emphasis of the unit will be the study of 'music scenes' in Melbourne and the socio-cultural and economic factors that shape the musical landscape of the city.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, APG4415 students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of theoretical debates in communications, sociology, musicology, and allied fields that deal specifically with the production and consumption of music.
  2. The ability to analyze how factors such as culture, economy, politics and policy, shapes the production and consumption of music.
  3. The ability to understand how different 'music scenes' function and how they differ from each other.
  4. A familiarity with ethnographic and empirical methods for researching the production and consumption of music in specific locations.

Assessment

Essay I (Theory and debates) (4,500 words): 50%
Essay II (Case study) (4,500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Eduardo de la Fuente

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)

Notes

Previously coded CRJ4001, CJM4001

Synopsis

This unit examines crime prevention and crime reduction initiatives, programs and strategies that attempt to alleviate the problem of criminal activities. This unit surveys crime prevention from the local community to that of global perspectives. Theories and arguments of crime prevention policy and practice are examined. Students learn various research methodologies used in conducting and evaluating crime prevention initiatives. Specific topics to be explored include threats to national security, international and transnational crime, people smuggling, theft of body parts, money laundering, drugs, commercial and organised crime, white-collar crime, public disorder and street crimes.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to have developed:1) a critical understanding of various theories and strategies of crime prevention;2) the ability to critically examine changes in international and transnational offending via appropriate legal, political and justice perspectives;3) a critical understanding of the governance and administration of collaborative international crime prevention efforts;4) the ability to evaluate the effectiveness and importance of crime prevention initiatives by identifying limitations and assumptions that underpin such programs;5) an awareness of global justice attempts to curb global crime problems;6) the ability to formulate crime prevention policy and practice;7) the ability to research and complete a substantial research project of the student's own choice;8) the ability to hypothesise about likely future global crime problems.

Assessment

Evaluation Paper (2500 words): 25%Crime Prevention Policy Analysis (2500 words): 25%Crime Prevention Research Project (4000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

David Baker


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)

Notes

Previously coded CRJ4002, CJM4002

Synopsis

This unit explores policing in its generic sense. A broad range of investigative and control mechanisms, both in the public and private sectors, is examined in terms of curbing crime, criminal tendencies and threats. This unit appraises recent expansionary changes in state-sponsored policing and security organisations. It explores the recent shift from law enforcement to preventative risk management strategies and technologies. Issues such as the emergence of the 'risk society', the privatisation of policing, tensions between surveillance and personal privacy, and estimations of the risk of dangerousness characterising particular offender groups are examined and critiqued.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to have developed:1) a critical understanding of contemporary practice and research relating to policing and security; 2) a capacity to examine and critique contemporary control practices employed in policing, security and risk management;3) an understanding of contemporary surveillance, control and management strategies employed to curb crime and violence in various situations;4) a critical understanding of both the function of security and theoretical and practical approaches to risk assessment;5) enhanced problem-solving skills;6) the ability to evaluate information and research critically;7) the ability to design and communicate policy concepts clearly and logically about policing, security and risk management.

Assessment

Briefing Paper on policing/security issue (2500 words): 30%Policy Report (2500 words): 30%Essay (4000 words): 40%


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Millicent Vladiv-Glover

Notes

Previously coded CRT4200

Synopsis

How to turn literary structuralist theory into a workable tool of critical analysis. Origins of structuralism and semiotics as critical systems - the Russian formalist school, C S Peirce and F de Saussure. The critique of structuralism through poststructuralism and deconstruction, especially the work of Deleuze and Guattari.

Assessment

Three essays (3000 words each): 90%
Seminar participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Millicent Vladiv-Glover

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Rachel Fensham

Notes

Previously coded CRT4760

Synopsis

Unit introduces the theoretical debates which construct and inform relations between the concepts of gender, bodies and performance. It investigates how different discourses including visual/literary criticism and psychoanalysis have produced meanings about the body and gender. It considers the way these discursive constructions of the body have been represented in performance, focusing on how particular technologies of representation contribute to the meanings of the body in
performance. A broad definition of performance will be applied, from those events or representations involving the live body and those involving a mediated body.

Assessment

First essay (2000 words): 25%
Second essay/presentation (2000-2500 words): 25%
Long essay (3500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andrew Ng Hock Soon

Prerequisites

Permission


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Millicent Vladiv-Glover

Notes

Previously coded CRT4830

Synopsis

The course will model ethics through an investigation of M Bakhtin's version of structuralism, in particular his work on the philosophy of the act, in the context of poststructural critical theory. The concept of alterity will be investigated through additional theoretical and literary texts, notably E Levinas' Ethique et infinite, J-L Nancy's theory of community, G Deleuze's philosophy of action and A Badiou's 'objectless subject.' These theoretical materials will be used to construct a model of ethics through which to analyse and critique literary, visual and popular culture texts as well as theoretical approaches to the 'culture industry.'

Objectives

On successful completion of the course, students should be familiar with a model of ethics derived from M M Bakhtin's Philosophy of the Act, in the context of supplementary theoretical texts of poststructuralism (Levinas, Nancy, Badiou). With this model of ethics as a tool, students will be able to critique a variety of popular culture texts as well as Modernist and postmodern theoretical approaches to popular culture.

Assessment

Written work (7 000 words): 70%; Test (Two hours): 20%; Class Participation (continuous): 10%.

Contact hours

Two hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

CLS4835 and APG5420


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Maryrose Casey

Notes

Previously coded DTH4000

Synopsis

As for ATS4421

Objectives

  1. Understanding and integration of major concepts within dramatic theory, history and literature
  2. Appreciation of the qualitative and critical significance of key thinkers within the discipline of theatre and performance studies
  3. Critical tools to interpret and engage with complex ideas about theatre criticism, theory and performance-making
  4. Awareness of diverse research methods and methodology appropriate to arts research, and experience in their practical application
  5. Development of research and writing skills

Assessment

Methods research (1500 words): 20%; Investigation and presentation on an issue (2500 words): 30%; Subjective exercise (1000 words): 15%; Long research paper (4000 words): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Maryrose Casey

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Michael Coe

Notes

Previously coded DTH4001

Synopsis

This unit will examine the process of creating a design approach to theatrical production through an understanding of applied aesthetics. It will consider issues of lighting, sound, line, mass and colour, and the ways in which these design elements craft theatre scenography. It will focus on the ways in which specific texts might be interpreted as well as the histories and potentials of specific theatre buildings and structures to the design process. Both the 'craft' and 'art' of the design process will be explored in a practical project that should reflect the theoretical and historical understandings developed in this unit.

Objectives

Students who complete this unit successfully should have developed:

  1. A greater understanding of the craft elements of design.
  2. A contextual understanding the art of design through a range of critical theories.
  3. A working design for a production representing a coherent aesthetic.
  4. The ability to critique theatrical design in sustained oral and written form.

Assessment

Practical folio of design for implementation (equivalent 4000 words): 40%
Seminar paper (equivalent 2000 words): 25%
Contribution to class discussion (equivalent 2000 words): 25%
Practical class work (equivalent 1000 words): 10%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Co-requisites

APG4421


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Will Peterson

Notes

Previously coded DTH4003

Synopsis

This unit will investigate performance practice in two modules: one relating to the preparation of performance and one concerning both performance itself and the critique of performance. Students will be expected to initiate and carry out their own performance project, to discover appropriate background material, and to sustain a discussion with the class on issues arising from the development of their project. After the presentation of the performances, students will prepare a written or oral critique of their project.

Objectives

Students who complete this unit successfully should be able:

  1. To make a new performance work which draws on contemporary ideas and practices.
  2. To critique the making of this work in the light of contemporary performance theory.
  3. To participate in class investigations and help facilitate discoveries in methodologies of performance making.
  4. To make presentations on the processes of creating performance.
  5. To articulate in oral and written form the specific elements and objectives of an original piece of performance making.

Assessment

Workshop classes and presentations (2000 word equivalent): 25%
Performance project, supported by journal (2500 word equivalent each): 50%
Performance critiques (2000 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Will Peterson

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour workshop) per week

Co-requisites

APG4421


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Clive Probyn

Notes

Previously coded ENM4580

Synopsis

A detailed study of the works (prose and verse) of Jonathan Swift (1667-1745) in their cultural and political contexts. Topics include Swift's changing political ideologies; paradox and irony as modes of writing; conflict between Irish and English cultural (and economic) contexts, England as colonial 'centre', and Ireland as 'margin', poetry and misogyny.

Assessment

Seminar paper (1500 words): 25%
Essay (2500 words): 25%
Essay (5000 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Rebekah Brown

Notes

Previously coded ENV4020

Synopsis

People's approaches to environmental issues (what they see as problems and what they see as solutions) vary widely based on worldviews, assumptions, and value systems. This unit develops students' capacity to critically evaluate differing ideological, philosophical, and disciplinary approaches to environment and sustainability, such as positivistic science, technology, systems theory, social ecology, indigenous worldviews, deep ecology, bioregionalism, poststructuralism, neoliberalism, and sustainability science. Throughout, it will explore the implications of these approaches for policymaking, disciplinary research, environmental management, and political processes and action.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. A thorough grasp of the ideas and assumptions behind a range of key perspectives on the environment and sustainability.
  2. An ability to recognize and analyse different philosophical and ideological perspectives on the environment in use (in writing, in speech, in political positions...).
  3. A capacity to understand the perspectives of different disciplines within an interdisciplinary context.
  4. Skills in analysing the implications of differing environmental perspectives on practical courses of action and policy-making.
  5. Skills in constructing critical and analytical arguments, in oral and written form, relevant to discussions of environmental worldviews and philosophies.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (4000 words)
Oral presentations: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Rebekah Brown

Contact hours

One 2 hour seminar per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Ruth Lane

Notes

Previously coded ENV4030

Synopsis

This unit equips students with understanding of basic tools for environmental analysis and decision making for sustainability and skills in their application. It will look at a range of techniques for attributing value to the environment including those based on economics e.g. cost benefit analysis, as well as tools for evaluating planning and policy decisions. These include environmental and social impact assessment, risk analysis, strategic and integrated assessment, life cycle analysis, state-of-environment reporting, modelling, auditing, monitoring and scenario building. Throughout, the dynamic interaction between scientists, policy makers and the broader community will be explored.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit at level 4 students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a capacity to describe and understand a variety of methods used to value the environment.
  2. understanding of the complexity of analysing and presenting data to form the basis of decisions about the environment.
  3. understanding and critical evaluation of the development and operation of the Environmental Impact Assessment process both nationally and internationally
  4. understanding of the economic approach to attributing environmental value
  5. skills in applying a range of techniques to real world situations

Assessment

Written work (inc. practical exercises
field report): 80% (4000 words)
Group oral presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Ruth Lane

Contact hours

One 2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ENV422E or ENV522E Environmental Assessment


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Megan Farrelly

Notes

Previously coded ENV4040

Synopsis

Drawing on environmental expertise from inside and outside the university, this unit provides students with a fundamental technical understanding of a range of contemporary and emerging environmental issues such as loss of biodiversity, global warming, waste management, genetic engineering, water scarcity and management, and urban and rural sustainability. Throughout, the coordinator will ensure that social concepts and frameworks of sustainability are woven into a more comprehensive technical understanding of the environmental issues. The unit also considers responses proposed and/or implemented to address the various environmental issues.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. A fundamental understanding of the scientific basis of a range of key environmental issues.
  2. The ability to recognize that scientific understanding of major environmental issues is not complete, and that there are a range of scientific perspectives that can be brought to bear on any particular environmental issue.
  3. The ability to apply social concepts and frameworks of sustainability to key environmental issues.
  4. An awareness of the responses proposed and/or implemented in response to key environmental issues.
  5. A capacity to construct critical and analytical argument in oral and written form, relevant to discussion of major environmental issues.

Assessment

Reading commentaries 1000 words 25%
Oral presentation (debate participation) Equivalent to 500 words 25%
Research essay 3000 words 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Megan Farrelly

Contact hours

Two, two-day intensive class sessions held in weeks 3 and 5


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ruth Lane

Notes

Previously coded ENV4050

Synopsis

This unit explores the social and institutional frameworks for sustainability management, considering the relative merits of top-down and bottom-up approaches. The role, structure and processes of government in relation to the sustainability agenda will be outlined. The unit will review command-and-control regulation, the use of market mechanisms and citizen empowerment. The role of environmental law will be considered, as well as processes for community participation in planning and policy making, negotiation and advocacy. The evolving nature of participation (actors/processes/structures) in environmental governance will be explored.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the role of government in relation to the environment and sustainability.
  2. An understanding of the role of civil society in relation to the environment and sustainability
  3. An understanding of the role of law in the regulation of the environment.
  4. Familiarity with the principles and practice of citizen advocacy.
  5. Skills in environmental negotiation and mediation.

Assessment

Essay 2000 words 40%
Role play Equivalent to 1000 words 25%
Negotiation written exercise 1500 words 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Ruth Lane

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Simon Angus

Notes

Previously coded ENV4060

Synopsis

This unit examines the process of economic development and its effects on prosperity, poverty and sustainability. The unit begins by studying the sources of prosperity via economic growth in the modern era, with particular reference to the Great Divergence in incomes that started during the 1800s. Second, the unit asks why some economic systems have prospered, whilst others have declined by turning its attention to disparate experiences of world-wide economic growth such as poverty and starvation. Finally we study the effects and prospects for future economic development in the context of environmental sustainability and climate change.

Objectives

On successful completion of this subject, students should have developed:

  1. An understanding of economic analysis as a key tool in explaining and understanding the disparate levels of wealth observed in the modern world
  2. Knowledge of the key components of Economics thinking
  3. The ability to use this analysis to identify the underlying causes of economic prosperity, poverty and environmental degradation in the modern global economy
  4. Skills in critical analysis of policies aimed at alleviating global poverty such as the Millenium Development Goals, especially as they relate to sub-Saharan Africa
  5. Skills in the critical assessment of academic contributions to issues of economic development and growth

Assessment

Discussion log: 15%
Research essay (3000 words): 35%
Examination (2.5 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Simon Angus

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Environmental Science

Prohibitions

ECF9530, ECC2800, APG5429


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)To be advised

Notes

Previously coded ENV414F

Synopsis

This unit provides a broad introduction to ecology for candidates with no prior ecological experience. It aims to integrate selected concepts in ecology, biology, biogeography and earth sciences that underpin present ecological thinking. The unit examines the developmental history and present status of selected biological components in Australia and other southern hemisphere landmasses. Models of ecological management, nature reserve design and the ecological influence of humans through increasing demands on resources, are also critically examined.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 60%
Field report (1500 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

To be advised

Contact hours

2 hour lecture per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Wendy Stubbs

Notes

Previously coded ENV437E

Synopsis

Corporate management for sustainable development is emerging as a core competency for business leaders. The ability to create value from, and mitigate risks associated with, sustainable development increasingly impacts markets, access to capital, company reputation and shareholder value. Managers who understand the need for a strategic approach to corporate sustainability management will perform across the 'triple bottom line' of environmental, social and financial performance to preserve value and create new business opportunities.

Objectives

Upon completing this subject students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of leading-edge thinking and practice in the highly dynamic field of corporate sustainability management.
  2. The ability to develop and communicate a business case for sustainability.
  3. Familiarity with the conceptual frameworks and practical tools to apply sustainability in an organisational setting.
Students will share in a participative and collaborative learning environment. Corporate case studies and business speakers will enhance the 'real-world' relevance of the subject material.

Assessment

Written individual work: 50% (2700 words)
Written group work: 40% (5000 words)
Presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Wendy Stubbs

Contact hours

2 hour lecture/seminar per week

Prohibitions

APG5433


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Wendy Stubbs

Notes

Previously coded ENV441E

Synopsis

As the sustainability agenda deepens, the public and private sectors face growing demands for accountability. This unit extends upon APG4433/537E and provides students with an overview of sustainability from an applied perspective, with a particular focus on effective measurement. Students examine i) how environmental and social performance interact with financial processes and measurement ii) steps, principles, tools and methodologies and their practical application when accounting for sustainability and its three capital stocks. This includes the how, what, when, where and why of measuring, monitoring, evaluating and reporting relevant sustainability related information.

Objectives

Upon completing this Unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding why effective measurement is critical in driving the sustainability agenda and support business cases,
  2. develop measurement strategies and indicators,
  3. select the most appropriate measurement tools for a given situation, and
  4. critical insight into how leading organisations are measuring sustainability.

Assessment

Written individual work: 50% (3000 words)
Written group work: 40% (5000 words)
Presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Wendy Stubbs

Contact hours

One x 2 hour lecture per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM4010

Synopsis

Now enlarged to 27 countries, the European Union is a key player in the world. Students will explore its genesis, its major historical milestones, its institutions and decision-making from an interdisciplinary perspective. They will examine EU policies including in the trade, agricultural, environmental, social, educational, monetary, development and security fields. They will be exposed to the main concepts and theories formulated to account for the development of the EU. They will be given guidance to pursue the exploration of specific EU policy outcomes at EU and member state level and be encouraged to make autonomous use of a wide range of resources including on-line material.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the history of the European Union and of the socio-cultural norms that have informed European integration as well as of the tensions that have beset the process;
  2. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the process of European integration leading up to the creation of the European Union;
  3. informed appreciation of the novelty of the European Union as a post-national mode of governance;
  4. understanding of the main theories of European integration, their limitations and their place in the wider debate surrounding globalization
  5. understanding of EU institutions and decision-making
  6. knowledge of major EU policies and their impact on the national policies of EU member states and on non-EU countries
  7. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  8. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon these assessments;
  9. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  10. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: 40% (2000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Pascaline Winand

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode

Prohibitions

APG5435, ATS2522, ATS3522


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (On-campus block of classes)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Prof. Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM4130

Synopsis

This unit will explore regional economic, political and security cooperation and integration in Europe, Asia, the Americas and Africa, with a special focus on Asia (ASEAN, ARF, SAARC) and Europe (European Union, Council of Europe, EFTA, OSCE). It will also investigate inter-regional arrangements such as ASEM and APEC. Regional processes will be analysed comparatively, using an interdisciplinary, historically grounded perspective. Students will be exposed to the major theories of regionalism. They will study the significance of the European Union as a model of regional integration and its relations with other regional arrangements both in Europe and in the world, including with Australasia.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: 40% (2000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Pascaline Winand

Contact hours

Seminar presentation and participation in class discussion: 20%
Research paper (2500 words): 40%
Take home examination (2000 words): 40%

Off-campus attendance requirements

Group online discussion: 10% + Journal: 10% + Research paper (2500 words): 40% + Examination (2000 words): 40%

Prohibitions

APG5436


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (On-campus block of classes)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Prof. Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM4140

Synopsis

Students will investigate the practice and theory of interest representation and lobbying in the European Union and in Europe. They will explore the channels and techniques of influence open to business, labour, environmental and consumer groups at various stages of the EU decision-making process. They will study the policy of European Union institutions towards these groups. A special emphasis will be placed upon the extra-European interest groups, including major business groups from Asia, the US and Australia, and their interaction with the EU. Practitioners from EU institutions and interest groups will be invited to contribute their experience via three videoconferences with Brussels.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an informed appreciation of the various channels and techniques of influence open to business groups, public interest groups (such as environmental groups and consumer groups), professional interests, labour interests and territorial interests at various stages of the EU decision-making process;
  2. a knowledge of the policy of EU institutions towards interest groups, and more widely, civil society actors in Europe;
  3. an understanding of the decision-making processes and evolution of the EU and their impact on the organization of public and private interest groups at the regional, national, European and world levels;
  4. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the theory of interest representation and lobbying in the European Union;
  5. an understanding of the theoretical approaches to interest intermediation and representation and the literature pertaining to collective action and mobilization, European transnational movements and European non-governmental organizations;
  6. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  7. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  8. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  9. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: 40% (2000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Pascaline Winand

Contact hours

Seminar presentation and participation in class discussion: 20%
Research paper (2500 words): 40%
Take home examination (2000 words): 40%

Off-campus attendance requirements

Group online discussion: 10% + Journal: 10% + Research paper (2500 words): 40% + Examination (2000 words): 40%

Prohibitions

APG5437


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM4160

Synopsis

As a powerful trade negotiator, a leading player in the environmental, development aid, and human rights fields, and a growing political and strategic presence in the world, the European Union is increasingly recognized as a force for global stability and security. Students will explore the EU's relations with non-EU countries, and its roles and legal status in the international system. They will be introduced to the institutional framework and policies of EU external relations. Special emphasis will be placed on the relations of the EU with Asia, the US, Australia, Africa and Russia. The unit will further examine the status of the EU and its member states in international organizations.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the EU's external relations;
  2. informed appreciation of the EU's role as an actor and presence in world affairs;
  3. understanding of the major theoretical debates about ways of analysing EU external policy and the roles of the EU in world affairs;
  4. understanding of the institutions, processes and policies of EU external relations;
  5. knowledge of EU relations with Asia, Oceania, the United States, Africa, Russia, the Mediterranean and the Middle East, Central and South America, and other countries and regions;
  6. understanding of the status and role of the EU in key international organizations;
  7. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon these texts;
  8. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  9. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  10. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials;

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: 40% (2000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Pascaline Winand

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode

Prohibitions

APG5438


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM4230

Synopsis

In this unit, student will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (9,000 words) that will address an issue relevant to European and International Studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

Objectives

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Written work (inc. research project): 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Pascaline Winand

Contact hours

Consultation with supervisor

Prerequisites

APG4897 or APG5897


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Second semester 2011 (Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2011 (Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Prof. Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM4940

Synopsis

Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement for European and European Union Studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 4th year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European Integration through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies in accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Pascaline Winand

Contact hours

Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 4th year unit offered by the host institution


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Second semester 2011 (Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2011 (Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Prof. Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM4950

Synopsis

Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement for European and European Union Studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 4th year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European Integration through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies in accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Pascaline Winand

Contact hours

Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 4th year unit offered by the host institution


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester B 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Prato Summer semester B 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Prof Pascaline Winand, Dr Paul Kalfadellis

Notes

Previously coded EUM4960

Synopsis

Taught at the Monash Prato Centre in Italy, the unit will allow students to benefit from the experience of EU practitioners and highly qualified specialists from the European University Institute and other European Universities with which Monash has agreements. Under the guidance of Monash staff from the Faculties of Arts, Business and Economics or Law, students will attend lectures and seminars on economic, political, legal or cultural aspects of the European Union. Where feasible, the unit will include a study tour of European corporate and EU institutions, and will be open to students from other Australian universities. Students can also elect to conduct an autonomous research project.

Objectives

Students will gain:

  1. in-depth appreciation of the European Union's functions and powers and of some of its key-institutions (such as the European Council, the Council, the European Commission, the European Parliament, the European Court of Justice, the European Central Bank, the Committee of the Regions, the European Environment Agency), as well as of key European corporate institutions;
  2. in-depth knowledge of some key areas of EU policy in their field of specialization (Competition Policy, Common Commercial Policy, Common Agricultural Policy, Economic and Monetary Union, Environmental Policy, Social Policy, Common Foreign and Security Policy/European Security;
  3. awareness of the key debates and internal as well as external challenges facing the EU;
  4. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  5. strong skills in oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  6. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  7. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, especially those produced by the European Union itself.

Assessment

Written work (inc.Seminar presentation): 80%
Take home exam: 20%

Contact hours

3 weeks

Prohibitions

APG5442


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM4970

Synopsis

Students will complete an internship related to the European Union or international and regional organizations involved in the area of diplomacy and trade. The internship will involve academic and professional supervision in Europe/European posts abroad and local/ international posts. Students can work in European and EU institutions, international and regional organizations, multi-national firms, European industry associations, NGOs, political consultancies, think tanks and law firms. They will gain practical knowledge of the EU and international/ regional institutions in international relations, law, politics, business, finance and international trade and practice European languages.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have

  1. gained a developed practical understanding of the institutions and policies of the European Union or international institutions which focus on diplomacy and trade, thereby consolidating and extending what they have learned from core units and electives in the Master in European and International Studies/ Master in Diplomacy and Trade
  2. developed skills associated with work in at least one aspect of the European Union and its policies or international organizations which focus on diplomacy and trade
  3. developed communication and interpersonal skills appropriate to future professional employment
  4. developed organizational and time management skills
  5. developed their language skills in one or more European languages
  6. developed an appreciation of the pressures inherent in producing high-quality, focused research under strict timelines
  7. developed the capacity to devise, plan, write and successfully complete well-informed, well-structured and well-presented internship research reports
  8. developed strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of their work experience and how it relates to academic scholarship on the European Union/diplomacy and trade.

Assessment

Written work (an internship journal and internship report - 9000 words): 80%
Oral presentation (given within 2 weeks of the students return to Australia): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Pascaline Winand

Contact hours

12 points: Minimum of 80-90 hours over the course of one semester spent in an internship in Brussels. Equivalent of 24 hours per week contact and private study.

Prerequisites

Successful completion of core units of the Master in European and International Studies or of the Master in Diplomacy and Trade or with coordinator's approval.

Prohibitions

APG5443


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Natalie Doyle

Notes

Previously coded FNM4920

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide the student with the opportunity to investigate a topic of his or her choice in consultation with the unit coordinator and/or the chosen discipline's coordinator. Students will be required to do a preliminary bibliographical search, both in available libraries and online databases, followed by a critical appraisal in essay form of relevant disciplinary literature. Fifth year level students will be expected to investigate more theoretically oriented literature.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, discuss and analyse different theoretical issues pertinent to the disciplinary area chosen
  2. Develop and express an understanding of the specificity of the various disciplinary paradigms
  3. Understand, discuss and analyse the issues raised by each paradigm and their relevance to various research projects
  4. Develop an ability to engage with, critique and compare existing research in the chosen discipline.

Fifth-year students employ a more sophisticated analysis and written presentation. They will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level.

Assessment

Written project(equivalent of 6000 words): 70%
Seminar activities (equivalent of 3000 words): 30%

Fifth-year students will use more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills

Chief examiner(s)

Natalie Doyle

Contact hours

3 hour seminar per week, including use of e-learning platform (discussion, material delivery and collaboration) equivalent to a minimum of one weekly hour.

Off-campus attendance requirements

On campus only.

Prerequisites

Honours level in French or equivalent; Honours in cognate area with permission of teacher.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Natalie Doyle

Notes

Previously coded FNM4930

Synopsis

This unit complements APG4444/APG5444 Reading in French Studies 1. It aims to provide the student with the opportunity to investigate an additional field inquiry relevant to their chose topic of research. In consultation wit the unit coordinator and the chosen discipline's coordinator, students will be required to do a preliminary bibliographical search, both in available libraries and online databases, followed by a critical appraisal in essay form of relevant disciplinary literature.

Fifth year level students will be expected to investigate more theoretically oriented literature.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. understand, discuss and analyse different theoretical issues pertinent to the disciplinary area chosen
  2. develop and express an understanding of the specificity of the various disciplinary paradigms
  3. understand, discuss and analyse the issues raised by each paradigm and their relevance to various research projects
  4. develop an ability to engage with, critique and compare existing research in the chosen discipline.

Fifth-year students employ a more sophisticated analysis and written presentation. They will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level.

Assessment

Written project (equivalent to 6000 words): 70%
Seminar activities (equivalent to 3000 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Natalie Doyle

Contact hours

3 hour seminar per week, including use of e-learning platform (discussion, material delivery and collaboration) equivalent to a minimum of one weekly hour.

Prerequisites

Honours level in French or equivalent; Honours in cognate area with permission of teacher.

Co-requisites

APG4445/APG5445 Directed Reading in French studies 2 can also be taken concurrently with APG4444/APG5444 Directed Reading in French studies 1.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Deane Williams

Notes

Previously coded FTM4110

Synopsis

The unit will provide a series of approaches to weekly audio-visual texts to subsequently enable students to focus on particular film and television studies research topics with a view to enabling the formation of extended research based projects. This topic-based unit will focus on both practical (including archival, library and web-based methods) as well as theoretical research methods (historical, realist, experimental, structuralist, post-structural, postcolonial).

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a critical understanding of the methodologies available to Film and Television studies research projects and their application;
  2. an understanding of a range of theoretical approaches to textual criticism;
  3. a knowledge of the practical approaches to textual criticism;
  4. an understanding of a range of contemporary theoretical and critical approaches to film and television studies;
  5. a knowledge of the issues of digital media media that facilitate film and television studies research;
  6. an ability to engage with written and visual (screen) texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (8500 words)
Tutorial participation and paper (500 words): 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and television or approved discipline

Prohibitions

APG5446


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Adrian Martin

Notes

Previously coded FTM4120

Synopsis

The research essay offers students an opportunity to initiate and explore research processes in film and television studies under the supervision of a member of staff, with whom one meets regularly. Students should select their topic for the research essay during the second half of the previous semester, in consultation with the postgraduate coordinator. The research essay needs to be submitted by the last teaching week of the semester in which the course is taken.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have demonstrated that they can:

  1. Design and Develop a significant research project
  2. Critically survey theoretical writings in order to find an appropriate theoretical framework for the project
  3. Demonstrate an awareness of methodological considerations in carrying it out.
  4. Undertake independent research with some guidance from a supervisor
  5. Analyse texts and / or data in a way that is relevant to the framework adopted.
  6. On the basis of the analysis carried out, present a cogently structured argument and a set of conclusions in relation to the topic.

Assessment

Research essay (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Adrian Martin

Contact hours

A fortnightly one hour meeting with the supervisor

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and Television or approved discipline Completion of 2 units in the MA by Coursework in Film and Television Studies

Prohibitions

APG5447, APG5770


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded FTM4220

Synopsis

This unit approaches experimentation in screen culture (including cinema, video, TV and digital) not as an activity that is marginal, but absolutely central to the formation, development and critical questioning of all screen/media practice. The unit tracks major modes in screen practice ie storytelling, representation, poetics, image-sound relations, the audiovisual essay back to historic and ongoing experiments with the essential elements of screen language. Works studied will include examples from the entire history of international screen culture; and a practical production element will be included so that students can discover the living process of experimentation for themselves.

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the historical formation, development and critical appraisal of audio-visual experimentation;
  2. a critical understanding of the formal, social and political functions of experimentation in screen media;
  3. an ability to define and critically engage with specific forms experimental screen culture criticism on an international scale;
  4. an understanding of how the notion of experimentation relates to notions of storytelling, representation, poetics, image-sound relations and the audiovisual essay.
  5. an ability to engage with written and audio-visual (screen) texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation;
  6. an ability to develop and employ research skills in data collection in the service of advanced critical writing;
  7. An ability to understand the practical implications (Digital Video) for experimentation in audio-visual forms.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7500 words)
Practical production exercise: 20% (1500 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Deane Williams

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

Major in Film and Television Studies or approved discipline


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Deane Williams

Notes

Previously coded FTM4230

Synopsis

Television has had a profound impact on human sense perception, resulting in radical changes to our experience of space and time This unit investigates a range of theories and critical approaches that have been developed to help us understand the complex relationship between television - as form, technique and technology - and contemporary forms of experience, such as distraction, despatialisation, boredom and compassion fatigue. It identifies questions of memory and history as key issues in the debates that have emerged around these changes to experience. Investigation of this topic is grounded in close analysis of a diverse group of contemporary TV programs and local and global TV events.

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate: 1) a good knowledge of the main theories and critical approaches to the relationship between television and experience developed in the past 15 years; 2) an in-depth understanding of the relationship between television and contemporary forms of experience as they relate to issues of memory and history; 3) an ability to apply relevant theories and critical approaches in close analysis of specific forms of television; 4) a high level of ability in engaging with written and visual (screen) texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation; 5) development of research skills in data collection. An additional objective for fifth-year students is: 6) a deeper understanding of theoretical debates in the field of television studies, specifically at it applies to questions of memory and history.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Participation and paper: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Deane Williams

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and Television or approved discipline


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simone Murray

Synopsis

Through an in-depth analysis of current issues impacting upon international media and communications, this unit provides students with an understanding of the key quantitative and qualitative methodological approaches deployed in the discipline of Communications and Media Studies. This unit presents students with the opportunity to gain empirical and policy-based research skills, together with an awareness of the social and political issues of traditional and new media communications. Issues covered include, for example, the convergence of media and communications industries, international and national legislation, intellectual property regimes, and the 'public interest'.

Assessment

hort essay (3000 words): 30%
Research essay (5000 words): 50% +
Seminar presentation (c.1000 words): 10%
Seminar participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Simone Murray

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

None

Co-requisites

None

Prohibitions

None


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

The unit consists of a series of lectures, seminars, workshops, and practical sessions, covering 5 common areas. It also covers a brief introduction to the concepts, techniques and background knowledge of interpreting skills. After the introductory module introducing the history and procedures of interpreting, topics covered will include Culture and Education, Public Health, Social Issues, and Tourism.

Objectives

This course aims to train bilingually proficient students in the role, theory, ethics, and practice of inter-cultural verbal communication at elementary level.This course helps students':

  1. Basic concepts of interpreting skills To fully understand the differences between verbal and non-verbal interpreting skills and concepts underlying principles and practice of interpreting and to recognize the specific requirements of different types of interpreting.
  2. Skills To improve and develop students linguistic competence as well as their verbal and non-verbal interpreting competence in both Chinese and English, to help them acquire fundamental skills and strategies essential to interpreting and to help students in developing underlying techniques for summarizing, memory enhancement, note taking, public speaking skills, etc. To get involved in various kinds of communicative activities which are closely in line with real-life situations and explore solutions to problems involved in decoding and encoding messages in the process of interpreting.
  3. Cultural context To enable students to enhance their multicultural understanding, as a prerequisite to interpreting and to communicate culturally specific information into an understandable format in the target language.
  4. Pathways To provide a pathway/articulation into further interpreting and translation studies by giving students a solid foundation and confidence to participate in postgraduate level of interpreting and translation studies and/or other higher level of professional training programs.

Assessment

Tutorial participation and homework: 10%
Written work: 50%
Final oral exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Chun-Ming Shan

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture, one 1-hour seminar per week, and one 1-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

This unit builds on the skills learnt in Basic Interpreting Skills (Mandarin) 1; It covers topics including: finance and trade, banking and insurance, information and technology, legal matters, formalities for conferences, and interviews. Semester 2 clearly follows a more professional line than semester 1 and is designed to give students more complete and polished skills as well as increasing the variety of their experiences.

Objectives

This course aims to train bilingually proficient students in the role, theory, ethics, and practice of interpreting at intermediate level.This course helps students':

  1. Basic concepts of interpreting skills To fully understand the differences between verbal and non-verbal interpreting skills and concepts underlying principles and practice of interpreting skills and to recognize the specific requirements of different types of interpreting.
  2. Skills To improve and develop students' linguistic competence as well as their verbal and non-verbal interpreting competence in both Chinese/English interpretation, to help them acquire fundamental skills and strategies essential to interpreting and to help students in developing underlying techniques for summarizing, memory enhancement, note taking, public speaking skills, etc. To get involved in various kinds of communicative activities which are closely in line with real-life situations and explore solutions to problems involved in decoding and encoding messages in the process of interpreting.
  3. Cultural context To enable students to enhance their multicultural understanding, as a prerequisite to interpreting and to communicate culturally specific information into an understandable format in the target language.
  4. Pathways To provide a pathway/articulation into advanced translation/interpreting studies, giving them the confidence to participate in studies such as NAATI accredited courses.

Assessment

Tutorial participation and homework: 10%
Written test: 10%
Oral presentation and oral exam: 60%
Simulation performance: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Chunming Shan

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture, one 1-hour seminar, and one 1-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Xuan Zhu

Notes

Previously coded GYM4070

Synopsis

Remote sensing has become one of the important and widely applied methods for environmental and earth resource monitoring and evaluation. The information extracted from remotely sensed images may be used in many ways, e.g. as a basis for mapping land use/cover, for understanding environmental processes and for estimating biophysical variables. This unit will introduce the basic concepts and principles of remote sensing, and prepare students with image interpretation and digital image processing skills with an emphasis on the use of remote sensing imagery for vegetation, atmosphere, geology, soils and landform analysis.

Objectives

  1. To understand the major concepts and principles of remote sensing and digital image processing for environmental studies.
  2. To identify the types of information that can be extracted from remotely sensed data on the environment.
  3. To understand, explain and apply the fundamental image interpretation elements (e.g., tone, texture, size, shape, pattern, site and association)
  4. To visually interpret aerial photos and satellite images.
  5. To conduct digital image processing and analysis using a digital image processing system to extract information.
  6. To understand how remotely sensed data are applied in environmental applications.

Assessment

Practicals: 40%
Project: 20%
Written examination: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Xuan Zhu

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture and One 3-hour practical


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Priya Rangan and Christain Kull

Notes

Previously coded GYM4330.
This unit is offered in alternate year. Next offer is in 2013

Synopsis

This unit explores the concepts of regional development and sustainability, and draws attention to the practical constraints and issues associated with translating such concepts into regional policy and practice. Field-study takes place in South Africa and includes focus on topics such as: effects of commercial agriculture on soil and water quality; transnational water-sharing and flood management; ecotourism and conservation in nature parks; urbanisation, transportation and migration in environment-industry corridors; environmental education, health, and local ecological management.

Assessment

Field-study journal (3000 words): 35%
Oral presentation: 20%
Final research or development project proposal (5000 words): 45%

Contact hours

Intensive field-based unit

Prerequisites

Preferably 12 to 18 points of human geography or permission

Prohibitions

ATS3553


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ben Reid

Notes

Previously coded GYM4350

Synopsis

National and international conflicts over the use of natural resources, eg rainforest destruction, land degradation, pressure on water supplies and common property resources. Analysis of resource disputes, including socio-political aspects and debate over causes and trajectories. Different managements approaches used to solve environmental problems, e.g. role of the state, communities, protected areas, and indigenous people.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to:

  1. critically analyse the theoretical and empirical bases of resource management issues
  2. appreciate the complex, intertwined nature of ecological, social, and political factors underlying resource management issues.
  3. recognise, apply, and distinguish between the main explanatory theories
  4. be able to construct critical and analytical arguments relevant to resource management issues in good quality writing.

Assessment

Written work: 55% (2500 words)
Tutorial participation 25%
Test 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ben Reid

Contact hours

1 x 2hr lecture and 1 x 1hr tutorial per week

Prohibitions

ATS3554


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Haripriya Rangan

Notes

Previously coded IDA4140

Synopsis

This unit engages in a comparative analysis of the geographical and economic dimensions of spatial and social change in the countries and regions of the Indo-Pacific Ocean rims. Themes include: state policies of economic growth, urbanisation and industrialisation, regional disparities in industrial growth, gender dimensions of industrialisation, politics of ethnicity; environmental outcomes of industrialisation, and urban governance.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will:

  1. Show a sound understanding of theoretical concepts of state-led economic development, urbanisation, industrial growth, and regional development;
  2. Develop a comparative analytical perspective for examining urbanisation and the role of the state in shaping spatial and economic development over time;
  3. Gain in-depth understanding of the processes of spatial and social change occurring in one country region within the Indo-Pacific rims;
  4. Be able to construct analytical arguments relevant to urbanisation and sustainable regional development issues in clear, concise, and grammatically correct English.

Assessment

Weekly tutorial commentaries (500 words) : 20%
Research essays (3000 words) : 50%
Examination (Take home 1000 words) : 20%
Tutorial Facilitation (20-25 minutes) : 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Haripriya Rangan

Contact hours

3 hours (1 hour lecture and 1x2 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

Permission


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Ian McNiven

Notes

Previously coded GYM4540

Synopsis

This unit offers an exploration of human evolution, world heritage and the politics of representation surrounding these. Based in South Africa and with access to early human fossil sites within the 'Cradle of Humankind World Heritage Area' such as Sterkfontein, the unit will examine biological and cultural evidence for human evolution in Africa and the subsequent 'Out of Africa' global colonisation by humans (with an emphasis on Australia), the ethnographic models used to explain early human behaviour, the manner in which this material is offered for museum exhibition and the politics surrounding world heritage designation and access.

Objectives

The primary aim of this unit is to provide students with a detailed understanding of human evolution set within the context of the management (World Heritage Area) and representation (museum displays) of key fossil sites in southern Africa. A secondary aim is for students to gain an appreciation of how evolutionary developments in Africa set the scene for human migrations 'Out of Africa' that eventually led to the colonisation of Australia. On successful completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Describe and critically compare both orally and in writing the key concepts in human evolution, world heritage and museum representations
  2. Examine leading arguments and positions on the same from a range of disciplinary perspectives, including archaeology, heritage studies, and post-colonialism and museum representations
  3. Understand the importance of the various arguments within contemporary understandings of human evolution, and develop an appreciation of what it means to be defined as 'human'
  4. Critically analyse representations of humanity and culture and understand their relationship to debates concerning cultural politics such as 'who owns the past' and world heritage
  5. Engage with broader debates relating to the interpretation of human evolution
  6. Demonstrate both orally and in writing an understanding of the social and political context of these debates and their relationship to broader social and political issues of representation.

Assessment

1 x seminar paper (2000 word): 20%
1 x research essay (5000 word): 60%
1 x Oral presentation (1000 word equivalent): 10%
1 x Multimodal self-reflective visual diary: 10%

Contact hours

Intensive Mode over three weeks based in South Africa.
Week 1 (Mon-Fri)
4 days of Lectures: each day - 2hrs in morning, 2 hrs in afternoon
Reading and seminar preparation each day: 3 hrs
1 Day fieldtrip to Apartheid Museum and Hector Pietersen Museum (Soweto)

Week 2 (Mon-Fri)
1 day fieldtrip: Cradl

Prerequisites

Any 1st year sequence in Arts, Social Work, Education or Law.

Prohibitions

APG4557


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Jason Beringer

Notes

Previously coded GES4890

Synopsis

This unit will deal with human global change and the impacts, interactions and feedbacks within the Earth's different subsystems - the atmosphere, soils, water, and biota. The unit will examine the dynamics of the earth by identifying the major driving processes and responses of the biosphere to energy, water, carbon, nitrogen and other biogeochemical cycles. We will view the earth system across local to global spatial scales. Processes and cycles will be viewed across geological and historical time scales. Humans as agents of change will be addressed.

Objectives

The unit aims to provide specific knowledge and understanding of climate, biology and geology and their role in current global process and the feedbacks and interactions that exist between them. This will engage students by providing them with relevant information that can be applied to global environmental problems. The unit also aims to provide contemporary and innovative ideas and research in the context of global change. The unit aims to develop synthetic capabilities in students through enquiry and integrative research as well as engaging teaching methods. The unit also aims to promote oral and other communications skills. Finally, students should develop teamwork skills through group based research projects.

Assessment

Oral seminar or debate presentation: 25%
Examination (2 hours): 40%
Research study report (2500 words): 35%
Students will be expected to demonstrate greater capacity for critical analysis in the research study report.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Jason Beringer

Contact hours

Three hours per week (2 one-hour lectures per week (weeks 1-10), 3 hours seminars per week (weeks 11-12), 5 fortnightly research based activities (2 hours each)).

Prerequisites

Second year physical geography, earth science, atmospheric science, biology or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS3558 and ATM3261


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded GLM4000

Synopsis

This unit will engage with two connected questions:

  1. How can we research the phenomenon of globalisation;
  2. How has globalisation impacted upon research methods in the social sciences and humanities? The unit will look at both quantitative and qualitative research methodologies, combined forms such as historical-comparative, and theoretical frameworks (e.g. post-colonialism), to understand how each of these might be applied to understand the multi-dimensional nature of the impacts of globalisation. It will also consider how the work and approach of researchers has been changed by the forms of evidence and the trans-national contexts that exist in the modern globalising world.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Have a well-developed understanding of major qualitative and quantitative research methodologies and theories.
  2. Be able to determine which approaches, from a range of different research methodologies, may be appropriate for the study of specific social science or humanities research questions regarding globalisation.
  3. Understand how globalising trends and developments such as in communication technologies have changed the texts and materials available for research, and the approaches required from researchers.
  4. Have highly developed skills in web-based study forms.
  5. Have high level inquiry, collaborative learning and presentation abilities.
  6. Be able to undertake a theoretically and methodologically informed research project on an aspect of globalisation.

Assessment

Group online presentation (2000 words): 20%
Individual online presentation (2000 words): 20%
Online tutorial contributions (2000 words): 20%
Research project proposal (3000 words): 40%

Off-campus attendance requirements

Weekly one to two hour asynchronous tutorial

Prerequisites

At least two core M.Global units or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS4559


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rebecca-Anne Do Rozario

Synopsis

Under exceptional circumstances the department can organize a reading unit in an academically suitable area. The offering of such a unit is dependent on the availability and consent of a staff member able to conduct it, and on its likely impact on staff workload. Content, structure and schedule would be worked out between the tutor, the fourth-year co-ordinator and the student. Written assessment at the level of other fourth-year courses would be required.

Chief examiner(s)

Alan Dilnot


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Edmondson

Notes

Previously coded HSM4503

Synopsis

This unit provides an historical approach to the study of international relations, incorporating an array of theoretical perspectives and conceptual tools. The focus of the unit will be upon the evolution of the international political system, engaging directly with the question of inevitability of war, the nature of a balance of power and prospects for peace. Students will examine issues such as the significance of states, the meaning and scope of sovereignty, and effectiveness of international law.

Objectives

pon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify the main actors and structural developments in international relations
  2. Engage with key debates and identify factors in the evolution of international relations
  3. Demonstrate an understanding of conceptual and analytical models of international relations
  4. analyse relations between states
  5. Identify key international institutions
  6. Analyse state-institution relations, drawing upon relevant conceptual models

Assessment

Written work: 60%
2 hour exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Christopher Laming

Prerequisites

APG4761 and APG4762

Prohibitions

APG4759, GSC3503, GSC4503, ATS3570


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Chris Laming

Notes

Previously coded HSM4303

Synopsis

This unit addresses the broad socio-cultural, political and physical contexts in which human service organisations are located. Students engage with, and critically reflect on the ideas and processes through which social, economic, political and juridical forces structure, define and legitimise the human services industry and human service organisations. Using case study and problem-based learning approaches, students examine the role, function, formation and resourcing of the human service organisation in rural, urban, regional and global contexts.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. conduct an environmental analysis of a human service organisation;
  2. identify and discuss the various roles, functions and responsibilities of the human service organisation in rural, regional, urban and global contexts;
  3. critically discuss the emergence of new forms of organisational structure in the human services sector; 4) apply relevant theory to analysis of the socio-cultural, political and economic contexts in which human service organisations operate;
  4. identify and critically review appropriate funding options and sources and prepare a funding submission;
  5. conduct a literature review

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of 1 x 1 hour per fortnight on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

APG5571


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Cathy Trembath

Notes

Previously coded HSM4304

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the principles and processes that shape and determine the internal culture of the human service organisation. Students will engage with topics covering, change management; procedural transparency; the learning organisation; human resource management; the impact and consequences of Government welfare policy; competition and collaboration; and public accountability. The unit offers a practical emphasis on professional skill development and encourages students employed in the field to draw on their own practice experience. Students will be encouraged to critically reflect on their own code of professional ethics and principles.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to;

  1. Demonstrate knowledge, skills and awareness in the assessment, development and maintenance of appropriate organisational culture, while maintaining a strategic focus;
  2. Knowledge of, and skills in applying ethical principles appropriate to the human services industry in human resource management and the maintenance of professional inter-personal relations;
  3. Understanding of the principles of strategic approaches to implementing a social justice framework within a management context;
  4. Knowledge and understanding of the principles and processes of change management theory in relation to human services.
  5. Students will also be able to identify and develop appropriate approaches to organisational planning, decision-making and policy formulation for human services programs and critically discuss how external change effects the internal environment and culture of human services organisations.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Cathy Trembath

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

APG5572


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Sarah Pinto

Notes

Previously coded HYM4085

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the types, or 'genres', of historical sources: their origins and history, the uses made of them by their originators and by later historians, and how they may be read. 'Reading' includes the interpretation of visual, oral, architectural and material sources as well as textual ones. Themes will include the translation of oral communication into writing and the rendering of writing into print; issues of authorship and audience; the construction of inquisitorial, confessional and narrative sources; the rise of the press and the history of the newspaper; the interpretation of maps, photographs, and documentary film; and architectural analysis.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this subject should have developed an understanding of key theoretical and conceptual issues in the reading of diverse kinds of texts and of the relationship between 'text' and 'genre', and a greater awareness of the nature of historical writing. The subject also aims to assist students in developing skills in critical reading and the analysis of historiographical debate and to lay the groundwork for successful thesis writing.

Assessment

Classroom exercise (750 words): 20%
Critical essay (2750 words): 50%
Project/thesis proposal (1000 words): 30%
Students taking this unit at Level 4 will be expected to critically analyse a wider range of genres and develop a more sophisticated array of questions concerning issues of authorship and interpretation.

Contact hours

1 hour lecture, 90 minute tutorial

Prohibitions

ATS3619


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Bain Attwood

Notes

Previously coded HYM4470

Synopsis

In this subject we consider the origins of the term 'genocide' and the different ways in which it has been defined before considering whether the concept might be a useful tool for understanding aspects of colonialism in two settler societies, colonial America and Australia: epidemic diseases; frontier violence; and assimilation (particularly the removal of Indigenous children). The unit will consider whether there are any continuities or causal connections between intellectual and political traditions associated with European imperialism and the Nazi German genocide of European Jewry, and will investigate the public reception of the concept of genocide in Australia and the United States.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the different ways in which genocide has been defined
  2. appreciate the possible relationships or connections between colonialism in settler societies and the Nazi genocide
  3. have an understanding of the debates which have occurred about the application of the concept of genocide to the history of settler societies
  4. have a capacity to undertake higher level research in the subject area of this unit

Assessment

Tutorial participation: 10%; Short essay (3000 words): 30%; Research essay (6000 words): 60%

Contact hours

1 two-hour seminar for 12 weeks

Prohibitions

ATS4621, HYM5470


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christina Twomey

Notes

Previously coded HYM4105

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in the field of history decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Objectives

A student successfully completing this unit will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff;
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study;
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project;
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence; and
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Research paper (18,000 words): 100%.

Chief examiner(s)

Christina Twomey

Contact hours

1-2 hours of meetings per week with supervisor


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christina Twomey

Notes

Previously coded HYM4105A

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in the field of history decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Objectives

A student successfully completing APG4624 and APG4770 will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence; and
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Chief examiner(s)

Christina Twomey


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Bill Garner

Notes

Previously coded HYM4270

Synopsis

This unit looks at some of the methodological questions involved in life writing. It includes practical questions such as assessing databases and sources, interpreting and utilising interviews and oral histories. It explores ethical issues involved in researching life stories and biographies, and different approaches to the reading and interpretation of texts and sources. The unit examines methods used in biography, particularly political and literary biography, and newer methods developed in writing women's lives and indigenous lives. The use of life stories as case studies in history and sociology and questions raised by the study of testimony and collective memory are also explored.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the research processes involved in writing biography and life stories, particularly the use of existing published works, archives and oral history.
  2. Demonstrate an awareness of the ethical and legal issues involved in biography and life writing.
  3. Understand the theoretical issues involved in the discipline, including questions about style, audience and readership.
  4. Develop advanced skills in written and oral communication.
  5. Develop skills in working as a group.
  6. Develop advanced skills in using new technology

Assessment

Seminar paper (2000-3000 words); 30%;
Outline of research project including literature review, discussion of method and time line (6000 words): 50%;
1 seminar presentation 10%;
General seminar performance 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Bill Garner

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4797, APG5625


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Kate Murphy

Notes

Previously coded HYM4640

Synopsis

Through a review of the major events in the world after 1900, this unit examines the development of a growing tension between ideas of nationalism and globalism in the twentieth century. It provides a solid historical and theoretical background to the current debates over the legitimacy and inviolability of national boundaries and the effects of globalisation on sovereignty and cultures. The unit interrogates the central question of what is a nation? through a range of theoretical perspectives and in the context of the conflicts and international concerns of the last 100 years.

Objectives

By the completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. A comprehensive understanding of the background to debates about the legitimacy of modern national boundaries and the effects of globalisation upon them.
  2. The ability to contextualise and analyse current trends towards national secession and fragmentation in the world.
  3. An understanding of the application of postcolonial and similar theory to views of the nation and both formal and informal empires.
  4. High level skills in the use of web-based research and study material.
  5. Excellent electronic collaboration and presentation skills.

Assessment

(Reflective on-line journal (3000 words): 30%; Two on-line presentations (2000 words in total): 30%; Final essay (4000 words): 40%.)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Craig Thorburn

Notes

Previously coded IDA4230

Synopsis

This unit introduces student to principles and analytical methods of political ecology, and its application to analysing sustainable development and natural resources management. The first part of the unit introduces the theoretical foundations for the political ecology approach and explores its application to the issue of sustainable development. The second part of the unit uses the political ecology approach from an international comparative perspective for analysing development conflicts in a range of environmental sectors in international and Australian contexts, including farming and pastoralism, water, mining, fisheries and forests.

Assessment

Reading diary (200 words per week): 30%
Group presentation (20 - 25 mins per group): 20%
Individual research project (2500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Craig Thorburn

Contact hours

2 hour seminar and 1 hour tutorial per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Craig Thorburn

Notes

Previously coded IDA4320

Synopsis

This subject deconstructs the concepts of 'development', 'progress' and 'underdevelopment' before embarking on a historical examination of how various theories have been translated into policy and action. It then looks chronologically at the rise and demise of various doctrines and approaches, focusing on the role of international development aid and trade. It engages the core question of 'What can reasonably be said about the causes of changes in a country or a region's 'level of development'?' Through case studies, it underscores the particularity of individual countries' experiences, while attempting to draw out what are the basic principles that can be compared across time and space.

Objectives

  1. Understanding of basic historical and theoretical contexts of notions of 'development', both as a focus of social science and government practice
  2. Understanding of how the literature has approached the analysis of international development policy and practice.
  3. Through examination of country experiences, a sense of how to put these into particular context, and to examine critically their applicability to analysing and assessing development policies and practice as they have varied over time and between countries; also, the extent to which development policy and practice has been driven by 'ideas' rather than indigenous political and social realities.

Assessment

Annotated bibliography/country report (2000 words): 67%
Reading diary (800 words): 23%
Seminar presentation/facilitation: 10%

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial/seminar per week, offered contiguously.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ernest Koh

Notes

Previously coded ITM4010

Synopsis

This unit explores civil and human rights campaigns since 1945. It examines their origins and outcomes, and the ways in which they drew from and contributed to an emerging international framework. Further case studies include women's rights and sexual liberation, freedom of speech, capital punishment, economic justice and unfair trade. The unit examines the development of global movements and organisations, new technologies and tactics of protest and the formation of virtual communities of activism. It also covers the relationship between universal notions of justice and differences of gender, culture and belief, and potential differences between local and global understandings of 'rights'.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive understanding of the key intellectual and political debates about the nature of justice, civil rights and human rights on a global scale, as well as the relationship between universal notions of justice and rights and arguments about difference and diversity;
  2. a thorough grasp of the key differences and similarities in the arguments, objectives, strategies and outcomes of significant campaigns for justice and rights during the twentieth and twenty-first centuries, of the links and tensions between local and global campaigns and movements, and of the development of global civil and human rights frameworks;
  3. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, polemical literature and campaign material, the academic scholarship based upon those texts and the theoretical and conceptual debates about justice and rights;
  4. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  5. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a detailed case study, including significant documentary research, that evaluates the significance of a particular campaign, organisation or issue; and
  6. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, film and visual images.

Assessment

Tutorial presentation and review paper (2000 words): 30%; Research essay (5000 words): 50%; Take-home exam (2000 words): 20%.

Chief examiner(s)

Bain Attwood

Contact hours

A two-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4810, APG5629


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded JAL4130

Synopsis

An advanced introduction to sociolinguistics in its application to the study of Japanese and English usage in contact situations. Special emphasis is placed on intercultural communication, cross-cultural discourse patterns and speech acts, and Japanese language contact.

Assessment

Written and oral work: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded JAL4140

Synopsis

Communication in native situations. Japanese and other Asian language contact and language change in an Australian context. Theoretical approaches to studies of languages in contact, including network analysis, transference, code-switching and bilingualism.

Assessment

Written work: 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (2 seminars) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded JAL4210

Synopsis

Whereas APG4633 provides a broad introduction to theoretical and practical issues in the teaching and acquisition of Asian Languages, this unit concentrates on more specialized and practical aspects important in Japanese language education. The broad aim of this unit includes developing understanding of the major issues and research associated with teaching and learning Japanese as a foreign/second language.

Objectives

At the end of successfully working through this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the importance of research in relation to teaching and learning Japanese as a foreign/second language; and
  2. understand the contexts of teaching Japanese and major issues, including:
Primary, secondary and tertiary education in Australia;
Teaching Japanese as a foreign/second language in Japan and other countries;
Japanese as an 'international language';
Language policy and foreign language education;
Language and culture; and
Intercultural communication

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Oral presentation: 20%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

APG5632


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robyn Spence-Brown

Notes

Previously coded JAL4530

Synopsis

A broad introduction to theoretical and practical issues in the teaching and acquisition of Asian languages. Topics include communicative competence (what students need to know in order to interact in Asian languages); the aims of language teaching; how people learn language; course design; approaches and methods; and assessment. The aim is not to provide definitive answers but to introduce students to a cross-section of current thinking and research on relevant issues. Seminar discussions and activities will enable students to relate the general issues to their own teaching and learning situations and to learn from the experience of others.

Objectives

Be aware of a cross-section of current thinking and research on issues relevant to the teaching and learning of second or foreign languages, especially Asian languages. Be able to apply this knowledge to practical teaching and learning situations and problems. Develop skills in finding, reading and interpreting research articles relating to language teaching/learning. Develop abilities in academic writing, and in oral presentation. Relate prior learning in areas of applied linguistics and related disciplines to theoretical issues in language teaching and learning, and to the understanding of research in the field.

Assessment

Written work
class presentation: 80%
Test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Robyn Spence-Brown

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prohibitions

APG5633


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded JAL4590

Synopsis

A selection of topics from Japanese linguistics, such as phonology, morphology, syntax, lexicon and semantics.

Assessment

Written and oral work: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Helen Marriott
Jun Yano

Contact hours

2 hours (2 seminars) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded JAL4610

Synopsis

The role and conduct of research in applied linguistics and sociolinguistics. The unit is designed for students intending to write minor theses or research papers, but will also be of benefit to students undertaking other data-based projects or writing academic essays.

Objectives

Students should develop an understanding of different research approaches and methodologies in order to design research projects and present research reports.

Assessment

Written and oral work: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded JAL4730

Synopsis

Selected topics in Japanese grammar of particular importance to teaching Japanese as a foreign language, including reading, exercises (including error analysis) and discussion. Lectures and seminars are conducted in Japanese and English.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Oral presentation: (20%)

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

APG5636


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Masato Takimoto

Notes

Previously coded JIT4621

Synopsis

This unit constitutes the first stage of progressive training in consecutive interpreting with an emphasis on interpretation from Japanese to English and vice versa. The unit is interrelated to APG4316 Interpreting B and consequently both units share the overall objective which is to train students to be able to perform at a professional level in a variety of English-Japanese interpreting situations.

Assessment

Written: 30%
3 Tests: 70%

Contact hours

2 hours of workshop per week

Prohibitions

JPL3621


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Masato Takimoto

Notes

Previously coded JIT4731

Synopsis

Skills and techniques needed for consecutive interpreting such as techniques of note-taking, sight translation, interpreting numbers, interview interpreting and speech interpreting. Topics focus on industry, business, politics, general contemporary affairs, education, Australia-Japan relations, medicine, tourism, government institutions etc.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words): 30%
2 Tests: 70%

Contact hours

3 hours of workshops per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Masato Takimoto

Notes

Previously coded JIT4843

Synopsis

Considers recent developments in theories of translation regarding stylistic, syntactic, cultural, lexical and terminological issues in a variety of written genres. The use of computers as aids for terminology studies, glossary building and editing.

Assessment

Translation assignments (6500 words): 80%
Final test (45 minutes): 20%

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

JIT4200 or equivalent.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM4907

Synopsis

This unit explores the ways in which the philosophical basis, role and activities of journalism have developed in relation to social context. It takes a comparative approach to historical and contemporary forms of journalism in western liberal democracies, post-colonial multi-party states and single-party states, and relates professional and community practice in journalism to developments in the political, economic and coercive fields. Among other themes it will consider internationalisation of news flows, development journalism, policy initiatives such as NWICO (the New World Information and Communication Order), free speech and censorship, and public/private sector media. It emphasises the specificity of historical and geographic factors within larger structural developments, and takes a comparative and critical approach to the use and evaluation of social theory.

Objectives

At the satisfactory completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. compare and evaluate the contribution of different approaches to journalism to social goals
  2. demonstrate an understanding of theoretical debates in the conceptualisation and evaluation of journalism
  3. critically analyse the way professional principles such as 'public right to know', 'freedom of expression' and 'access to information' relate to historically and geographically specific social contexts
  4. relate the scholarly issues and debates to the professional perspectives of practitioners in these fields.

Assessment

Participation in online discussion group (1200 words): 30%
Tutorial report and presentation of research work-in-progress (800 words ): 20%
Research essay (2,500 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

APG5640


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM4914

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a set of research and reporting approaches that enable in-depth investigation of environmental issues. The subject is designed to demonstrate a variety of practical research techniques, drawing on a broad range of scientific and social sources; to explore the relationship of media reporting and social change; and for students to produce in-depth investigations of their own.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this unit students will be able to

  1. recognise the local and global dimensions of high quality environmental reporting
  2. contribute to a national or international database of investigative resources and sources on environmental issues.
  3. utilize a range of research skills in finding and interviewing a wide range of sources.
  4. produce quality environmental reporting relevant to both local and global audiences
  5. understand and utilise narrative and presentation techniques appropriate to in-depth journalism.
  6. demonstrate an understanding of the roles of environmental reporting in a context of marked environmental and social change.

Assessment

Contribution to and revision of an information database: 20%
Minor Investigative report (1200 words): 25%
Research plan and brief for major report: 15% +
Major Investigative project (2500 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

William Birnbauer

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

APG4773 and APG4774

Prohibitions

APG5641


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM4915

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a set of research and reporting approaches and techniques that enable in-depth investigation. The subject is designed to demonstrate a variety of practical research techniques, especially the use of public records and databases; to explore the relationship of investigative and news reporting; and to assist students to produce in-depth investigations of their own.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. recognise what distinguishes investigative journalism from other journalism.
  2. develop their own ideas for investigative projects.
  3. utilize advanced skills in finding and interviewing a wide range of sources.
  4. employ a range of investigative research techniques
  5. understand and utilise narrative and presentation techniques appropriate to in-depth journalism.
  6. demonstrate an understanding of the role of investigative journalism in a democratic society and an appreciation of its practical link to the concept of the 'public right to know'.

Assessment

Contribution to a information database: 15%
Minor Investigative report (1200 words): 25%
Research plan and brief for major report : 20%
Major Investigative project (2500 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

William Birnbauer

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

APG5642


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded JST4050

Synopsis

This unit presents a theoretical approach for examining intercultural interaction from a variety of disciplinary perspectives. It deals with a variety of situations of contact between Japanese and Australians in tourism, education and other work areas.

Assessment

Written work: 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars) per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Helen Marriot

Notes

Previously coded JST4060

Synopsis

A project relating to a topic introduced in APG4643 'Australia-Japan cultural interaction'. Students will work independently under the supervison of the coordinator of APG4643. Several joint seminars will be held during the semester where students give oral presentations of their projects.

Assessment

Project (4500): 90%
Oral presentation: 10%

Co-requisites

APG4643


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Alison Tokita

Notes

Previously coded JST4100

Synopsis

This unit takes the form of a three-week program of study in Japan, which involves travelling from modern Tokyo, to sacred Ise, mysterious and syncretic Kumano, to traditional Kyoto and vibrant Osaka. The theme of pilgrimage is developed in this itinerary by going beyond a touristic appreciation, to quasi-religious visits to sacred sites. The cultural expression of religious practice and pilgrimage will be appreciated by attending theatrical and other performances, visiting museums and galleries, and interaction with local experts and practitioners of Japanese cultural forms.

Objectives

On successfully completing this unit students will have:

  1. acquired a sound foundational knowledge of Japanese cultural history and its modern transformations
  2. developed an understanding of the cultural relationships between Japan and China and Japan and the West and the implications for Japanese uniqueness
  3. experienced first-hand the culture of religious pilgrimage in Japan and its manifestations in art and literature
  4. experienced the apparently contradictory nature of Japanese cultural forms, ranging from the refined to the kitsch and the popular consumer culture of comics and animation
  5. become more aware of their pre-existing conceptions through a direct encounter with Japan in an informed intellectual framework and thus enhanced their own self-understanding
  6. continued the development of their skills in the area of research and interpretation, intercultural communication, both oral and written, through the application of appropriate critical tools.

Assessment

Travel diary-essay (2000 words): 50%
Research essay (2500 words): 50%

Contact hours

Three weeks (21 days) in January, with compulsory core activities for at least 33 hours. Some pre-departure lectures.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Three weeks in Japan during January, comprising site visits, informal tutorial instruction, and interaction with local experts and practitioners of Japanese cultural forms. Pre-departure lectures, and research project supervision after return.

Prerequisites

One or two first-year core units in the Master of Asian Studies or other Master's degree program

Prohibitions

APG5645


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Professor Ross Mouer

Notes

Previously coded JST4110

Synopsis

This unit provides a basic introduction to Japanese society, including stereotypes, images and models of Japanese society. It will provide students with a basic framework for conceptualising Japanese society and its fundamental institutions (the education system, political culture, the family, and the organisation of work). A number of social issues confronting contemporary Japan and an array of themes dominating intellectual discussion in post-war Japan (including democratisation, modernisation, postmodernism, nationalism and internationalisation) will also be surveyed.

Assessment

Written work (7000 words): 75%
seminar presentation (2000 words): 25%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Alison Tokita

Notes

Previously coded JST4180

Synopsis

Selected topics in Japanese culture, concentrating on the distinction between elite and folk culture in the traditional period; classical theatrical forms; the modern theatre; and contemporary popular culture. Particular emphasis is placed on considering the type of methodologies which have been used in existing studies of Japanese culture.

Assessment

Written work: (6000 words): 60%
Oral presentation (2000 words): 30%
Participation (1000 words): 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Melanie Landau

Notes

Previously coded JWM4050

Synopsis

This unit will survey a range of policy issues pertaining to Australian Jewish Life in the 21st century, utilising guest lecturers from various fields. Topics covered include: school and tertiary education; social cohesion, multiculturalism and Australia; interfaith dialogue; social and welfare issues including aging; philanthropy; Holocaust: future directions; forms of Jewish identification; the role of Israel in Australian Jewish life; communities in a global context; the arts and cultural production; social justice and the environment; leadership and management; dilemmas in Jewish leadership and models of leadership in Jewish sources.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. be equipped with knowledge of Australian Jewish community in a broader Australian multicultural and interfaith context
  2. be equipped with an awareness of the issues pertaining to the Australian Jewish community within the context of world Jewry and to understand the issues both particular to Australia but also in common with other Jewish communities around the world
  3. have gained a theoretical background that will help them approach different issues facing both particular organizations and the community
  4. have deepened their understanding of the theoretical underpinnings of their own policy making and practice
  5. have been engaged in a collaborative learning community where they have and can continue to articulate their diverse perspectives in relation to the Jewish community and particular issues it faces
  6. In addition, students studying at a fifth-year level will be expected to engage in reading materials in this and related subject matters critically.

Assessment

Class paper and presentation (2000 words): 15%
Journal (3000 words): 35%
Research essay (4000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Melanie Landau

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

APG5648


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Beatrice Trefalt

Notes

Previously coded LLC4020

Synopsis

The subject explores the existence of a contemporary global condition of modernity in its constitutive pluralism born of different forms of cultural interaction with Western-European civilization, including colonization. It seeks to give students knowledge and understanding of the phenomenon of modernity and of its relationship to culture and civilization. This subject provides an introduction to central issues of social and cultural modernization from a historical and theoretical perspective. It examines the conceptual categories associated with the original Western European experience to question and assess their relevance to different experiences in other parts of the globe.

Objectives

On completion of this subject students should be familiar with, and have an understanding of significant features of modernity from its inception in Western Europe through to its emergence as shared experience across the globe. They should be familiar with the research tradition of historical sociology, modernization and civilizational theories, and be able to apply relevant terms and concepts. They should be able to discuss and review research literature. They should be able to conduct independent research, to present their results orally as well as in written exposition (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting), engage in team work and in critical academic discussion of information and argument.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

12 hours per week of lectures and tutorials


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Christiane Weller

Notes

Previously coded LLC4040

Synopsis

This unit will examine psychosis as it presents itself in writing, literary or otherwise. It will analyse and interpret

  1. the literary tradition of writing on madness (e.g. Buchner, Hoffmann, Musil, Bernhard) and
  2. texts written by psychotic patients (i.e. Schreber, texts from the Prinzhorn Collection) in light of the conceptualisation of psychosis since the 18th century. Particular attention will be paid to the theorisation of psychosis and psychotic language within the field of psychoanalysis (i.e. Freud, Lacan, Felman, Jadi).

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this subject students will have aquired detailed knowledge of the primary literature ranging from literary texts of the early 19th and 20th century to non literary texts particularly of the late 19th century and early 20th century, They will have developed a good grasp of key theoretical texts reflecting the debates regarding psychosis from the late 18th century to the present and an awareness of the formative historical forces which shaped these debates. They will have improved their ability to analyse and interprete literary and non literary texts in regards to their historical context and in light of psychoanalytic concepts of psychosis, i.e. gained experience in relating isolated aesthetic phenomena to a broader historical and theoretical framework.
Students will be capable of informed discussions of the literature and theory of the 18th century to the present within their historical context and to present the results of their own research in form of a class paper and in a more detailed written essay.
Fifth year students employ a more sophisticated analysis and written presentation. They will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level.

Assessment

Essay (5000 words): 60%;
Class Paper (2000 words): 20%;
Exam (2000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Christiane Weller

Contact hours

2 hour seminar

Prohibitions

APG5650


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christiane Weller

Notes

Previously coded LLC4050

Synopsis

This unit will examine Freud's writings in the context of Austrian (and German) literature, philosophy, art and architecture at the turn of the century. It will focus on the intellectual life of the urban centres particularly Vienna, cultural criticism, the nascent youth movement and new conceptualizations of corporality and the workings of the psyche. In examining the historical and philosophical underpinnings of Freud's psychoanalysis students will be acquainted with a broad range of texts (Hofmannsthal, Schnitzler, Beer-Hofmann, Bahr, Kraus, Musil, Mach, Weininger) as well as works of art and architecture (Klimt, Schiele, Loos, Olbrich, Wagner)

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this subject students will have aquired detailed knowledge of the main features of Austrian (and German) literary and cultural life in Vienna at turn of the 19th to the 20th century. Students will have a good grasp of key texts reflecting the intellectual debates of the period and they should have also developed an acute awareness of the formative historical forces in the late 19th and early 20th century. They will have improved their ability to analyse and interpret key concepts of Freud in light of the literary, philosophical and historical developments of the time and gained experience in relating isolated historical and aesthetic phenomena to a broader historical and theoretical framework.

Students will be capable of an informed discussion of the literature and philosophy/theory of the late 19th century and the early 20th century in its historical context and present the results of their own research in form of a class paper and in a more detailed written essay.

Fifth-year students employ a more sophisticated analysis and written presentation. They will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level.

Assessment

Essay (5000 words): 60%
Class Paper (2000 words): 20%
Exam (2000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Christiane Weller

Contact hours

2 hour seminar

Prohibitions

APG5651


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Farzad Sharifian

Notes

Previously coded LLC4070

Synopsis

This unit examines basic concepts of intercultural communication: face and politeness in language; the relation between cultural values and discourse; cultural variation in speech acts, turn taking rules and formulaic patterns; cultural differences in the organization of written and spoken discourse; and examines theoretical explanations of their interaction in intercultural communication. Case studies drawn from a wide variety of cultures will provide opportunities to examine language use in light of broader cultural, political and social issues such as stereotyping and discriminatory language, cultural expectation and attitudes, cultural awareness training, language reform and policies.

Objectives

On the successful completion of this unit it is expected that students will:

  1. be aware of key directions which research has taken in the field of intercultural communication be sensitive to inter-cultural differences in communication patterns and cultural expectations
  2. understand the key concepts of face and politeness in language; the relation between cultural values and discourse; cultural variation in speech acts, turn taking rules and formulaic patterns; cultural differences in the organization of written and spoken discourse; and be able to examine their interaction in intercultural communication
  3. know what kinds of questions to ask about communication patterns in a culture with which they are not (very) familiar
  4. be able to conduct smallscale research in the area of intercultural communication
  5. be able to analyze cultural differences in expectations regarding different aspects of communication and identify possible causes of communication breakdown More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to
  6. read and think critically
  7. gain experience in the conduct of research
  8. use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with language data
  9. present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class or online participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Prof Farzad Sharifian

Contact hours

1 two-hour lecture/seminar

Prohibitions

Either APG4652 or APG5652 but not both


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah McDonald

Notes

Previously coded LLC4100

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an introduction to research methods and theories in the Humanities. The unit requires students to address critically the theories and methods underpinning research in their own discipline of research, as well as developing their general research, argumentation and presentation skills

Objectives

On the completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate critical reading and analysis skills
  2. provide a synthesis of diverse material on specific topics and an evaluation of their applicability to specific research projects
  3. Effectively use research tools such as databases
  4. Present the results of their research coherently and effectively, both in written and in oral forms

Assessment

Written (8000 words): 90%
Presentation (1000 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Sarah McDonald

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Completion of a major

Co-requisites

Enrolment in Honours


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Sven Schottman

Notes

Previously coded MAI4002

Synopsis

Islamic Business and Economics has been hotly debated. As a result, many companies throughout the Islamic and non-Islamic world have new policies that are sympathetic to Islamic values. This unit introduces students to the principles of Islamic business values and ethics via carefully selected case studies. We ask what has been driving changing business practices? Is the rise of economically powerful Islamic actors one reason? Is OPEC just an ordinary cartel or do Islamic values come into play? Our interdisciplinary approach draws on the expertise of scholars and business people.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. Understand the basic principles of Islamic business and economics
  2. Have a clear understanding how why and how these principles have been spreading globally and the conditions which make particular societies receptive to these idea
  3. Have a good knowledge of some of the most important examples of Islamic business and economic practice at the global and local level in Australia
  4. Have an understanding of the relationship between Islamic business and economic practice and how these relate to non-Islamic principles and practice
  5. Have participated in vigorous group discussions and collaborative work in preparing for their research efforts into this area

Assessment

Assignment (1200 words): 10%
Class presentation and written work (1500 words): 25%
Research paper (4000 words): 65%

Chief examiner(s)

Antonia Vicziany

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture
One 1-hour seminar per week in a three-hour block.

Prerequisites

An undergraduate degree in any discipline


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Notes

Previously coded MAI4010

Synopsis

This unit surveys policy issues relevant to complex crisis responses by the international community utilising guest lecturers from various fields including faculties, non-governmental organisations, and security sectors. The unit provides a historical overview of international interventions IN natural disasters, conflict, and human security issues. Topics covered
include international human rights and legal instruments; international, regional and national policies and approaches, disaster preparedness and mitigation strategies. Field based case studies are used in workshop formats to support lectures.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will have developed research, critical thinking and writing of the highest academic standards.

Learning Objectives:

  1. Critical understanding of the concepts behind human rights/international humanitarian law and international and regional strategies;
  2. Critical understanding of field-based examples of crisis relief and response frameworks including integrated strategies that include humanitarian, social, political and security components;
  3. Development of analytical skills that help to question the appropriateness of relief responses and interventions - eg the debate about the respective roles of humanitarian and military agencies, peace with justice, etc
  4. Capacity for independent, self-motivated research;
  5. Capacity to write lucid, critical, balanced assessments of crisis management;
  6. Opportunities to specialise in particular areas of human rights/crisis management by the provision of world class research training and supervision.

Assessment

A short essay on 'Principles' (1,000 words): 15%
Ppt/oral presentation at the one day seminar: 10%
Research essay (7,000 words): 75%

Chief examiner(s)

Antonia Vicziany

Contact hours

33 hours of lecture/seminars in block mode plus a one day seminar consisting of 15 min project presentations by each student.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Notes

Previously coded MAI4020

Synopsis

This unit surveys a range of action-oriented strategies relevant to complex crisis responses by the international community utilising guest lecturers from various fields including faculties, non-governmental organisations, emergency and security components. The unit provides a historical overview of international responses and interventions to natural disasters, conflict, and human security issues. Topics covered include Needs Assessments, Monitoring and Evaluation, SPHERE Minimum Standards, people-oriented strategies, building capacities, disaster mitigation and preparedness. Field based case studies are used to support seminars.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to analyse, design and produce research papers and models on crisis action and response mechanisms.
Specifically the learning outcomes are:

  1. Critical understanding of the concepts pertaining to operational modalities and the timing of appropriate exit strategies;
  2. Critical understanding of field-based examples of crisis relief and responses in a manner that contextualises crisis management within the cultural, social, political, economic cultures of the areas in crisis;
  3. Opportunities to specialise in particular areas of crisis response and recovery by the provision of world class research training and supervision;
  4. Development of analytical skills that help to question the appropriateness of relief responses and interventions through principles such as Do No Harm;
  5. Capacity for independent, self-motivated research;
  6. Capacity to write lucid, critical, balanced assessments of crisis action and response;

Assessment

A short essay on 'The Operational Aspects of Crisis Management' (1,000 words): 15%
Ppt/oral presentation at the one day seminar: 10%
Research essay (7,000 words): 75%

Contact hours

33 hours of lecture/seminars in block mode plus a one day seminar consisting of 15 min project presentations by each student.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Notes

The Australian Electoral Commission's International Services section will act as a professional partner in delivering this unit. The unit will include a field visit and a workshop component that will draw on the extensive expertise of the AEC's international work, in particular its BRIDGE (Building Resources in Democracy, Governance and Elections) curriculum which was jointly developed by the five BRIDGE partners which are the Australian Electoral Commission (AEC), International IDEA, International Foundation for Electoral Systems (IFES), United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) and the United Nations Electoral Assistance Division (UNEAD).
Lecturer: Ross Attrill, Assistant Director, International Services Section, Australian Electoral Commission

Previously coded MAI4030

Synopsis

This unit will survey a range of policy issues relevant to building and restoring democratic and electoral processes in post-conflict societies. The unit will provide a historical overview of the processes, international institutions and practice and debates including the liberal peace agenda. Field based case studies and evidence based best practice will be used in workshop formats to support lecture style presentations.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will have developed research, critical thinking and writing of the highest academic standards.

Learning Objectives:

  1. Critical understanding of the concepts behind the stabilization processes in post-conflict societies.
  2. Critical understanding of field-based examples relevant to the unit.
  3. Development of analytical skills that help to question the appropriateness of responses and interventions.
  4. Capacity for independent, self-motivated research.
  5. Capacity to write lucid, critical, balanced assessments of crisis management.
  6. Opportunities to specialise in particular areas of building democratic and civil society institutions and electoral management by the provision of world class research training and supervision.

Assessment

Powerpoint/oral presentation at the one day seminar: 10%
A short essay (1,000 words): 15%
Research essay (7,000 words): 75%

Contact hours

33 hours of lecture/seminars in block mode including a seminar consisting of 10 min project presentations by each student. The block mode will be delivered from Monday, 28 February to Friday, 4 March in 2011.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Notes

Previously coded MAI4040

Synopsis

This unit provides the student with an opportunity to

  1. take up examples from their own professional work and subject this to detailed analysis with the support of the supervisor - this option only applies to professionals who have been working with NGOs, agencies etc in the field prior to their enrolment; or
  2. to undertake an analysis of a particular theory or case study of importance to the current or future professional development of the student. In both cases the one-to-one relationship with the expert supervisor ensures that a carefully structured reading and writing program is developed in a manner directly relevant to the research topic.

Objectives

On the completion of this unit the student will have acquired the capacity to write longer, integrated and sustained critical arguments which would enable the best students to articulate into a Masters by research degree or a PhD:

  1. To provide the student with close access to a high level expert in the field of Crisis Management.
  2. To closely supervise the literature review that the student undertakes.
  3. To ensure that the student develops high competencies in accessing relevant documentary and internet materials.
  4. To enhance the critical analytical and writing skills of the student via intensive discussions with their supervisors.

Assessment

Research Project (9,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

An average of 10 hours per week in private research and assessment projects.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Murphy

Notes

Previously coded MCA4010

Synopsis

In this unit students consider the management of arts organizations. Specific themes include the resourcing, facilities, funding, budgets, personnel, human resource management, decision-making, authority, status, intellectual property, bargaining patterns and institutional culture of creative, arts, and cultural organizations.

Objectives

On the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the general principles of arts management.
  2. An understanding of the relation between creative endeavor and management controls.
  3. An enhanced capacity to analyze high-level management problems in creative, arts or cultural organizations.
  4. An ability to explain and analyze course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Assessment

Essay 1 (Theory and debates) (4000 words): 40%
Essay 2 (Case study) (5000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Elizabeth Paton

Contact hours

One 2- hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG5659


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Paton

Notes

Previously coded MCA4020

Synopsis

In this unit students consider individual, group and social processes driving creativity and creative action. Themes include the role of cognition, imagination, judgment, criticism, personality, materials, forms, humor, social milieu, and cities in the creative process. The aim is for students to understand the multiple factors affecting creativityand how creative individuals, organizations and societies are possible. Examples will be drawn from a wide variety of creative arts including theatre, film and visual arts, architecture, music, writing and publishing.

Objectives

On the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the general nature of creative processes.
  2. An understanding of the relation between individual, group and social aspects of creativity.
  3. An enhanced capacity to identify creative acts, works, and processes.
  4. An ability to explain and analyze course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Assessment

Essay 1 (theory and debates) (4000 words): 40%
Essay 2 (Case Study) (5000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Elizabeth Paton

Contact hours

One 2- hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG5660


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Murphy

Notes

Previously coded MCA4030

Synopsis

In this unit students consider the strategic management of arts organizations. Specific themes include strategic thinking, planning, entrepreneurship, change and stability in arts organizations. The unit will explore the function of innovation, core values, social and cultural authority in arts organization and the role of managers in providing leadership and initiative, defending organizations, and dealing internal and external policy environments, and developing policy and strategy

Objectives

On the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the general principles of strategy, policy and planning in arts, creative and cultural organizations
  2. An understanding of the relation between creative endeavor and management strategy
  3. An enhanced capacity to analyze high-level strategic issues in creative, arts or cultural organizations
  4. An ability to explain and analyze course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Assessment

Essay I (theory and debates) (4000 words): 40%
Essay II (case study) (5000 words): 60%

Contact hours

One 2- hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG5661


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Paton

Notes

Previously coded MCA4040

Synopsis

In this unit students consider the political economy, economic growth, social impact, status and authority, policy environments, geographical location, and organizational forms of cultural and creative industries. The unit looks at how creative industries and cultural institutions relate to creative energies and processes. The relationship between society, art, cultural bodies and the economy is analyzed. Examples are drawn from a wide variety of culture industries including theatre, film and visual arts, architecture, music, writing and publishing - and cultural institutions such as museums, galleries, cultural media and universities.

Objectives

On the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of theories and major analyses of creative and cultural industries.
  2. An understanding of the cultural, social and economic significance of creative and cultural industries.
  3. An enhanced capacity to analyze the functioning of creative industries.
  4. An ability to explain and analyze course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Assessment

Essay 1 (theory and debates) (4000 words): 40%
Essay 2 (case study) (5000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Elizabeth Paton

Contact hours

One 2- hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG5662


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Margaret Kartomi

Notes

Previously coded MUM4640

Synopsis

Students choose an Asian, Australian, European or other local or visiting performing arts group and prepare a field research project based on observations, audio and video recording or filming, interviewing and processing of materials gathered. Studies include theory and practice of field work in the areas of music, dance, theatre and education, reviewing of ethnographic films, video and sound recordings.

Objectives

By the end of the semester, students undertaking the unit should have a practical knowledge of fieldwork techniques and an understanding of how to transcribe, analyse and process data which has been collected and recorded.

Assessment

Written: 40% (5000 words)
Listening/technical tests: 20%
Exam: 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Fintan Murphy

Notes

Previously coded MUM4980

Synopsis

A critical study of music education with reference to its philosophy, psychology and traditions. The unit will aim to develop individual approaches to the teaching process with a particular focus on the use of innovative technology. Students will present the outcomes of their research as a critical essay or in a video/CDROM format.

Objectives

By the end of the semester, students should have attained a critical understanding of: various methodologies in music education, the importance of research and ongoing professional development in the area and the need to present material in a variety of mediums including articles, conference presentations, lecture demonstrations and video. Special attention will be paid to the importance of CDRom and DVD in the field of music education.

Assessment

Written (6000 words): 70%
Seminar paper (3000 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Paul Watt

Contact hours

2 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Anna Halafoff

Notes

Previously coded PLM4080

Synopsis

This subject investigates how counter-terrorism policy is developed, implemented and how various stakeholders such as the Victorian and Federal Government, Police, ethnic, religious community and non-governmental organizations interact to combat terrorism. The unit devotes significant attention to each stakeholder's areas of competency and their main responsibilities. In addition, the subject addresses the significance of mobilizing communities to counter-act radicalization and violence, and the significance of multiculturalism to security. Student interaction with current counter-terrorism stakeholders will enhance their knowledge and appreciation of the subject matter.

Objectives

Upon completing this unit students should:

  1. Develop an understanding of key counter-terrorism stakeholders' roles in counter-terrorism policy formulation, oversight and implementation.
  2. Develop an understanding of key counter-terrorism stakeholders' roles and significance in countering terrorism and the dynamics of their interactions.
  3. Develop an appreciation of the range of (occasional conflicting) interests in counter-terrorism policy-making and in countering terrorism.
  4. Develop an understanding of how key counter-terrorism stakeholders develop consensus and resolve potential conflicts amongst themselves.
  5. Develop a sophisticated understanding of the policies and legislation that govern counter-terrorism policy in Australia and internationally, but with a particular emphasis on Victoria.
  6. Develop an understanding of the roles that social cohesion and multiculturalism can play in counter-terrorism within Australia and globally, but especially in Victoria.
  7. Develop an understanding of how ethnic and religious communities' leaders manage (occasional) competing demands of the broader society and their constituents.
  8. Develop an understanding of how civil society (especially non-governmental organizations and the media) play in protecting civil liberties and mediating between the demands of competing counter-terrorism stakeholders.
  9. Continue to develop critical skills and their abilities to communicate effectively. Specifically to:a. develop a topic for investigation;b. familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources;c. recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument.
  10. Develop a level of competency in understanding the trends in terrorism and political violence that will enable them to apply the theoretical and empirical studies examined in the unit to a contemporary or scenario-based exercise.
  11. Develop skills to pursue an original question for research.

Assessment

Essay(6000 words): 50%
Take-home exam (3000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Anna Halafoff

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

APG5665


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Phil Gregory

Notes

Previously coded PLM4100

Synopsis

This subject investigates how governments respond to terrorism through policies usually referred to as 'counter-terrorism'. In particular, it examines the central role state intelligence services play identifying, developing, formulating and implementing counter-terrorism programs,. It also assesses conventional approaches to intelligence collection, analysis, comparative intelligence practices, and the role of intelligence in national security policy formation, and how global terrorist networks pose new intelligence challenges. Case studies and scenarios are used to assist students comprehend the themes and gain insights into professional intelligence officers' responsibilities.

Objectives

  1. To develop in students a sophisticated understanding of the nature, methodology and scope of the threats posed to national security by terrorist networks as well as the degree to which intelligence identified measures to counter those threats have been effective and appropriate.
  2. To develop in students a sophisticated understanding of the traditional functions and capabilities of intelligence agencies and how they have responded to the new challenges and demands of counter-terrorist programs. In particular, we will explore issues raised by the increased emphasis on intelligence exchanges, intelligence liaison and covert action.
  3. To develop students' understanding of the role played by different aspects of intelligence gathering--especially HUMINT, SIGINT, IMINT, OSINT and Intelligence Analysis--in addressing these threats.
  4. To develop students' understanding of how different terrorist groups pose a variety of security threats and how different intelligence services around the world are responding to this challenge.
  5. To develop the students' understanding of the structure, processes, dynamics and communication within national and between international intelligence agencies--alliances, liaison relationships and exchanges.
  6. To develop students' understanding of the political and ethical dimensions that envelop contemporary debates over intelligence reform, especially within Australian.
  7. To enhance students' ability to contribute in a constructive way to public debates in areas including terrorism, counter-terrorism policy, trade-offs made by governments between personal freedoms and public security, and intelligence and security relationships between Australia and other states.
  8. Continue to develop critical skills and their abilities to communicate effectively.
Specifically to:
a. develop a topic for investigation;
b. familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources;
c. recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument;
  1. Develop a level of competency in understanding the trends in terrorism and political violence that will enable them to apply the theoretical and empirical studies examined in the unit to a contemporary or scenario-based exercise.
  2. Develop skills to pursue an original question for research.

Assessment

Essay, 3000 words: 35%
Take-home exam (equivalent to 3000 words): 35%
Class presentation (equivalent to 2000 words): 20%
Counter-terrorism scenario (equivalent to 1000 words): 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Phil Gregory

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

PLT4750/APG4799/APG5857 Terrorism, counter-terrorism, and intelligence


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Anna Halafoff

Notes

Previously coded PLM4340

Synopsis

Concentrating on contemporary religious extremists, vigilante and militia movements, and hate groups, this unit examines the political thought, identity politics, political, social and economic conditions that give rise to terrorism and other forms of political violence. The subject addresses the following questions: How are terrorism and extremism defined? What conditions lead to terrorism and what factors have been most successful preventing it? How has globalisation contributed to terrorism and counter-terrorism? How do terrorism and counter-terrorism affect democracy and civil liberties?

Objectives

Upon completing this subject students will be able to:

  1. Understand, identify and assess critically different forms of contemporary terrorist actions, extremist political movements and thought.
  2. Develop a comparative understanding of the role of states, elites, transnational corporations and marginalised communities in relation to cultural politics and the limits and potential of political expression.
  3. Appreciate the importance and limitations of identity politics in the post-Cold War era.
  4. Develop an understanding of the complex relationship between mainstream and fringe political thought, practice and tendencies and terrorism and political violence.
  5. Develop skills to read various forms of text critically (audio-visual materials, scholarly literature, internet sources) and incorporate them in their assessed work.
  6. Continue the development of critical skills and an ability to communicate effectively. Specifically to: develop a topic for investigation; familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources; recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument.
  7. Demonstrate an advanced utilization and critique of primary and secondary resources in the research essay.
  8. Demonstrate an advanced and critical understanding of relevant conceptual frameworks pertaining to terrorism, fringe political movements and political violence.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Class participation/presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Anna Halafoff

Contact hours

One two hour seminar per week.

Prohibitions

APG5667, ATS4843


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Terry MacDonald

Notes

Previously coded PLM4520

Synopsis

This seminar focuses on neo-Kantian and postmodernist conceptions of international relations, that is, on all those conceptions of international relations which purport to assist us in achieving justice and morality in international relations.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate the ability to:

  1. Show their comprehension of the many ways in which theories of international politics shape, and are shaped by, political philosophy, both classical and modern.
  2. Demonstrate their knowledge of a range of theories in international relations, including Kantian and noe-Kantian Theories, Critical Theories, Postmodernist Theories and Feminist Theories.
  3. Show their knowledge of the subject but also demonstrate how the theoretical concepts intrinsic to that knowledge apply, or fail to apply, to 'the real world' of international politics.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

PLT4529, APG5668


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Susan Blackburn

Notes

Previously coded PLM4075

Synopsis

Starting from an overview of the aid industry since 1945, this subject canvasses arguments for and against foreign aid, then considers the contributions to world development of bilateral, multilateral and non-government agencies, and the relations between these forms of aid, with special emphasis on Australia's role. To conclude, some current issues relating to aid will be examined.

Objectives

On completing this subject, students should be able to understand, analyse and assess the major philosophical and empirical arguments for and against foreign aid; understand the major trends in the theory and practice of foreign aid; understand the work of aid agencies; and engage in reasoned analysis and debate on the numerous contested issues in this field of study. Fifth year students should acquire a deeper knowledge of the working of and relations between non-government aid organizations.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation/presentation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

APG5855, APG5669


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Nick Walker

Notes

Previously coded PUB4002

Synopsis

An overview of the role of and the relationships between author, editor and designer in publishing in Australia and internationally. Students are taken through the processes involved in the transmission of a text from manuscript to edited form. The role of commissioning editors, literary agents and copy editors are discussed and analysed and opportunities provided for students to practice and enhance their skills as copy editors.

Objectives

At the completion of the subject the student should have acquired 1) an understanding the structure and functioning of the publishing firm, of the structure and composition of the publishing industry in Australia and worldwide; 2) an analytical appreciation of the roles of the copy-editor and the commissioning editor; 3) foundation knowledge of the theory and practice of copy-editing and skills as copy-editors.

Assessment

Practical exercises (2000 words): 20%Three assignments (6000 words): 60%Participation and presentation: 10%Examination (1 hour): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Nick Walker

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded PUB4004

Synopsis

Electronic and print production processes have converged effectively in most sectors of the publishing and communications industries. The professional editor, publisher and writer must now have an advanced understanding of the application of new publishing technologies, and of how these technologies affect their ways of working with others involved in the processes of publishing. The competence and productivity of the professional depends on such knowledge and its application, and this unit, which is vocational in character, provides the student with an invaluable basis of knowledge and skills for entry into the world of publishing.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject the student should have acquired:1) an advanced understanding of electronic publication and of electronic publishing in the publishing and communications industries; 2) an understanding of the roles of the writer and editor in the creation and production of electronic publications; 3) a knowledge of the convergence of editorial and production processes for print and electronic publishing 4) an understanding of the techniques of writing and editing texts for electronic publication, including scholarly publications.

Assessment

Practical exercises including a field exercise report (2500 words): 25%Research essay (3000 words): 30%Evaluation of multimedia product (1500 words): 20%Examination (2 hours): 25%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Nick Walker

Notes

Previously coded PUB4007

Synopsis

This unit is a key component in a program of tuition in editing upon which the student builds to achieve full professional competence. Students will have undertaken basic exercises following completion of an approved pre-requisite and be familiar with the work of the professional editor and the role of copy-editing in the preparation of the manuscript for publication. This subject takes this further and examines specialised applications of copy editorial skill, including, for example, technical and scientific editing. Students will also be allowed to specialise in chosen applied fields.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students should have acquired:1) an understanding the editor's role in book, magazine and electronic publishing;2) an understanding of editorial skills, including literary, electronic, multimedia, professional and corporate publishing, and scholarly editions; 3) an understanding of plain language, key principles and practices applicable to the editorial and related functions of a publishing house (including management of freelance editors), style councils.

Assessment

Seminar essay and presentation (1500 words): 20%Long Essay (3500 words): 35%Practical Exercises (3000 words): 30%Examination (1 hour): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Nick Walker

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

APG4670 or APG4802 or equivalent industry experience

Prohibitions

APG5672


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Nick Walker

Notes

Previously coded PUB4008

Synopsis

The professional editor plays a central role in the productive and creative operations of a publishing house. He, or she, sets or maintains editorial and production standards and is largely responsible for the day to day management of major publishing projects (including complex electronic publications), the publishing program and the editorial and production team. This unit will concentrate on developing a sound understanding of the broader responsibilities and professional concerns of the editorial manager.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject student have acquired 1) an understanding of the role of the senior or managing editor in a publishing house;2) an understanding of the responsibilities of the professional editor in major publishing projects and also in-house or freelance editors, designers, illustrators and book production staff;3) an ability to scrutinise codes of publishing practice and editorial standards;4) an ability to critically review style guides and production manuals;5) an understanding of the role of the professional editor in the development of complex electronic publications.

Assessment

Essay (1750 words): 40%Essay (1750 words): 40%Practical Exercise(1000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Nick Walker

Contact hours

Two hours per week plus site visitations and guest lecturers.

Co-requisites

Normally undertaken as part of the Graduate Certificate in Professional Editing with PUB 4020 and PUB 4007

Prohibitions

APG5673


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Mr Nick Walker

Notes

Previously coded PUB4010

Synopsis

The Australian publishing industry is both a large national industry and a significant part of a massive global industry. Australian publishers, printers and booksellers participate in an international book trade in which rights to books and electronic products are both produced and bought and sold for publication in different countries and different languages. This unit examines the commercial operation and dynamics of publishing in a globalised environment.

Objectives

On completion of the unit the student should have acquired:1) an understanding of the dynamics and processes of the Australian book trade; 2) an understanding of the Australian book trade in its international context; 3) an understanding and capacity to analyse established and emerging methods of book and e-book marketing and selling; 4) developed basic skills in copywriting and the negotiation of sales rights.

Assessment

Seminar essay and presentation (1500 words): 20%Long Essay (3500 words): 35%Practical Exercises in copywriting and sales (3000 words): 30%Examination (1 hour): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Nick Walker

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week plus additional site visits and guest lectures.

Prohibitions

APG5674


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Constant Mews

Notes

Previously coded RLM4000

Synopsis

A research paper on a topic relating to the critical study of a theme in religious studies or in theology, providing training in research skills and contemporary methodological approaches. The topic may be contemporary or historical.

Assessment

Research paper (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Constant Mews


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Constant Mews and Dr Clare Monagle

Notes

Previously coded RLM4060

Synopsis

This unit looks at the way a range of medieval women (like Heloise, Hildegard of Bingen, Julian of Norwich, Catherine of Siena, Christine de Pizan and Margherita Datini), shaped and performed their identity through visionary, scholarly and domestic writing, and thus helped transform conventional themes in theology, literature and art, 1100-1450. The unit will explore the ways in which women sought to transform both secular and religious understanding of their own identity, and thus to question received ideas about gender, religion and ethics.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Reflect critically on historiography relating to gender and religion in the medieval period.
  2. Gain familiarity with the literary achievement of a range of women writers and visionaries in medieval Europe.
  3. Acquire research skills in analysing and contextualising the thought of at least two women writers.
  4. Gain expertise in relating literature to visual representations in the period.

Assessment

Essay (7000 words): 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ATS4849, APG5676


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Vaughan Higgins

Notes

Previously coded HSM4801

Synopsis

Theories and methods for research in sociology. Recent trends in sociological theorising. Different methods for the collection of empirical data. The relationship between theory and practice. Issues in the process of research.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a knowledge of key developments in contemporary sociological theorising and research, and an understanding of the links with the work of classical sociologists;
  2. Show an understanding of the connections and disconnections between various theories in terms of their ontological and epistemological assumptions;
  3. Demonstrate a knowledge of the research strategies which arise from these assumptions and the variety of methods which each employs;
  4. Show awareness of and sensitivity towards a range of ethical and political issues in the conduct of research; and
  5. Apply this knowledge in undertaking their own research projects.

Assessment

Essay 1 (4500 words): 50%
Essay 2 (4500 words): 50%

Prerequisites

APG4761 and APG4762. First degree with a major in sociology or related discipline.

Prohibitions

ATS4677, GSC4211


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mark Baker

Notes

Previously coded SHM4000A

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in their field of study, decided in consultation with the course coordinator and supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Objectives

A student successfully completing APG4678/APG5678 will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study being researched
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Students undertaking this unit at are expected to complete a 9000 word research project under the supervision of a member of the academic staff. This will normally involve 1-2 hours per week of meetings with the supervisor, with additional time spent on private research and writing. Students completing a 24 point research project will complete BOTH APG4678/APG5678 AND APG4679/APG5679.

Chief examiner(s)

Mark Baker

Contact hours

One 2-hour meeting per week with supervisor


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mark Baker

Notes

Previously coded SHM4000B

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in their field of study, decided in consultation with the course coordinator and supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Objectives

A student successfully completing this unit will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study being researched
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Students undertaking this unit at are expected to complete a 9000 word research project under the supervision of a member of the academic staff. This will normally involve 1-2 hours per week of meetings with the supervisor, with additional time spent on private research and writing. Students completing a 24 point research project will complete BOTH APG4678/APG5678 AND APG4679/APG5679.

Chief examiner(s)

Mark Baker

Contact hours

One 2-hour meeting per week with supervisor


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Constant Mews and Michael Fagenblatt

Notes

Previously coded SHM4010

Synopsis

Students will undertake about eighty hours of work placement in a field relating to their area of graduate study. In consultation with the subject convener, students will work under the supervision of a professional in an institution situated locally or overseas. Students pursue a practical project during the placement resulting in a substantial report or other piece of written work.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this course students will be expected to:

  1. have negotiated relevant placement and engaged in a relationship with a supervisor from the organization of placement
  2. have developed a network of contacts both within the organization and with the other participants of the program
  3. have developed an understanding of the theoretical issues relating to the field
  4. have developed high level communication and presentation skills.

Assessment

Reflective essay (1500 words): 20%
Oral Report (1500 words): 10%
Placement project (6000 words): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Constant Mews

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week for four weeks, plus placement


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Kate Cregan

Notes

Previously coded SYM4005

Synopsis

This unit provides students with a broad introduction to the history, philosophy and practice of qualitative social research. It is designed to familiarise students with a variety of qualitative research methods used in disciplines including sociology. These include participant observation, in-depth interviewing and qualitative content analysis. We will also examine a range of theoretical and methodological issues involved in conducting qualitative research and consider some of the critiques and limitations of qualitative techniques. The meaning and significance of both ethics and reflexivity in research practice are also explored. Students completing the unit will also develop practical skills in conducting qualitative social research.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. An appreciation of the history, philosophy and practice of qualitative social research;
  2. An understanding of a range of methods used in qualitative social research;
  3. An awareness of some of the key issues, debates and controversies associated with conducting qualitative research, and an appreciation of the complexity of conducting such research;
  4. An appreciation of the meaning and role of both ethics and reflexivity in qualitative social research;
  5. andThe ability to practically undertake some kinds of qualitative social research.

Assessment

Two pieces of written work (4500 words each): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kate Seear

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

APG5681


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Ernest Healy

Notes

Previously coded SYM4015

Synopsis

In secondary analysis the researcher does not design how to collect the data, nor is he/she involved in the collection of the data, but he/she has access to the data and will (or have) conduct(ed) your own analysis. In this course students will re-analyse 'official statistics' from the Australian census and ABS Labour Force Survey (but other data sources may also be considered). Students are required to collect, analyse and write report on data from these sources. The skills learnt will be relevant for jobs that require research using quantitative secondary data. The unit is also relevant for those who may undertake theoretical or applied research for a higher degree in the future.

Objectives

1) To make students aware of the data available for analysis; locate, collate, analyse and write reports based on secondary official data;2) Students learn the importance of the use of comparative data for policy research; will learn to use time series data to understand the present and the past;3) This is a broad ranging course and students will not become a specialist in any specific area. Rather they will be exposed to a broad range of official statistics;4) We will look at the ethical problems encountered when doing secondary analysis. Official statistics embody values and ideologies that are not 'value-free' or 'objective'. Students will be expected to learn to look out for such things as political motives, sexism, racism and classism in the operational definitions used by the primary researchers. Furthermore, students will also be expected to look out for these things in the definitions they construct in the re-analysis of secondary data.

Assessment

Four research reports (2250 words each): 25% each.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ernest Healy

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

APG5682


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dharma Arunachalam

Notes

Previously coded SYM4025

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a range of survey research, including mail questionaires, face-to-face interviews, telephone interviews and focus group interviews. Attention will be directed toward assessing the strengths and weaknesses of these approaches. The unit had been designed to increase students' understanding of the underlying issues and debates concerning each survey technique including the writing of questions and various interviewer or respondent biases.

Assessment

Two practical assignments (2000 words each): 40%
Research report (5000 words): 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

APG5683


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dharma Arunachalam

Notes

Previously coded SYM4045

Synopsis

In this unit the student will be introduced to a conventional quantitative technique known as standardization; and univariate, bivariate and multivariate measures of statistical relationships. Learning of these topics will involve hand-on practice with real survey data. Data analysis will be carried out in SPSS. The main objective is to provide students with the conceptual foundations and basic procedural tools to both design quantitative research projects and to carry out bivariate and multivariate quantitative data analysis in standard statistical packages including SPSS.

Objectives

Students will learn to design and execute quantitative research based on secondary survey data. Students will gain a sound understanding of how to use SPSS, how to do univariate, bivariate and multivariate analysis of categorical survey data in SPSS. The grounding obtained in this unit should enable more competent students to extend their own learning in any areas of specific interest.

Assessment

Standardization report (equivalent 1500 words): 20%
Univariate and bivariate report (equivalent 2500 words): 30%
Univariate, bivariate and multivariate report (equivalent 5000 words): 50%.

Chief examiner(s)

Dharmalingam Arunachalam

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

APG5684


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Kirsten McLean

Notes

Previously coded SYM4055

Synopsis

This is a hands-on unit taught in a computer laboratory. The modules may change from year to year, depending on staff available, but the aim is to provide students with practical experience using various data analysis software programs such Excel and SPSS, the Statistical Package for the Social Sciences (for quantitative data) and NVivo (for qualitative data).

Objectives

Various research data will be used to learn Excel, SPSS and NVivo. Each class will cover specific aspects of the relevant software and involve students using the data to carry out specific tasks. Thus, each class will form the basis of the assessment for this unit. Please note that this unit is not a methodology course. Primarily this unit is about developing confidence and skills in using data analysis software for social research.

Assessment

3 x Class tests (equiv. 4000 words): 45%
3 x Practical assignments (equiv. 5000 words): 55%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kirsten McLean

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar/laboratory) per week

Prohibitions

APG5685


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Daniel Edwards

Notes

Previously coded SYM4065

Synopsis

This subject introduces students to a range of issues relating to the formulation and delivery of public policy and in particular, social policy. In doing this, it covers contemporary and historical Australian examples.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this subject will develop:+ a working familiarity with the major policy issues and debates in Australia;+ a good understanding of the Australian policy formation process;+ a basic knowledge of the relationship between sociological knowledge, social research and the policy process;+ an understanding of the relationship between research and argument in policy development;+ skills in identifying appropriate research methods for particular policy issues;+ skills in research design for policy issues; and+ skills in reading and analysing social policy research and understanding its strengths and limitations.

Assessment

Two seminar presentations (2000 words each): 40%; Research paper (5000 words): 60%.

Chief examiner(s)

Sandy Ross

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

APG5686


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Naomi White

Notes

Previously coded SYM4085

Synopsis

The unit is designed to provide research experience in a group through an activity-based, problem-solving learning program. Students will undertake a qualitative research project as members of a research team of fellow students working under the guidance and supervision of the co-ordinator.

Objectives

On completion of the unit students will have:

  1. developed research literature search and synthesis skills;
  2. developed qualitative data collection and analysis skills;
  3. developed report writing skills;
  4. enhanced group work skills.

Assessment

Individual project report (5500 words): 60%
Individual contribution to group work (3500 words): 40%

Contact hours

One x 2 hr seminar/workshop per week.

Prerequisites

APG4681 or permission of co-ordinator.

Prohibitions

APG5871


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Notes

Previously coded TRN4020

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide the student with the opportunity to investigate a topic of his or her choice in consultation with the unit coordinator or the language specific instructor. Students will be required to do a preliminary bibliographical search, both in available libraries and online databases, followed by a critical appraisal in essay form of relevant translation literature.

Objectives

On completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. Carry out thorough library and web-based searches
  2. Critically appraise theoretical and methodological translation literature
  3. Write up research finds in an appropriate academic style and within the metalanguage of translation studies.

Assessment

Annotated bibliography (1,500 words): 25%
Critical essay (3,000 words): 75%

Prerequisites

APG4813


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Notes

Previously coded TRN4201

Synopsis

The project consists of an annotated translation of approximately 12-15,000 words, with a substantial critical introduction (written in English) of at least 3,000 words. For students intending to practice as professional translators, the project will consist of a series of set texts from a variety of genres (e.g., scientific, medical, legal, technical, governmental) to enable students to practice and develop their translation skills to a professional level. Students who wish to focus more on literary and/or cultural translation may choose to select one main text, in consultation with the supervisor. Students will be expected to translate into their A language.

Objectives

On completion of the project, students will have developed considerably their translation skills, their understanding of issues involved in the translation process, and their awareness of relevant methodologies

Assessment

Translation project (15-18,000 words) : 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Leah Gerber

Contact hours

Regular meetings with supervisor should be scheduled

Prerequisites

Completion of or, with the permission of the course coordinator, concurrent enrolment in APG4813

Prohibitions

On-campus


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Notes

Previously coded TRN4202

Synopsis

This unit builds on the preceding units (APG4814 and APG4815) to develop advanced translation skills in four specialised domains (legal, medical, technical and business/financial translation (topics may differ in any given year)). Students are required to complete a translation assignment consisting of an annotated translation of approximately 5000 words from the domain of their choice, with a critical introduction of at least 1000 words. Students will be expected to translate into their A language and the critical introduction is to be written in English. The teaching methodology combines seminars which discuss domain-specific translation approaches and techniques, and regular supervision meetings to give students feedback on their translation skills (e.g. pointing out errors in their translation, guidance on text-type related strategies, refining translation techniques, including transference, transposition, cultural or functional equivalence, etc).

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the project, students will i) have considerably developed their translation skills and their understanding of issues involved in the translation process, ii) be able to critically reflect on their own translation practises, and iii) be able to demonstrate their awareness of relevant methodologies, theoretical frameworks, and skills.

Assessment

In-class tests to a total of 3,000 words and a final translation assignment of 6,000 words

Chief examiner(s)

Leah Gerber

Contact hours

A series of seminars, normally held fortnightly, combined with supervision meetings for the translation assignment

Prerequisites

APG4813, APG4814

Prohibitions

APG4689, APG5689, APG5690 (for APG4690) and APG4688 (for APG5690)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Marc Orlando

Notes

Previously coded TRN4300

Synopsis

This unit follows on from APG4816 Theory and Practice of Interpreting. In this unit, further theoretical studies are introduced along with practical applications. The topics covered for the interpreting exercises will have an emphasis on industry, business, politics, general contemporary affairs, education, medicine, tourism, government institutions etc. The development or reinforcement of skills and techniques needed for consecutive interpreting (note-taking, sight translation, dialogue interpreting and speech interpreting of approximately 5 minutes) will be undertaken. The practical applications in this unit also serve as preparation for further studies in APG5885 Advanced interpreting.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have expanded their theoretical knowledge of the various facets of interpreting and their understanding of the practical aspects of acting as an interpreter in an industry/social environment
  2. have further developed the specific skills needed to provide consecutive interpreting of both dialogue and speech
  3. be able to identify the implicit structural organization of an extemporaneous speech
  4. be able to perceive essential meaning and have further developed note-taking techniques
  5. have mastered the necessary interpreting skills to deliver a clear, stylish and faithful presentation.
  6. have expanded their active vocabulary to include the terms and idioms frequently used in extemporaneous speeches, and
  7. be able to interpret passages that are delivered at professional settings, and are of moderate difficulty.

Assessment

Class tasks and presentations: 30%
Essay: 20%
Dialogue interpreting test: 20%
End-of-semester examination: 30% (A consecutive interpreting task and a sight translation task)

Chief examiner(s)

Marc Orlando

Contact hours

Students have 6 contact hours per week, consisting of either:
two 2-hour seminars and one 2-hour workshop or
one 2-hour seminar and two 2-hour workshops.

Prerequisites

APG4814, APG4816

Prohibitions

APG5691


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Leigh Astbury

Notes

Previously coded VAM4000

Synopsis

A research essay on a topic of the student's own choosing to be submitted at the end of the semester in which it is formally being undertaken. Students are advised to formulate their topic and plan of research as early as possible, and to maintain work on it throughout their fourth year.

Assessment

Written research essay of approximately 9000-10,000 words: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Leigh Astbury


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Anne Marsh

Notes

Previously coded VAM4023

Synopsis

Internships in cultural institutions providing first-hand experience of working in the culture industry while introducing the types of research customarily undertaken in such institutions. After several preliminary seminars held at Monash University, students will be assigned to an institution in which they will work for two days per week over a period of nine weeks, under the direction of the relevant director. Students will undertake a research project of specific relevance to the cultural institution.

Assessment

Catalogue exercise (1500 words)
Research project (5500 words)
Internship practical work (equivalent 2000 words)

Contact hours

2.5 hour seminar per week for 4 weeks, and 2 days per week during the 9 week period of internship


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Leigh Astbury

Notes

Previously coded VAM4070

Synopsis

The recurring issues of regionalism and internationalism will be addressed, as will interpretations of Australia as the site of international congruence and influence. The subject will move from discussion of the American influence of The Field exhibition of 1968 to the 'pluralism' of the 1970s: minimal art, performance art and feminism. The focus on the 1980s and beyond will address some of the following: neo-expressionism, appropriation, nomadology, Aboriginality, theoretical issues and the current status of Australian art, including recent developments in abstraction, installation, gay art, 'angry women', photography and cyberculture.

Assessment

First seminar paper (2500 words): 25%
Second seminar paper (3000 words): 35%
Research essay (3500 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Leigh Astbury

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Maryanne Dever

Notes

Previously coded WSM4041

Synopsis

This unit will be offered as a directed reading course. Teaching staff will be determined in consultation with the Director and in response to the expressed interest of students.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Class Participation/presentation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)A/Prof Denise Cuthbert

Notes

Previously coded WSM4700

Synopsis

This unit introduces key feminist debates in the theory and practice of cross-cultural research and grounds those debates in the literature of globalization and gender and development. Issues examined include the power relations underlying and determining the research process; cultural biases inherent in the production of knowledge; ethical issues in cross-cultural research; negotiating racial, ethnic and cultural differences in research. Discussion will also cover the challenges posed to white Western feminism primarily by women of colour, Third World and indigenous women, and women from other non-Western groups.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will have:

  1. acquired a grounded, working knowledge of the major feminist debates and methodological literature in the field of cross-cultural research;
  2. an understanding of the gendered dimensions of debates concerning globalisation and development;
  3. a capacity for informed, theoretical critique of feminist research methodologies and other qualitative research methodologies;
  4. skills in the presentation of verbal and written analyses and arguments on issues pertaining to cross-cultural feminist research;
  5. familiarity with a range of research methodologies appropriate to feminist cross-cultural research.

Assessment

Short exercise(2700 words): 30%
Seminar presentation (equiv 1800 words): 20%
Research paper (4500 words): 50%
Students at level 4 and level 5 will be given different short exercises. Students at level 5 will be expected to demonstrate greater capacity for independent research and will be required to develop a research paper of a more conceptually challenging nature.

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

GND4030, APG5696


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Colin Hope

Notes

Previously coded AAM4001

Synopsis

As part of the Masters Qualifying in Archaeology with a research component, students undertake a research project in the area of archaeology and ancient history on a topic decided in consultation with the course coordinator. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of academic staff.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. The ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff.
  2. An awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project.
  3. An ability to present sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence.
  4. High-level skills in the written communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Colin Hope


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louisa Willoughby

Notes

Previously coded ALM4110

Synopsis

Introduction to the fundamental concepts and tools of analysis used in linguistics and applied linguistics; The representation of sound in language (phonetics); the organisation of sounds in languages (phonology); the structure of words (morphology); the organisation of words in sentences (syntax); meaning, meaning relations and meaning change (semantics and pragmatics); the analysis of discourse and conversation; writing systems and historical linguistics; digital tools for linguistics.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit students should have knowledge of the fundamental concepts and tools of analysis used in linguistics and applied linguistics; be equipped with basic skills in linguistic analysis; have been introduced to a number of research areas in linguistics; and have developed a critical perspective on language issues and problems relevant to society (language policy and planning, language in education, language in the professions, language in business and the media, bilingualism, language learning, etc.).

Assessment

Three assignments (9000 words in total): 25%+25%+50%

Chief examiner(s)

Louisa Willoughby


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Bradshaw

Notes

Previously coded ALM4120

Synopsis

Three contexts for the application of linguistics are highlighted: education, the media and the professions. Language issues and problems including literacy and oracy; second language acquisition; language and ideology; language and discrimination; language and power; language policy and planning; intercultural and cross-cultural communication

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Louisa Willoughby

Notes

Previously coded ALM4140

Synopsis

An opportunity for students on-campus to undertake a program of directed readings on a topic of relevance to their professional interests, subject to departmental approval.

Objectives

To maximize opportunities for graduate students to exploit the resources available in the Linguistics and allied programs.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Julie Bradshaw

Prerequisites

Students may only enrol in this unit with the permission of the unit coordinator


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Bradshaw

Notes

Previously coded ALM4190

Synopsis

Specialisation in a relevant topic selected by the student in consultation with the likely supervisor and the coordinator.

Assessment

Research report (9000-10,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Louisa Willoughby


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Brett Hough

Notes

Previously coded ASM4230

Synopsis

Processes of class formation and conflict in the context of the political economy of structural change in Indonesia. The cultural mediation of conflict, the cultural reproduction of group identity, and the dynamics of social movements engendered by modernisation - mass movements which draw on the symbols of Islam, ethnicity, nationalism, and various political ideologies.

Assessment

Written work: 95% (9,000 words)
Seminar Participation: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Brett Hough

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 1 hour film screening and 2 x 1 hour seminars) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)

Notes

Previously coded ASM4000

Synopsis

Students conduct a pilot study as preparation for a larger study to be undertaken for a masters degree or a PhD. In workshops and through individual supervision, students learn research skills in terms of formulating a research topic in a specialised area, designing an empirical study, piloting the study, and writing a research report on the preliminary findings.

Assessment

Research report (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Brett Hough


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Jo Lindsay and John Bradley

Notes

Previously coded ASM4800

Synopsis

In special circumstances, students may be permitted to enrol in other approved twelve-point fourth-year level units offered by the discipline. They must have the approval of the school graduate coordinator and enrol in the unit under this special code. This code does not apply to units outside the discipline.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Brett Hough


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded AST4700A

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Helen Marriott


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded AST4700B

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Helen Marriott


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded ATM4020

Synopsis

Key issues surrounding the economics and marketing of the environment as a tourism product are introduced within the wider context of debates on environmental sustainability in both International and Australian contexts. Specific focus is placed on the funding and management of national parks, nature-based attractions and adventure tourism operations as well as on how both public sector and private enterprise operators develop sustainable environmentally based products. Techniques for quantifying negative and positive impacts of this kind of tourism are reviewed as are the social, political and economic impacts on regional communities. A compulsory program of fieldwork is undertaken in the Gippsland region and students will be expected to attend classes at both the city and Gippsland campuses.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A comprehensive understanding of direct and indirect physical, social and economic implications of nature-based tourism development on communities
  2. Knowledge and skills in measuring and quantifying the impacts of ecotourism product development on the environment and local economies
  3. Understanding of ecotourism product development, marketing and management strategies as undertaken by both government and private agencies
  4. The ability to apply relevant theoretical concepts to practical fieldwork and engagement with industry practitioners in both Melbourne and the Gippsland region
  5. Development of written and oral communication skills

Assessment

Exam (3hrs) : 30%
Group Research Project (4000) : 40%
Thematic Essay (2000) : 20%
Research Presentation : 10%

Contact hours

One 3 hour seminar at the City campus and 3 x 2 day seminars in block mode at Gippsland Campus including fieldwork.

Prohibitions

APG5716


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Vicki Peel

Notes

Previously coded ATM4120

Synopsis

Patterns of sustainable tourism product development and management and the contemporary role of planning for tourism. Key study areas comprise the future of global tourism, government policy and industry practice, the impacts of the tourism industry on the economy, communities and the environment and the design and implementation of tourism planning.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to: 1) encourage critical analysis of sustainable tourism development in terms of potential positive and negative impacts on cultures and the environment; 2) familiarise students with the historical origins of tourism so that they may apply their understanding to contemporary tourism patterns and dilemmas; 3) acquaint students with the planning and policy making role of Governments, private operators and communities in tourism development; 4) enable students to 'read' changes in tourism landscapes from which they can draw conclusions and raise questions about future tourism development;5) familiarise students with planning procedures for tourism purposes;6) develop students' research and presentation skills on tourism related subjects.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (6000 words)
3 Hour exam: 30%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Vicki Peel

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ATD4120


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Vicki Peel

Notes

Previously coded ATM4141

Synopsis

Trends, theories and practices in cultural tourism and special events, especially the role of social/environmental impacts and related policy issues in modifying the future of cultural tourism internationally. Unit explores the interpretation of cultural phenomena, institutions, places and landscapes as tourism attractions and identifies cultural product and marketing practices which bridge the gap between tourism and cultural resource management.

Objectives

On successful completion of this units students will be able to:

  1. Provide a foundation knowledge of the role of cultural tourism in Australian and international contexts.
  2. Provide understanding of the theory and practice of cultural tourism product development, including major cultural institutions such as museums, theatres and galleries and of cultural precincts.
  3. Equip with skills in analyzing the interaction of tourism with built and natural cultural heritage and Aboriginal culture and history.
  4. Develop research, writing and oral presentation skills

Assessment

Written work: 50% (5000 words)
Oral presentation: 10% (1000 words)
3 Hour exam 30%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Vicki Peel

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prohibitions

ATD4140, APG5720


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)John Arnold and Jenny Hocking

Notes

Previously coded AUS4170

Synopsis

This unit is designed for students with little or no knowledge of Australian politics or the Australian political system. Beginning with Federation, it provides an overview of the democratic system of national government created in 1901, the evolution of that Western style' system over the twentieth century and up to the current time of virtual independence and the likely inevitability of Australia breaking its final formal ties with Britain and becoming a republic. The unit will also focus on the development and uniqueness of the Australian franchise, Australia's changing relationship with Britain and what it means to be an Australian citizen.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have an overview and understanding of the history and development of the Australian political system
  2. Have an understanding of Australia's changing relationship with Britain.
  3. Have an overview of western parliamentary democracy.
  4. Be able to make informed comment on contemporary Australian politics
  5. Be able to conduct and present research on Australian Studies at post-graduate level

Assessment

Short essay (1500 words): 15%
Key word concepts exercise (2500 words): 25% +
Major essay (5000 words ): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

John Arnold

Contact hours

One three hour combined lecture/seminar

Prohibitions

APG4333 and PLM4320


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Professor Bruce Scates

Notes

Previously coded AUS4220

Synopsis

The study of a particular topic in Australian culture or society or, in exceptional circumstances, a unit taken in a cognate discipline. Students should consult with the unit coordinator.

Objectives

To maximize opportunities for graduate students to exploit the resources available in the Australian Studies and allied programs

Assessment

Work equivalent to 9,000-10,000 words: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

APG5728


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Stephen Pritchard and John Arnold

Notes

Previously coded AUS4230

Synopsis

This unit is designed for students with little or no knowledge of Indigenous Australians. It provides an overview of the society and culture of Indigenous Australians before European settlement, the disastrous impact of white contact, the adjustment to living under Colonial white rule, patterns of resistance, Aboriginal political activism in the twentieth century and the movement to reconciliation. Particular emphasis is given to the Stolen Generations and the Federal Government's Apology of February 2008. The unit makes extensive use of documentaries ('The First Australians') and films such as 'Backroads', 'Rabbit Proof Fence' and 'Twelve Canoes', and the 'Bringing them Home' report.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have an overview and understanding of Indigenous Australia;
  2. Have an understanding of the impact and effects of the 'Stolen Generation' policy;
  3. Be able to interpret and analyse individual testimonies of the Stolen Generation;
  4. Be able to conduct research on Indigenous Australians at post-graduate level.

Assessment

Book/film review (1500 words): 15%
Stolen Generation individual testament study (2500 words): 25%
Long Research Essay (5000 words): 60%

Contact hours

One three hour combined lecture/seminar per week

Prohibitions

AIS4040, ATS4685


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. Justin Oakley

Notes

Previously coded CHB4203

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop students' critical and analytical understanding of certain key ethical issues in patient care. The unit focuses initially on four main ethical principles commonly appealed to in this context: autonomy, privacy, beneficence and justice. These principles and the relations and conflicts between them will be examined in terms of a variety of broad ethical issues which arise in patient care, such as paternalism, confidentiality, informed consent, surrogacy, resource allocation, and euthanasia. There will also be some discussion of competing models of health professional-patient relationships, and issues of professional autonomy.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (5000 words)
Take home exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc. Prof. Justin Oakley

Contact hours

one 2.5 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

APG4393 or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG5729 and APG5733

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4203.php


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Selgelid

Notes

Previously coded CHB4204

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for analysing and evaluating public policy and law in areas of concern in bioethics. The unit focuses initially on what values the state ought to promote, and the formulation of public policy in democratic pluralist societies. These political moralities are then used to examine current law and public policy in areas of bioethical concern, such as abortion, prenatal diagnosis, embryonic stem cell research, reproductive cloning, surrogate motherhood, voluntary euthanasia, and the treatment of severely handicapped newborn infants. The unit also considers law and public policy in relation to informed consent, and the regulation of research on humans.

Assessment

Written work: 50% (5000 words)
Take home exam: 50%.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Michael Selgelid

Contact hours

Four day-long seminars during the semester. A day-long seminar will be held in Week 1, Week 4, Week 7, and Week 10.

Prerequisites

APG4393 and APG4714, or equivalent

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4204.php


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Selgelid

Notes

Previously coded CHB4215

Synopsis

This unit requires students to complete an original supervised research paper on a bioethical topic of their own choice. In the paper, students are required to articulate and defend a line of ethical reasoning or argument on their chosen topic. While not a general requirement, some topics may allow scope for a limited amount of original empirical research. Students will be allocated a supervisor on the basis of their research proposal, and should meet with their supervisor on a regular basis throughout the semester.

Assessment

Research outline: 1000 words (10%)
Research paper: 8000 words (90%)

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Michael Selgelid

Prerequisites

APG4393, APG4394, and APG4714, or equivalents

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4215.php


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Selgelid

Notes

Previously coded CHB4300

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the full range of ethical issues that arise in research involving humans, including medical, scientific and social research. It covers topics such as acceptable and unacceptable risks to research participants, conflicts of interest, informed consent and waiver of consent, surrogate decision making, biobanks, commercialization of medical and scientific research, and research conducted on vulnerable people. Throughout the unit use will be made of case studies, ethical frameworks and principles, and the National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research. Participants will have ample opportunity to discuss their own experiences with human research ethics.

Objectives

  1. To obtain a comprehensive grasp of the full range of ethical issues that can arise with research involving humans
  2. To understand the ethical frameworks and principles relevant to human research
  3. To be able to use ethical principles and reasoning to arrive at well-argued conclusions about particular ethical dilemmas in human research
  4. To obtain a thorough understanding of The National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research and how it is applied in concrete cases
  5. To obtain a good understanding of international guidelines on human research ethics.
  6. To be able to critically engage with the bioethical literature around the ethics of research involving humans and construct arguments for novel conclusions in relation to that literature

Assessment

Written work (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Michael Selgelid

Contact hours

The unit will consist of two intensive weekend seminars.

Prerequisites

One of APG4393 or APG5393

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4300.php


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)

Notes

Previously coded CJM4030

Synopsis

This unit equips students to critically analyse and evaluate perennial issues in criminal justice practice and reform. Topics examined include: catalysts for reform and changing practice; domestic practice and reform; international practice and reform; and key sector involvement in informing policy change, for example, race and the criminal justice system. The unit examines these and other fields of inquiry across a range of jurisdictions. In doing so it assists the reflective practitioner to analyse key issues in changing criminal justice practice at the local, regional and international levels.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of catalysts for criminal justice reform and changing practice including miscarriages of justice, commissions of inquiry, non government bodies, the parliament and political process and changing technology.
  2. Demonstrate a critical understanding of domestic criminal justice practice and reform including introduction of the Koori court, drugs policy, crime prevention and the administration of justice.
  3. Demonstrate a critical understanding of international criminal justice practice and reform including issues relating to privatisation, punishment and sentencing and conflicting jurisdictional issues at the local, state, federal and international levels.
  4. Demonstrate a critical understanding of key sectors in criminal justice practice and reform including national and international trends in crime and punishment, the professionalisation of criminal justice practitioners, accountability processes and community involvement in controlling crime.
  5. Undertake integrated analyses of criminal justice practice and reform across local, national and international arenas.

Assessment

Criminal Justice Reform Evaluation (4000 words): 40%
Policy Analysis Report (5,000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Colleen Lewis

Contact hours

One two hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)David Holmes

Notes

Previously coded COM4131

Synopsis

The unit introduces key concepts and ideas in contemporary communications. The subject reviews the work of key theorists in communication and media studies, and outlines primary pathways in communication research such as representation theory, medium theory and network society studies. These modules provide resources for students to situate their own research and to contextualise contemporary communication practices. Students will also obtain skills to locate contemporary communications in an historical perspective.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Contextualise contemporary communication practices in relation to recent perspectives in communication theory
  2. Utilise methodological resources in order to situate their own research in relation to communications and media theory
  3. Interpret the dynamic changes in contemporary communications and media from a historical standpoint
  4. Understand the media's changing role as an agent of representation in contemporary society
  5. Locate introductory approaches to the growth of new media within the context of critical and contemporary theory
  6. Examine the importance and implication of an image-dominated culture
  7. Engage with the crucial and key theorists that have shaped and influenced the discussions of new media, with emphasis on debated topics such as intertextuality, virtuality
  8. Individually assess the importance, significance and contribution of new media theory in relation to their research interests.

Assessment

Assignment 1 - Research Essay (4000 words): 40% +
Assignment 2 - Research Essay (5000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Zakir Hossain Raju

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Andy Ruddock

Notes

Previously coded COM4202

Synopsis

The unit addresses central policy issues in the communications field, and the role communication in policy development and leadership. It analyses current communication policy directions in key areas such as regulation, intellectual property, licensing, standards, and ownership. Secondly, it addresses the role of communication styles and processes in policy formation and policy leadership both at the social level and in the management of organizations and institutions. The unit will discuss both substantive policy questions and the persuasive styles and rhetoric of policy development and analysis.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for the participation in and management of policy processes;
  2. Increased understanding of and competencies in policy making, rhetoric and leadership style;
  3. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term social, political, institutional and economic context in which communications policy, policy rhetoric, and policy leadership style develops;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research policy and policy leadership issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to policy development and leadership;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity especially related to the demands and dilemmas of policy creation, advocacy, and implementation.
  6. Significantly increased capacity to make, manage, and lead organizational or social policy.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Research Essay (4000 words): 40%
Assignment 2 Evaluation Study (5000 words): 60%

Contact hours

Two hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussions.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Kate Rigby

Notes

Previously coded CRT4080(A)

Synopsis

A long essay of 18,000 words on an approved topic of the candidate's own choice. Two copies of the research project must be submitted in typescript and suitably presented not later than 30 October. Comparative Literature students are normally required to read literary texts in the original language.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Kate Rigby


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Kate Rigby

Notes

Previously coded CRT4080(B)

Synopsis

As for APG4722

Assessment

Written (18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Kate Rigby


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Judy McNicoll

Notes

Previously coded CVL4010

Synopsis

This unit examines similarities and differences in rituals relating to birth, marriage and the handling of death in traditional and modern societies which have contributed to present day Australia, including aboriginal and immigrant cultures. Topics include the role of the 'celebrant' in creating a valid marriage in Western society, the universality of ritual and current attitudes to it. The unit enables practitioners to advise clients about planning their own lifecycle celebrations.

Assessment

Two essays (2500 words each): 50%
Video presentation: 15%
Supporting documentation (4000 words): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Judith McNicoll

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Judy McNicoll

Notes

Previously coded CVL4020

Synopsis

Major musical and literary works associated with rites of passage, mainly from the Western tradition, will be examined in terms of their uses for various occasions, along with basic skills of research, story writing and story telling. The unit enables practitioners to advise clients about planning their own lifecycle celebrations.

Assessment

Essay on music topic (3500 words): 35%
Life stories assignment (2000 words): 20%
Video presentation: 10% Two literature essays (2000 words, 1500 words): 25%
Video presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Judith McNicoll

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Judy McNicoll

Notes

Previously coded CVL4030

Synopsis

This unit examines the nature of a profession and the professional status of civil celebrants. Issues include legislation and precedent, registration of births, marriages and deaths, engagement, premarital and marital formalities, immigration, divorce, children's issues and death certificates. Also discussed are principles of ethics, ethical dilemmas, decisions about referral, consultation, confidentiality, listening skills and interacting with people at times of emotional stress.

Assessment

Essays on legal issues (3200 words): 35%
Essay on ethical issues (2600 words): 30%
Essay on personal issues (3200 words): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Judy McNicoll

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Judy McNicoll

Notes

Previously coded CVL4040

Synopsis

This unit examines the nature of ceremony and ceremony as marking points of passage in life, especially weddings and funerals. The significance of ceremony for secular people is also raised. The unit is primarily practical, and covers interviewing clients and preparing the ceremony; choice of venue; constructing a eulogy or a talk for a wedding ceremony; incorporating musical and literary elements into the ceremony; dress, and the general notion of ceremonial theatre. There will also be an introduction to public speaking.

Assessment

Eulogy or obituary (1500 words): 15%
Video presentation: 10%
Critique of ceremonies observed (1600 words): 15%
Draft wedding ceremony (2000 words): 10%
Video presentation: 10%
Relationship assigment (2000 words): 15%
Composition and video presentation of ceremony other than wedding or funeral (2500 words): 10%
Video presentation: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Judy McNicoll

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Farzad Sharifian

Notes

Previously coded EIL4401

Synopsis

The increasing use of English in international professional contexts, partly due to the increased globalization of trade, has resulted in complexities that merit a close and scholarly attention. Issues such as cultural differences in negotiation style and management as well as expectations of professional meetings have had an impact on how English is used and interpreted by professionals in international contexts. This unit provides an opportunity for students to explore these issues in the light of intercultural communication in English-based professional contexts.

Objectives

Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. advanced knowledge of the issues that surround the use of English as a lingua franca in international professional contexts,
  2. advanced knowledge and understanding of methods of data analysis relevant to patterns of communication,
  3. advanced knowledge of the relationship between general cultural values and communicative performance in specific contexts,
  4. a critical understanding of the role of English in supra-national processes such as globalization.

Assessment

Written work: 50%
Test: 30%
Oral presentation: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Farzad Sharifian

Contact hours

1 x 2 hour seminar per week.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Farzad Sharifian

Notes

Previously coded EIL4402

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with the opportunity to explore the processes that have been involved in renationalisation of English throughout the world. Through a critical analysis of the published literature in the area, students will examine how hegemonic forces and power asymmetries that were originally associated with the spread of English, as an imperialistic language, have eventually been replaced by the reassignment of the ownership of English to many other speech communities around the world. This process of renationalisation of English has involved cultural, conceptual, ideological, and communicative restructurings, which are examined in detail in this unit.

Objectives

Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. knowledge of the literature regarding the spread of English around the globe,
  2. advanced knowledge and understanding of how the process of renationalisation of English provides clues about the relationship between language, culture, conceptualisation, and communication,
  3. critical appreciation of the relationship between language, power, and identity.

Assessment

Written work: 50%
Test: 30%
Oral presentation: 10%
Class Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Farzad Sharifian

Contact hours

1 x 2 hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Farzad Sharifian

Notes

Previously coded EIL4404

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with the opportunity to explore issues that surround the teaching of English as International Language. Through an examination of prescribed texts the unit offers an analysis of the socio-cultural, ideological, and linguistic issues that arise from the teaching of English for the purpose of international and intercultural communication. Students will be introduced to a range of views and positions regarding the nature of EIL including how it should be taught and evaluated.

Objectives

Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. knowledge of views and positions that have been developed in the literature regarding the teaching of English of as an International Language,
  2. advanced knowledge and understanding of the linguistic, ideological, and socio-cultural issues that surround the use of English for the purpose of international and intercultural communication,
  3. knowledge of the available views and positions on issues such as the 'ownership' of English and 'proficiency' in EIL.

Assessment

Written work: 50%
Test: 30%
Oral presentation: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Prof Farzad Sharifian

Contact hours

1 x 2 hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr John Hawke

Notes

Previously coded ENM4120

Synopsis

A dissertation on an approved topic of the candidate's own choice. The topic should be approved well in advance so that a supervisor may be appointed and much of the work done during the long vacation and first semester. There is a short subject in methodology during some weeks of the first semester and a series of seminars to discuss work in progress.

Assessment

Written (9000-12,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Rebecca Do Rozario


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Stephen Legg

Notes

Previously coded ENV405C(A)

Synopsis

The candidate undertakes individual research within a specified academic discipline, with supervision provided by a specialist in the research field. Research design and outcomes are presented in a thesis written to the conventions of the research discipline (and within Faculty Guidelines), and in a research seminar.

Objectives

By completing this subject the candidate will:

  1. Gain experience in conducting independent research.
  2. Demonstrate a capacity to formulate a research question, design a research project, and collect, analyse and interpret data appropriate to addressing the research question.
  3. Demonstrate a capacity to present research outcomes in a thesis appropriate to the relevant scientific discipline, and in a research seminar.

Chief examiner(s)

Stephen Legg

Contact hours

3 hour workshop/supervision per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Stephen Legg

Notes

Previously coded ENV405C(B)

Synopsis

As for APG4737

Objectives

By completing this subject the candidate will:

  1. Gain experience in conducting independent research.
  2. Demonstrate a capacity to formulate a research question, design a research project, and collect, analyse and interpret data appropriate to addressing the research question.
  3. Demonstrate a capacity to present research outcomes in a thesis appropriate to the relevant scientific discipline, and in a research seminar.

Assessment

Thesis (15000 words): 85%
Seminar (20 minutes): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Stephen Legg

Contact hours

3 hour workshop/supervision per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Edward Paul Lockhart

Notes

Previously coded ENV4372

Synopsis

Sustainability implies a disruptive change to the assumption base of most organization's business-as-usual strategic agenda. Students seeking to apply sustainability will need to have an understanding of the linkages between sustainability and strategic management, together with an understanding of the challenges associated with introducing a non-incremental idea into an organization. Consequently, this unit has three components. First, an introduction to the strategic management approaches as taught in most business schools. Second, the emerging approaches used in the strategic assessment of sustainability issues. Third, exploring the challenges associated with implementing a new idea.

Objectives

This unit seeks to address one question: How will you introduce sustainability into the strategic management process of your organization?

To answer this question, students will need to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of what constitutes strategy together with the generic models of, and approaches to, the strategic management process of organizations
  2. An understanding of how and where sustainability concepts may be integrated into an organization's strategic management process
  3. An understanding of the issues and obstacles associated with the successful introduction of disruptive concepts such as sustainability into an organization's strategic agenda.

Assessment

Written assignments (4000 words) and individual essays: 60%
Assignment/essay/case study(1500 words): 30%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Heinz Kreutz

Notes

Previously coded GNM4070

Synopsis

As for ATS4097

Assessment

Written work
exercises: 55%
Exam: 20%
Test and Oral assessment: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Heinz Kreutz


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christiane Weller

Notes

Previously coded GNM4080

Synopsis

As for ATS4098

Assessment

Written work
exercises: 55%
Exam: 20%
Test and Oral assessment: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Heinz Kreutz


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Heinz Kreutz

Notes

Previously coded GNM4090

Assessment

Written work
exercises: 55%
Exam: 20%
Test and Oral assessment: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Heinz Kreutz


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Heinz Kreutz

Notes

Previously coded GNM4100

Assessment

Written work
exercises: 55%
Exam: 20%
Test and Oral assessment: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Heinz Kreutz


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Heinz Kreutz

Notes

Previously coded GNM4166

Synopsis

The unit will explore the German language as a productive area of investigation from a sociolinguistic perspective. This subject will also go beyond the broader issues of language and society, politics and education and take an applied, practical research approach to the new role of the German language in a politically and socioculturally changed Europe. Recent developments pertaining to issues such as language and national identity, pluricentricity, migrant German and the national and international status of German will be explored.

Assessment

Archival work and library exercise (1000 words): 10%
Data collection exercise (1200 words): 15%
Data analysis (1200 words): 15%
Class paper (600 words): 15%
Research essay (5000 words): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Heinz Kreutz

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x lecture and 2 x seminars) per week

Prerequisites

APG4101

Co-requisites

At least one of German Level 4 core units GNM4265, APG4746, APG4747, APG4752.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Axel Fliethmann

Notes

Previously coded GNM4275

Synopsis

This unit deals with major contributions to a central debate within German cultural and intellectual life concerning the value and status of mainstream German and Western cultural traditions. Reading the 'cultural critics' from Heine to Adorno opens up a key and controversial dimension to German intellectual history.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this subject students should have developed an understanding of Heine's view of German intellectual history, Marx's interpretation of history, Nietzsche's critique of Western culture and morality, Freud's theory of civilisation and Horkheimer and Adorno's of Western popular culture; formed a critical understanding of the texts studied through close reading; and grasped the premises and implications of the theories and critiques presented by the texts.

Assessment

Written work: 75% (3500 words)
Exam: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Tina Weller

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Advanced German Studies 3, part 2 or above; or equivalent


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christiane Weller

Notes

Previously coded GNM4355

Synopsis

Students will develop, in consultation with a supervisor, a focused research project in an aspect of German Studies: German literature, linguistics, critical theory, textual theory, cinema studies, cultural studies or civilisation. Students will produce a sustained piece of commentary that engages with an academic method (such as historical method, survey reading, close analysis, theoretical critique or a combination of these) to answer a discipline-specific question and formulate a thesis. The dissertation will demonstrate a command of methodology, a close knowledge of the texts or issues studied, a high degree of competence in appropriate academic discourses in German.

Assessment

Written thesis (9000 words): 100%
The dissertation can be written either in German or in English.

Chief examiner(s)

Tina Weller

Prerequisites

Advanced German Studies 3, part 2 or above; or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG4748


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Heinz Kreutz

Notes

Previously coded GNM4365

Synopsis

In consultation with a supervisor, a focused research project is developed in an aspect of German Studies: German literature, linguistics, critical theory, textual theory, cinema studies, cultural studies or civilisation. Students produce a sustained piece of commentary that engages with an academic method (eg. historical method, survey reading, close analysis, theoretical critique or a combination of these) to answer a discipline-specific question and formulate a thesis. The dissertation (written either in German or English) will demonstrate a command of methodology, a close knowledge of the texts or issues studied, a high degree of competence in appropriate academic discourses in German.

Assessment

Written thesis (12,000-15,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Heinz Kreutz

Prerequisites

Advanced German Studies 3, part 2 or above; or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG4747


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christiane Weller

Notes

Previously coded GNM4365A

Chief examiner(s)

Heinz Kreutz


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christiane Weller

Notes

Previously coded GNM4365B

Chief examiner(s)

Heinz Kreutz


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christiane Weller

Notes

Previously coded GNM4375

Synopsis

A study in depth of a particular topic in German literature or in German linguistics.

Assessment

2 essays (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Heinz Kreutz

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

Advanced German Studies 3, part 2 or above; or equivalent


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Axel Fliethmann

Notes

Previously coded GNM4385

Synopsis

This unit offers a comprehensive account of literary and cultural life in Germany during the age of Goethe; the golden age of German culture and the formative epoch in literature, music and philosophy. Centrally important texts are read for their contribution to this era and as representative examples of the various movements and developments which make it up.

Assessment

Written work (3500 words): 70%
Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Axel Fliethmann

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Advanced German Studies 1, part 2 or above; or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Xuan Zhu

Notes

Previously coded GYM4620

Synopsis

After an introduction to the history and nature of image analysis, with emphasis on early forms (eg air photos) modern digital multi-spectral and hyperspectral data from both active and passive remote sensing systems are introduced. Thus the nature of information in the time series land-cover change archive can be assessed, appropriately analysed, and the value of the results documented. Image Processing will be taught using ESRI Image Analyst.

Assessment

Practical exercises: 60%
2 hour theory exam: 20%
Written assignments: 20%

Co-requisites

APG4758, GYM4610


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Stephen Legg

Notes

Previously coded GYM4900

Synopsis

A major research paper on a topic appropriate to geography and environmental science completed under the supervision of a staff member. This research paper will enable students to consolidate the theoretical knowledge and analytical skills acquired in their previous studies in a research context and to conduct independent research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. gained skills in research project formulation and methodology important to geography and environmental science
  2. consolidated the knowledge and skills gained in their previous studies
  3. acquired the capacity to complete and report on a research project in a professional manner.

Assessment

Research paper (9000 words ) : 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Stephen Legg

Contact hours

2 x 2 hour seminars for the first 2 weeks of semester and then as negotiated between student and supervisor

Prerequisites

Permission


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Xuan Zhu

Notes

Previously coded GYM4920

Synopsis

General nature of spatial data and of digital spatial data and of thematic mapping, analogue to digital data conversion, data quality, georeferencing, geocoding ground control points, raster and vector approaches, spatial analysis with geocoded data, boolean overlay, Digital Elevation Models and their use in terrain analysis, GIS project formulation (data and information flow paths, primary and derived map layers, identification of relevant themes), multispectral image data and image processing, applications to thematic mapping (habitat, potential soil wetness, buffers, deforestation, terrain parameter mapping, conflict resolution etc), nature of project management.

Assessment

Written work: 25% (2500 words)
Practicals: 50%
2 Hour Exam: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Xuan Zhu

Prohibitions

ATS3259


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Beth Edmondson

Notes

Previously coded HPL4503

Synopsis

This unit examines International Relations in its historical context, engaging with major events and developments in the 20th and early 21st centuries. Students will examine the emergence of key theoretical perspectives and the development of core disciplinary concepts. Students will utilize these in engaging with major International Relations issues including the utility and inevitability of war, the role of a balance of power and prospects for peaceful relations between states.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:1) identify the main actors and structural developments in international relations and describe their roles in contemporary international relations;2) engage with key debates and identify factors in the evolution of models and practice in international relations;3) demonstrate an understanding of conceptual and analytical models of international relations;4) analyse relations between states; 5) identify key international institutions;6) analyse state-institution relations, drawing upon relevant conceptual models.

Assessment

Essay (2500 words): 20%Case study (4500 words): 50%Examination (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Elizabeth Edmondson

Prohibitions

GSC3503, GSC4503, ATS3570, APG4570, APG5783


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Beth Edmondson

Notes

Previously coded HSM4521

Synopsis

Key international institutions and state-institution relations. Focal points for analysis include coalition peacekeeping arrangements, environmental management, the management of transboundary problems, challenges to national sovereignty and recent developments in international relations, epistemic communities and supra-national organisations.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an awareness of significant debates and structural developments in the study of contemporary international politics and political arrangements;
  2. Utilise a variety of theoretical and conceptual frameworks for the analysis of contemporary international political issues and policies;
  3. Engage in oral and written discussion of international governance mechanisms, international political arrangements and dynamics;
  4. Demonstrate expertise in using and integrating appropriate methodological tools in analysing international political events, dynamics and governance mechanisms.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Prerequisites

First degree with a major in politics or history-politics or related discipline. APG4761 and APG4762

Prohibitions

HPL4521, GSC4521


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Crinall

Notes

Previously coded HSM4301

Synopsis

This unit addresses the conceptual bases to program planning and evaluation and links between the two. It explores approaches to program planning through the examination and design of models, concepts and techniques that facilitate need assessment, setting goals and objectives, and establishing target groups and timelines in the implementation process. Key theoretical concepts in evaluation, ethical and analytical approaches utilised in human services evaluation and evaluation techniques are critically explored to ensure comprehensive understanding and skill development. Students employed in the field are encouraged to locate their learning and assessment tasks within their practice context.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. understand the nature of human service programs, and the models utilised in planning different types of human service programs;
  2. be knowledgeable about the main theoretical perspectives, concepts and issues in relation to the planning, implementation and evaluation of programs;
  3. have developed skills in using a range of techniques to meet planning requirements in all aspects of a human service program; understand political, organisational, resource requirements and ethical considerations in the development, implementation and evaluation of programs.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Karen Crinall

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of 1 x 1 hour per fortnight on-line discussions.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Debra Manning

Notes

Previously coded HSM4302

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with the opportunity to explore and critique current theory and practice in the management, leadership and administration of human service organisations. Students will be encouraged to develop awareness of their own management practice and leadership style in their chosen field. Students will critically examine the meaning of continuous quality improvement in the human services, and then use this understanding to inform the design of an appropriate framework for ensuring quality standards and service delivery in a particular area of the human services.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. identify and critically discuss various management theories, models and approaches specific to the human services;
  2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the distinctions between the concepts of management and leadership;
  3. critically reflect on their own management and leadership style and practice;
  4. demonstrate a critical appreciation of how management is applied and operationalised at various levels in human service organisations;
  5. demonstrate knowledge, understanding and skills in a range of approaches to continuous quality improvement in the human services and how these might be applied in a particular organisational context.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of 1 x 1 hour per fortnight on-line discussions.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Karen Crinall

Notes

Previously coded HSM4305

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for designing research methodologies relevant to human service and community organisations in the public and private sectors, by examining the history, nature, function and current role of social and community research. By focusing on the management of research projects, students engage in exercises requiring the resolution of ethical and methodological issues and dilemmas, including forming researchable topics and questions, negotiating the selection of appropriate design and method, including participatory and action research; developing awareness of underpinning agendas and vested interests; and knowledge of philosophical and theoretical positions.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to: engage with research relevant to their particular organisational context in the public and private sectors, as a creative, problem-solving activity; demonstrate awareness of, and critical engagement with theoretical, practical and ethical considerations in research design and conduct; demonstrate knowledge and skills in conducting and evaluating research and skills in the management of research projects. Students will also be able to: demonstrate critical awareness of the options and constraints of different types of research design, including qualitative and quantitative methodologies; identify appropriate methods for conducting research across a range of contexts, and design an appropriate research methodology. Students will be able to critically explore the relevance of various contemporary theoretical approaches, including postmodern, feminist and critical theory, in the design of their research.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Karen Crinall

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line activities and discussion. Students will also be required to consult regularly with the unit adviser, where possible in face-to-face meetings.

Prerequisites

Two of APG4761, APG4762, APG4571, APG4572, or all of APG4803, APG4804, APG4805, APG4806

Prohibitions

APG5786, ATS4854


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Crinall

Notes

Previously coded HSM4306

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with an opportunity to conduct a research project related to their workplace or community. Under academic supervision, the project will involve negotiated outcomes between the student, the university and particular organisation/s and/or communities involved. Students will be expected to have thought through some of the issues related to their proposed methodology in the course of completing the pre-requisite research methodology unit, especially the requirement for ethics approval for research involving humans. The aim of the unit is to produce a high quality, practice focused and reflective report relevant to the focus of their degree.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate: skills and knowledge in initiating and conducting independent research under supervision; an appreciation of, and a commitment to ethical research; critical thinking, analytical and problem-solving skills; advanced written skills through the presentation of a 9000 word research project; skills and knowledge in reviewing a specific body of research; and skills and knowledge in critically examining a key issue or issues relevant to the focus of their degree.

Assessment

Research project report (9000 words) : 100%

Contact hours

Students will engage in supervision fortnightly. This may be conducted electronically on-line, via the telephone, teleconferencing, or face-to-face, depending on the location of the student.

Prerequisites

APG4763

Prohibitions

APG5784, APG5785, APG5867


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Margaret Lynn

Notes

Previously coded HSM4310

Synopsis

This unit surveys and analyses the epistemological foundation of social welfare. It deconstructs orthodox conceptualizations of knowledge that predominantly inform social welfare practice, and contrasts these with postmodern and post-structuralist interpretations. Particular emphasis is placed on a critical examination of the power of knowledge and its relationship to practice wisdom in social welfare.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Grasp the nature of, and interrelationships between knowledge, theory research and practice in social welfare;
  2. Understand the epistemological foundations of social welfare practice;
  3. Recognise and articulate the process by which personal knowledge and theories are constructed;
  4. Appreciate the particular and relative merits of practice wisdom and examine its contribution to the development of social welfare work;
  5. Prepare and deliver an oral defence of the subject of their dissertation;
  6. Enunciate and address personal learning objectives.

Assessment

Viva (3500 words): 20%
Learning contract (1000 words): 20%
Research paper (6000 words): 60%

Prerequisites

APG4761 and APG4762

Prohibitions

SCW4310


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Vaughan Higgins

Notes

Previously coded HSM4802

Synopsis

The application of sociological knowledge and the role of research in the evaluation of social issues. How sociological knowledge can be applied to explain the social dimensions and implications of substantive issues in contemporary Australian and other societies.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students should:

  1. Have developed an in-depth knowledge of contemporary sociological issues;
  2. Be able to use theoretical and conceptual frameworks for the analysis of contemporary sociological issues;
  3. Have developed an awareness and understanding of how research can be used for the analysis of contemporary sociological issues;
  4. Be able to evaluate the merits and limitations of programs dealing social issues.

Assessment

Essay (5400 words): 60%
Seminar papers (3600 words): 40%

Prerequisites

APG4761 and APG4762. First degree with a major in sociology or related discipline.

Prohibitions

SCY4802, GSC4221


18 points, SCA Band 1, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Carolyn James

Notes

Previously coded HYM4001

Synopsis

As part of the Masters Qualifying in History with a research component, students undertake a research project in an area of history and on a topic decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor(s). Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of academic staff.

Assessment

Research paper (12,000 - 15,000 words): 100%


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christina Twomey

Notes

Previously coded HYM4105B

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in the field of history decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Objectives

A student successfully completing APG4624 and APG4770 will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a major research program under the supervision of academic staff
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence; and
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Chief examiner(s)

Christina Twomey


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah Pinto

Notes

Previously coded HYM4560

Synopsis

This unit introduces various ways in which history is utilised to inform debates both inside and outside universities, in schools, and in the general community. It introduces the importance of history in current political and social debates about the nation, communities, families and individuals, and how the use and abuse of beliefs about the past can be used to inform debates about the future. Topics covered include: An introduction to Public History, heritage issues, national history, the role of museums and other public and private institutions devoted to preserving and presenting the past, and more generally the idea of the uses and possible abuses of history in Australia and elsewhere.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have been introduced to a variety of the uses of history in a range of contexts.
  2. Have been introduced to a variety of historical approaches and methods.
  3. Have been introduced to a range of debates about the role of the past in shaping contemporary debates.
  4. Have acquired skills in using history methods in a range of contexts including teaching, research and writing.
  5. Have improved their skills in researching and writing history essays and reports.
  6. Have developed skills in using new media technologies for research, writing and presenting ideas to a variety of audiences.

Assessment

On-line journal and contribution to on-line discussion: 30%
Essay (3000 words): 30%
On-line presentation (1500 words): 20%
Practical task (eg heritage study, archival or local museum study, oral history interview, etc. )(1500 words): 20% OR (optional for Graduate History Education students) A classroom teaching activity (1500 words): 20%

Contact hours

On-line discussion (2 hours per week)

Prerequisites

An undergraduate degree with a major in History or permission

Prohibitions

ATS3576, HYM4065


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)To Be Advised

Notes

Previously coded IDA4120

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the leading approaches to community development in international and sustainable development. The unit emphasises contemporary theory and thinking on community development, coupled with an orientation to professional practice in real contexts, both internationally and locally. The impacts of globalisation are examined, both in terms of its negative consequences, but also in terms of creating new possibilities for activism and solidarity. The unit also focuses on the skills and methods of community development facilitators, and fosters and develops those skills in students through group activities such as simulations, role-plays, case studies and fieldtrips.

Objectives

Students will understand the key concepts and major theoretical underpinnings of community development in international development and environmental sustainability; demonstrate knowledge of facilitation and implementation of community development in practice, and a range of contexts; be able to apply a range of professional skills in community development project design, management, monitoring and evaluation.

Assessment

Participation in class activities and discussions 20%; Small group-lead simulation, role play activity 30%; Essay/Project Proposal (4000 words) 50%.

Chief examiner(s)

To be advised

Contact hours

1 hour lecture/presentation plus two hours tutorial per week for 13 weeks.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM4901

Synopsis

This unit introduces basic principles and practices in professional journalism. It focuses on news and current affairs research and reporting for print/online publication, and the role and ethics of journalism in liberal democracies. Students develop a series of stories working independently and in groups, and use online forums for mutual story development and feedback. Students develop an understanding of, and ability to contribute to, contemporary debates in journalism. Students work to deadlines researching and reporting news stories for print/online publications.

Objectives

On completion of this course students should be able to

  1. demonstrate an ability to identify and research a news story and conduct interviews
  2. demonstrate an ability to write in a clear, concise, factual way using news and feature conventions
  3. take appropriate photographs and caption them to complement a story
  4. identify key ethical and legal obligations associated with reporting
  5. work independently and in groups to produce news reports
  6. demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines
  7. demonstrate an awareness of local, national and international people and events relevant to current issues and media issues
  8. demonstrate an ability to write under pressure
  9. demonstrate a critical awareness of some social implications of journalistic practice

Assessment

Local News story (600 words): 25%
News story (600 words): 25%
Short Feature with picture(s) (800 -1000 words): 30%
Online reflection statement (1000 words) and in-class tutorial presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

William Birnbauer

Contact hours

2 hour seminar


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM4902

Synopsis

This unit introduces the basic principles and practices for radio and video news reporting, including audio and video field recording, interviewing, scripting, editing and presentation in a critical analytical context. Students develop a series of stories working independently and in groups, and use online forums for mutual story development and feedback. It provides students with skills in the construction of news and short current affairs reports and critical analysis of the characteristics of those reports. Students are encouraged to broadcast/distribute their reports in media/online outlets.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject students will be able to

  1. identify, research , record, edit and broadcast a radio current affairs story requiring location sound, interviews, script and presentation
  2. write and present a short news report based on their current affairs story
  3. identify, research , record, edit and distribute online a video current affairs story requiring location sound and image, interviews, script and presentation
  4. work independently and in groups to meet deadlines
  5. identify key ethical and legal parameters associated with radio and television reporting

Assessment

Radio current affairs report (2-3 mins) and news presentation: 40%
TV news report (2-3 mins.) and news presentation: 40%
Online reflection statement (1000 words) and in-class seminar presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

William Birnbauer

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Co-requisites

APG4773


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM4903

Synopsis

This unit examines the ways in which the production and distribution of media and journalistic products are regulated, in the context of broader economic, political, technological and social processes. An underlying theme is a critique of the development of and contradictions among different ideas of free speech, and how these are used to promote or defend a range of communication practices, in particular historical and cultural contexts. The subject aims to develop a working knowledge of relevant areas of media law, such as defamation, copyright and contempt, with an emphasis on understanding the way the law works in practice and the policy issues which arise. A comparative approach is used to explore legal systems in different parts of the world.

Objectives

On completion of this subject students are expected:

  1. to have a strong working knowledge of the legal rights and responsibilities of journalistic practice, and their ethical dimension
  2. to understand the historical and political contexts in which these have rights and responsibilities have developed and are practised
  3. to be able to analyse critically and deploy reflexively the principles of 'the public right to know', 'freedom of expression' and 'access to information'
  4. to understand issues and debates about freedom of expression in an international and cross-cultural context.

Assessment

Minor take home exam: 30%
Research essay (2500-3000 words): 40%
Online simulation game: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

William Birnbauer

Contact hours

2 hour weekly seminar


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM4904

Synopsis

This unit explores the scholarly debates that address news organisations, journalism practices, and the processes of production and consumption of news and current affairs, the relationship between the media and ideas about democracy, and the relevance of media theory for professional journalism. A comparative theoretical approach is used to examine questions about journalism from both producers and consumers perspectives, and shifting relations between the two in the context of new media technologies and changing social contexts. Students' develop capacities to undertake research in journalism studies. At all points, a major concern is the mutual implications of journalism theory and professional journalistic practice for each other, for journalists and for audiences.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. understand some of the major scholarly approaches to and debates about researching and thinking about journalism practice in social context
  2. contribute constructively and critically to face-to-face and online discussions of the subject matter of the course
  3. conduct a small, original research project in journalism studies
  4. produce written work for assessment that demonstrates a critical knowledge of the major scholarly debates in journalism studies, and a capacity to apply those debates to original research in the field.

Assessment

Participation in online discussion group (1200 words): 30%
Tutorial report and presentation of research work-in-progress (800 words): 20%
Research essay (2500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Akhteruz Zaman

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM4908

Synopsis

This unit develops skills in feature story writing by a comparative approach to the work of exemplary contemporary practice. The emphasis is on developing, critiquing and improving a range of research and writing skills for the print and online media, including use of images and hyperlinks. Students are expected to produce publishable work. The subject offers students insights into the breadth of style and genre available to non-fiction writing, including social-realist writing, essays, columns, profiles, 'new journalism' and more complex in-depth features. Ethical considerations are explored in the context of particular examples of production and social context.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will:

  1. be able to research and write feature articles at a professionally publishable standard
  2. Have a strong understanding of the ethical and social issues associated with in-depth interviewing, researching and writing
  3. be able to produce feature stories for publication in both print and online environments
  4. Understand and work within and among the generic conventions of journalism and broader styles of writing such as non-fiction and fiction.

Assessment

Short feature story (1000 words): 20%
Personality profile or opinion piece (800 words): 20%
Major feature story (1500-2000 words): 40%
Online version of major feature with images and hyperlinks: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Bill Birnbauer

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM4910

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the basic principles, techniques and professional practice of editing, layout, design and production across print and online media. The subject covers print in all its forms as well as aspects of editing for online publications. The subject covers the theory and practice of editing, the role of the sub-editor, and basic design and layout for print and online media.

Objectives

Students who satisfactorily complete this unit will:

  1. understand the differences in editorial approach between print and online publication and the role of sub-editing in applying these approaches to different publications
  2. have gained an understanding of target audiences and how style guides in text editing and design practices are applied for different readerships
  3. have the ability to apply sub-editing skills across print and online media
  4. understand and analyse a range of text and layout styles across publications and be able to apply these at a basic professional level
  5. have an understanding of ethical and other problems that can arise in editing practice and how issues of gender, racism, ethnicity, disability and class are linked to media production
  6. have explored new forms of presenting stories and information in a print publication.

Assessment

Online Discussion group on audience and style (1200 words): 25%
Research brief for target audience and style (1200 words): 25%
Copy editing and layout: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

William Birnbauer

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

APG4777


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM4911

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the application of Internet technologies into journalism research and reporting practice. It explores the major issues related to sourcing and publishing journalism on the Web, including verification, authentication and attribution, and basic Web publishing skills using text, graphics, sound and image.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this unit students will:

  1. have a deep conceptual overview of the Internet and its functionality.
  2. understand the range of Internet resources available for journalism research
  3. understand the key usability factors that determine good Web design and presentation
  4. be able to research and report for the Web and to locate their output within the context of an evolving global medium.
  5. produce a Web-based report using text, sound and images

Assessment

Reporter's blog (1000 words): 25%
Online discussion and tutorial presentation (1500 words): 25%
Major Project: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

William Birnbauer

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

APG4774 and APG4777


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM4912

Synopsis

This unit develops the concepts and practices introduced in RSI for the production of current affairs radio journalism, for both pre-packaged and live production. Students produce stories for publishing on broadcast or online radio stations, and are expected to have the majority of their assessed work broadcast. As students develop professional radio journalism skills, they undertake critical analyses of the editorial and ethical issues that pertain in the broadcast environment.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this unit student will:

  1. have the technical and editorial skills needed for radio news and current affairs research, reporting and broadcasting
  2. have gained experience working in a broadcast team in a live broadcast environment
  3. have a working familiarity with a range of radio current affairs styles and techniques

Assessment

Radio current affairs report (2-3 mins) plus news report : 20%
Radio current affairs report (3-4 mins) plus news report: 30%
Participation in online presentation (1000 words): 20%
Live broadcast/webcast of current affairs program in agreed format: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Mia Lindgren

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

APG4774


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM4913

Synopsis

This unit develops the concepts and practices introduced in RSI for the production of current affairs video journalism for both pre-packaged broadcast. Students produce stories for publishing on broadcast or online television/video, and are encouraged to have the majority of their assessed work broadcast. As students develop professional video journalism skills, they undertake critical analyses of the editorial and ethical issues that pertain in the broadcast environment.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. identify a television news or current affairs story, research and prepare a brief
  2. shoot, interview, script and edit a television story
  3. undertake individual and group work and meet deadlines
  4. understand key ethical and legal issues and obligations associated with television reporting
  5. apply basic professional standards to production and presentation

Assessment

Research television story and prepare a brief (500 words): 20%
Video news report (1 min): 30%
Video current affairs report (4 mins): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Johan Lidberg

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

APG4774


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM4916

Synopsis

The content of this unit will vary from time to time as the availability of specialist teachers and student interest affords. It will focus on specific specialized genres in advanced reporting, such as political reporting, business reporting, photojournalism, sports reporting, crime reporting, etc. It will expose students to the specific research modes and contexts for the selected genre, their narrative conventions of reporting and the issues and debates relvant to their contemporary practice.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Identify suitable events, processes and issues for research and reporting relevant to the generic focus of the class
  2. research and report both shorter and more extended stories relevant to the generic 3. demonstrate a strong understanding of the contemporary issues and debates relevant to the specific genre of journalism.

Assessment

Minor Project (1200 words): 25%
Major Project (2000 words): 50%
Online Discussion and tutorial presentation (1500 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

William Birnbauer

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

APG5809


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Marika Vicziany

Notes

Previously coded MAI4000

Synopsis

A research project about the nature of development or governance in the Asian region, broadly conceived to include, for instance, technological change, religious cultures and regional security. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit in consultation with the supervisors.

Assessment

Research paper (9,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Antonia Vicziany


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Marika Vicziany

Notes

Previously coded MAI4001

Synopsis

MAI 4001 is designed to train postgraduates in the advanced research techniques needed for work at the most senior academic, business and government levels. The student is required to work closely with an Asian expert in order to developed advanced skills in developing testable hypotheses for research, rigorous investigative techniques involving documentary analysis, statistical and mapping techniques and an in-depth knowledge of the Asian region or problem chosen for study.

Objectives

Advanced research training and report writing, including presentation of research findings to the MAI postgraduate seminar, advanced training in the analysis of documents, special high level meetings with government and business leaders, preparation of questionnaires and interview schedules, preparation of manuscripts for publication.

Assessment

One Research Project (10,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Antonia Vicziany

Contact hours

3 hours per week on campus and 3 hours per week off campus mainly via email. Contact is face to face meetings.

Prerequisites

APG4783


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Professor Carla Lipsig-Mumme and Dr Christiane Weller

Notes

Previously coded MIN4000

Synopsis

Introduction to Mind and Society introduces major themes of the Mind and Society Programme. Its organising theme is that society shapes the self and the mind in the modern world: self and mind are socially constructed. But the modern world is also shaped by theories of subjectivity which have defined our understanding of the modern and possibly postmodern worlds. We examine the interdependence between mind and society through several themes: Reason and beyond? interpreting the dilemmas of multicultural societies. The rise and rise of ethics. Regulation and professional identity in the psychotherapies. Mind and brain, Mind vs brain. Citizenship, belonging, marginalization, exclusion.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this subject students should have;

  1. acquired detailed knowledge of the main historical and contemporary debates which situate the study of the mind in relation to intellectual and social history; developments in neuroscience; issues of citizenship and legitimacy; the development of the profession and its relation to the State
  2. a good grasp of key texts reflecting the intellectual debates that expose these issues
  3. have learnt to identify ideological orientations and link these to historical and social contexts.

They should be capable of
  1. critical analysis of theoretical positions around each of the themes
  2. presenting the results of their own research in the form of a research essay
  3. identifying the intellectual, policy, and political relationships between the theme.

Assessment

Research paper (4000 words): 45%
Group presentation(debate) or panel (2500 words) 30%
Annotated bibliography (1500 words) 15%
Summary of research question and approach (1000 words) 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week for 12 weeks


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Joel Crotty

Notes

Previously coded MUM4080

Synopsis

This unit allows for a closer examination of art-music between 1750-1800. The development of sonata form, the string quartet and the symphony will be contextualised in relationship to the philosophic ideas attached to the Age of the Enlightenment. Works by CPE Bach, JC Bach, Karl Stamitz, Johann Stamitz, Mozart and Haydn will act as musical examples.

Objectives

By the end of the semester, students undertaking this unit should have developed further knowledge of the Classical era (1750-1800) on a framework within which to identify, categorise and assess and write critically about the music.

Assessment

For students in the GradDipMus/MMus:
16 Annotations (260 words each): 50%
5 Class presentations (1000 words each): 50%

For students in the GadDipMusSt/MMusSt:
Essay (4000 words): 50%
5 Class presentations (1000 words each): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Graeme Smith

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Joel Crotty

Notes

Previously coded MUM4090

Synopsis

This unit allows for a close examination of chamber music composed between 1835-1935. The Romantic, Neo-Classical, Non-Tonal and Dodecaphonic approaches will form the background to trios, quartets and quintets composed for a variety of forces. Works by Mendelssohn, Schumann, Brahms, Saint-Saens, Ravel, Tchaikovsky, Bartok, Schoenberg and Berg will act as musical examples.

Objectives

By the end of the semester, students undertaking this unit should have developed further knowledge of the history, and style of chamber music (1835-1935) on a framework within which to identify, categorise and assess and write critically about the music.

Assessment

The methods of assessment will be five class presentations and a series of short annotations (for GradDip/MMus candidates) or five class presentations and a larger essay (for GradDip/MMusStuds candidates). All tasks have the basic objective to enable candidates to investigate changes in approach to composition over a fifty year period.

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Joel Crotty

Notes

Previously coded MUM4120

Synopsis

Clients will investigate the solo literature, composed in the 20th and 21st centuries, for their particular instrument (if MMus clients). The diversity of stylistic changes within this period will serve to enhance the study, and the set works act as examples in the debate on modernism-postmodernism, tonality and neo-tonality; romantic and neo-romantic, neo-classical and modernism and modernism and minimalism.

Objectives

On successful completion of the unit, clients should have an understanding of the changes in music that occurred over the last century and an opportunity to develop a critical idiomatic approach to stylistic analysis

Assessment

Written work: 60% (5500 words)
Lecture demonstrations: 25% (2200 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Graeme Smith

Contact hours

2 hour seminars per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Joel Crotty and Graeme Smith

Notes

Previously coded MUM4420

Synopsis

The unit aims to familiarise students with various research methods appropriate to musicology. In particular the unit provides an introduction to the practical aspects of historical musicology, ethnomusicology, and jazz and popular music studies, concentrating on methodologies associated with textual criticism, archival research, repertoire and performance practice.

Objectives

On successful completion of the unit, students should have the skills essential to constructing a simple research proposal in a variety of areas and have acquired initial critical reading skills applicable to both text and score.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Thesis proposal: 15%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Graeme Smith

Contact hours

2 hours seminar


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Joel Crotty

Notes

Previously coded MUM4600

Synopsis

A study and/or recital of a particular topic or genre in music

Objectives

An in depth study and/or recital of a particular topic or genre in music

Assessment

Written work: 100% OR Recital: 60%
Written work: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Paul Watt

Contact hours

2 hours seminar


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded MUM4760A

Chief examiner(s)

Graeme Smith


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)

Notes

Previously coded MUM4760B

Chief examiner(s)

Graeme Smith


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Elizabeth Sellars (Classical); Robert Burke (Jazz)

Notes

Previously coded MUM4960

Synopsis

Students submit a unified program of works to be studied and performed or conducted, with an essay that examines issues of performance practice, analysis and history of the chosen repertoire. The unit is taught through a combination of individual lessons and instrumental/conducting workshops. Students arrange and present a public performance/lecture demonstration.

Objectives

By the end of this unit, students should have developed a high level of performance or conducting and programming skills and knowledge of style through presentation of an extended concert or recital and program booklet and organising a successful performance event.

Assessment

Essay on repertoire (2000 words): 15%
60-minute performance or lecture/demonstration: 85%

Students who fail the unit will need permission from their instrumental coordinator in order to repeat the unit. These students will be offered a maximum of 6 individual lessons.

Chief examiner(s)

Paul Watt

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 1 hour individual lesson and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

Admission by audition.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dirk Baltzly

Notes

Previously coded PHM4000A

Chief examiner(s)

Dirk Baltzly


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dirk Baltzly

Notes

Previously coded PHM4000B

Chief examiner(s)

Dirk Baltzly


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dirk Baltzly

Notes

Previously coded PHM4010

Synopsis

Students take two units from the following list:

  1. Metaphysics and Epistemology.
  2. Value Theory.
  3. Foundations of Analytic Philosophy.
  4. Contemporary European Philosophy.
  5. Supervised reading.
  6. Philosophy of Mind and Cognition.
  7. Philosophical Pedagogy.
Each unit consists of six 2-hour seminars. At least four units will be offered. Students will be provided details of which units are on offer as well as specific reading lists shortly after they receive their letter of offer to undertake Masters Qualifiying.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this subject will gain the ability to read and understand advanced philosophical material in some specific areas of current research. They will be able to examine and criticise arguments in those areas, as well as develop and defend their own position on some specific issues within those areas. They will further their basic competence in the use of research tools in Philosophy. Those who undertake the Philosophical Pedagogy unit will additionally gain an appreciation for the ways in which the practical demonstration of these research skills informs teaching.

Assessment

Written work: 85% or 100% (7500-9000 words). Some choices of component may involve oral presentations: 15%.

Chief examiner(s)

Dirk Baltzly

Contact hours

Two units; each unit consists of nine 2-hour seminars.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dirk Baltzly

Notes

Previously coded PHM4020

Synopsis

Students take two units form the following list:

  1. Metaphysics and Epistemology.
  2. Value Theory.
  3. Foundations of Analytic Philosophy.
  4. Contemporary European Philosophy.
  5. Supervised reading.
  6. Philosophy of Mind and Cognition.
  7. Philosophical Pedagogy.
Each unit consists of six two-hour seminars. At least four units will be offered. Students will be provided with details of which units are on offer as well as specific reading lists shortly after they receive their letter of offer to undertake Masters Qualifying.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this subject will gain the ability to read and understand advanced philosophical material in some specific areas of current research. They will be able to examine and criticise arguments in those areas, as well as develop and defend their own position on some specific issues within those areas. They will further their basic competence in the use of research tools in Philosophy. Those who undertake the Philosophical Pedagogy unit will additionally gain an appreciation for the ways in which the practical demonstration of these research skills informs teaching.

Assessment

Written work: 85% or 100% (7500-9000 words). Some choices of component may involve oral presentations: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Dirk Baltzly

Contact hours

Two units; each unit consists of nine 2-hour seminars.

Prerequisites

Masters Qualifying in Philosophy A.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Andy Butfoy

Notes

Previously coded PLM4060

Synopsis

Candidates are required to carry out a program of research, under individual supervision, on a topic of their own choosing.

Assessment

Research project (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andy Butfoy


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Andy Butfoy

Notes

Previously coded PLM4750

Assessment

Group written work: 45%
Test: 55%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andy Butfoy


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr David Dunstan

Notes

Previously coded PUB4001

Synopsis

Historical perspectives on the book and publishing as agents of change. A critical introduction to the history of publishing and approaches to the study of publishing today in Australian and international contexts. The study of the various cycles in the history of the book analysed and assessed. Value addition in publishing, print and electronic delivery, women in publishing, the publishing firm and social contribution of the book. Different approaches to the study of publishing and history of the book.

Objectives

On completion of this unit the student should have acquired: 1) an understanding the importance of the book in cultural development;2) a critical awareness of the forms of publishing and the culture of the book;3) an understanding of the publishing industry in Australia both past and present;4) an appreciation of the study of the history of the book; 5) advanced research and presentation skills, both written and oral.

Assessment

Three papers (4500 words): 45%Major Essay (4500 words): 45%Class contribution and presentation:10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr David Dunstan

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

APG5862


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Nick Walker

Notes

Previously coded PUB4003

Synopsis

The contribution of new technology and multi-media outcomes are explored.
An overview of the role of the various production processes and their management in publishing. Students are taken through the various stages of the physical production of various formats (books, magazines and newspapers) and their subsequent marketing and distribution. The contributions of new technology and multi-media outcomes are explored. Students enrolled at this 5th year level will demonstrate a greater mastery over project management issues adapted to given examples.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this subject should have developed an understanding:

  1. of the practical principles of publishing;
  2. of the key publication production processes and to develop relevant skills;
  3. of how the various forms of publishing differ in production terms, e.g. journals, magazines, scholarly publications, electronic publications;
  4. of the contribution of new technology to the publishing industries and the principles inherent in their application.

Assessment

Practical exercises (3000 words): 35%Review essay (5000 words): 50%Examination (1000 words): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Nick Walker

Contact hours

One 2- hour seminar per week, excursions as arranged

Prohibitions

APG5863


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Mr Nick Walker

Notes

Previously coded PUB4020

Synopsis

This unit provides an overview of the role of the editor or writer of texts for publication or communication in fields such as Science and Technology, Medicine, Psychology, Education, Law or Finance where specialist editors and publishers produce books, journals or other publications in printed and electronic forms. The editors who prepare them for publication apply professional knowledge and skills in ways that meet subject-specific requirements and expectations. This unit is vocational and will provide the student with a sound understanding of copy-editing in both its essential elements and its application for professional purposes.

Objectives

Upon completion students should have acquired:

  1. a basic understanding of the theory and practice of copy-editing,
  2. an in-depth introduction to the particular requirements and expectations of editorial practice in their field of knowledge or specialisation,
  3. an understanding in outline of the publishing industry in Australia and internationally in professional, reference and educational publishing,
  4. an ability to apply their knowledge by copy-editing texts specific to their field.

Assessment

Three practical exercises (500 words each): 30%; Two assignments (1500 words each): 60%; participation and verbal presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Nick Walker

Contact hours

Two hours per week plus guest lectures and excursions

Co-requisites

APG4673, APG4672

Prohibitions

APG4670, APG5670


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded RCD4601

Synopsis

The unit is designed to enhance the skills, knowledge and understanding of facilitating the community involvement of diverse groups of people into areas of decision-making. This solution- focused learning will introduce participants to a systematic approach to enable 'ordinary people' to work together and establish common goals towards sustainable futures.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will: have a knowledge and understanding of rural/regional community development principles and practice; understand and apply collaborative learning strategies; have basic skills in facilitating group involvement in learning; demonstrate capacity to work towards facilitating involvement of diverse sectors within the community; and engage in self directed learning through reflection and evaluation.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (1000) : 20%
Assignment 2 (2000) : 50%
Journal (1000) : 20%
Participation in community-based learning (500) : 10%

Contact hours

3 hours per week equivalent

Prohibitions

EDF5602, RCD5602


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded RCD4602

Synopsis

The unit provides a significant learning experience for students in implementing the principles, skills and strategies of collaborative education, by establishing a community group or workplace project to advance understanding in the development of community engagement towards sustainability. The unit provides a framework and supervised practice that requires the student to reflect on the integration of theory and practice in facilitating skill development within their community or workplace.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will: demonstrate a highly developed understanding of the principles and practice of rural/regional community development, integrating and extending the knowledge from APG4803 with new experientially-acquired knowledge; and demonstrate an understanding and appreciation of the value and effectiveness of collaborative learning strategies and self directed learning in relation to rural/regional community development through application to a community project.

Assessment

Planning proposal (2000) : 50%
Reflective journal and participation (equivalent to 2000 words) 50% ( 2500 words) : 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week equivalent

Prohibitions

EDF5605, RCD5605


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded RCD4603

Synopsis

Students will facilitate a group of interested community members or workplace colleagues in the process of collaborative engagement. Attention will be paid to the development of a public language and voice from within this group, in contributing to future directions for their community or workplace. The unit provides a framework and supervised practice requiring students to reflect on the integration between theory and practice in facilitating community engagement.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will: demonstrate a capacity to carry through to completion a project that requires skills in the changing roles of group facilitation, demonstrating sensitivity to the increasing independence of learners as well as diverse personalities involved in local issues and interests; and demonstrate an advanced capacity to reflect on and evaluate their own skills in collaborative learning and group facilitation through written, oral and or visual presentation of their analysis, in collaboration with group members.

Assessment

Journal (1000) : 20%
Assignment (3000) : 70%
Group facilitation ( 500) : 10%

Prerequisites

APG4804

Prohibitions

EDF5606, RCD5606


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded RCD4604

Synopsis

The content of the unit will advance understanding of collaborative learning principles and practice in relation to regional community development. This will be achieved through attention to practical engagement techniques for implementing a sequence of strategies relevant for groups moving from private to public areas of decision making.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will: have an advanced understanding of rural/regional community development principles and practice; demonstrate critical understanding and application of collaborative learning strategies and self-directed learning in relation to rural and regional community development; demonstrate skills and knowledge in facilitating group involvement in learning; demonstrate skills in involving diverse sectors within the community; and demonstrate the capacity to reflect on and critically evaluate their own skills and knowledge in collaborative learning.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (2000) : 45%
Assignment 2 (2000) : 45%
Participation in regional activities (500) : 10%

Contact hours

3 hours per week equivalent

Prohibitions

EDF5603, RCD5603


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)

Notes

Previously coded SCD4301

Synopsis

Public and private sector practitioners are increasingly required to work across planning areas, adopt a whole of government approach to planning issues, develop a shared values perspective, engage with the community context, facilitate a community voice, address ecological imperatives, as well as achieve successful outcomes according to pre-determined key performance indicators. This unit will require students to reflect on, analyse and critique their current practices, by developing a critical understanding of the importance of participatory planning within their organisations or community and to analyse and evaluate their perspective within local, national and international frameworks.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students should be able to: critically understand the theory, principles and models of participatory social and community planning, and the intellectual and institutional links between this form of planning and others: program planning, statutory planning, strategic/urban planning, business planning; Demonstrate skills in working within, across and between public and private sector organisations including with various levels of government and with practitioners from the range of disciplines involved in planning and implementation; critically understand and demonstrate the knowledge and skills required to manage planning projects, including vision, needs analysis, and the effective design of structures, processes, timing and resourcing dimensions, and of implementation, problem-solving and evaluation strategies, matched with effective corrective strategies and /or sanctions/protocols; understand the principles of and important areas of practice in community development, informed by social justice and ecological sustainability and the involvement of diverse people and perspectives; understand the interconnections between community and place, and their relevance to the organisational contexts in which people work, or in relation to which they live; demonstrate skills in facilitating the engagement of communities in planning processes for community- defined purposes, ensuring that the community has decision making power and is adequately resourced throughout the planning and implementation phases with necessary information, skills development and other resources.; skills in facilitating community planning as action research, with full community participation, continuous feedback, and collective revisions and problem solving; demonstrated capacity to integrate all learning into a planning case study; demonstrate excellent presentation and IT skills in contributing and arguing their case study in a virtual forum.

Assessment

Journal (2000 words): 20%Case study (5500 words): 60%Case study presentation (1500 words): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Olga Bursian

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 hour per week in on-line activities and discussion. Students will also be encouraged to consult regularly with the unit adviser, where possible in face-to-face meetings.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded SCD4302

Synopsis

This unit locates the understanding of working in public and private sector organisations within a critical analysis of the changing role of the state and new framings of governance and citizenship. It examines the structures, processes and discourses that shape organisations and partnerships. It provides an understanding of the distinct roles in organisational governance and management. It explores the discourses and practices of community development and community strengthening and their relationship with governance and governmentality, and further develops students' skills in facilitating effective processes and outcomes in working within and across organisations, and with communities.

Objectives

On successful completion of the unit, students should have: a well-developed understanding of governance and governmentality, and their shaping of institutional and discursive developments; critical understanding of globalization and international perspectives on the changing role of the state, including neo-liberal and social democratic framings of the citizenship social contract; a sound understanding of the political and organisational structures of governance, including mandate, processes, responsibilities and liabilities; a critical understanding of whole of government and partnership approaches, and skills in working effectively in a cross-organisational environment and with communities; clarity about the distinct roles of governance and management in organizations of all kinds; a critical understanding of community development, community engagement, community strengthening and capacity building as forms of activism and of governance; skills in facilitating mutual understanding, dialogue, shared goals and outcomes between community and governance structures.

Assessment

Theoretical essay (4000 words): 45%Critical analysis (5000 words): 55%

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 hour per week in on-line activities and discussion. Students will also be encouraged to consult regularly with the unit adviser, where possible in face-to-face meetings.

Prerequisites

APG4807 and EDF6806


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Olga Bursian

Notes

Previously coded SCD4303

Synopsis

The unit enables students to develop a professional framework based on theories, conventions and instruments for protecting and promoting human rights, social justice and democratic citizenship rights. Students will identify the legal and ethical dimensions of community contexts, including the ramifications of government policies and commercial activities on communities. Knowledge of Australian legal and political systems, and skills in working effectively within them to protect and extend the rights of communities, will be developed. Students will apply their knowledge to creative and strategic use of advocacy, lobbying and management of campaigns to reverse unequal community power relations.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. Developed a professional theoretical framework based on international and national human rights, social justice and participative democracy.
  2. Developed skills in applying national and international human and citizenship rights instruments and conventions for community advocacy campaigns.
  3. Developed a sound understanding of Australian legal systems including legal and other instruments to protect human and citizenship rights (eg. discrimination; tenancy; debt; refugees).
  4. Acquired extensive knowledge of available institutional and material resources for ensuring justice and protection of community citizenship rights.
  5. Incorporated ethical theory and a deep understanding of practitioners' legal and ethical obligations towards communities (citizens, residents and refugees).
  6. Developed a sophisticated capacity for strategic thinking in identifying novel avenues and opportunities for advancing community rights;
  7. Developed skills and knowledge in collaborating with legal professionals, politicians, bureaucrats and other public figures for effective community campaigns.
  8. Developed a range of specific skills for successful community change: advocacy, lobbying, campaign management, use of mass media.
  9. Acquired knowledge of international, national and local examples of cutting edge practice in extending community rights.

Assessment

Theoretical essay (4000 words): 45%
Case study (4000 words): 45%
Participation on discussion Board (1000 words): 10%

Prerequisites

EDF6806, APG4807


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Margaret Lynn

Notes

Previously coded HSM4309

Synopsis

This unit provides students with a thorough grounding in the design of practice-based research. Common conceptual and methodological issues associated with research are reviewed. Particular emphasis is placed on an examination of both the instrumental and moral bases of social welfare research. The end and means of social welfare research in general and students' specific research priorities are interrogated.[Click here to insert text]

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Identify an area of social welfare theory or practice in need of investigation;
  2. Plan a program of research;
  3. Evaluate the moral implications of the research to be conducted;
  4. Articulate and address personal learning objectives;
  5. Demonstrate a capacity to comprehend, analyse and articulate key themes and arguments in the relevant literature

Assessment

Learning contract (500 words): 10%
Discussion paper (4500 words): 40%
Research proposal (5000 words): 50%

Prerequisites

APG4761 and APG4762

Prohibitions

SCW4309


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Notes

Previously coded TRN4000

Synopsis

The unit aims to explore the scope, relevance and nature of research in Translation Studies. It will address questions and areas such as: the nature of research and research methodology, different approaches to translation and translation studies, basic approaches to case studies and survey methods, the differences and respective advantages of empirical approaches vs. more traditional (and common) descriptive-theoretical approaches, the status of contrastive linguistics within Translation Studies and the nature of translation errors as opposed to language errors.

Assessment

Written work (2000 words): 45%
Practical exercises: 30%
Exam (1 hour): 25%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour seminar)

Prerequisites

APG4813 and APG4814

Co-requisites

APG4815


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Rika Shimo-Malmberg

Notes

Previously coded TRN4010

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the issues and techniques associated with advanced translation using computers, including how to leverage the value of the online communities through blogs, podcasts and social networks. Students will be introduced to and taught to evaluate the various electronic aids to translation, such as electronic dictionaries, translation environment tools, localisation software and version control. There will be training in the use of online corpora and guidance in WWW searching in translation. Fifth-year students will be expected to demonstrate more mastery of the use of CAT tools and on-line corpora. There will be an overview of subtitling and subtitling software, as well as machine translation and its limitations.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. have a greater understanding of technology and the internet from both a translation and historical perspective;
  2. have acquired experience in coping with various problems involved in creating and handling text in a multilingual environment;
  3. be equipped to use and evaluate a number of electronic aids to translation which are available;
  4. have had hands-on experience with TEnTS, translation environment tools;
  5. be competent in searching the WWW for information to assist in translation;
  6. be able to produce value-added translated texts through use of computer graphics, tables, etc.

Assessment

6 Text-handling/translation tasks (3600 words): 30% +
Four short comparative analyses (600 words equivalent each): 40% +
1 Final report (3000 words) and demonstration of ability to use/evaluate softwares: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Rika Shimo-Malmberg
Leah Gerber

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 1 hour seminar, 1 x 2 hour lab) per week

Prerequisites

APG4813, APG4814

Prohibitions

APG5874


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Notes

Previously coded TRN4030

Synopsis

12-point, one-semester introductory core unit of the MA in Interpreting and Translation Studies (ITS). The language of instruction will be English, the seminar will allow both formal lectures and practical workshops. The unit will cover the theoretical disciplines which inform the recently emerged interdisciplinary fields of ITS; the history of interpreting and translation, and ITS (comparative linguistics, pragmatic and semiotic approaches); the various linguistic, cultural, social and other contextual factors involved in interpreting and translation work; the relevance of interpreting and translation theory to interpreting and translation practice; the basic theoretical principles of interpreting and translation; and interpreting and translation terminology

Objectives

On completion of the unit, students will:

  1. Be able to identify and discuss significant historical developments in interpreting and translation studies,
  2. Have learnt a metalanguage for articulating different paradigms in translation studies (structuralism, hermeneutics, semiotic, post-modernism, deconstruction),
  3. Have acquired the ability to recognize interpreting and translation studies as an 'inter-discipline',
  4. Be able to conceptualise the three dimensions of equivalence: hermeneutics (Humboldt, Schleiermacher, Koschmieder (tertium comparationis)); cognition (Kintsch, Kumaul, Rumelhart (prototypes and schemata)); pragmatics (Austin, Searle, Levinson (illocution and perlocution));
  5. Be able to discuss in depth at least two translation theoretical paradigms and their historical embeddedness, including the applicability of this predominantly European theoretical framework to non-European languages.

Assessment

Written work: 60%
2 hour Exam: 25%
Oral presentation: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Leah Gerber

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 1 hour seminar, 1 x 1 hour tutorial and 1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Notes

Previously coded TRN4040

Synopsis

In this unit students will develop an understanding and acquire knowledge on discourse analysis tools used in Translation Studies. The unit will provide students with the opportunity to analyse discourse features of the original text and compare and contrast them with the translated version. The unit also aims to develop the student's ability to translate texts of increasing levels of complexity and expertise in a variety of textual genres. A particular emphasis is given to ethical issues involved in translation.
The unit combines a generic, classroom-based component, in which some of the theoretical issues from the parallel core subjects are discussed, in addition to language-specific tutorials and a fieldwork component, in which students will be introduced to translation and translating in a variety of different environments. This unit includes web-based translation assignments tailored to individual target languages, involving the practical application of theoretical insights. Translation will be LOTE-English OR English-LOTE.

Objectives

On completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. identify the problems different text genres pose for translation
  2. translate a variety of document genres by applying critical insights from translation theory and methodology
  3. access, translate and return Web-based documents
  4. use suitable strategies to create texts in the target language
  5. identify and analyse ethical issues as they relate to the interpreting and translation industry.

Assessment

Written work: 50%
1 Test: 20%
1 Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Leah Gerber

Contact hours

1 x 1.5 hour seminar, 1 x 1.5 hour tutorial, the equivalent of 1 x 1 hour interactive web-based work, and the equivalent of 40 hours of fieldwork.

Co-requisites

APG4813


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Notes

Previously coded TRN4050

Synopsis

This subject follows on from APG4814 Translation 1: Discourse Analysis. It addresses the more specific translation issue of field: the use of language in various professional and social settings. Such uses will be addressed, firstly, through theoretical discussion in relation to context and cognitive environment, followed by the practical translation of authentic texts, which illustrate the issues involved.

Objectives

  1. translate a variety of linguistic registers, informed by theoretical insight
  2. develop specialized competence in one or more areas of professional discourse
  3. develop a glossary by which they can expand and store their knowledge of specialised terms and how they might be used
  4. identify and discuss theoretical and methodological issues related to the translation of different professional discourses
  5. utilise problem-solving strategies for specialist discourses
  6. use a variety of specialised dictionaries, glossaries, and web-based translation aids.

Assessment

Written work: 50%
1 Test: 20%
1 Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Leah Gerber

Contact hours

One two-hour seminar per week and the equivalent of two hours interactive Web-based work

Prerequisites

APG4813


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Marc Orlando

Notes

Previously coded TRN4200

Synopsis

This unit consists of two components:

  1. An introduction to the theory, principles and techniques of interpreting and an overview of ethical and professional issues;
  2. The practice of consecutive interpreting: dialogue interpreting and speech interpreting.
Topics to be covered include an overview of the history, of the essential theoretical concepts and of the ethical principles of interpreting; aspects of speaking, listening and non-verbal communication fundamental to consecutive interpreting.

Objectives

This unit aims at developing key interpreting techniques expected of a professional interpreter. It also enables students to acquire background knowledge for the various socio-cultural contexts for interpreting in Australia.
Upon completion of the unit, students should have gained:

  1. the basic techniques of interpreting in a dialogue mode and of providing consecutive interpreting of speeches,
  2. all the skills of analytic reading and listening, memorization, note-taking, and they should be able to apply them to the different modes of interpreting,
  3. an understanding of ethics of the profession and of their appreciation in various interpreting situations,
  4. a socio-cultural knowledge for the various domains of interpreting in Australia,
  5. an appreciation of the history of the interpreting profession, in Australia and worldwide.

Assessment

Class exercises and participation: 15%
Written essay: 10%
Professional folio
(mock conference report, glossaries, research): 15%
Practice exams in consecutive interpreting (speech and dialogue interpreting): 20%
Final exams in consecutive interpreting(speech and dialogue interpreting):40%

Chief examiner(s)

Marc Orlando

Contact hours

Students have 6 contact hours per week, consisting of either two 2-hour seminars and one 2-hour workshop or one 2-hour seminar and two 2-hour workshops.

Co-requisites

The parallel core unit, APG4814 can be taken concurrently or, for part-time students, in the preceding year.

Prohibitions

JIT4100


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Notes

Previously coded TRN4201A

Synopsis

The project consists of an annotated translation of approximately 12-15,000 words, with a substantial critical introduction (written in English) of at least 3,000 words. For students intending to practice as professional translators, the project will consist of a series of set texts from a variety of genres (e.g., scientific, medical, legal, technical, governmental) to enable students to practice and develop their translation skills to a professional level. Students who wish to focus more on literary and/or cultural translation may choose to select one main text, in consultation with the supervisor. Students will be expected to translate into their A language.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the project, students will i) have considerably developed their translation skills and their understanding of issues involved in the translation process, ii) be able to critically reflect on their own translation practises, and iii) be able to demonstrate their awareness of relevant methodologies, theoretical frameworks, and skills.

Assessment

Translation project (15-18,000 words) : 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Leah Gerber

Contact hours

Regular meetings with supervisor should be scheduled

Prerequisites

Completion of, or with the permission of the coordinator, concurrent enrolment in APG4813

Co-requisites

Completion of, or with the permission of the coordinator, concurrent enrolment in APG4813

Prohibitions

On-campus


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Notes

Previously coded TRN4201B

Synopsis

The project consists of an annotated translation of approximately 12-15,000 words, with a substantial critical introduction (written in English) of at least 3,000 words. For students intending to practice as professional translators, the project will consist of a series of set texts from a variety of genres (e.g., scientific, medical, legal, technical, governmental) to enable students to practice and develop their translation skills to a professional level. Students who wish to focus more on literary and/or cultural translation may choose to select one main text, in consultation with the supervisor. Students will be expected to translate into their A language.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the project, students will i) have considerably developed their translation skills and their understanding of issues involved in the translation process, ii) be able to critically reflect on their own translation practises, and iii) be able to demonstrate their awareness of relevant methodologies, theoretical frameworks, and skills.

Assessment

Translation project (15-18,000 words) : 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Leah Gerber

Contact hours

Regular meetings with supervisor should be scheduled

Prohibitions

On-campus


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Maryanne Dever

Notes

Previously coded WSM4005

Synopsis

Students will be required to attend research methodology seminars, participate in research proposal seminars, engage in a significant research and reading program, and write a dissertation of 15,000-18,000 words on a topic of their own choosing, under the supervision of a member of academic staff.

Assessment

Written (15,000-18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Maryanne Dever


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Maryanne Dever

Notes

Previously coded WSM4005A

Synopsis

Students will be required to attend research methodology seminars, participate in research proposal seminars, engage in a significant research and reading program, and undertake the first half of a dissertation of 15,000-18,000 words on a topic of their own choosing, under the supervision of a member of academic staff.

Chief examiner(s)

JaneMaree Maher


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Maryanne Dever

Notes

Previously coded WSM4005B

Synopsis

Students will be required to complete a dissertation of 15,000-18,000 words on a topic of their own choosing, under the supervision of a member of academic staff.

Assessment

Written (15,000-18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

JaneMaree Maher


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr. Peter Oliver and Dr. Dirk Roux

Notes

Previously coded WTR4001

Synopsis

This unit aims to equip students with the knowledge to successfully plan and execute their research projects (semesters two and three), and (b) provide them with an understanding of, and the basic skills required for, careers as science and technology professionals.
Topics covered by this Unit include;

  • The role of science in society
  • Research methodology
  • Diffusion of innovation and knowledge management
  • Proposal development and project management

Objectives

Specific objectives of this unit include:

  1. Comment on the history and evolving role of science in society
  2. Differentiate between basic qualitative and quantitative research methods as well as contemporary approaches to research such as action research, inter- and transdisciplinary research, post-normal science and sustainability science
  3. Examine the process of knowledge creation and its relationship with technological innovation and diffusion
  4. Synthesize the history and theories of project management as well as the project management cycle and apply this in specific project activities
  5. Apply the essential tools of project management relating to project planning and resourcing
  6. Recognise the need and plan for social, technological, environmental, economic and political contexts in project design and rollout
  7. Apply monitoring and evaluation and risk management in the project cycle.

Contact hours

1 week of lectures (5-6 hours of lectures/seminars per day)
1 week reading, case studies, self study, tutorial, short course, guest lecturer, discussions

Co-requisites

APG4824, WTR2003 and APG4826


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Dirk Roux, Dr Peter Ashton (CSIR, SA), Dr Jeanne Nel (CSIR, SA)

Notes

Previously coded WTR4002

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to some of the fundamental science which underpins the understanding of the whole of catchment water cycle, including ecosystem functioning and the water quality and quantity requirements of various user groups (e.g. domestic, agriculture, industry, mining). Throughout the unit there is an emphasis on the whole-of-water cycle. The unit also addresses the human uses of water and highlights the dynamic relationship between human and natural aquatic systems. Topics covered in this unit include;

  • Basic properties of water
  • Principles of aquatic ecology, including ecological structure and function, the finite nature of the resource base and significance of water quality and quantity to the environment and multiple water users.
  • Integrated water resources planning and management including principles of systematic conservation planning and spatial development planning
  • River health monitoring, assessment and reporting
  • Freshwater ecosystems as complex social-ecological systems including the concepts of ecosystem services, resilience and thresholds of change.

Objectives

Specific objectives for this unit include:

  1. Describe the physical and chemical properties of water and the processes that affect these physical and chemical properties with respect to water quality
  2. Critically analyse given water quality data using correct analysis methods and statistics; present water quality data using correct tables and figures; interpret the outcomes of this analysis; write a meaningful report about the data and its implications for water quality, ecosystem health, or human use
  3. Determine linkages between the terrestrial and aquatic environment and the influence of land-use change on aquatic systems and environmental flows
  4. Measure key water quality and biological indicators for ecological health in an aquatic system and suggest monitoring and assessment criteria for healthy aquatic systems.
  5. Understand the principles of water storage and treatment and its subsequent treatment for human use.
  6. Provide comment on larger issues of water security, such as climate change.

Assessment

Case study on integrating river health, freshwater conservation objectives and water uses (Group assignment) 6000 words (100%)

Contact hours

1 week lectures (5-6 hours of lectures/seminars per day)
1 week reading, case studies, self study, tutorial, short course, guest lecturer, discussions

Co-requisites

APG4823, APG4825 and APG4826


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Bruce Missingham, Nathanial Matthews (International WaterCentre) and Dr Rebekah Brown (Monash Australia)

Notes

Previously coded WTR4003

Synopsis

This unit examines the elements and background to the so-called world water crisis and analyses current international development thinking about sustainable development and its application to water and water resources. It explores dimensions such as livelihoods and poverty, water supply and sanitation in cities, gender, community participation and water as a human right. This will be done in context of organisations such as Catchment Management Agencies and relevant Provincial Departments who face challenges with water sustainability and development. Students will be able to work directly with key individuals in these organisations and get a firsthand experience of some of the issues and challenges they face. Topics covered by the unit include;

  • Water and Sustainable Development: theory and principles
  • Water, Development, Poverty and Livelihoods
  • Water and Community Participation
  • Water supply, sanitation and health
  • Dams and irrigation
  • Water and Gender

Objectives

Specific objectives for this unit include:

  1. Critically examine the theoretical underpinnings and key principles of sustainable development and explain its application to water resources
  2. Identify the key aspects and causes of the 'global water crisis', and its implications for development
  3. Employ a range of analytical frameworks for understanding the links between water, livelihoods, poverty, and gender
  4. Explain the theoretical and practical justifications for community participation in water resources development, using examples and case studies
  5. Explain and have a critical appreciation of the implications of a human rights approach to water resources development.

Assessment

Interactive workshops on key topics
Individual participation and presentation: 30%
Case study - water supply and sanitation / water-sensitive cities
Group assignment (6000 words): 70%

Contact hours

1 week lectures(5-6 hours of lectures/seminars per day)
1 week reading, case studies, self study, tutorial, short course, guest lecturer, discussions

Co-requisites

APG4823, APG4824 and APG4826


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kwame Mfodwo, Prof Tally Palmer, Prof Christo de Coning

Notes

Previously coded WTR4004

Synopsis

Water governance refers to the diverse range of political, social, economic and administrative arrangements within which water resources are managed and water needs are met by different sectors of society. In this unit, students are introduced to key concepts of water governance addressing in particular: the interaction between water governance, poverty and development; institutional and legal frameworks for formal as well as informal water provision; core features of transboundary arrangements as well as the core issues to be addressed in the design, implementation and monitoring of water governance initiatives. The special features of water governance in Southern Africa and Africa generally are specifically analysed with attention paid to successes, failures and lessons to be learnt from other contexts. Issues of gender and social exclusion are also specifically addressed. Specific topics covered include;

  • Water governance: An overview
  • Water governance, poverty, industrialization and development - conceptual issues
  • The tasks of water governance in developing country contexts - key concepts and their critique
  • Water governance: institutions, organizations, rights, markets, law -Southern African aspects in comparative perspective
  • Transboundary aspects of water governance - Southern African aspects in comparative perspective
  • Design and implementation of water governance initiatives - general and Southern African aspects
  • Evaluation of water governance initiatives - general and Southern African aspects
  • Ensuring and maintaining access - gender, social exclusion and good governance

Objectives

Specific objectives for this unit include:

  1. Provide comment on the latest debates, insights, concepts, technical knowledge and tools pertaining to governance aspects of Integrated Water Management in developing and developed country contexts, with a particular emphasis on Southern Africa in comparative context
  2. Compare and evaluate experiences from
    1. the rest of Africa,
    2. Asia
    3. selected relevant developed countries and apply these to the Southern African context
  3. Have a critical understanding of the dynamic interplay between science, policy making, management and governance
  4. Use a range of governance tools and methodologies to identify and balance interests among conflicting functions and water uses in developing country contexts
  5. Analyse and design basic elements of IWRM governance arrangements in developing country and transboundary contexts paying attention to lessons learnt from successes as well as failures from Southern African and other contexts
  6. Communicate the key elements of governance initiatives orally and in written form, presenting these in a systematic and contextually appropriate way, whilst paying attention to the diverse needs of governments, the private sector and civil society
  7. Undertake individual research on governance issues, critically evaluating materials accessed from a variety of standpoints and communicating the essential points of such materials in an accurate and contextually informed way
  8. Demonstrate an ability to use personal reflection and social learning to improve their individual abilities as well as their ability to work as part of a team.

Assessment

Group assignment (6000 - 9000 words):100%

Contact hours

1 week lectures(5-6 hours of lectures/seminars per day)
1 week reading, case studies, self study, tutorial, short course, guest lecturer, discussions

Co-requisites

APG4823, APG4824 and APG4825


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded WTR4100


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded WTR4200


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded WTR4300


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded WTR4400


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Peter Isaac and colleagues

Notes

Previously coded GYM4370

Synopsis

Urbanisation has profound influences on cities that causes local changes in climate including increased temperature (the Urban Heat Island). Additional impacts include reduced moisture, modified urban waterways, and reduced vegetation. Moreover, urbanisation is linked to hazards such as poor air quality and heat related illnesses. These matters are of particular concern in the context of climate change. This unit will provide an understanding of the relevant physical processes and impacts, along with the associated technological, and socio-political contexts and examine potential solutions by undertaking a sustainable cities approach including the concept of a water sensitive city as an approach to heat mitigation and climate change adaptation. Emphasis is placed on practical, theoretical, observational, analytical and modeling skills developed through lectures, practicals and project work.

Objectives

On completion students will be able to:

  1. appreciate urban climate knowledge and the critical role of water in the urban environment;
  2. be able to apply climate knowledge to issues of urban sustainability and adaptation to climate change;
  3. have gained practical experience in problem formulation and solution, and in addition;
  4. Level 4 students will have developed specialised skills in research/project formulation.

Assessment

Literature review 500 words 11%
Practicals (500 words) 11%
Group or Individual Project Report/Presentation (1500 words): 33%
Examination (2 hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Peter Isaac

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures per week
one 3-hour practical per fortnight, plus private study/research time.

Prerequisites

18 points of Geography and Environmental Science, Atmospheric Science or permission of the Head of SGES. Other interested undergraduate and level 4 students will need to obtain permission from the Head of SGES

Prohibitions

ATS3887


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Gil-Soo Han

Synopsis

Students will be required to engage in a significant work of reading and research, and to write a dissertation of 15000 - 18000 words on a topic of their own choosing, under the supervision of a member of academic staff. Students will be assigned a supervisor and will be required to attend weekly supervisory meetings.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Communications and Media Studies, and demonstrate a command of that literature;
  2. Identify and develop key research questions;
  3. Develop and implement a research project in the field of Communications and Media Studies;
  4. Critically investigate a key issue in Communications and Media Studies;
  5. Critically write up research findings;
  6. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by relevant research;
  7. Construct a cumulative argument that is sustained across a 15 - 18000 word thesis;
  8. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

Research Project (15000-18000 words): 100%

Contact hours

Weekly supervisory meetings (a minimum of 1 hour per week) in addition to thesis research and writing

Prohibitions

APG4891 and APG4892


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Gil-Soo Han

Synopsis

Students will be required to engage in a significant work of reading and research, and to write a dissertation of 15000 - 18000 words on a topic of their own choosing, under the supervision of a member of academic staff. Students will be assigned a supervisor and will be required to attend weekly supervisory meetings.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to :

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Communications and Media Studies, and demonstrate a command of that literature;
  2. Identify and develop key research questions;
  3. Develop and implement a research project in the field of Communications and Media Studies;
  4. Critically investigate a key issue in Communications and Media Studies;
  5. Critically write up research findings;
  6. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by relevant research;
  7. Construct a cumulative argument that is sustained across a 15 - 18000 word thesis;
  8. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

Significant work towards Research Project (1500 - 18000 words): 100%

Contact hours

Weekly supervisory meetings (a minimum of 1 hour per week) in addition to thesis research and writing

Prohibitions

APG4890


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Gil-Soo Han

Synopsis

Students will be required to engage in a significant work of reading and research, and to write a dissertation of 15000 - 18000 words on a topic of their own choosing, under the supervision of a member of academic staff. Students will be assigned a supervisor and will be required to attend weekly supervisory meetings.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Communications and Media Studies, and demonstrate a command of that literature;
  2. Identify and develop key research questions;
  3. Develop and implement a research project in the field of Communications and Media Studies;
  4. Critically investigate a key issue in Communications and Media Studies;
  5. Critically write up research findings;
  6. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by relevant research;
  7. Construct a cumulative argument that is sustained across a 15 - 18000 word thesis;
  8. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

Completion of Research Project started in APG4891 (15000 - 18000 words): 100%

Contact hours

Weekly supervisory meetings (0.5 hours per week) in addition to thesis research and writing

Prohibitions

APG4890


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Wendy Stubbs

Synopsis

This unit provide students with exposure to current and topical case studies on a range of leading edge environmental sustainability issues in Australia.

Objectives

Upon satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge and comprehension and to critically evaluate key theories, concepts, tools and techniques in a specified specialist field;
  2. demonstrate an ability to apply these theories, concepts, tools and techniques in an appropriate context;
  3. further enhance communication, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Contact hours

Intensive:
4 days of lectures, tutorials/practical or fieldwork.

In-semester:
One 2-hour lecture per week.
Up to five 2-hour tutorials/practicals spread across the semester.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Australian studies
Geography and environmental science (ARTS)Social and community welfare
Sociology
Sustainability, environment and society

Prohibitions

ATS3893


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit offers a general orientation to communications and media studies at graduate level. It surveys a range of communication practices and introduces theories appropriate to understanding and analysing them. The major practices considered include journalism, broadcasting, organisational communication, public relations, development communication, political persuasion and new media forms such as blogs and social networking sites. These are considered both as fields of professional practice and as objects of scholarly analysis. Attention is given to the general conceptualisation of communication and media and to the major ways in which communication has been described and analysed.

Objectives

  1. to develop awareness of the range of social and professional contexts in which communication occurs;
  2. to develop an understanding of communication as a set of practices and to identify common features within these practices;
  3. to introduce some of the major ways in which communication and media have been understood at a theoretical level;
  4. to consider the relation between theory and practice in the field of communication and an appreciation of how they can productively inform each other;
  5. to introduce communications and media studies as a basis for further graduate study and professional practice in the field.

Assessment

Essay (3500 words): 40%
Essay (3500 words): 40%
Seminar presentation (2000 words): 20%

Contact hours

+ 2-hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (On-campus block of classes)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Pascaline Winand

Synopsis

This interdisciplinary seminar will explore innovative ways of studying the European Union. Students will pursue research on policy, economic, legal, historical, political or cultural aspects of the EU. They will gain insights into the key methodological and theoretical approaches in EU Studies. Prestigious guest lecturers from a variety of disciplines will be invited to present their research emphasizing the challenges they encountered in their research design. Students will likewise present their research work, which will be critically discussed by the unit coordinator, other students, and guest speakers. External experts will intervene live in some seminars via videoconferences.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an in-depth appreciation of the EU's functions and powers and decision-making;
  2. in-depth knowledge of some key areas of EU policy in their field of specialization;
  3. awareness of the key debates and internal as well as external challenges facing the EU;
  4. a developed understanding of the major theories and methods that shape EU studies, their key assumptions, hypotheses and limitations;
  5. an informed appreciation of the similarities and differences between them, of the extent to which they are complementary or competing;
  6. familiarity with different analytical methods;
  7. a capacity to construct a coherent and feasible research design from the initial research idea to the self-assessment of research findings;
  8. presentational (clarity and concision) and analytical skills when presenting key readings, their own research or discussing their colleagues' research;
  9. an ability to think critically but constructively;
  10. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  11. strong skills in oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  12. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  13. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, including those produced by the European Union itself.
  14. Students completing the unit at fifth year level will be expected to demonstrate, in addition: the acquisition of higher level of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in studying the European Union.

Assessment

Take home exam (2000 words): 20%
Class participation (incl. presentations)(1000 words): 30%
Research paper (6000 words): 50%

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar per week for 11 weeks

Prohibitions

ATS4897, APG5897


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrick Kimunguyi

Synopsis

The unit provides students with an in-depth understanding of the roles the EU plays in its relations with developing countries in areas such as trade, development, security, regional integration, democracy and human rights promotion. It examines the EU's relations with developing countries in various geographical locations: the Neighbourhood countries; Asia; Africa; the Caribbean; the Pacific and Latin America. The unit emphasises the interactions between the EU and key international institutions such as the UN and WTO; developed and emerging powers such as the US, Japan, and Australia; China, and India on issues concerning developing countries.

Objectives

By the end of their study of this unit, students will have gained:

  1. an appreciation of the theories and concepts of development in international relations;
  2. an understanding of the EU's role in the developing world with particular focus on its promotion of economic development, trade, security, democracy,human rights,regional integration, and environmental protection;
  3. a deeper appreciation of the EU's relations with developing countries in various geographical locations in the world;
  4. an understanding of the interactions between the EU and key international institutions (UN and the WTO) and regional organisations (African Union (AU), Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN), South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC) and MERCOSUR on developing country-related issues;
  5. an understanding of the challenges involving the EU's relations with other major powers such as the US, Australia as well as emerging powers such as China, India and South Africa;
  6. sufficient information and research skills to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources in formulating and responding to essay questions.
  7. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;

Assessment

On campus: Class Participation, presentation and weekly journal (500 words): 30%
Essay (3000 words): 30%
2 Hour exam ( 1,500 words): 40%

Contact hours

3-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4898, APG5898


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Murphy

Synopsis

In this unit students examine the interaction of art and economics, aesthetics and management, in advanced economies where creativity and imagination behave as integral forces of production. Unit themes include aesthetic modes of production, intellectual property relations, aesthetic modes of organization and management, experience economies, post-industrialism, design and industrialization, cultural industries, urban economies, creative processes, and art firms.

Objectives

On the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the general principles of cultural economies;
  2. An understanding of the relation between art and economics, aesthetics and management;
  3. An enhanced capacity to analyze the contribution of cultural forms to economic and organizational life;
  4. An ability to explain and analyze course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week for 6 weeks (evenings)
Two 6-hour intensive classes per semester (weekends)

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG5900


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Prof Amanda Lynch

Synopsis

Climate change is a critical issue for global sustainability, requiring drastic cuts to greenhouse gas emissions and substantial adaptive action. Although the science is well understood, there are major political and economic factors that influence the giving and withholding of support in making important decisions, including equity, culture and identity. The politics of integrating and balancing multiple interests to advance the common interest of any community, at any level, reframes climate change as an issue of development. The unit provides a fundamental understanding within a geographical framework of the geopolitical and economic considerations that affect progress in this vital area.

Objectives

Upon satisfactory completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate a basic understanding of the science of climate change and the principles of sustainability that influence our experience of and responses to the issue;
  2. demonstrate the ability to argue creatively, effectively and responsibly on a problem of decision associated with climate change;
  3. demonstrate knowledge and comprehension of the geopolitics and international/national political economic dimensions of climate change impacts, mitigation actions, and adaptation alternatives in a range of national contexts;
  4. demonstrate an understanding of market mechanisms to mitigate GHG emissions being debated including cap and trade, baseline and credit, etc.;
  5. demonstrate knowledge and comprehension of constitutive and ordinary decision processes in a range of national contexts;
  6. demonstrate an ability to apply these understandings, theories and concepts in an appropriate problem-oriented context;
  7. show skills in communication, problem solving and critical thinking.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words): 50%
Tutorial paper/debate (500 words): 20%
Examination (2 hours, 2000 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Amanda Lynch

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Geography and environmental science (ARTS)Politics
Sustainability, environment and society


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Farzad Sharifian

Synopsis

In this unit, student will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (9,000 words) that will address an issue relevant to the role of English as an International Language. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

Objectives

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Thesis: 9000 words (100%)

Prerequisites

1. APG4735, APG4734, APG4347 and one of the following: APG4733, APG4652, APG5652, APG4348, APG5348, APG5349, APG4635, APG5635

2. Students must achieve a minimum of Distinction average for the completed Master's coursework units prior to enrolment in this unit.

3. Students must submit a 500 word summary of their proposed research project and obtain approval from the course coordinator prior to enrolment.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ben McQueen

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to Peace and Conflict Theory. It identifies sources of conflict, conflict prevention strategies and methods of post-conflict re-construction. It will provide students with an understanding of peace theory, issues of structural violence, theories of non-violence, conflict resolution and post-conflict reconstruction. It will apply these theories to contemporary issues of human and environmental security including human rights, gender, economic security and religion and peacebuilding. International case studies will be presented to illustrate these theoretical concepts.

Objectives

After completing this unit, students will have gained an understanding of:

  1. different forms of conflict;
  2. underlying causes of conflict;
  3. peace theory, structural violence, theories of non-violence, conflict resolution and post-conflict reconstruction;
  4. issues of human and environmental security including human rights, gender, economic security and religion and peacebuilding;
  5. peace and conflict theories and their application to contemporary issues examined in international and local case studies.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 60%
Class presentation (3000 words): 30%
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

One 2.5 hour seminar per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry program. It introduces students to a number of basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation studies. It is aimed at improving students' intercultural and inter-lingual communication skills through various translation projects and critical readings of a range of different representations of Chinese translation works. The integration of classroom teaching and translation projects will encourage students to apply the basic translation skills they learn from the class to translation practices. Small group discussion encourages students to discuss common conceptual and practical issues of translation among themselves.

Objectives

This unit is designed for those students who have completed Chinese 8 language level proficiency or by permission. Upon successfully completing the unit, students are expected:

  1. To have a basic understanding of theoretical and practical issues in modern Chinese translation activities;
  2. To improve their communication skills between the two languages and;
  3. To acquire some important techniques of translation between Chinese and English;
  4. To be capable of enrolling in higher level of translation studies (Graduate Diploma or Masters of Translation Studies).

Assessment

Written work and class test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Chunming Shan

Contact hours

60 hours over 3 weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese translationChinese language

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS1015, ATS2015, ATS2035, ATS3015, ATS3035


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry program. It introduces students to a number of additional basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation studies. It is aimed at improving students' intercultural and inter-lingual communication skills through various translation projects and critical readings of a range of different representations of Chinese translation works. Through the study of Chinese and Western translation history, students will be able to enhance their translation skills. In addition, translation analysis is also introduced.

Objectives

Upon successfully completing the unit, students are expected:

  1. to have furthered their understanding of theoretical and practical issues in modern Chinese translation activities and studies
  2. to have improved their communication skills between the two languages and cultures
  3. to have acquired some important techniques of translation between Chinese and English, and
  4. to be able to enrol in higher level of translation studies (Graduate Diploma or Masters of Translation Studies).

Assessment

Written work and Class Test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Chunming Shan

Contact hours

60 hours over 3 weeks

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese translationChinese language

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS1016, ATS2016, ATS2036, ATS3015, ATS3036


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

Through a number of text-analysis focused projects, this unit will introduce students to various basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation; It will help students to identify different types of source texts, build up their skills in text analysis and help students to choose correct strategies when translating different texts for professional purposes; Through project-based exercises, this unit will provide an opportunity for students to improve their understanding and analytic skills of all factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language; The integration of classroom teaching and translation projects encourages students to apply theories and skills they learn in class to translation practices.

Objectives

  1. Weekly lecture/seminar on prescribed texts will provide basic concepts of issues in translation studies in general and text analysis in particular. The unit will focus on some basic ideas on text analysis of translation studies and some popular theories which discuss factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language. Students are expected to improve their understandings of theories relating to classification and identification of source texts and translation strategies;
  2. By applying some basic concepts relating to text analysis and translation strategies to weekly project-based translation practices and class discussions, students are also expected to improve their ability to determine a correct translation strategy for professional purposes;
  3. Three supervised translation projects and one examination in a time controlled situation will be conducted during the semesters in order to test the progress of students.

Assessment

Written work and Class test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Chun-Ming Shan

Contact hours

3 (2 hours lecture/seminar, one hour class discussion)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese translationChinese language

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS2049, ATS3043, ATS3049


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

This unit is an extension of but can be independent from Chinese Translation for Professional Purposes 1. Through a number of text-analysis focused projects, this unit will introduce students to various basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation; It will help students to identify different types of source texts, build up their skills in text analysis and help students to choose correct strategies when translating different texts for professional purposes; Through project-based exercises, this unit will provide an opportunity for students to improve their understanding and analytic skills of all factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language; The integration of classroom teaching and translation projects encourages students to apply theories and skills they learn in class to translation practices.

Objectives

  1. Weekly lecture/seminar on prescribed texts will provide basic concepts of issues in translation studies in general and text analysis in particular. The unit will focus on some basic ideas on text analysis of translation studies and some popular theories which discuss factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language. Students are expected to improve their understandings of theories relating to classification and identification of source texts and translation strategies;
  2. By applying some basic concepts relating to text analysis and translation strategies to weekly project-based translation practices and class discussions, students are also expected to improve their ability to determine a correct translation strategy for professional purposes;
  3. Three supervised translation projects and one examination in a time controlled situation will be conducted during the semesters in order to test the progress of students.

Assessment

Written work and Class test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Chunming Shan

Contact hours

3 (2 hours lecture/seminar, one hour class discussion)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese translationChinese language

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS3044, ATS2050, ATS3050


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry Program. It provides basic training of Chinese translation techniques through exposing students to Western theoretical approaches in text type, and different contextual analyses of the linguistic features of different text types. Through a number of text-analysis focused projects, this unit will introduce students to various basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation. Through project-based exercises, this unit will provide an opportunity for students to improve their understanding and analytic skills of all factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language.

Objectives

Upon successfully completing the units, students are expected to:

  1. Have a basic understanding of theoretical and practical issues relating to the text analysis and translation strategy
  2. Be able to identify different types of source texts for different professional purposes
  3. Be able to identify correct translation strategy for targeted professional readers, and
  4. Have a solid foundation to enrol in higher level of translation studies (Graduate Diploma or Masters of Translation Studies).

Assessment

Written work and Class Test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Chunming Shan

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese translationChinese language

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS2043, ATS3043, ATS3049


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry Program. It is an extension of but can be independent from Chinese Translation for Professional Purposes 1. Through a number of text-analysis focused projects, this unit will introduce students to additional conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation. Through project-based exercises, this unit will provide an opportunity for students to improve their understanding and analytical skills of all factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language.

Objectives

  1. Students are expected to improve their understanding of theories relating to classification and identification of source texts and translation strategies;
  2. By applying some basic concepts relating to text analysis and translation strategies to weekly project-based translation practices and class discussions, students are also expected to improve their ability to determine a correct translation strategy for professional purposes;
  3. Students are to further practice translation techniques in new contextual backgrounds so as to foster a better understanding of translation of different text types.

Assessment

Written work and class test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Chunming Shan

Contact hours

60 hours over 3 weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese translationChinese language

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS2044, ATS3044, ATS3050


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

The unit is offered in China as through the Chinese Incountry Program. It consists of a series of lectures, seminars, workshops, and practical sessions, covering 5 common areas. It also covers a brief introduction to the concepts, techniques and background knowledge of interpreting skills. After the introductory module introducing the history and procedures of interpreting, topics covered will include Culture and Education, Public Health, Social Issues, and Tourism.

Objectives

This unit aims to train bilingually proficient students in the role, theory, ethics, and practice of inter-cultural verbal communication at elementary level.
On completion of this units students will have developed:

  1. Basic concepts of interpreting skills To fully understand the differences between verbal and non-verbal interpreting skills and concepts underlying principles and practice of interpreting and to recognize the specific requirements of different types of interpreting.
  2. Improved linguistic competence as well as verbal and non-verbal interpreting competence in both Chinese and English, to help them acquire fundamental skills and strategies essential to interpreting and to develop underlying techniques for summarizing, memory enhancement, note taking, public speaking skills, to help them become involved in various kinds of communicative activities which are closely in line with real-life situations and explore solutions to problems involved in decoding and encoding messages in the process of interpreting.
  3. Enhanced multicultural understanding, as a prerequisite to interpreting and to communicate culturally specific information into an understandable format in the target language.
  4. A solid foundation and confidence to participate in postgraduate level of interpreting and translation studies and/or other higher level of professional training programs.

Assessment

Tutorial participation and homework: 10%
Written work: 50%
Final Oral exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Chunming Shan

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese translationChinese language

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS2045, ATS3045, ATS3051, ATS4043


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

Taught in a Chinese university, this unit builds on the skills learnt in Basic Interpreting Skills (Mandarin) 1; It covers topics including: finance and trade, banking and insurance, information and technology, legal matters, formalities for conferences, and interviews. Basic Interpreting Skills (Mandarin) 1 clearly follows a more professional line and is designed to give students more complete and polished skills as well as increasing the variety of their experiences.

Objectives

This unit aims to train bilingually proficient students in the role, theory, ethics, and practice of inter-cultural verbal communication at elementary level.
On completion of this unit students will have further developed and consolidated:

  1. Concepts of interpreting skills To fully understand the differences between verbal and non-verbal interpreting skills and concepts underlying principles and practice of interpreting and to recognize the specific requirements of different types of interpreting.
  2. Linguistic competence as well as verbal and non-verbal interpreting competence in both Chinese and English, to help them acquire fundamental skills and strategies essential to interpreting and to develop underlying techniques for summarizing, memory enhancement, note taking, public speaking skills, to help them become involved in various kinds of communicative activities which are closely in line with real-life situations and explore solutions to problems involved in decoding and encoding messages in the process of interpreting.
  3. Multicultural understanding, as a prerequisite to interpreting and to communicate culturally specific information into an understandable format in the target language.
  4. The foundation and confidence to participate in postgraduate level of interpreting and translation studies and/or other higher level of professional training programs.

Assessment

Tutorial participation and homework: 10%
Written test: 10%
Oral presentation and oral exam: 60%
Simulation performance: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Chunming Shan

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese language

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS2046, ATS3046, ATS3052, ATS4044


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Scott Grant

Notes

Previously coded CHI5010

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to spoken and written modern standard Chinese to students with no prior knowledge of Mandarin. An overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese is begun with equal emphasis on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Read around 250 Chinese characters and identify important associated radicals.
  2. Write around 250 Chinese characters in simple composition.
  3. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a small number of everyday practical situations.
  4. Use the pinyin romanisation system.

Assessment

Written work and tests: 60%
Exam: 25%
Oral exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Scott Grant

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prohibitions

ATS1001, ATS1021, ATS2001, ATS2021, APG4001, APG4021, APG5021


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Scott Grant

Notes

Previously coded CHI5020

Synopsis

This unit continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Read around an additional 250 Chinese characters (500 in total) and identify important associated radicals.
  2. Write around an additional 250 Chinese characters in simple composition (around 500 in total).
  3. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a range of everyday practical situations (approximates to International Second Language Proficiency level 1-: minimum creative proficiency).

Assessment

Written work and tests: 60%
Exam: 25%
Oral exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Scott Grant

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 1 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

ATS1002, ATS1022, ATS2002, ATS2022, APG4002, APG4022, APG5022


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Robert Irving

Notes

Previously coded CHI5030

Synopsis

Chinese 3 continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1 and 2. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations, to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and reading skills will be further developed through the use of audio/visual, Web-based and computer-assisted language learning materials.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have acquired:

  1. The ability to read and write an additional 200 Chinese characters (700 in total).
  2. A preliminary understanding of the basic syntax of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study.
  4. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations.
  5. Cultural (socio-political) knowledge to enhance understanding of the texts under study and the cultural sensitivity to communicate using appropriate levels of formality with Chinese from mainland China, Taiwan and various parts of the Chinese Diaspora.

Assessment

Written work: 20%
Exam and tests: 50%
Oral test and class performance: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Robert Irving

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 2 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

ATS1003, ATS1023, ATS2003, ATS2023, ATS3023, APG4003, APG4023, APG5023


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Robert Irving

Notes

Previously coded CHI5040

Synopsis

Chinese 4 completes an overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and reading skills will be further developed through the use of audio/visual, Web-based and computer assisted learning materials.

Objectives

Building on the language skills acquired in Chinese 3, on successful completion of Chinese 4 students will have developed:

  1. The ability to read and write around an additional 200 Chinese characters (900) total.
  2. An understanding of the basic syntax system of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study facilitating progression to later study of formal written Chinese (in Chinese Media Studies and Advanced Chinese).
  4. Comprehension skills necessary o read simple modern vernacular texts.
  5. Basic Chinese word processing skills.
  6. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations (approximates to International Second Language Proficiency Level 1+: transactional proficiency (able to satisfy all survival needs and limited social needs)).

Assessment

Written work: 20%
Exam and tests: 50%
Oral test and class performance: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Robert Irving

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 3 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

ATS1004, ATS1024, ATS2004, ATS2024, ATS3024, APG4004, APG4024, APG5024


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Lijun Bi

Notes

Previously coded CHI5050

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culturE.

Objectives

This unit is available to students who have a Chinese language ability equivalent to Chinese 4; Upon successful completion of this subject students will develop:

  1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
  2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
  4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
  5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

Assessment

Tests and class assessments: 50%
Exam: 35%
Oral exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Lijun Bi

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

APG4004 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

ATS1005, ATS1025, ATS2005, ATS2025, ATS3005, ATS3025, APG4005, APG4025, APG5025


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Lijun Bi

Notes

Previously coded CHI5060

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culture.

Objectives

This unit is available to students who have passed Chinese 5, or who have equivalent language ability. Upon successful completion of this unit students will develop:

  1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
  2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
  4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
  5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

Assessment

Tests and class assessments: 50%
Exam: 35%
Oral exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Lijun Bi

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

APG5005 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

ATS1006, ATS1026, ATS2006, ATS2026, ATS3006, ATS3026, APG4006, APG4026, APG5026


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Warren Sun

Notes

Previously coded CHI5070

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

Objectives

The subject aims to provide students with:

  1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.
  2. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.
  3. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

Assessment

Class participation (450 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar paper and associated oral presentation (1350 words equivalent): 20%
10%;Two written assignments (1350 words in total): 30%; Written examination (1350 words equivalent): 30%;

Chief examiner(s)

Warren Sun

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 6 (ATS1006) or permission

Prohibitions

ATS1007, ATS1027, ATS2007, ATS2027, ATS3007, ATS3027, APG4007, ATS4027, APG5027


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Warren Sun

Notes

Previously coded CHI5080

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

Objectives

The subject aims to provide students with:

  1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.
  2. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.
  3. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

Assessment

Class participation (450 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar paper and associated oral presentation(1350 words equivalent): 20%
10%; Two written assignments (1350 words in total): 30%; Written examination (1350 words equivalent): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Hui Huang

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 7 or permission

Prohibitions

ATS1008, ATS1028, ATS2008, ATS2028, ATS3008, ATS3028, APG4008, ATS4008, ATS4028, APG5028


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Hui Xu

Notes

Previously coded CHI5090

Synopsis

Building on and consolidating the work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings in Chinese extracted from significant works by modern authors.

Objectives

  1. To further develop students' ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Oral presentation: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/perfomance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Hui Xu

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 8 language level proficiency as determined by placement test.

Prohibitions

ATS1009, ATS1029, ATS2009, ATS2029, ATS3009, ATS3029, APG4009, ATS4009, ATS4029, APG5029


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Hui Xu

Notes

Previously coded CHI5100

Synopsis

Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s TO 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural change of modern China as a result of the 1911 Revolution.

Objectives

  1. To further develop students linguistic ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoke and written forms.
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Oral presentaion: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/perfomance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Hui Xu

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 9 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

ATS1010, ATS1030, ATS2010, ATS2030, ATS3010, ATS3030, APG4010, ATS4010, ATS4030, APG5030


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Hui Xu

Notes

Previously coded CHI5110

Synopsis

Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

  1. a general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s).
  2. an in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
  3. the ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentation: 15%
Class participation/perfomance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Hui Xu

Contact hours

Three x 1 hr seminars/week

Prerequisites

Chinese 10 language level proficiency or by permission.

Prohibitions

ATS1011, ATS1031, ATS2011, ATS2031, ATS3011, ATS3031, APG4011, ATS4011, ATS4031, APG5031


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Hui Xu

Notes

Previously coded CHI5120

Synopsis

Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

  1. a general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s)
  2. an in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
  3. the ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentation: 15%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Hui Xu

Contact hours

Three x 1 hr seminars/week

Prerequisites

Chinese 11 or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS1012, ATS1032, ATS2012, ATS2032, ATS3012, ATS3032, APG4012, ATS4012, ATS4032, APG5032


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Candy Wang

Notes

Previously coded CHI5450

Synopsis

This unit provides students with Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. By exposing students to a specialised business text style, students who wish to further improve their Chinese language proficiency can have an opportunity to grasp the language features of business texts and practice writing and translating related texts, thus developing their current bilingual language proficiency as well as broadening their career opportunities.

Objectives

Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:

  1. to acquire familiarity with the basic linguistic features of Chinese business text through discourse analysis;
  2. to acquire basic Chinese business writing skills;
  3. to foster basic translation skills in translating business texts;
  4. to further improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

Assessment

Written work and class test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Candy Wang

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour lecture per week

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS1013, ATS1033, ATS2013, ATS2033, ATS3013, ATS3033, APG4013, ATS4013, ATS4033, APG5033


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Candy Wang

Notes

Previously coded CHI5460

Synopsis

This unit provides students with further Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. Having been exposed to texts in a specialised business style, students will further improve their Chinese language proficiency, and will be introduced to an increased range of language features common to Chinese business texts. Students will continue to practise writing and translating related texts and will be required to display a greater level of sophistication and understanding in both their translation and original writing than in Chinese for Business Communication part 1; This will further promote students' bilingual language proficiency and broaden their career opportunities.

Objectives

Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:

  1. to familiarise with an expanded range of features of business text through discourse analysis;
  2. to extend basic Chinese business writing skills acquired in Chinese for Business Communication Part 1;
  3. to extend translation skills in translating business text;
  4. to further improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

Assessment

Written work and class test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Candy Wang

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour lecture per week

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS1014, ATS1034, ATS2014, ATS2034, ATS3014, ATS3034, APG4014, ATS4014, ATS4034, APG5034


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a number of basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation studies. It is aimed at improving students' intercultural and inter-lingual communication skills through various translation projects and critical readings of a range of different representations of Chinese translation works. The integration of classroom teaching and translation projects will encourage students to apply the basic translation skills they learn from the class to translation practices. Small group discussion encourages students to discuss some common conceptual and practical issues of translation among themselves.

Objectives

This unit is designed for those students who have completed Chinese 8 or equivalent. Upon successfully completing the unit, students are expected:

  1. to have a basic understanding of theoretical and practical issues in modern Chinese translation activities;
  2. to improve their communication skills between the two languages and;
  3. to acquire some important techniques of translation between Chinese and English;
  4. to be capable of enrolling in higher level of translation studies (graduate diploma or Masters of Translation Studies.

Assessment

Written work and Class test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Chun-Ming Shan

Contact hours

3 hours on weekly basis

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese translation

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS1035, ATS2015, ATS2035, ATS3015, ATS3035, CHI4659


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a number of additional basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation studies. It is aimed at improving students' intercultural and inter-lingual communication skills through various translation projects and critical readings of a range of different representations of Chinese translation works. Through the study of Chinese and Western translation history, students will be able to enhance their translation skills. In addition, translation analysis is also introduced.

Objectives

Upon successfully completing the unit, students are expected:
1/ to have furthered their understanding of theoretical and practical issues in modern Chinese translation activities and studies
2/ to have improved their communication skills between the two languages and cultures and
3/ to have acquired some important techniques of translation between Chinese and English, and
4/ to be able to enrol in higher level of translation studies (Graduate Diploma or Masters of Translation Studies).

Assessment

Written work and Class test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Chunming Shan

Contact hours

3 hours on weekly basis

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese translation

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS1036, ATS2016, ATS2036, ATS3016, ATS3036


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Scott Grant

Notes

Previously coded CHI5901

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It provides an introduction to spoken and written modern standard Chinese to students with no prior knowledge of Mandarin. An overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese is begun with equal emphasis on the four skills of reading, writing, listening, and speaking.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Read around 250 characters and identify important composite radicals
  2. Write around 250 Chinese characters in simple composition
  3. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a number of everyday practical situations, and
  4. Use the pinyin romanisation system.

Assessment

Written work and tests: 60%
Exam: 25%
Oral exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Scott Grant

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

Prohibitions

ATS1001, ATS2001, ATS2021, APG4001, APG4021, APG5001,


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Scott Grant

Notes

Previously coded CHI5902

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It unit continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening, and speaking.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Read around an additional 250 Chinese characters (500 in total) and identify important associated radicals
  2. Write around an additional 250 Chinese characters in simple composition (around 500 in total)
  3. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a range of everyday practical situations (approximates to International Second Language Proficiency Level 1-: minimum creative proficiency).

Assessment

Written work and tests: 60%
Exam: 25%
Oral exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Scott Grant

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

Prohibitions

ATS1002, ATS1022, ATS2002, APG4002, APG4022, APG5002


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Robert Irving

Notes

Previously coded CHI5903

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1 and 2. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations, to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have acquired:

  1. The ability to read and write an additional 200 Chinese characters (700 in total).
  2. A preliminary understanding of the basic syntax of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study.
  4. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations.
  5. Cultural (socio-political) knowledge to enhance understanding of the texts under study and the cultural sensitivity to communicate using appropriate levels of formality with Chinese from mainland China, Taiwan and various parts of the Chinese Diaspora.

Assessment

Written work: 20%
Exam and tests: 50%
Oral test and class performance: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Robert Irving

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 2 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS1003, ATS1023, ATS2003, ATS2023, ATS3023, APG4003, APG4023, APG5003


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Robert Irving

Notes

Previously coded CHI5904

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It gives students an overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China.

Objectives

Building on the language skills acquired in Chinese 3, on successful completion of Chinese 4 students will have developed:

  1. The ability to read and write around an additional 200 Chinese characters (900) total
  2. An understanding of the basic syntax system of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study facilitating progression to later study of formal written Chinese (in Chinese Media Studies and Advanced Chinese)
  4. Comprehension skills necessary to read simple modern vernacular texts
  5. Basic Chinese word processing skills, and
  6. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations (approximates to International Second Language Proficiency Level 1+: transactional proficiency (able to satisfy all survival needs and limited social needs).

Assessment

Written work: 20%
Exam and tests: 50%
Oral test and class performance: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Robert Irving

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 3 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS1004, ATS1024, ATS2004, ATS2024, ATS3024, APG4004, APG4024, APG5004


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Lijun Bei

Notes

Previously coded CHI5905

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It introduces students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culture.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will develop:

  1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
  2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
  4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
  5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

Assessment

Tests and class assessments: 50%
Exam: 35%
Oral exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Lijun Bi

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 4 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS1005, ATS1025, ATS2005, ATS2025, ATS3005, ATS3025, APG4005, APG4025, APG5005


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Lijun Bi

Notes

Previously coded CHI5906

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It introduces students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culture.

Objectives

This unit is available to students who have passed Chinese 5, or who have equivalent language ability. Upon successful completion of this unit students will develop:

  1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese
  2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner
  4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese
  5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

Assessment

Tests and class assessments: 50%
Exam: 35%
Oral exam: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Lijun Bi

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 5 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS1006, ATS1026, ATS2006, ATS2026, ATS3006, ATS3026, APG4006, APG4026, APG5006


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Warren Sun

Notes

Previously coded CHI5907

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It introduces students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

Objectives

The unit aims to provide students with:

  1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.
  2. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.
  3. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

Assessment

Seminar participation, presentation and paper: 40%
Written work: 30%
Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Hui Huang

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 6 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS1007, ATS1027, ATS2007, ATS2027, ATS3007, ATS3027, APG4007, ATS4007, APG5007, APG5027


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Warren Sun

Notes

Previously coded CHI5908

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It introduces students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

Objectives

The unit aims to provide students with:

  1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.
  2. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.
  3. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

Assessment

Seminar participation, presentation and paper: 40%
Written work: 30%
Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Hui Huang

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 7 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS1008, ATS1028, ATS2008, ATS2028, ATS3008, ATS3028, APG4008, ATS4008, ATS4028, APG5008


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Hui Xu

Notes

Previously coded CHI5909

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s - 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural changes in modern China resulting from the 1911 Revolution.

Objectives

  1. To further develop students' ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Oral presentation: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Hui Xu

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 8 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS1009, ATS1029, ATS2009, ATS2029, ATS3009, ATS3029, APG4009, ATS4009, ATS4029, APG5009


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Hui Xu

Notes

Previously coded CHI5910

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s to 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural change of modern China as a result of the 1911 Revolution.

Objectives

  1. To further develop students' linguistic ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Oral presentation: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Hui Xu

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours of three weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 9 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS1010, ATS1030, ATS2010, ATS2030, ATS3010, ATS3030, APG4010, ATS4010, ATS4030, APG5010


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Hui Xu

Notes

Previously coded CHI5911

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry Program. Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, it will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired:

  1. A general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s).
  2. An in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
  3. The ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentation: 15%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Hui Xu

Contact hours

60 hours over 3 weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 10 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS1011, ATS1031, ATS2011, ATS2031, ATS3011, ATS3031, APG4011, ATS4011, ATS4031, APG5011


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Hui Xu

Notes

Previously coded CHI5912

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry Program. Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

  1. A general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s)
  2. An in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism)
  3. The ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Hui Xu

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 11 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

ATS1012, ATS1032, ATS2012, ATS2032, ATS3012, ATS3032, APG4012, ATS4012, ATS4032, APG5012


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Candy Wang

Notes

Previously coded CHI5945

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry Program. It provides students with Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. By exposing students to a specialised business text style, students who wish to further improve their Chinese language proficiency can have an opportunity to grasp the language features of business texts and practice writing and translating related texts, thus developing their current bilingual language proficiency as well as broadening their career opportunities.

Objectives

Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:

  1. to acquire familiarity with the basic linguistic features of Chinese business text through discourse analysis
  2. to acquire basic Chinese business writing skills
  3. to foster basic translation skills in translating business texts, and
  4. to improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

Assessment

Written work and Class Test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Candy Wang

Contact hours

60 hours over 3 weeks

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS1013, ATS1033, ATS2013, ATS2033, ATS3013, ATS3033, APG4013, ATS4013, ATS4033, APG5013


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Candy Wang

Notes

Previously coded CHI5946

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry program and provides students with Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. Having been exposed to texts in a specialised business style, students improve their Chinese language proficiency, and are introduced to an increased range of language features common to business texts. Students will continue to practise writing and translating related texts and will be required to display a greater level of sophistication and understanding in their translation and writing than in Chinese for Business Communication part 1. This will promote students' bilingual language proficiency and broaden their career opportunities.

Objectives

Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:
1/ to acquire familiarity with an expanded range of features of business text through discourse analysis
2/ to extend their basic Chinese business writing skills acquired in Chinese for Business Communication Part 1
3/ to extend their translation skills in translating business text, and
4/ to further improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

Assessment

Written work and Class Test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Candy Wang

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over 3 weeks

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS1014, ATS1034, ATS2014, ATS2034, ATS3014, ATS3034, APG4014, ATS4014, ATS4034, APG5014


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Gloria Davies

Notes

Previously coded CHI5920

Chief examiner(s)

Gloria Davies


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Gloria Davies

Notes

Previously coded CHI5930

Synopsis

An essay of 9,000 words (maximum) on an approved Chinese Studies topic of the student's choice. A supervisor will be assigned according to the topic chosen. Three copies of the essay to be submitted for assessment at the end of the semester

Objectives

This unit is intended to provide students with:

  1. a broader and deeper understanding of one chosen aspect of Chinese Studies;
  2. advanced research methods and skills relevant to the chosen aspect of Chinese Studies.

Assessment

Essay (9,000 words) : 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Gloria Davies

Contact hours

2 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Gloria Davies

Notes

Previously coded CHI5990

Chief examiner(s)

Gloria Davies


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Lijun Bi

Synopsis

The unit allows students to complete the equivalent of 6 points of Chinese language study by undertaking an approved program of study over a minimum of six months at Shanghai International Studies University or another institution in the People's Republic of China or Republic of China. The level of the in-country unit in which the student enrols will be determined by the highest level of Chinese language study previously completed. Unit content will be equivalent to that of the corresponding unit within the Monash Chinese programs.The workload for this unit will be not less than that required for four 6-point on-campus units at Monash University.

Objectives

Objectives of the Chinese Incountry Program units shall be similar to the equivalent Clayton-based Chinese Studies Program units.

Assessment

Assessment criteria will differ in accordance with actual Chinese units studied in country. They will be similar to those of equivalent Chinese language units taught at Clayton Campus. Written and oral work will be assessed by Chinese language teaching staff of both Monash University and the Chinese host institutions.

Chief examiner(s)

Lijun Bi

Contact hours

60 hours over 3 weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese language

Prerequisites

A placement test and/or interview may be required

Prohibitions

Equivalent Monash Chinese language unit


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Lijun Bi

Synopsis

The unit allows students to complete the equivalent of 12 points of Chinese language study by undertaking an approved program of study over a minimum of six months at Shanghai International Studies University or another institution in the People's Republic of China or Republic of China. The level of the in-country unit in which the student enrols will be determined by the highest level of Chinese language study previously completed. Unit content will be equivalent to that of the corresponding unit within the Monash Chinese programs.The workload for this unit will be not less than that required for four 6-point on-campus units at Monash University.

Objectives

Objectives of the Chinese Incountry Program units shall be similar to the equivalent Clayton-based Chinese Studies Program units.

Assessment

Assessment criteria will differ in accordance with actual Chinese units studied in country. They will be similar to those of equivalent Chinese language units taught at Clayton Campus. Written and oral work will be assessed by Chinese language teaching staff of both Monash University and the Chinese host institutions.

Chief examiner(s)

Lijun Bi

Contact hours

120 hours over six weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese language

Prerequisites

A placement test and/or interview may be required

Prohibitions

Equivalent Monash Chinese language unit


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Lijun Bi

Synopsis

This unit allows second year students to complete the equivalent of 24 points of Chinese language study in a minimum of six months of in-country study. It is offered as part of the Monash in-country Chinese program conducted at the campus of Shanghai International Studies University, People's Republic of China. The level of the in-country unit in which the student enrols will be determined by the highest level of Chinese language study previously completed. Unit content will be equivalent to that of the corresponding unit within the Monash Chinese programs. The workload for this unit will be not less than that required for four 6-point on-campus units at Monash University.

Assessment

Assessment criteria will differ in accordance with actual units studied in country. These and their relationship with unit objectives will match assessment criteria for the equivalent on-campus Monash Chinese language units. Written and oral work will be assessed by Chinese language staff of both Monash University and the host institution.

Chief examiner(s)

Lijun Bi

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese language

Prerequisites

A first-year Chinese Language sequence


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Flexible)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the opportunity to:

  1. take up examples from their own professional work and subject this to detailed analysis with the support of the supervisor - this option only applies to professionals who have been working with NGOs, agencies etc in the field prior to their enrolment; or
  2. undertake an analysis of a particular theory or case study of importance to the current or future professional development of the student. In both cases the one-to-one relationship with the expert supervisor ensures that a carefully structured reading and writing program is developed in a manner directly relevant to the research topic.

Objectives

On sucessful completion of this unit the student will be able to:

  1. Review a body of literature in their chosen topic, and demonstrate a command of that literature.
  2. Develop key research questions.
  3. Develop critical analytical reasoning of issues through independent thought.
  4. Structure a well written research paper, with a coherent argument.
  5. Write longer, integrated and sustained critical argument.
  6. Gain an in-depth understanding of a comprehensive approach and international best practice to crisis management.

Assessment

Research paper (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

One hour contact (flexible) and an average of 10 hours per week in private research and assessment projects.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Flexible)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the opportunity to:

  1. take up examples from their own professional work and subject this to detailed analysis with the support of the supervisor - this option only applies to professionals who have been working with NGOs, agencies etc in the field prior to their enrolment; or
  2. undertake an analysis of a particular theory or case study of importance to the current or future professional development of the student. In both cases the one-to-one relationship with the expert supervisor ensures that a carefully structured reading and writing program is developed in a manner directly relevant to the research topic.

Objectives

On sucessful completion of this unit the student will be able to-:

  1. Review a body of literature in their chosen topic, and demonstrate a command of that literature.
  2. Develop key research questions.
  3. Develop critical analytical reasoning of issues through independent thought.
  4. Structure a well written research paper, with a coherent argument.
  5. Write longer, integrated and sustained critical argument.
  6. Gain an in-depth understanding of a comprehensive approach and international best practice to crisis management.

Assessment

Research paper (9000words): 100%

Contact hours

One hour contact (flexible) and an average of 10 hours per week in private research and assessment projects.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Synopsis

This unit provides a theoretical and practical overview of key issues in the rebuilding of household economies following a disaster, from short-term income protection during the acute phase of an emergency to longer-term livelihood planning for the recovery phase and beyond.

Objectives

The unit covers the following key competencies required by development practitioners engaged in livelihood programs:

  1. An introduction to the Sustainable Livelihoods Framework and its applications for post-disaster needs assessments.
  2. An introduction to subsector analysis and other methodologies for assessing potential livelihoods activities.
  3. A critical case-study based review of livelihood interventions in the post-disaster context, including but not limited to cash-for-work programs, asset replacement, technical assistance, microfinance, vocational training and infrastructure building. Particular attention will be given to cross-sectoral issues such as housing, gender and health and their implications for livelihood planning

Assessment

Research paper (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

One hour of online contact or discussion every week, An average of 10 hours per week in private research and assessment projects. The weekly contact is designed for international students who may be here on a scholarship.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Marc Orlando

Notes

Previously coded FNM5720

Synopsis

This unit examines practical and theoretical issues involved in translation of literature and cultures, between French and English. Students will explore individually or collectively ideas about translation through a range of specific text types (different literary genres; journalistic, scholarly or cultural texts). They will work in both language directions within translation workshops where the translation process will be studied through notions such as adaptation/transposition/textual equivalence/communicative function of the translation/comparative stylistics/semantic transfer, etc. Students will practice and develop their own translation skills through a series of translation exercises and a translation project.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the unit, students will:

  1. have considerably developed their translation skills and their understanding of issues involved in the translation process;
  2. be able to critically reflect on their own translation practises;
  3. be able to understand, discuss and analyse different theoretical issues involved in literary and cultural translations;
  4. have developed an ability to engage, critique and compare different types of translations, and
  5. have acquired an understanding of issues of comparative stylistics and a more developed sense of the richness of both languages.

Assessment

Class participation: 5%
Translation assignments (3000 words): 25%
Translation project (2000-3000 words): 25%
Group translation presented in class (500-1000 words): 15%
Examination (3 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Natalie Doyle

Contact hours

Two 2-hour seminars or workshops

Prerequisites

ATS3070 and ATS3083 (for French Studies) + APG4813 and APG4815 (for Translation studies)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Paul Thomas

Notes

Previously coded INM5010

Synopsis

The primary focus of the unit is on the communication skills required for use in an Indonesian setting. Lectures cover a broad introduction to the culture and geography of Indonesia as well as an introduction to strategies and skills required in learning a language. Practicals deal with the introduction and application of basic communication tasks with an emphasis on numeracy skills and immediate needs.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand basic grammatical structures of the Indonesian language.
  2. Consider cultural influences on the use of the Indonesian language.
  3. Use Indonesian to communicate everyday needs with particular emphasis on introductions and family
  4. Apply acquired learning skills to new language learning environments.
  5. Use the Internet and associated electronic tools to obtain information about aspects of language and culture related to Indonesia

Assessment

Spoken presentation: 25%
Cultural journal (in English): 15%
Short tasks: 10%
Written exam: 30%
Spoken exam: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Paul Thomas

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

Prohibitions

ATS1111, ATS2111, ATS4111


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Paul Thomas

Notes

Previously coded INM5020

Synopsis

A continuation of Indonesian 1. Lectures explore the historical, cultural, and political background to the modern Indonesian state while tutorials continue to develop proficiency in basic communication tasks, though with a greater emphasis on travel related themes.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate greater accuracy in basic grammatical structures of the Indonesian language;
  2. discuss some of the cultural and historical developments that have helped shape Indonesia;
  3. extend their use of Indonesian to communicate everyday needs with particular emphasis on travel;
  4. apply acquired learning skills to new language learning environments;
  5. demonstrate greater ability in the use of the Internet and associated tools for research on aspects of language and culture related to Indonesia.

Assessment

Spoken presentation: 25%
Cultural journal (in English): 15%
Short tasks: 10%
Written exam: 30%
Spoken exam: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Paul Thomas

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

Prerequisites

APG5111 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1112, ATS2112, ATS4112


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Paul Thomas

Notes

Previously coded INM5030

Synopsis

This unit develops and consolidates further students' ability to communicate in the Indonesian language and introduces them to the use of more idiomatic expressions and sophisticated grammar. Students develop an approach to researching current Indonesian cultural and political issues and are provided practice in a wide range of communicative tasks. Emphasis is given to the translation process within the context of common registers.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the Indonesian language across a broad range of non-specialist registers.
  2. make use of more advanced syntax and vocabulary to communicate topics and themes related to personal experiences
  3. exploit newly acquired cultural knowledge to communicate their understanding of social situations in an Indonesian setting.

Assessment

Spoken presentation: 20%
Cultural project: 20%
Short tasks: 10%
Written exam: 30%
Spoken exam: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Paul Thomas

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

Prerequisites

ATS1112 or VCE Indonesian or equivalent.

Prohibitions

ATS1113, ATS2113, ATS4113


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Paul Thomas

Notes

Previously coded INM5040

Synopsis

This is the continuation of Indonesian 3, and follows a similar pattern of language practice through lectures and discussion in the practicals. Translation skills are further developed in the context of a paraprofessional role.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the Indonesian language in formal and semi-formal registers commonly found in the media, government and personal correspondence.
  2. Expand their use of vocabulary and more complex syntax, in spoken and written language related to discussion and description.
  3. Put into practice their background cultural knowledge to communicate in more complex cross cultural social meetings.

Assessment

Spoken presentation: 20%
Cultural project: 20%
Short tasks: 10%
Written exam: 30%
Spoken exam: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Paul Thomas

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

Prerequisites

ATS1113 or APG5113

Prohibitions

ATS1114, ATS2114, ATS4114


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Yacinta Kurniasih

Notes

Previously coded INM5050

Synopsis

Passages from the Indonesian print media and other sources on selected topics relating to Indonesian society, culture and politics are critically analysed. Audio-visual material on selected topics are viewed and discussed, and writing tasks using appropriate registers are undertaken. Indonesian is the medium of instruction in all classes.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. enhanced and deepened their knowledge of issues in contemporary Indonesian society, politics and culture;
  2. strengthened their understanding of the way Indonesian language is structured and registered, and extended their vocabulary to convey information about, and interpretation of, attitudes to these issues;
  3. enhanced their skills in listening and comprehension of spoken Indonesian language;
  4. increased their skills in reproducing appropriate structure and registers of Indonesian language in speaking and writing;
  5. strengthened their translation skills, both from Indonesian to English and vice versa.

Assessment

Spoken word project: 25%
Written project: 20%
Short tasks and class assignments: 15%
Written exam: 25%
Spoken exam: 15%.

Chief examiner(s)

Yacinta Kurniasih

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

Prerequisites

ATS4114 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS3115, ATS4115


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Yacinta Kurniasih

Notes

Previously coded INM5060

Synopsis

Passages from the Indonesian print media and other sources on selected topics relating to Indonesian society, culture and politics are critically analysed. Audio-visual material on such topics is viewed and discussed, and writing tasks using appropriate registers are undertaken. Indonesian is the medium of instruction in all classes.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. enhanced and deepened their knowledge of issues in contemporary Indonesian society, politics and culture;
  2. strengthened their understanding of the way Indonesian language is structured and registered, and extended their vocabulary to convey information about, and interpretation of, attitudes to these issues;
  3. enhanced their skills in listening and comprehension of spoken Indonesian language;
  4. increased their skills in reproducing appropriate structure and registers of Indonesian language in speaking and writing;
  5. strengthened their translation skills, both from Indonesian to English and vice versa.

Assessment

Spoken word project: 25%
Written project: 20%
Short tasks and class assignments: 15%
Written exam: 25%
Spoken exam: 15%.

Chief examiner(s)

Yacinta Jurniasih

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

Prerequisites

APG5115 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS3116, ATS4116


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Paul Thomas

Notes

Previously coded INM5070

Synopsis

This unit provides opportunities for language learning through immersion in a content based unit dealing with practical aspects of journalism in the Indonesian context. Two workshops are conducted each week which integrate language skills with four main themes: history and background of the media in Indonesia, translation and the media, the print media; and radio broadcasting.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to: follow and create text across a broad range of registers commonly dealt with by the Indonesian news journalist; demonstrate an understanding of the underlying issues related to the practice and occupation of journalism in Indonesia; exploit a range of questioning skills in an interview situation; recognise and apply specific journalistic styles both in the print and broadcast media; question the underlying motives and quality of journalistic text.

Assessment

Spoken word project: 30%
News analysis and translation: 30%
Feature article: 20%
Written Exam: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Paul Thomas

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x workshop and 1 x lecture) per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor

Prerequisites

ATS3116 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS3117, ATS4117


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Paul Thomas

Notes

Previously coded INM5080

Synopsis

This unit is presented in a series of practical workshops and seminar discussions conducted in Indonesian exploring modern Indonesian theatre and film. The unit provides options for either performance or written proposals related to film or theatre. Aspects of language are highlighted through the creation of scripts and through reading, translating, and interpreting of works by Indonesian playwrights and film directors.

Objectives

At the conclusion of the unit, students should be able:

  1. To present arguments and proposals for creative cooperation across cultures
  2. To demonstrate a knowledge of developments in both the theatre and film over recent decades.
  3. To present a critical appraisal of a creative work for a general audience
  4. To have an understanding of the basic principals of sub-titling as they relate to film.

Assessment

Performance/production reports: 65%
Theatre/Film Review: 15%
Sub-title Project : 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Paul Thomas

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x workshop and 1 x seminar) per week

Prerequisites

APG5117 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS3118, ATS4118


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Brett Hough

Notes

Previously coded INM5090

Synopsis

In consultation with staff the student selects appropriate Indonesian language materials to support a proposed special project based on future research or vocational interests. Projects may include placements in related work or study areas and the project may be based on a translation project or be reported purely in Indonesian. The student reports via consultations with the lecturer, through class seminars and through writing projects. Reading and research design skills are discussed and developed in a practical context.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to use a variety of reading skills and research strategies appropriate for developing an individual study project;
  2. Be able to develop and discuss their study design;
  3. Be able to utilise a variety of listening and reading skills to select and exploit a wide range of relevant resources in both Indonesian and English.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4500 words)
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Brett Hough

Contact hours

2 hour report consultation or seminars every fortnight with an option of a work placement

Prerequisites

ATS4117 or ATS4118 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS3119, ATS4119


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Paul Thomas

Notes

Previously coded INM5100

Synopsis

In consultation with staff the student selects appropriate Indonesian language materials to support a proposed special project based on future research or vocational interests. Projects may include placements in related work or study areas and the project may be based on a translation project or be reported purely in Indonesian. The student reports via consultations with the lecturer, through class seminars and through writing projects. Reading and research design skills are discussed and developed in a practical context.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to use a variety of reading skills and research strategies appropriate for developing an individual study project
  2. Be able to develop and discuss their study design
  3. Be able to utilise a variety of listening and reading skills to select and exploit a wide range of relevant resources in both Indonesian and English.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4500 words)
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Paul Thomas

Contact hours

2 hour report consultation or seminars every fortnight with an option of a work placement

Prerequisites

ATS4117, ATS4118 or ATS4119 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS4120


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Paul Thomas

Notes

Previously coded INM5920

Chief examiner(s)

Paul Thomas


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kuniko Yoshimitsu

Notes

Previously coded JLG5000

Synopsis

As for APG4130

Objectives

Students will:

  1. Extend their linguistic competence, particularly in relation to reading and writing skills.
  2. Extend their knowledge in the topic area covered by the co-requisite unit.
  3. Demonstrate independent research skills and/or other relevant independent study skills at a level commensurate with their year level.

Assessment

Written work/oral and written projects: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Jun Yano

Contact hours

Regular consultation with coordinator and attendance at normal x 2hr classes per week for co-requisite unit

Prerequisites

Permission of coordinator of corequisite unit

Co-requisites

Japanese 9, 10, 11 or 12 at appropriate year level


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Notes

Previously coded JLG5720

Synopsis

This unit allows fourth year students to study in Japan at a recognised tertiary institution. Individual study plans based on Japanese proficiency and the host institution's program s are negotiated with the coordinator. Students will normally enrol in a unit or units formally offered by the institution concerned, based on the study plan agreed to before departure. The workload for this unit will be not less than that required for a 12-point unit at Monash University and will normally be completed over approximately 3-4 weeks for intensive programs, or over a semester or two semesters when combined with other study.

Assessment

Coursework test (2.5 hours): 50%
Examination (2.5 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Hiroko Hashimoto

Prerequisites

An undergraduate major in Japanese with a third-year sequence at credit level or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kuniko Yoshimitsu

Notes

Previously coded JLG5852

Synopsis

Develops skills in speed reading and comprehending a variety of texts in Japanese, including longer works than are included in either langugae units at this level. Skills in summarising will be introduced and discussion sessions will focus on both textual and linguistic features and content.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to use a variety of reading skills and strategies appropriate for the purpose such as scanning, skimming and prediction.
  2. Be able to summarise a variety of Japanese texts effectively.
  3. Be able to read Japanese materials in a larger quantity than previously, from a variety of fields, while recognising features of the different genres covered.
  4. Have a basic capacity for independent reading in Japanese through on-line learning materials and web based resources.

Assessment

2 Exams: (15%
35%)
Class contribution and exercises: 20%
Written work: 30% (1500 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kuniko Yoshimitsu

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 6 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS2155, ATS3155, ATS4155, APG4132


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah Pasfield-Neofitou

Notes

Previously coded JLG5010

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop knowledge, strategies and skills to interact in Japanese, in situations likely to be encountered in Australia and Japan and to establish a firm foundation of linguistic, sociolinguistic and sociocultural knowledge which can be creatively applied in a variety of situations.

Objectives

Upon completing Japanese 1, students should:

  1. Be able to participate in simple social conversations in Japanese.
  2. Possess basic 'survival' Japanese required for travelling in Japan.
  3. Be able to communicate in Japanese with teachers about their study.
  4. Be able to communicate basic information about themselves and family members.
  5. Have a basic knowledge of the Japanese writing system, including a knowledge of hiragana, some katakana and 25 kanji, and be able to use this knowledge to read and write in defined contexts.
  6. Have a basic knowledge of some aspects of Japanese geography, culture, society and economy.
  7. Be able to access the internet to obtain information on Japan and enhance their learning of the Japanese language.
  8. Have developed strategies for learning Japanese and have established a foundation for the continued study of both spoken and written Japanese.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 75%
On-going assessment: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Sarah Pasfield-Neofitou

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

Prohibitions

ATS1141, ATS2141, APG4141


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Keiko Migliacci

Notes

Previously coded JLG5020

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop knowledge, strategies and skills needed to interact in Japanese in practical contexts in Australia and Japan and also aims to extend linguistic, sociolinguistic and sociocultural knowledge to develop cross-cultural awareness and facilitate effective interaction.

Objectives

Upon completing Japanese 2, students should:

  1. Be able to participate in conversation in defined social situations.
  2. Be able to interact with Japanese guests, customers and tourists in a number of settings using simple Japanese.
  3. Possess basic 'survival' Japanese required for travelling in Japan.
  4. Have a knowledge of the fundamentals of the Japanese writing system, including a knowledge of hiragana, katakana and about 100 kanji, and be able to use this knowledge to read and write in defined contexts.
  5. Have a basic knowledge of some aspects of Japanese geography, culture, society, etiquette and tourism.
  6. Be able to access the internet to obtain information on Japan and enhance their learning of the Japanese language.
  7. Have developed strategies for learning Japanese and have established a foundation for the continued study of both spoken and written Japanese.

Assessment

Quizzes and assignments: 25%
Tests and examination: 75%

Chief examiner(s)

Keiko Migliacci

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

Prerequisites

APG5141 or its equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1142, ATS2142, APG4142


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Shani Tobias

Notes

Previously coded JLG5030

Synopsis

This unit aims to consolidate and develop students' basic linguistic skills and socio-cultural knowledge in spoken and written Japanese at a pre-intermediate level. The focus is to develop students' interactive competence, including linguistic, socio-linguistic and socio-cultural knowledge. The unit also aims to develop students' intercultural skills.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have gained and developed fundamental linguistic skills (e.g. basic grammar, vocabulary) at this level which are necessary for any further study of Japanese;
  2. have gained basic social/cultural knowledge about Japan;
  3. have developed listening and speaking skills for daily conversation (e.g. about leisure, travel, study) and exchanging information in Japanese within defined situations;
  4. be able to obtain necessary information from a variety of written and spoken Japanese texts, genres and media including the internet, with some guidance;
  5. be able to recognize and write the kanji introduced at previous levels and approximately 150 newly introduced characters;
  6. be able to write about personal life (e.g. daily life, leisure, travel) using basic kanji;
  7. have developed intercultural skills which include awareness of and sensitivity to cultural differences (and similarities) through comparison and reflection on students' own cultures and societies;
  8. have enhanced awareness of language as a system, through comparison of linguistic features of Japanese and English (or other languages); and
  9. have developed skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese acquisition outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and Examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Jun Yano

Contact hours

One x 1 hour lecture/week
Three hours (tutorials/seminars)/week

Prerequisites

Japanese 2 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1143, ATS2143, APG4143


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Shani Tobias

Notes

Previously coded JLG5040

Synopsis

This is the second part of a sequence progressing from the beginner to the intermediate levels of Japanese. This unit aims to enhance students' knowledge about Japan and consolidate and further develop their interactive skills in spoken and written Japanese. The unit also aims to enhance students' intercultural awareness through learning Japanese.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have gained good fundamental linguistic knowledge of Japanese (e.g. basic grammar, vocabulary, kanji) and developed skills to use them at pre-intermediate level;
  2. have gained social/cultural knowledge of Japan which are necessary to interact with Japanese people effectively in daily contexts;
  3. have developed listening and speaking skills for basic communication purposes;
  4. have developed strategies to obtain necessary information from a variety of written and spoken Japanese texts, genres and media including the internet, with some guidance;
  5. be able to recognize and use the kanji introduced at previous levels and approximately 150 newly introduced characters (450 in total);
  6. be able to write a simple essay about a social issue (e.g. ageing society, environment, education) using a wider range of vocabulary, sentence patterns and kanji;
  7. have developed intercultural awareness through learning Japanese;
  8. have developed skills and strategies that will enable them to continue their Japanese acquisition outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and Examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Shani Tobias

Contact hours

One x 1 hour lecture/week
Three hours (tutorials/seminars)/week

Prerequisites

Japanese 3 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1144, ATS2144, APG4144


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Notes

Previously coded JLG5050

Synopsis

This is the first part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. The course content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker and writing a report.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at intermediate level.
  2. Be able to read and understand extracts from Japanese texts of various genres written for Japanese audiences.
  3. Have developed listening and speaking skills in their areas of interest.
  4. Have developed interview skills to obtain information from members of the Japanese community in Australia on tourism.
  5. Be able to write and talk about places in Australia that Japanese people find interesting.
  6. Be able to recognize the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters.
  7. Have developed and displayed skills in using Japanese word processors.
  8. Be able to use a kanji dictionary.
  9. Have developed skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and Examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Hiroko Hashimoto

Contact hours

4 hours

Prerequisites

Japanese 4 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1145, ATS2145, ATS3145, APG4145


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Notes

Previously coded JLG5060

Synopsis

This is the second part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. This unit focuses on social and cultural issues from a global view point. The content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker, reading articles in the newspaper and internet sites and writing a report.

Objectives

Upon successful completion, students should:

  1. be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at advanced-intermediate level;
  2. be able to obtain some knowledge about issues in Japanese society and culture through reading, speaking and writing about the topic;
  3. be able to read and understand extracts from Japanese texts of various genres written for a Japanese audience;
  4. have developed listening and speaking skills about social issues;
  5. be able to obtain information in Japanese from newspaper articles and other written materials including the internet;
  6. have further developed and be able to display skills to use a Japanese word processor;
  7. be able to recognise the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters and;
  8. have developed skills that will enable continued study of Japanese outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and Examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Contact hours

4 hours

Prerequisites

Japanese 5 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1146, ATS2146, ATS3146, APG4146


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Takako Tomoda

Notes

Previously coded JLG5070

Synopsis

This is the first part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese. It covers spoken language and contemporary written language through various activities integrating listening, speaking, reading and writing. Activities are built around topics relating to Japanese lifestyles, their values, and to cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Extended their skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese.
  2. Reinforced their knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (750 kanji), and developed their knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media.
  3. Developed skills to gain necessary information from newspaper articles, journals, books and the internet.
  4. Developed skills to express themselves in written forms, in group discussions and in interviews with Japanese people.
  5. Acquired independent study strategies, noting problems and weaknesses and devising strategies to overcome these.

Assessment

Tests and Examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Takako Tomoda

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 6 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1147, ATS2147, ATS3147, ATS4147, APG4147


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Shimako Iwasaki

Notes

Previously coded JLG5080

Synopsis

This is the second part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese. Activities are built around topics relating to current issues in Japan and to cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese. Students will reinforce 1006 kyooiku kanji.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Further developed skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese.
  2. Reinforced their knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (900) and developed their knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media.
  3. Developed the skills to gain information on current issues from newspaper articles, journals, books and the internet, and through interviews with Japanese people.
  4. Developed their skills to summarise findings and express themselves in appropriate written forms, in group discussions, in presentations and in interviews with Japanese people.
  5. Developed a firm foundation for the continued acquisition of both spoken and written Japanese at an advanced level.

Assessment

Tests and Examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Shimako Iwasaki

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 7 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1148, ATS2148, ATS3148, ATS4148, APG4148


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Masato Takimoto

Notes

Previously coded JLG5090

Synopsis

Conducted entirely in Japanese, the unit offers an advanced level of spoken and written Japanese, designed to bring the student closer to semi-native competence, through studying Japanese popular cultural forms. Language activities include reading a variety of text genres, including academic texts, learning advanced modes of expression and kanji, writing summaries and essays in Japanese, translation, debates and discussions, and conversation with Japanese visitors. Students will develop IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing, working with Japanese Internet sites, using on-line glossaries and making a powerpoint presentation in Japanese.

Objectives

After successfully completing this unit, students will have further developed towards an advanced, semi-native level:

  1. Their ability to use spoken Japanese to discuss and debate issues.
  2. Their ability to give a sustained and coherent oral presentation (supported by powerpoint) on a popular culture related topic.
  3. Their ability to comprehend spoken Japanese in the context of lecture presentations and authentic audio and audiovisual popular cultural documents.
  4. Their ability to read print and on-line texts using on-line glossaries and dictionaries, including both rapid reading for comprehension and detailed analytical reading.
  5. Their ability to write in Japanese, with particular reference to the skills of summary, synthesis and argument, in an essay related to popular culture.
  6. Their IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing, searching Japanese databases for information, analyzing and interpreting Japanese web pages, and doing a powerpoint presentation in Japanese.

Assessment

Tests and Examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Masato Takimoto

Contact hours

4 hours (1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 8 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1149, ATS2149, ATS3149, ATS4149, APG4149


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Masato Takimoto

Notes

Previously coded JLG5100

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to the theoretical and practical skills required for interpreting and translating between Japanese and English. It is designed for students with advanced competence in both Japanese and English, and will address both linguistic skills and interpreting/translating skills. While not intended to bring students to a professional level, the course will enhance students' ability to perform the informal interpreting and translating tasks. It will also provide a good foundation for further study in this area.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Be aware of basic theoretical issues concerning interpreting and translating and their practical implications;
  2. Have developed strategies for processing spoken and written texts from English into Japanese and vice versa; and
  3. Have improved their competence in Japanese.

Assessment

Written work 20%
Performance activities: 30%
Tests: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Masato Takimoto

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 2 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 9 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1150, ATS2150, ATS3150, ATS4150, APG4150


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kuniko Yoshimitsu

Notes

Previously coded JLG5110

Synopsis

This is an advanced level of spoken and written Japanese. It is designed to bring the student close to semi-native competence in the language, as well as enhancing their awareness of current issues in Japan and their ability to discuss current issues in Japanese.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have increased their knowledge of the nature, structure and issues of media reports;
  2. Have increased their knowledge of current social issues in Japan;
  3. Have developed their ability to discuss current issues in Japanese;
  4. Have enhanced their ability to read authentic materials selected from Japanese books, journals and newspapers; and
  5. Have gained research skills in Japanese including: search of information through books, journals, newspapers, internet, etc.; critical thinking; and oral and written presentation skills.

Assessment

Exam: 45%
Class Test: 15%
Oral presentation: 20%
Written work: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Kuniko Yoshimitsu

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 10 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1151, ATS2151, ATS3151, ATS4151, APG4151


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Naoto Yokomizu

Notes

Previously coded JLG5120

Synopsis

This unit is designed to develop students' Japanese language skills to an advanced level, while enriching their knowledge of Japan-Asia-Pacific relations. Students will develop reading skills, research skills using Japanese resources, debating and discussion skills, and will use a variety of Japanese media, including the Internet. Writing skills to be developed include note-taking, translation, summary, synthesis and argument in essay writing. Teaching materials will relate to Japan-Asia-Australia relations, focussing on the issues facing Japan in its relations with the Asian region, past and present.

Objectives

After successfully completing this unit, students should have further developed to an advanced level:

  1. Their ability in speaking Japanese, in the context of informal and formal intellectual discussion and debate in Japanese.
  2. Their ability to comprehend spoken Japanese in direct formal exposition, and in audiovisual media.
  3. Their ability to read print and on-line texts using on-line glossaries and dictionaries, especially extensive reading for comprehension.
  4. Their ability to write in Japanese, with particular reference to the skills of note-taking and translation, and of summary, synthesis and argument in an essay on a topic related to Japan and the Asia-Pacific, past or present.
  5. Their IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing and researching and recording information from Japanese databases.

Assessment

Exam: 45%
Written work: 35%
Quizzes: 10%
Oral test: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Naoto Yokomizu

Contact hours

4 hours (1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 11 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS2152, ATS3152, ATS4152, APG4152


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Notes

Previously coded JLG5059

Synopsis

This is the first part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. The course content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker and writing a report.

Objectives

Upon successful completion, students should:

  1. have established and be able to maintain relationships with Japanese people,
  2. be able to obtain information in Japanese on current affairs, from newspaper articles and other written materials in areas covered in this unit,
  3. have developed interview skills to obtain information from the Japanese people,
  4. be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at intermediate level,
  5. have developed listening and speaking skills in the area of their interest,
  6. be able to write and talk about given topics,
  7. be able to recognize the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters as well as reviewing the previously learnt kanji (400) totaling 550,
  8. have developed and be able to apply skills in Japanese word processing, and 9. be able to use a kanji dictionary and develop skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and Examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Contact hours

3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

Prerequisites

Japanese 4 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1165, ATS2165, ATS3165, APG4165, ATS1145, ATS2145, ATS3145, APG4145


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Notes

Previously coded JLG5069

Synopsis

A special fee-paying, in-country Japanese language program providing home-stay, a variety of cultural activities, visits to various institutions and number of other excursions as well as classroom-based study.
This is the second part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. This unit focuses on social and cultural issues from a global view point. The content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker, reading articles in the newspaper and internet sites and writing a report.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students should:

  1. be able to maintain relationships with Japanese people
  2. be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at advanced-intermediate level
  3. be able to obtain some knowledge about issues in Japanese society and culture through reading, speaking and writing about the topic
  4. be able to read and understand extracts from Japanese texts of various genres written for a Japanese audience
  5. have developed listening and speaking skills about social issues
  6. be able to obtain information in Japanese from newspaper articles and other written materials including the internet
  7. have further developed and be able to display skills to use a Japanese word processor
  8. be able to recognize the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters, and have developed skills that will enable continued study of Japanese outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and Examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Contact hours

3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

Prerequisites

Japanese 5 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1166, ATS2166, ATS3166, APG4166, ATS1146, ATS2146, ATS3146, APG4146


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Takako Tomoda

Notes

Previously coded JLG5079

Synopsis

This is the first part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese.It covers spoken language and contemporary written language through various activities integrating listening, speaking, reading and writing. Activities are built around topics relating to Japanese lifestyles, their values, and to cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese. In addition to daily classroom-based study, this special fee-paying, in-country program provides home-stay, a variety of cultural activities, visits to various institutions and number of other excursions.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit should:

  1. extend their skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese;
  2. reinforce knowledge of the kyooiku kanji they have acquired so far (a total of 750 kanji), and develop knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media;
  3. develop skills to gain necessary information from a variety of Japanese media including print materials, online materials and visual materials;
  4. develop the skills to express themselves in written forms, in group discussions and in interviews with Japanese people; and
  5. acquire independent study strategies, noting problems and weakness and devising strategies to overcome these.

Assessment

Tests and Examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Takako Tomoda

Contact hours

3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

Prerequisites

Completion of Japanese 6 or equivalent.

Prohibitions

ATS1167/ATS2167/ATS3167; APG4167; ATS1147/ATS2147/ATS3147; APG4147/APG5147


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Takako Tomoda

Notes

Previously coded JLG5089

Synopsis

This is the second part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese.Activities are built around topics relating to current issues in Japan and cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese. Students will reinforce 1006 kyooiku kanji. In addition to daily classroom-based study, this special fee-paying, in-country program provides home-stay, a variety of cultural activities, visits to various institutions and number of other excursions.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit should:

  1. further develop the skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese;
  2. reinforce knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (a total of 900 kanji) and develop knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media;
  3. develop skills to gain information on current issues from newspaper articles, journals, books and on the Internet, and through interviews with Japanese people;
  4. develop the skills to summarise the findings and express themselves in appropriate written forms, in group discussions and in presentation; and
  5. have a firm foundation for the continued acquisition of both spoken and written Japanese at an advanced level.

Assessment

Tests and Examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Takako Tomoda

Contact hours

3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

Prerequisites

Completion of Japanese 7 or equivalent.

Prohibitions

ATS1168/ATS2168/ATS3168; APG4168; ATS1148/ATS2148/ATS3148; APG4148/APG5148


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr In-Jung Cho

Notes

Previously coded KLG5010

Synopsis

An introduction to contemporary Korean, with special emphasis on spoken
usage for everyday situations. Students will be introduced to the Korean
alphabet and begin to produce simple written Korean.

Objectives

Upon completing this unit, students should:

  • Be able to participate in simple social conversations in Korean;
  • Possess basic 'survival' Korean for traveling in Korea;
  • Be able to communicate basic information about themselves and family members;
  • Be able to read and write simple Korean;
  • Have a basic understanding of Korean culture.

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Injung Cho

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prohibitions

APG4171, ATS1171, ATS2171


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr In-Jung Cho

Notes

Previously coded KLG5020

Synopsis

Consolidation and extension of work begun in Korean 1 . Students will continue to develop their ability to communicate in routine social situations.

Objectives

Upon completing this unit, students should:+ Be able to competently participate in simple Korean conversations in a variety of settings;+ Possess a solid grasp of numbers and counting;+ Be able to compare and describe; + Be able to make requests, and express agreement and refusal;+ Be able to talk about future and past events;+ Be able to read and write in defined contexts+ Have an increased understanding of Korean society and culture.

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr In-Jung Cho

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

APG5171

Prohibitions

APG4172, ATS1172, ATS2172


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Young-A Cho

Notes

Previously coded KLG5030

Synopsis

Develops lower intermediate competence in contemporary Korean, emphasising active oral and writing skills, and the socio-cultural aspects of communication. Students will develop the ability to communicate in everyday social situations, as well as read and write simple texts.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:+ Speak and comprehend enough to communicate in everyday social situations;+ Read simple texts from magazines and newspapers;+ Write personal letters on simple everyday topics or simple reports on everyday events.

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Young-A Cho

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

APG5172 or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG4173, ATS1173, ATS2173


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Young-A Cho

Notes

Previously coded KLG5040

Synopsis

Consolidation and extension of ATS1173. Topics include everyday social situations, such as narrating personal experiences, enquiring about or expressing knowledge and opinions, and making arrangements. Students will read simplified texts from newspapers, and write simple texts such as a diary. They will be introduced to expressions in different registers in the spoken and written language and the social and cultural aspects of Korean society necessary to understand them.

Objectives

Upon completing this unit, students should:

  • Be able to confidently communicate in everyday social situations;+ Read simple texts from magazines and newspapers on a variety of topics;+ Understand expressions in different registers and their social and cultural background;
  • Write competently in Korean on simple subjects.

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Young-A Cho

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

APG5173 or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG4174, ATS1174, ATS2174


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Young-A Cho

Notes

Previously coded KLG5050

Synopsis

Development and consolidation of Korean language skills in speaking, reading and writing. Students will develop the ability to have moderately sophisticated conversations and to comprehend diverse reading materials

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit students will be able to:+ Engage in moderately sophisticated conversation in most formal and informal settings;+ Read diverse and increasingly complex texts;+ Produce moderately sophisticated written Korean.

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Young-A Cho

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

APG5174 or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG4175, ATS1175, ATS2175, ATS3175


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Young-A Cho

Notes

Previously coded KLG5060

Synopsis

An extension of Korean 5, further developing and consolidating Korean language skills to an upper intermediate level.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:+ Speak and comprehend Korean with structural accuracy and vocabulary sufficient to manage most social situations;+ Gain information from spoken and written sources in Korean using dictionaries;+ Read about and discuss issues regarding contemporary features of Korean society.

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Young-A Cho

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

APG5175 or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG4176, ATS1176, ATS2176, ATS3176


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Young-A Cho

Synopsis

This unit provides students who are self-directed and highly motivated with the opportunity to further expand their linguistic competence and knowledge of a topic area by undertaking an in-depth project or program of study. This will usually include research on a specific topic and written work. Other activities may include participation in relevant conferences and forums, viewing and production of creative works, small group projects or community involvement. Specific content and assessment will be negotiated and set out in writing prior to the commencement of semester, or within the first two weeks.

Objectives

Students will:

  1. Extend their linguistic competence, particularly in relation to reading and writing skills.
  2. Extend their knowledge in the topic area covered by the co-requisite unit.
  3. Demonstrate independent research skills and/or other relevant independent study skills at a level commensurate with their year level.

Assessment

Written and Oral work: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Young-A Cho

Contact hours

Regular consultation with coordinator (1 hour per week)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Korean and Korean studies

Prerequisites

Korean 4 or Permission of coordinator of Korean Studies


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Young-A Cho

Synopsis

This unit provides students who are self-directed and highly motivated with the opportunity to further expand their linguistic competence and knowledge of a topic area by undertaking an in-depth project or program of study. This will usually include research on a specific topic and written work. Other activities may include participation in relevant conferences and forums, viewing and production of creative works, small group projects or community involvement. Specific content and assessment will be negotiated and set out in writing prior to the commencement of semester, or within the first two weeks.

Objectives

Students will:

  1. Extend their linguistic competence, particularly in relation to reading and writing skills.
  2. Extend their knowledge in the topic area covered by the co-requisite unit.
  3. Demonstrate independent research skills and/or other relevant independent study skills at a level commensurate with their year level.

Assessment

Written and Oral work: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Young-A Cho

Contact hours

Regular consultation with coordinator (1 hour per week)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Korean and Korean studies

Prerequisites

Korean 4 or Permission of coordinator of Korean Studies


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr.Young A Cho

Synopsis

This unit provides students who are self-directed and highly motivated with the opportunity to further expand their linguistic competence and knowledge of a topic area by undertaking an in-depth project or program of study. This will usually include research on a specific topic and written work. Other activities may include participation in relevant conferences and forums, viewing and production of creative works, small group projects or community involvement. Specific content and assessment will be negotiated and set out in writing prior to the commencement of semester, or within the first two weeks.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Extended their linguistic competence in Korean, particularly in relation to reading and writing skills;
  2. Extended their knowledge in the topic area of research;
  3. Demonstrated independent research skills and/or other relevant independent study skills at a level commensurate with their year level.

Assessment

Project proposal (900 words): 10%
Project (Written, or written and oral: 8100 words): 90%

Contact hours

Regular Consultation with Coordinator (1 hour per week)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Korean and Korean Studies

Prerequisites

Korean 4 or Permission of coordinator of Korean Studies


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr.Young A Cho

Synopsis

This unit provides students who are self-directed and highly motivated with the opportunity to further expand their linguistic competence and knowledge of a topic area by undertaking an in-depth project or program of study. This will usually include research on a specific topic and written work. Other activities may include participation in relevant conferences and forums, viewing and production of creative works, small group projects or community involvement. Specific content and assessment will be negotiated and set out in writing prior to the commencement of semester, or within the first two weeks.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Extended their linguistic competence in Korean, particularly in relation to reading and writing skills;
  2. Extended their knowledge in the topic area of research;
  3. Demonstrated independent research skills and/or other relevant independent study skills at a level commensurate with their year level.

Assessment

Project proposal (900 words): 10%
Project (Written, or written and oral: 8,100 words): 90%

Contact hours

Regular Consultation with Coordinator (1 hour per week)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Korean and Korean studies

Prerequisites

Korean 4 or Permission of coordinator of Korean Studies


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Simon West

Notes

Previously coded ITA5380

Synopsis

This unit examines practical and theoretical issues involved in translation of literature and cultures, between Italian and English. Translation can be about texts but it can also be about people and culture. Students will explore ideas about translation through a range of specific literary and/or cultural examples. Students will be encouraged to relate these ideas to their thesis project.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. understand, discuss and analyse different theoretical issues involved in literary translation and cultural encounters
  2. develop and express a relative understanding of the specific issues relating to particular genres and contexts
  3. understand, discuss and analyse the ways in which the translator and his or her cultural context influences translation and cultural encounters
  4. develop an ability to engage with, critique and compare existing translations and cultural encounters of selected authors and contexts
  5. Fifth-year students employ a more sophisticated analysis and written presentation. They will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level.

Assessment

One written project including practical translation and critical component (6000 words): 70%
Seminar activities (3000 words): 30%
Fifth-year students will use more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills.

Chief examiner(s)

Annamaria Pagliaro

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Must have completed a unit at Honours level in Italian or cognate area with prior approval for postgraduate level OR a third year sequence in Italian Studies or cognate area with prior approval.

Prohibitions

APG4250, ATS4250


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Colin Hope

Notes

Previously coded AAM5060

Synopsis

It is recognised that the genesis of the Pharaonic state lay within the traditions which emerged within Egypt during the Predynastic Period and that the ensuing Early Dynastic Period was a transitional phase. This subject analyses the development of Egyptian culture and documents the processes which culminated in Unification. It examines Egypt's links with Nubia, the Sahara and the Levant to determine spheres of influence and impact. Modern theories of the emergence of complex society as they relate to Egypt, the impact of environmental change on this development and the techniques used to explore non-literate societies are examined.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Developed a knowledge of the archaeological record of the Predynastic and Early Dynastic Periods.
  2. Understood the complex cultural processes which led to the emergence of the unified Egyptian state.
  3. Examined the impact of environmental change upon north-east Africa.
  4. Developed skills in interpreting archaeological data in the light of cultural tradition reflected in later literary material from Egypt.
  5. Explored current theories of the emergence of complex society in the Near East and how the Egyptian evidence might be interpreted in light of them.
  6. Developed the ability to present a sustained argument drawing upon a variety of data.
  7. A sophisticated grasp of the relationship between Egypt and other Near Eastern societies and the role of archaeological analysis and data in building more complete theoretical models concerning the emergence of complex societies.

Assessment

Written work: 85% (7500 words)
seminar presentation: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Colin Hope

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Colin Hope and Gillian Bowen

Notes

Previously coded AAM5740

Synopsis

The unit focuses upon the technicalities involved in the interpretation and assessment of archaeological and textual data. Through the detailed examination of specific problems relating to Egypt, it will study the types of material which are available for use, and their relative reliability in respect of the question posed. The unit will also consider changing theories relating to the interpretation of cultural data.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An ability to use various types of data, such as textual, archaeological and pictorial, in relation to specific problems.
  2. An ability to appraise critically the reliability of the source material.
  3. The ability to identify and appraise the various interpretations which have been placed upon data by scholars at different times.
  4. An awareness of the impact of contemporary ideology and religious beliefs upon the interpretation of the ancient past from the nineteenth century to the present day.
  5. A breadth of understanding of how aspects of the ancient past may be studied and the limitations of the available data.
  6. The ability to present a detailed analytical discussion which draws upon a wide variety of source material.
  7. A comprehensive understanding of the variety of source materials available and a greater degree of source-critical ability.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Seminar presentation: 20% (2000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Colin Hope

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)John Bradley

Notes

Previously coded ASM5290

Synopsis

Theoretical foundations for researching and analyzing cultural and social aspects of specific societies. Discussion will centre on theories associated with French structuralism and post-structuralism and British Social theory cultural studies. Each of these will be examined for its respective treatment of the relationship between individual creativity, culture and society and for their impact on the theory of ethnographic research.

Assessment

One seminar paper (3000 words): 40%
Essay (6000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr John Bradley

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Peter Murphy

Notes

Previously coded COM5203

Synopsis

The unit discusses the operation of communication systems in modern complex, impersonal, urban, high technology societies. The unit will use the case examples, such as the ecology of the city, to explore the functioning of open systems, self-organizing systems, network systems, aesthetic systems, and other ways in which contemporary communication-rich societies function.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding large-scale communication systems and their convergence;
  2. Increased understanding of and competency at dealing with specific communication systems and their multiple environments;
  3. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term manner in which communications systems develop, and the social and institutional solutions aimed at integrating these systems;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication systems issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communication network and system integration;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity especially in matters concerning the management of sensitive communication system nodes and boundaries;
  6. Significantly greater capacity to identify and manage between organizational system and environment, and to negotiate conflicts at the intersection of communications systems.
  7. In comparison with Level 4 students, greater fluency in use rhetorical, written, and visual forms.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

Two hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

APG4260, ATS4260


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Peter Murphy

Notes

Previously coded COM5204

Synopsis

The unit examines the development of communication and information economies, the social forces driving their expansion, their social and economic impact, and the role of communication systems and practices in social development. The unit looks at how communication networks, organizations, arts, and processes impact on and are in turn shaped by regional, national and global patterns of economic and social development. The relationship between communication, creativity, and knowledge economies will be addressed.

Objectives

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for the understanding of communication economies, the development of institutions and organizations in these economies, and their impact on society;
  2. Increased understanding of and competency at dealing with the convergence between communications, economy, and society;
  3. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term context in which communications, economies, and societies interact;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication economy issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the social-economic dimension of communications;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity;
  6. Significantly increased strategic understanding of the medium and long-term economic and social patterns affecting, and affected by, modern information/ knowledge/ ICT-based organizations and processes;
  7. Significantly increased strategic understanding of the emergence of communication-driven knowledge and creative economies;
  8. In comparison with Level 4 students, greater fluency in the use of rhetorical, written, and visual forms.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (9000 words)
Seminar overview (oral presentation): 10%

Contact hours

Two hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Co-requisites

APG4261, ATS4261


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Kevin Foster

Notes

Previously coded COM5550

Synopsis

This unit offers a critical historical analysis of so-called factual documentary representations of war in words and images, examining how and by whom conflicts have been represented since the mid-C19; how the physical and technical constraints within which reporters and photographers operate affect the nature of their reports and images; how their reports are censored, by whom, in accordance with whose guidelines and with what ends. It examines how these reports and images are transmitted from the battlefield and how the mediating technologies through which these accounts are disseminated influence the nature and inflect the form of the reports and pictures which constitute the war report.

Objectives

By the conclusion of the unit students will be able to1

  1. Demonstrate a clear understanding of the historical development of nominally factual, documentary forms of war reporting and their key technological developments and innovations.
  2. Identify, explain and offer a sophisticated critique of the processes forms, effects and purposes of the major forms of censorship, which have determined the representations of war from the mid C19th to the present day.
  3. Present a sophisticated reading of individual reports and images from specific conflicts drawing on appropriate theoretical resources accounting for the influences of physical and technical constraints, mode of transmission, information management regimes and intended deployment in the shaping of the final report/image.
  4. Demonstrate a sophisticated understanding of how the differing media which have been employed to disseminate accounts of war - newspapers, photography, newsreel, radio, television, video, internet streaming - have influenced, inflected and structured content at differing historical junctures.
  5. Drawing on appropriate theoretical and critical sources, account for and explain the processes by which Governments, military and the media inflect the reception of images and reports of war in order to achieve specific political or cultural effects.
  6. Identify and offer an informed critique of the processes by which the preferred readings promoted by Government, the military and the media have been challenged, subverted or questioned in contrary readings of key media texts.
  7. Demonstrate how war reporters/photographers have featured in fiction and film and to explain how these representations offer an array of alternative opinions on how and why specific conflicts have been represented in particular ways.

Assessment

Research outline (1000 words):10%
Lit review (3000 words):30%
Research essay (5000 words):50%
Seminar participation (1000 words):10%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

An approved First Year sequence


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)

Notes

Previously coded CJM5004, CRJ5004

Synopsis

This unit examines the complexity of criminal behaviours and the range of criminological theories espoused in order to explain such diverse behaviours. Humans are rule-making and rule-enforcing beings, but not all of us conform to these rules. Many violate the rules and are subject to sanctions and punishment. Individual, group and organisational criminal behaviours and enterprises are examined in this unit. A sophisticated analysis of criminal behaviours includes exploration of biological, psychological and social explanations of crime and the interactionist tradition including differential association theory. Crowd disorders and street gang behaviours will be examined. Organisational and institutional criminal behaviours extend from white-collar and corporate criminal activity to the dynamics of political crimes of violence, corruption and human rights violations that can be committed by the state and against the state. The unit involves study of definitional and conceptual issues, causes, methods of control and the effects of such organisational criminal behaviour. The unit examines the legal controls and responses by governments and other agencies in order to curb and prevent criminal behaviours of individuals, groups and organisations.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to have developed:

  1. an understanding of definitions of criminal behaviour, including an awareness that the law is not static and changes over time
  2. the ability to identify the key characteristics of criminal behaviours and criminal enterprises
  3. knowledge about the core theoretical debates and issues of criminal behaviours that focus on individuals, groups and organisations
  4. the ability to identify traits about the nature of individuals, groups and organisations that engage in criminal activity
  5. an appreciation of the various models available for explaining the relationship between criminality, the individual and society
  6. an awareness of the contribution of the criminal behaviour theories to criminal justice policy and practice
  7. an understanding of what it means to be a victim of criminal behaviour instigated by individual, group or organisation
  8. the ability to design and communicate policy concepts clearly and logically about individual, group and organisational criminal behaviours.

Chief examiner(s)

David Baker

Prerequisites

APG4416 and APG4417

Prohibitions

ATS4264


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Rose Lucas

Notes

Previously coded CRT5030

Synopsis

A study of the work of four twentieth-century American poets: Wallace Stevens, Marianne Moore, Elizabeth Bishop and John Ashbery. Topics include genres, poetic forms, metre and rhetoric; discourse theory and narratology; modern theorisations of genre, poetic form and rhetoric, especially essays by contemporary critics including Harold Bloom, John Hollander and Paul de Man.

Assessment

Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Alison Ross

Notes

Previously coded CRT5100

Synopsis

A reading of selected texts of Michel Foucault and Gilles Deleuze. The unit has three parts.

  1. The common cultural and theoretical background of French philosophy in the twentieth century.
  2. The last writings of Foucault, those he describes as 'genealogy', his writings on prisons and disciplinary power, and his writings on the history of sexuality.
  3. Deleuze's 'rhizomatic writings', concentrating on Nietzsche, Sacher von Masoch and A Thousand Plateaus.

Assessment

Essay (9000 words) OR Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Andrew Benjamin

Notes

Previously coded CRT5225

Synopsis

The development of hermeneutics from a theory of textual interpretation to a theory of understanding in the work of Heidegger, Gadamer and Habermas. Its application in the study of literature and history in the work of Hirsch, Betti, Ricoeur and Jauss. Issues include the conflict between subjectivity and objectivity, the dialectics of the foreign and the familiar, the recognition of the new, the role of language and the function of tradition in understanding, the universality of hermeneutics as a theory of cognition and its impact on the social sciences.

Assessment

Three seminar papers (1500 words each): 45%
Research essay (4500 words): 55%

Chief examiner(s)

Andrew Benjamin

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Maryrose Casey

Notes

Previously coded DTH5004

Synopsis

This unit explores ways of rethinking theatre history, including: challenges to received critical thinking and methodology, and canonical assumptions; implications for theatre history of parallel texts reflecting 'translations' into new media; responses of analytical and critical approaches in Drama and Theatre Studies to other disciplines; reframing canonical texts in light of contemporary theoretical and cultural perspectives, and the implications for historicised interpretation. It examines plays in relation to traditional scholarly interpretations and specific recent re-readings. At fifth-year level students are expected to demonstrate a deeper knowledge and integration of the material.

Objectives

  1. A working awareness of contemporary theoretical perspectives.
  2. The capacity to apply specific theoretical approaches to a diverse range of theatrical texts.
  3. An ongoing sensitivity, openness and scepticism to shifts in the climate of disciplinary debate.
  4. A developed sense of the continuing volatility and contingency of intellectual debate in the field.
  5. A sophisticated understanding of the issues underlying those debates at a level appropriate to graduate study.
  6. Enhanced confidence in articulating informed arguments and interpretations, in both oral and written form.
  7. At fifth-year level students will be required to pay specific attention to a theoretical area, such as gender, race or identity politics, in their final essay.

Assessment

exegetical essay (3000 words): 30%
oral class presentation (2000 words): 20%
long essay (4000 words) 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Maryrose Casey

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

ATS4421/APG4421 is a compulsory class in the programme


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rebecca-Anne Do Rozario

Notes

Previously coded ENM5210

Synopsis

This unit will examine historical and cultural changes in the representation of childhood and the child figure in a range of texts from the romantic to the modern eras. Prose fictions, some addressed to adult readers, some to child readers, will be explored for the ways in which discourses about the 'child' intersect with discourses about notions of origins; gender and sexuality; class, social place, power and subjectivity; race; the family and the home; education of mind and body; and growing up. The unit will employ poststructuralist, semiotic and discourse theory, and will have a feminist emphasis.

Objectives

It is intended that students undertaking this course should develop:

  1. Knowledge and an understanding of the historicity and cultural constructedness of the child figure.
  2. A detailed knowledge and understanding of traditional, romantic, modernist and postmodern representations of the child.
  3. A detailed knowledge and understanding of the iconography of childhood.
  4. Critical skills pertaining to deconstruction, and the specific ability to deconstruct discourses of childhood in a range of texts for adults and children.
  5. An understanding of the ideological relationship between discourses of childhood and western discourses of gender, class and race.
  6. A knowledge of narratology and reception theory, and the skills to analyse and interpret such textual elements as narrator, implied reader and narratee in cultural context.
  7. The capacity to meet the general learning objectives of the department.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Rebecca-Anne Do Rozario

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Sue Tweg

Notes

Previously coded ENM5250

Synopsis

As for APG4271

Objectives

As for APG4271

Assessment

Two seminar papers (1500 words and 2500 words): 20% and 30% respectively
Essay OR an original piece of Gothic fiction (5000 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Chandani Lokuge

Notes

Previously coded ENM5260

Synopsis

As for APG4272

Objectives

As for APG4272

Assessment

An edited anthology of short fiction which includes a selection of texts of student's choice (not included in word count), author biographies, scholarly introduction and explanatory notes (4500 words): 40%
a folio of short fiction and exegesis or an essay on a given topic (4500 words): 50%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Chandani Lokuge

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Michael Ackland

Notes

Previously coded ENM5370

Synopsis

As for APG4273

Objectives

As for APG4273

Assessment

Two assignments (2500 words): 40%
Essay (4000 words): 60%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Worth

Notes

Previously coded ENM5620

Synopsis

This unit offers a detailed study of modern theories of literary criticism, concentrating on the period 1950 to the present, and covers topics including: formalism, structuralism, deconstruction, phenomenology, Freudian and Jungian approaches to interpretation. Weekly topics for discussion will include speech act theory, repetition, dialogism, archetypes, signified and signifier, hermeneutics, feminocentric reading, metafiction and the narcissistic narrative. No previous theoretical knowledge is assumed, but the unit is appropriate for students already interested in asking questions of a general nature about the practice of literature and interpretation.

Objectives

This subject will not discuss 'primary literary texts' (novels, plays, poems), but 'texts about literature' and 'texts about criticism' ('literary criticism', critical discourse, what readers and critics do) 'texts about texts'. We shall examine the practice and assumptions behind the activities called critical judgement and critical reading in relation to a wide variety of theories. The rationale of this subject is literary, not philosophical. In addition to surveying a wide range of types of critical discourse, we look at the often unexamined, or so-called 'axiomatic' principles and practice of literary creation from both the writer's and reader's points of view. The literary criticism listed below under 'Readings' may be no less imaginative, fictional, creative, or 'textual', than the literary works some of them claim to 'explain'. Criticism may seek to take the place of the text in the same way that the text may seem to take the place of 'reality'. Do not expect a final set of transportable 'truths' to emerge at the end. The emphasis of the course is placed on the questions we ask of literature and of criticism when we engage in reading and in the production of texts: questions about where literature belongs in human experience; its relationship to and difference from other sorts of discourse: its definition; the terminology we use to describe it; assumptions about the role and function of literature in society, and so on. Such questions have been asked by many writers and critics from the time of Aristotle to the present day.

Assessment

Exercise or book review (2000 words): 20%
Seminar paper (2000 words): 20%
Essay (5000 words): 50%
Seminar participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Susan Kossew

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Peter Groves

Notes

Previously coded ENM5700

Synopsis

This subject covers a range of plays by Shakespeare and the most outstanding of his contemporaries. Each work is studied as a work of art in its own right and also with reference to its theatrical, ideological and philosophical contexts.

Objectives

As for APG4275

Assessment

Two assignments (2500 words each): 40%
Essay (4000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Peter Groves

Contact hours

2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Chandani Lokuge

Notes

Previously coded ENM5750

Synopsis

As for APG4276

Objectives

As for APG4276

Assessment

Either one creative fiction/non-fiction with critical exegesis or an essay (5000 words): 60%
Seminar presentation (2000 words): 10%
Essay (2000 words): 20%
Participation: 10%
APG5276 students will be expected to include a more extensively theorised research component in their essays and to develop and demonstrate a more independent and resourceful approach in their creative writing

Chief examiner(s)

Chandani Lokuge

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Alan Dilnot

Notes

Previously coded ENM5760

Synopsis

This unit will examine some ways in which imaginative experience may be reworked. Reworkings include revisions, rejoinders, amplification, reinterpretation, indirect allusion, translation and subversion. Factors in reworking, such as authorial bias, the spirit of the age, and movement from one genre or one art form to another, will also be considered. Postmodern and postcolonial factors in reworkings will receive particular attention. The large proportion of twentieth-century texts will enable students to assess how this century's literature is built upon earlier work, and to consider how contemporary sensibilities affect interpretation.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this course should have developed:

  1. An understanding of the variety of ways in which literary texts may be considered as responses to precursor texts.
  2. A recognition of how our own age interprets, evaluates and controls its cultural heritage by reworking it.
  3. A grounding in the nature of the social circumstances and cultural conditions in which literature is produced.
  4. An ability to articulate critical interpretations of the set texts in systematic written argument and in clear and confident oral presentation.

Assessment

Two seminar papers (1500 words; a literary exercise of 1500 words may be substituted for one of the seminar papers): 30%
Essay (2500 words): 30%
Essay (3500 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Alan Dilnot

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Peter Howard

Notes

Previously coded EUM5020

Synopsis

This unit explores the importance of religion in the conceptualization and enacting of European Integration from an historical perspective. It examines how developments in belief and religious practice have affected culture and politics, and how historical trajectories have shaped visions and possibilities of a united Europe. Themes include: the formation and fragmentation of Christendom - the formation of Europe; Christianities and National Identities; the Secularisation of Europe; the role, within and without, of Judaism and Islam; the religious roots of notions of 'the common good', human rights, and their impact on European charters; de-secularisation of European politics.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of European religion(s) in historical and contemporary contexts, including issues of secularization and de-secularization;
  2. a critical understanding of the history of discourses, especially in the 20th century, envisioning a united Europe based on the (supposed) commonality of its religious culture;
  3. a developed understanding of the relevance, diversity and importance of religion in the development of Europe (Christianity, Judaism and Islam), and how developments in belief and religious practice have affected politics and the machinery of state;
  4. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  5. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  6. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  7. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, film and visual images.
  8. (at Level 5) the acquisition of a greater degree of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in analysing key the role of religion and secularism in the development of European unity from an historical perspective.

Assessment

a critical review of a work of interpretation or conceptualisation relevant to a seminar theme and the student's research essay, given first as a seminar presentation (10%), and then revised into a written review paper in light of seminar group comments and a written assessment by the coordinator (20%) (2000 words) : 30%
research essay devised and developed by the student (5000 words) : 50%
reflective response to a set question, in a take-home examination (2000 words) : 20%
Level 5 students will be required to engage more deeply with the theoretical, methodological and historical issues involved in each assessment task.

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Satisfactory progress in Level 4 units

Prohibitions

ATS4278, APG4278


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julia Vassilieva

Notes

Previously coded FTM5042

Synopsis

This unit examines some concepts in the history of film theory by considering a number of theoretical and critical writings in relation to a range of films. Topics for examination include early silent film theory, the notion of the historical avant-garde in the form of French impressionism, the film theories of Kracauer and Bazin, French new wave criticism, the neglected tradition of realist phenomenology in film theory, 1968 and the leftist turn and the question of film language and structuralism.

Objectives

By the completion of the subject students will be expected to:

  1. identify and summarise a number of critical positions in historical film theory;
  2. critically assess the limitations of these positions so as to begin to establish new domains of inquiry;
  3. identify and defend their own critical positions with the field of film studies;
  4. relate these positions to the examination of films and film related material;
  5. demonstrate an understanding of research methodologies and the requirements of research papers.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7500 words)
Participation and paper (1500 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Therese Davis

Contact hours

4 hours (one 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening) per week

Prerequisites

A major in Film and Television Studies or other approved discipline

Prohibitions

ATS4279 / APG4279


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Con Verevis

Notes

Previously coded FTM5052

Synopsis

This is primarily a reading unit that will consider aspects of film theory since 1975. A major portion of the unit will be devoted to the debates around modernism and post-modernism as they relate to film studies. Other areas of investigation include: textual analysis, feminist film theory, historical poetics, historical reception studies, queer film theory, and the impact of the cultural studies and Cinema books of Gilles Deleuze. Film texts for exploration will include those from Australian, American, European and Asian cinemas

Objectives

By the completion of the unit students will be expected to:

  1. Identify and summarise a number of critical positions in contemporary film theory.
  2. Critically assess the limitations of these positions so as to begin to establish new domains of inquiry.
  3. Identify and defend their own critical positions within the field of film studies.
  4. Relate these positions to the examination of films and film related material.
  5. Demonstrate an understanding of research methodologies and the requirements of research papers.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7500 words)
Participation and paper (1500 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Con Verevis

Contact hours

4 hours (one 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening) per week

Prerequisites

Two units at 2nd year level in Film and Television Studies, or other approved discipline

Prohibitions

ATS4280 / APG4280


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Steven Angelides

Notes

Previously coded WSM5010

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to basic terms, concepts and debates necessary for understanding the current state of contemporary theorising on gender issues. Designed to be broadley interdisciplinary in its concerns, it will examine such issues as the formation of knowledge, the construction of bodies, the shifting nature of femininity and masculinity and questions of sexual and cultural difference. These broad issues will be considered through close reading and discussion of selected works by theorists. Contemporary theoretical interventions will be examined with respect to the history of feminist movements worldwide and the impact of feminist thought on disciplinary knowledges.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
2 hour Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr JaneMaree Maher

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ATS4284, APG4284


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Constant Mews

Notes

Previously coded HYM5260

Synopsis

This unit examines the intellectual interaction between Judaism, Christianity and Islam in the medieval period. Focusing mainly on the late twelfth and thirteenth century, the unit revolves around a central religious fault line of the era- reason and rationalism on the one hand, and the mystical quest on the other - and pursues a comparative analysis of the major figures from each of the traditions. Beginning with the rationalists, the course explores the thought of Ibn Rushd, Maimonides and Thomas Aquinas, before moving to a comparative examination of various mystics, such as - Bernard of Clairvaux, Bonaventure, the Zohar, Meister Eckhart, Ibn al-Arabi and Rumi.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the major intellectual currents within Judaism, Christianity and Islam in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries;
  2. have an understanding of the relationship between and mutual influences informing the various traditions;
  3. understand the role of classical thinkers and writers on the varied traditions;
  4. demonstrate familiarity with the major texts of the key religious figures of the period;
  5. appreciate the exegetical horizons facing interpreters of scripture;
  6. be able to engage in comparative analysis of philosophers and mystics from the different traditions;
  7. have applied the reading and interpretative skills they have learned to unseen texts; and
  8. identify continuities and ruptures among the thinkers and writers examined.

Assessment

Research essay (6000 words): 50%; Seminar paper (1000 words): 15%; Take-home exam (2000 words): 25%; Seminar preparation: 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Nathan Wolski

Contact hours

One 2.5 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4289, APG4289


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Baker

Notes

Previously coded HYM5290

Synopsis

This unit will trace the changing contours of Holocaust memory from its inception to the present day. Topics include witnessing, survivor testimony, second-generation memoirs, representations of the Holocaust in cinema, photography, museums, literature and online, the practices of 'death camp tourism', the memory debates of Germany and Poland and the globalising of Holocaust memory, the relationship that remembering the Holocaust has to Jewish identity and to Jewish political existence, questions of ethics 'after Auschwitz', and the rise of Holocaust denial.

Objectives

Students completing this unit will have the ability to:

  1. understand differences between individual, collective, and official memories of the Holocaust
  2. have researched different mediums in which Holocaust memory is transmitted including testimony, literature, memorials, cinema, museums, annual days of remembrance
  3. have engaged with theoretical debates about the relationship between history and memory and modern participation in remembrance practices
  4. understand some of the ways in which memory informs personal and national identities
  5. have formulated their own arguments on key issues of Holocaust memory, informed by the relevant primary sources and secondary readings.

Assessment

Seminar Participation: 10%
Short Essay (3000 words): 30%
Research Essay (6000 words): 60%.

Contact hours

One 2 hour seminar

Prohibitions

ATS4290, APG4290


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Hau

Notes

Previously coded HYM5370

Synopsis

The unit draws on work from a wide range of historical fields. Students will analyse how representations of the body and practices centred on the body (eg. exercising, tattooing etc.) have influenced people's understandings of class, race, and gender. In discussing the representations of grotesque, normal, and beautiful bodies, the unitexplores mechanisms of symbolic inclusion and exclusion from imagined communities. The relationship between the reproductive and productive bodies of men and women will be another focus. In addition, the unit will discuss the enabling of the body and mind through modern practices of performance enhancement.

Objectives

Students who have completed the unit will1) Be able to distinguish between different approaches in the historiography dealing with the body2) Know how to critically assess these approaches3) Discuss their heuristic potential4) Formulate their own positions on key issues based on a critical engagement with the historiography and relevant primary sources.5) Be able to review monographs published in the field6) Develop an independent research project in the field7) Situate their own work within larger historiographical debates

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Tutorial participation: 10%

Contact hours

Twelve 2-hour seminars

Prohibitions

ATS4291, APG4291


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Fania Oz-Salzberger

Notes

Previously coded HYM5390

Synopsis

How is the Arab-Israeli conflict interpreted? Can there be a master narrative or a number of legitimate competing interpretations? This unit will explore how the Arab-Israeli conflict has been interpreted, represented, and debated by historians at various crucial junctures. It will focus on the study of the narratives of the conflict from the dominant Labour and Revisionist Zionist interpretations to the emergence of counter-narratives informed by Palestinian and post-Zionist perspectives. The constructions of historical accounts of the conflict and the paradigms that shape the use of evidence, narrative structure and content will be examined.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. An understanding of historiographical approaches to the Arab-Israeli conflict;
  2. Critical skills in interpreting historical writings from differing perspectives;
  3. An understanding of argumentation in historical writing;
  4. The capacity to conduct research using archival material and electronic databases;
  5. In addition, students undertaking this unit at fifth-year level will be expected to have the ability to propose original research questions and conduct independent research.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Professor Andrew Markus

Notes

Previously coded HYM5440

Synopsis

This unit explores the character and genealogy of genocidal thought. The first part focuses on the development of racial thought in the post-Enlightenment period, especially the objectification of human life and ideas of progress and destiny in relation to the Holocaust. It will consider eugenics, the variants of anti-semitism and of nationalism. These studies will provide the basis for a typology of genocidal thought. The second part considers genocidal thought evident in colonial Australia, the Bosnian wars, and apocalyptic religion.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the content and development of genocidal thought
  2. have an understanding of typologies of genocidal thought
  3. appreciate the possible relationships or connections in extreme forms of thought within the realms of religion, race and class conflict
  4. have a capacity to undertake research in the subject area of this unit

Assessment

Tutorial participation: 10%; Short essay (3000 words): 30%; Research essay (6000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Andrew Markus

Contact hours

1 two hour seminar for 12 weeks

Prohibitions

ATS4293, APG4293


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Hau

Notes

Previously coded HYM5490

Synopsis

Some historians have argued that Nazi racial and social utopias were an articulation of the destructive potentials of modernity. Others point to a longer history of racism. The unit introduces students to key historical debates concerning whether Nazism was a form of radical fascism or was unique in its racial utopianism. What were the relationships between Nazi racial and social policies? Was Nazism supported for rational and pragmatic reasons or were people enthralled by its ideology of racial supremacy? The unit also explores connections between the bio-medical sciences, racial hygiene, and the euthanasia program and looks at Nazi genocides in the context of Nazi bio-politics.

Objectives

After successfully completing the unit students should be able to

  1. Explain historical concepts such as fascism and totalitarianism.
  2. Distinguish between and be able to discuss the most important historiographical interpretations of Nazism.
  3. Formulate their own positions on key issues based on a critical engagement with the historiography and relevant primary sources.
  4. Review and critically analyse historical monographs.
  5. Develop an independent research project on the history of Fascism, Nazism, or Nazi genocide.
  6. Situate their research within larger historiographical debates

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Tutorial participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Michael Hau

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

APG4294, ATS4294


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Seamus O'Hanlon

Notes

Previously coded HYM5510

Synopsis

This unit introduces ways in which understandings of the past inform policy and practice in contemporary museums. Using a range of history museums as case-studies the unit examines the historical origins and development of modern museums, both local and national; the challenges of presenting national history in a post-modern and post-colonial world; techniques of presenting the past, including textual, digital and dramatic forms; and tensions between the role of museums in education and tourism. Students will have opportunities to develop their skills in the application of history to museums, and to learn from museum professionals the tasks normally performed by historians in such settings.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have been introduced to the history of the museum in a variety of national contexts.
  2. Be aware of the challenges facing museums in postmodern and post-colonial contexts.
  3. Have been introduced to basic practices of museology in a variety of contexts.
  4. Have been introduced to new media and communications technologies and their utility in museum practice.
  5. Have improved their oral and written communication skills, including for DE students, their electronic communication skills.

Assessment

Review of museum or exhibition (2000 words): 20%
Proposal for, and design of, a museum exhibition (4500 words or equivalent): 50%
Reflective essay (2000 words): 20%
Seminar or discussion group participation: 10%

Contact hours

1 hour on-line discussion group or two hour seminar

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree with a major in history, or permission from the co-ordinator

Prohibitions

ATS4295, APG4295


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)David Garrioch

Notes

Previously coded HYM5590

Synopsis

Imagining Europe surveys the ways that Europe has been thought of from classical times to the present. Through literature, painting, architecture, travellers' tales, cinema and other sources, it traces the development of the idea of Europe as a region defined both geographically and by its culture, distinct from other 'non-European' cultures. The unit will trace the idea of multiple Europes: of a culturally defined 'Eastern Europe'; of regions within Europe, each with its own special character; and after World War II, the images of Eastern and Western Europe as politically distinct entities. The unit will conclude by looking at the impact of the European Union on images of Europe.

Objectives

In addition to the general objectives for students in Honours in the relevant area (History or European Studies), a student who has successfully completed this unit at Level 5 should have:

  1. A knowledge of the way that ideas and representations of Europe have changed across its history;
  2. An understanding of the way that apparently natural, even geographical entities are defined culturally, and of the role that visual and literary images play in defining and redefining such categories;
  3. A sound grasp of the debates surrounding the concept of Europe, and of the different cultural, national, and ideological positions that underlie them;
  4. An awareness of different disciplinary approaches to the concept of 'Europe' and of the way that each one provides specific understandings of the way our perceptions of the world are structured;
  5. An ability to undertake independent research;
  6. An ability to use material from a range of disciplines and to apply interdisciplinary perspectives

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

David Garrioch

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

A relevant undergraduate degree.

Prohibitions

APG4296, ATS4296


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Alistair Thomson

Notes

Previously coded HYM5660

Synopsis

This unit examines the theoretical and methodological issues posed in the creation of oral history interviews, drawing upon the rich inter-disciplinary and international literature in the field and through critical reflection on students' own oral history interview practice. Students will explore: debates about memory and oral history; approaches and issues in interview preparation; approaches and issues in conducting oral history interviews; digital audio recording techniques and issues; ethical, epistemological and political issues posed by the oral history relationship; and approaches and issues in the documentation and preservation of oral history interviews.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive and critical understanding of the key intellectual and political debates about the nature of recorded memory and its use as a source for social and historical research;
  2. a thorough grasp of the essential elements of oral history project preparation, of the techniques of oral history interviewing and recording, of the debates about oral history methodologies and the oral history relationship, and of the ethical guidelines of the Oral History Association of Australia;
  3. a thorough grasp of the main approaches to the documentation of oral history interviews, and of the debates about transcription and documentation;
  4. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  5. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete an oral history interview project, including research and preparation, an extended interview and appropriate documentation;
  6. a capacity to evaluate issues posed within the course of an oral history recording project by drawing upon oral history scholarship
  7. at level 5, students will have developed an enhanced appreciation of these issues through more extensive understanding of theoretical approaches.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Al Thompson

Contact hours

Regular seminars totaling 24 hours per semester

Prohibitions

ATS4297, APG4297


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Baker

Notes

Previously coded HYM5770

Synopsis

How is genocide seen and how is it imagined? Can there be poetry after Auschwitz? This unit will inquire into how genocides are represented both during and after the events. These acts of representation are instrumental in shaping, interpreting, responding to, and historicising genocides. This unit covers the interpretive and methodological skills necessary for analysing the texts, styles and mediums (e.g. genocidal rhetoric, news media, foreign policy, NGO reports, and testimony) that commonly represent genocide. Students will explore questions of representation, conduct historical research, and write contemporary histories that draw upon modern media archives.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. an understanding of debates on representation
  2. critical skills in interpreting media, reports, policy, and international conventions
  3. an understanding of genocide witnessing through diaries, journals and testimony
  4. and, the capacity to conduct research using modern media archives.
  5. In addition, students undertaking this unit at fifth-year level will be expected to have the ability to propose original research questions and conduct independent research.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4298 and APG4298


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Seamus O'Hanlon

Notes

Previously coded HYM5095

Synopsis

As per APG4299

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will:

  1. have been introduced to concepts of heritage and heritage value
  2. know of and understand usual criteria for heritage assessment
  3. have developed skills in identifying, researching and classifying heritage themes and sites
  4. have developed strong writing skills, including the production of heritage reports and preservation submissions
  5. have developed strong oral communication skills, including the ability to defend positions and recommendations
  6. have developed skills in the use of computers and other new media.
  7. have developed reflective skills and understandings of the broader issues around heritage and conservation issues.
Students undertaking the unit at 5th year level will:
  1. demonstrate all of the above as well as advanced original research and writing skills commensurate with the more advanced level of their studies.Students undertaking the unit on-line will develop skills the above skills, although objective five will be in the form of virtual oral communication skills.

Assessment

Test (500 words):10%, Heritage Project or essay (4500 words): 50%, Reflective essay (2000 words): 20%, Class participation (2000 words):20%

Chief examiner(s)

Seamus O'Hanlon

Contact hours

2 hours per week for on-campus students

Prerequisites

Undergraduate major in History or permission

Prohibitions

APG4299, ATS4299


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Carolyn James

Notes

Previously coded HYM5115

Synopsis

This subject introduces the theoretical and conceptual frameworks appropriate to a study of Renaissance letters. It will analyse the development of the letter as a self-conscious literary genre but also dwell on more private correspondence, never meant for publication. Letters are essential sources, particularly for the social historian, and the insights and problems associated with using different kinds of letters as historical documents - whether they are carefully-crafted epistles drafted and redrafted by humanists and famous writers; practical, everyday communication; or even messages dictated to a scribe by the illiterate - will be the particular focus of discussion and analysis.

Objectives

Students who complete this subject:

  1. Will have a thorough knowledge of the Renaissance letter collections chosen for study.
  2. Will understand the social or intellectual context in which the letters were written.
  3. Will be able to distinguish between different types of letters, through recognition of formal elements and the development of a critical perspective on the writer's audience and intentions.
  4. Will have developed an awareness of how gender, levels of literacy and exposure to classical literary models influenced both male and female letter writers.
  5. Will be able to engage in discussion of letters as historical evidence and demonstrate strong skills in the critical reading of historical scholarship that uses such evidence.
  6. Will be able to organise and defend an historical argument using appropriate letter collections, as well as other types of primary and secondary evidence.
  7. Students taking this subject at level five have the additional objectives of acquiring a greater degree of analytical skills, a deeper understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues and a stronger degree of independence in locating and evaluating both primary and secondary historical resources.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Seminar presentation and participation: 20% (2000 words)

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

Major in Historical Studies


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Bill Garner

Notes

Previously coded HYM5120

Synopsis

As for APG4301

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate their ability to examine issues of historiography and method through a critical reading of selected Australian historians.
  2. Analyse some of the key elements of historical prose, such as story-telling, beginnings and endings, transitions, scene-setting, characterisation, placing oneself in the text, addressing different readerships, documentation and the onus of proof, irony and indirection, the use of different voices and tropes, formal and colloquial prose.
  3. Demonstrate a high level of development of practical skills in reading and writing historical prose.

Assessment

Essays and writing exercises (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Bill Garner

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4301, APG4301


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Michael Fagenblat

Notes

Previously coded HYM5175

Synopsis

Judaism and Christianity and both text-centred religions and, as such, the practice of interpretation invariable mediates the authority of the text. Interpretation is the way in which the authority of the text is extended and contested. This course examines the interpretive methods as well as the theological and ideological content of practices such as: Midrash, allegory, legal interpretation, mystical symbolism and multi-levelled approached to the text. Focus will be given to the historical contexts in which such practices arose and to their socio-political investment, as well as to the differences and similarities of Jewish and Christian approaches

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this course will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive knowledge of the strength, status and scope of claims to authority made both by and for the Bible in Jewish and Christian traditions.
  2. knowledge of the historical, theoretical and cultural issues involved in claiming authority for any sacred text.
  3. Understanding of the basic interpretive practices that have been applied by Jewish and Christian communities to the Bible.
  4. skills in evaluating and applying different kinds of exegesis and hermeneutic theory.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Michael Fagenblat

Contact hours

2.5 Hours

Prohibitions

JWC4010, JWM4010, JWM5010, APG4302, APG5302, RLT4090, RLM4090, RLM5090


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)David Garrioch

Notes

Previously coded HYM5180

Synopsis

As for APG4303

Objectives

In addition to the general objectives for fifth year defined by the School of Geography and the School of Historical Studies, students successfully completing this subject will have:

  1. A general grasp of the two-way interaction between social practices and the environment in the past.
  2. An understanding of changing Western ideas about the natural world.
  3. An awareness of the way that current environmental debates are based on historically-determined conceptions of the environment and of the place of humans within it.
  4. A grasp of the principal debates in environmental history.
  5. An ability to find and use a wide range of historical sources, including visual sources.
  6. A sophisticated grasp of the relevant historiography and of theoretical and methodological issues in environmental history.

Assessment

Written work: 75% (7000 words)
Take-home examination: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

David Garrioch

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4303, GES4180, APG4303


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kat Ellinghaus

Notes

Previously coded HYM5185

Synopsis

This unit will explore the ways that Europeans interacted with people they encountered in settler societies in North America, Australia, and the Pacific. It will examine how these newly encountered groups of people were depicted in the era of colonialism, explore the histories of racial designations such as black, white and red, and examine how interracial sexual relationships complicated these neat colonial categories. Racism remains a huge problem in 21st century society: this unit will explore the background to this issue, not just narrating the events of colonialism, but putting the issue of 'otherness' and the formation of racial categories at the forefront of the story.

Objectives

At the successful completion of the unit students will be expected:

  1. to have a detailed understanding of the history of settler colonialism as both a global and a local phenomenon
  2. to understand the theoretical arguments about how race was understood from the 17th to the 19th centuries, and how interracial sexuality came to play an increasingly important role in such classifications
  3. to be able to critically examine contemporary texts and drawings to evaluate what they reveal to the historian about ideas of race in the era
  4. to be able to fully articulate, verbally and in writing, their conclusions from these examinations
  5. to have shown their capacity to devise, research, and complete an essay on some aspect of Colonial Encounters based on their own study of the sources and scholarship
  6. to be able to reflect on the way in which history has influenced the present, through evaluating how our present-day racial formations are not fixed categories but historically and geographically unstable constructs
  7. In addition, students at fifth-year level will be expected to demonstrate more sophisticated analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent reading and research.

Assessment

Tutorial presentation (approx. 1000 words): 10%
Report (2000 words): 20% +
Research essay (4000 words): 50%
Take-home test (2000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kat Ellinghaus

Contact hours

One two-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

APG4304, ATS4304


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Baker

Notes

Previously coded HYM5200

Synopsis

As for APG4305

Objectives

This subject aims to:

  1. Introduce key conceptual and theoretical issues in the relationship between memory and the writing of history.
  2. Introduce students to a range of past and present 'memory-work' particularly as it relates to the development of shared understandings of the past, including the production of oral histories and life stories and various forms of public and private commemoration.
  3. Provide students interested in exploring research tools such as oral history or life story reconstruction with a coherent and thorough grounding in the relevant historical scholarship and critical literature.
  4. Introduce students to key questions about the ethical dimensions involved in producing and using various forms of memory as historical evidence.
  5. Provide supervised practical experience in research techniques involving the use of memory in the writing of history.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Bain Attwood

Contact hours

Regular seminars totalling 24 hours per semester

Prohibitions

ATS4305, APG4305


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Barbara Caine

Notes

Previously coded HYM5280

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the writing of biography as a literary form, including questions about the relationship between biography and fiction; the many new forms of life story developed through feminist and postcolonial theory and through work in memory and testimony; and the uses of life story in case studies in the social sciences. The unit will deal with biography as metaphor, the importance of cultural context in reading and writing biography, life stories and cultural context, ways of analysing the authorial presence and the use of psychoanalysis in biography and life writing.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. Have a sophisticated understanding of the different forms of writing biographies and life stories and of the importance of particular genres within this field.
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of the ways in which new fields such as psychoanalysis, feminism and gender studies and postcolonialism have affected the writing of life stories and biography.
  3. Be acquainted with some of the recent debates about the relationship between fiction and biography.
  4. Have developed advanced skills in written and oral communication.
  5. Have developed skills in working as a group.
  6. Have developed skills in using new technology.

Assessment

Seminar presentation and paper (2,000 words): 20%
Group seminar presentation and paper (1000 words): 20%
Essay (5,000-6,000 words): 50%
General seminar performance: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Peter Howard

Notes

Previously coded HYM5330

Synopsis

This unit examines the religious cultures of Italy from the fourteenth to the early sixteenth century, including the role of humanism and the recovery of the classical past in the re-envisioning of the Christian life in the Renaissance city, the boundaries between magic, superstition, and orthodox religion, the cult of the saints, shrines, and pilgrimage, the relationship between institutional religion and popular piety, high culture and popular expressions of devotion, the function of preaching and education by friars in local contexts, and the extent to which public theology shaped the cultural and material milieu.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have acquired an understanding of the nature of Christianity as the matrix of experience in the Italian Renaissance city.
  2. Have acquired an understanding of the variety within that experience.
  3. Be critically conversant with the conceptual and analytical issues relating to the term 'popular'.
  4. Have worked with the conceptual complexities of 'religious culture'.
  5. Understand the nature of, and the religious and the social function of, devotion and devotional space.
  6. Have examined the Renaissance understanding of the nature of the natural order, sign and symbol, language and power.
  7. Understand the impact of the return 'to sources' which was part of the humanist agenda.
  8. Will have engaged the inter-relationship between the material world (piazza, building; representation) and the aesthetic, spiritual and religious activities of Renaissance Italians.
  9. Have developed a capacity to analyse the processes which underpinned the construction of devotional and theological texts.
  10. Will have developed the capacity to detect the resonances of language and code embedded in particular texts and their relationship to social context.
  11. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to the urban context of Italian Renaissance Society.
  12. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to the urban context of Italian Renaissance Society.
Students taking the subject at Level 5 have the additional objectives of acquiring a greater degree of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in using different kinds of literary and historical works in the context of social history.

Assessment

Essay related work: 60%
Critical journal: 20%
Seminar preparation and presentation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

A History or RLT Major


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Jane Drakard

Notes

Previously coded HYM5340

Synopsis

This unit examines the famous evictions of Scottish highlanders from their ancestral lands between the late eighteenth and mid-nineteenth centuries. It focuses on the context and rationale for these events and the consequences for crofters who were either forcibly removed to inferior lands by their landlords or who chose to emigrate. Patterns of local resistance will be considered, as will the long term consequences for highland society. The Highland Clearances are still prominent in popular memory and a subject for vigorous debate in Scotland; the role of the clearances in modern Scottish identity and history-making will be considered, including issues of commemoration and memorialisation.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate: a thorough grasp of the context in which the Clearances took place, key events and the broad outlines of the social, economic and cultural consequences for Highland society; a critical appreciation of historical debates about the severity of the evictions and the economic and social impact of the Clearances; familiarity with the major historical works on this subject and a close engagement not only with the arguments put forward by key historians, but also with available documentary sources; well developed oral and written skills in the critical analysis of a variety of texts including government papers, the viewpoint of landlords, the perspectives of the displaced crofters and contemporary understandings of those who observed and recorded the events in journals and memoirs; a capacity to reflect on the history-making process in the context of the Highland Clearances and to analyse the contemporary meanings of the past which are manifested in popular histories, in web sites and in literature, music and film about the Clearances; the capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete an essay based on independent historical research into some aspect of the history of the Highland Clearances.

Assessment

Tutorial presentation (15 minutes) (equiv. 1000 words) 10%
Critical review (2000 words) 20%
Research essay (4000 words) 50%
Take-home examination (2000 words) 20%

Contact hours

1 two-hour seminar per week.

Prohibitions

ATS4308 and APG4308


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Seamus O'Hanlon

Notes

Previously coded HYM5620

Synopsis

This unit offers a critical and practical approach to the study of family history and genealogy. Students will examine the recent explosion of interest in family history, placing it against the broader history of the family and the contemporary search for personal identity, including the recovery of memory among migrant and indigenous communities. They will be introduced to the interpretation of the main sources of family history, including records of the human life-cycle, migration, church affiliation, property transactions and adoptions, and oral history. They will gain skills in writing and publishing family history and using family history in celebrations, commemorations and reunions.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. have been introduced to debates surrounding the modern development of the family history movement.
  2. have been introduced to the history of the family in its European and Australian contexts.
  3. have developed skills in the selection and interpretation of the main sources for the writing of family history in Australia.
  4. have developed skills in the writing, editing and publishing of family history.
  5. have explored the uses of family history in events of celebration, commemoration and reunion.
  6. demonstrate all of the above as well as advanced original research and writing skills commensurate with the more advanced level of their studies.

Assessment

Source Exercise 2000 words 20%, Critical/ reflective Essay 2000 words 20%, Family History Project 4000 words 50%, Class participation 1000 words 10%

Contact hours

One x 1 hr on-line discussion group/week
or
One x 2 hr seminar/week

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree with a major in history, or permission from co-ordinator.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Professor Alistair Thomson

Notes

Previously coded HYM5820

Synopsis

As for APG4310

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. have been introduced to concepts of 'community' and community history-making
  2. have been introduced to the origins of local and community histories, and their uses and purposes.
  3. have developed skills in researching and writing local and community histories
  4. have developed strong writing skills, including the production of a community history
  5. have developed strong oral communication skills, and recognised the importance of consultation and engagement with community groups when undertaking local and community histories
  6. have developed skills in the use of computers and other new media.
  7. have developed reflective skills and understandings of the broader issues of the importance of community and belonging.
  8. demonstrate all of the above as well as advanced original research and writing skills commensurate with the more advanced level of their studies.
Students undertaking the unit on-line will develop skills the above skills, although objective five will be in the form of virtual oral communication skills.

Assessment

Written work/reviews: 90% (8000 words)
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

24 hours over the semester

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree with a major in history, or permission from co-ordinator.

Prohibitions

GSC2506, GSC3513, ATS2566, ATS3566


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedPrato Summer semester B 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Peter Howard

Notes

Previously coded HYM5840

Synopsis

This unit will examine in detail a range of texts written during the late medieval and renaissance periods in Italy. Some may be canonical, for instance Dante's 'Divine Comedy' and Machiavelli's 'The Prince'. Others will represent literary genres popular at the time: vernacular letters, diaries and sermons etc. In particular, this unit will draw on the resources of the Archivio di Stato of Prato, and the 'Archivio Datini Online' making maximal use of the digitised documents available through this portal. Texts will be read from a variety of historiographical perspectives, and considered within the appropriate historical contexts.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit:

  1. Will have a thorough knowledge of the text(s) chosen for study.
  2. Will have gained an understanding of different genres of text circulating in Medieval and Renaissance Italy (chronicle, letter, diary, tract, sermon, poem, play, dialogue, treatise, monument, visual representation).
  3. Will have gained a grounding in core skills for Medieval and Renaissance Studies with respect to archives, manuscripts and palaeography.
  4. Will have developed a capacity to analyze the processes which underpinned the construction of particular texts.
  5. Will have developed the capacity to detect the resonances of language and code embedded in particular texts and their relationship to social context.
  6. Will have developed the capacity to read 'against the grain' in relation to the Medieval and Renaissance Italian social, political and social contexts.
  7. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to the urban context of Italian Medieval and Renaissance Society.

Students taking the subject at Level 5 have the additional objectives of acquiring a greater degree of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in using different kinds of literary and historical works in the context of social history.

Assessment

Essay related work: 60%
Class related written work: 20%
Seminar preparation and presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Peter Howard

Contact hours

Clayton on-campus: one 2-hour seminar per week;
Prato: 4 hours per day over 5 days in January with follow-up seminars at Clayton during February

Prohibitions

ATS4311, APG4311


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Barbara Caine

Notes

Previously coded HYM5900

Synopsis

As for APG4312

Objectives

Students completing this course will be expected to:

  1. Have a detailed knowledge of the developments and changes in autobiography and biography from the late 18th century to the present.
  2. Understand the connection between autobiography, biography and fiction across the period.
  3. Understand the impact of Freud on the writing of biography.
  4. Understand some of the different approaches that historians have taken to biography across this period.
  5. Develop the critical skills required to analyse and assess different approaches to biography.

Assessment

Historiographical essay (3000 words): 35%
Essay (4000 words): 45%
Writing exercises (2000 words): 20%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4312, APG4312


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Jane Drakard

Notes

Previously coded HYM5950

Synopsis

As for APG4313

Objectives

This subject examines methodological approaches in anthropology and history and looks at the ways in which culturally oriented reading strategies have been used to uncover the 'hidden transcripts' encoded in texts, rituals and events. Students are expected to:

  1. Think carefully about the relationship between anthropology and history and the nature and implications of attempts to work within and between these two disciplines.
  2. Consider the concept of 'culture' and its uses as a tool for historical investigation.
  3. Relate their reading to a set of general questions about what historians do, including the nature of historical evidence and the conclusions that may be drawn from it.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
In-class test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Jane Drakard

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4313, APG4313


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)James Walter

Notes

Previously coded ITM5020

Synopsis

Conventionally, state-based political institutions have been designed to mediate between interests and to 'civilise' conflict. As globalisation raises doubts about the ability of state agencies to answer popular demands, are new institutional resources to respond to peoples' expectations and to manage competition developing? This unit uses case-studies to assess emerging arguments about global civil society and global citizenship in the context of the interactions between multinational corporations, international agencies and transnational non-government organisations as they seek to negotiate the terms on which people might live together in a civilised global order.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Understand the dynamics of political institutions and the arguments about how such institutions might function in a global political context.
  2. Analyse contemporary theoretical debates about global civil society, and their relation to emerging global actors (multinational corporations, international agencies and NGOs).
  3. Distinguish between theoretical interpretation, secondary source review and primary source analysis.
  4. Demonstrate practical research and project management skills.
  5. Develop advanced skills in oral and written communication and relate these to group participation and leadership.
  6. Relate both knowledge and practical skills to potential careers in international institutions.

Assessment

Research proposal (1000 words): 10%; Written exercise - based on seminar presentation (1000 words): 10%; Essay (5000 words): 50%; Exam (2000 words): 30%.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Jim Walter

Contact hours

One Two-hour seminar per week.

Prohibitions

ATS4315, APG4315


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Masato Takimoto

Notes

Previously coded JIT5622

Synopsis

Skills and techniques for consecutive interpreting using authentic interviews and talks. Topics focus on industry, business, general contemporary affairs, education, Australia-Japan relations, medicine, tourism etc. Practice in both languages and relevant aspects of the theory of English-Japanese consecutive interpreting.

Assessment

Written work: 30%
2 Tests: 70%

Contact hours

2 hours of workshop per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mark Baker

Notes

Previously coded JWM5020

Synopsis

The unit explores the main tenets of Zionist theory in their historical contexts. Themes include: Jewish emancipation and exclusion in 19th century Europe, varieties of Jewish nationalism, the Jewish critiques of Zionism, Zionism and empire, Palestinian responses to Jewish settlement, the relevance of post-Zionism.

Objectives

OStudents successfully completing this unit should have developed an understanding of:

  1. The history and theories of Zionism, especially classical Zionist thinkers;
  2. Jewish national movements in their historical contexts;
  3. Zionist thought, the impact of empires in the Middle East;
  4. The debates surrounding Zionism and post-Zionism, including continuities and discontinuities;

Assessment

Research proposal and paper (6000 words): 60%
Seminar paper (1000 words): 10%
Comparative analysis of either two classical or two modern Israel texts of the Jewish tradition (2000 words): 20%
Seminar preparation and participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Mark Baker

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 1-hour tutorial


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Paul Forgasz

Notes

Previously coded JWM5030

Synopsis

This unit surveys various ways in which Jews throughout the ages have elucidated the meaning of their historical experience and traces the major themes and preoccupations of writers of Jewish history from biblical times to the present. A number of topics that are central to Jewish historiography will be explored including: causality in Jewish history; divine providence and intervention; teleology and messianic perspectives; problems of rendering judgement on the past; periodisation. Consideration will also be given to the varying emphases given to religion, nationality and culture by historians seeking to explain what has made the Jews a single people and their history a continuous one.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the different approaches and practices present within the Jewish tradition to recording and preserving the Jewish past;
  2. have an understanding of the relationship between Jewish history and collective memory and of the place of the Jewish historian within that relationship;
  3. recognise the continuities and discontinuities between classical, medieval and modern approaches to writing and reading the Jewish past
  4. have demonstrated a familiarity with the different genres and modes of Jewish historical writing;
  5. have read and analysed selected texts from the Jewish historiographical tradition;
  6. have applied the reading and interpretative skills they have learned to unseen texts Students successfully completing APG5320 will be expected to demonstrate, in addition:
  7. advanced skills in analysing primary sources and in developing an independent position regarding the meaning and significance of these sources

Assessment

Research essay (5000) : 50%
Seminar paper (1000) : 15%
Textual exercise (2000) : 25%
Preparation and participation : 10%
Level 5 students will be required to write a Research essay of 6000 words

Contact hours

1x2.5 hours lecture/seminar/ week for 12 weeks. One week during the semester will be devoted to student consultation regarding research essays. Private study (21.5 hours) will be devoted reading seminar materials, preparing and completing the research essays, and wider reading.

Prohibitions

ATS4320, APG4320


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Leah Garret

Notes

Previously coded JWM5040

Synopsis

Before the Holocaust, the Yiddish speaking world played a critical role in the transmission of culture from East to West and West to East. Jewish authors rewrote 'A Thousand and One Nights', 'Don Quixote', 'Aesop's Fables', 'King Lear' and many other texts, transforming them into writings with Jewish and European characteristics. They also played with genre traditions, presenting a seemingly mainstream narrative from a subversive standpoint. In this seminar we will study the Jewish subversive tradition, with an eye to how the writings challenged the basic precepts of how literature works by deconstructing many elements of the novel and short story.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to have:

  1. knowledge of the forms of writing to have emerged from the Jewish subversive literary tradition
  2. an understanding of the historical background to this tradition
  3. familiarity with the original stories that Jewish authors subverted, and recognise Jewish critiques of both internal Jewish writing as well as broader European discourse
  4. In addition, students studying at fifth-level will be expected to have an appreciation of the pivotal role Jews played in the transmission of culture from the Islamic world to Christendom and vice versa.

Assessment

Seminar participation: 10%
Short essay (3000 words): 30%
Research essay (6000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Nick Economou

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Ana Deumert

Notes

Previously coded LLC5010

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to European language policy. It examines Europe's standard languages, their origins and their current status vis a vis a multitude of regional and social dialects. It introduces European models of dealing with multilingualism within a nation-state and draws attention to the relationship between language policy and social change. It discusses issues such as language and education, linguistic diversity, minority languages, linguistic purism, and language as an aspect of social equality. The unit considers European responses to these issues from a variety of perspectives by studying a wide range of texts in the area of language policy and planning.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should be familiar with, and have an understanding of significant aspects of language policy in Europe from the Renaissance to the present. They should be familiar with the research tradition of language planning and policy, and be able to apply relevant terms and concepts. They should be able to discuss and review research literature in field of language planning and policy, as well as language-political legislation (including constitutional texts). They should be able to conduct independent research, to present their results orally and in written exposition (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting), and to engage in team work and critical academic discussion of information and argument.

Assessment

One essay (6000 words, 70%), one class paper (oral presentation, hurdle requirement; written up in 3000 words, 30%).

Contact hours

12 one-hour lectures and 12 one-hour tutorials

Prohibitions

ATS4322, APG4322


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Terry MacDonald

Notes

Previously coded PLM5030

Synopsis

This unit will explore a number of real-world ethical problems in world politics, arising as a result of political transformations associated with 'globalisation'. These include problems such as poverty and inequality in the global economy, just war and legitimate political violence in an age of terrorism, and the political legitimacy of state and non-state actors (including Corporations, NGOs, and International Organisations). This unit will further familiarise students with a range of ethical and normative political theories devised to help analyse and resolve such new ethical dilemmas in world politics, and encourage students to apply these critical tools to real-world ethical problems.

Objectives

By the end of this unit, students will have achieved:

  1. Understanding of the practical and policy dimensions of a range of ethical problems in world politics, including: poverty and economic inequality; the character and prospects of 'fair trade' regimes and associated labour rights; human rights interventionism; justifications for new forms of political violence such as terrorism/the 'war on terror'; the power and political responsibility of corporations and NGOs; the democratic legitimacy of International Organisations; the rights of immigrants and refugees versus the right of states to control their borders; responsibility for climate change and future environmental protection.
  2. Knowledge of key normative and ethical theories pertinent to these practical ethical problems, including: Rawlsian, cosmopolitan, communitarian, and utilitarian theories of global 'justice' and ethics; classical and contemporary theories of 'just war' and ethical violence; theories of individual and state 'rights'; domestic and cosmopolitan 'democratic' theories; and ethical theories of 'responsibility'.
  3. Understanding of the theoretical basis for 'normative' methods of inquiry in world politics, and the way in which normative and empirical modes of analysis are distinct and inter-connected.
  4. Capacity to employ normative modes of theoretical analysis, in order to examine critically the ethical credentials and political legitimacy of political decisions and institutions in world politics.
  5. Capacity to employ normative modes of theoretical analysis, in order to critically engage with and evaluate key ethical assumptions and arguments in the theoretical literature on global ethics.
  6. Proficient oral communication and analysis skills, developed through class participation and presentations.
  7. Proficient writing skills, developed through writing two essays.
  8. Proficient research skills, developed in particular through work on the major research essay component of the course; these should be developed to a level capable of sustaining the commencement of PhD research.

Assessment

Research essay (6000 words): 50%
Examination (3 hours): 40%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ITM4030, ITM5030, APG4323, PLT4030


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Remy Davison

Notes

Previously coded PLM5065

Synopsis

This unit comprises an advanced seminar in international political economy (IPE), The unit explores the concept of a global political economy, and examines the key themes, theories and paradigms in IPE in the contemporary literature. The unit covers three main areas:

  1. theoretical approaches to the global political economy;
  2. major developments in 20th and 21st-century IPE; and
  3. case studies from North America, Europe and East Asia. Australia is included as a paradigmatic case of a 'middle power' that is both an influential actor in, as well as a state profoundly affected by, the global political economy

Objectives

The main objectives of the course are for students to develop:

  1. a critical understanding of the principal themes and theories in international political economy;
  2. an awareness of the major developments in the international political economy since World War Two, with emphasis upon the impact of economic interdependence and globalisation;
  3. insights into how a small country can influence international regulatory structures and institutions, in a world dominated by the economic powers like the United States, Japan and the European Union; and,
  4. a critical appreciation of the costs and benefits of Australia's responses to global economic pressures, with emphasis upon developments within the past decade.

Assessment

Essay (6,000 words) : 50%
Examination (3 hours) : 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Remy Davison

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2-seminar) per week

Prerequisites

Admission to Politics 4th-Year Honours or admission to the MA in International Relations or admission to the Master of Counter-Terrorism Studies

Prohibitions

ATS4324, APG4324


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dennis Woodward

Notes

Previously coded PLM5290

Synopsis

As for APG4326. Students devise their own research question (in consultation with the lecturer). In researching the essay they engage in substantive research using both primary and secondary materials, and show an awareness of relevant conceptual frameworks.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 50%
Seminar presentation and participation: 10%
Examination (3 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Dennis Woodward

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ATS4326, APG4326


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ben MacQueen

Notes

Previously coded PLM5310

Synopsis

This subject explores the relationship between contemporary forms of political violence, especially terrorism, and the forces of globalisation. It focuses in particular on violence as a manifestation of the disintegration of traditional belief systems centering on 'the nation' and the emergence of assertive forms of sub-cultural resistance. Through case studies of terrorist networks and the ideologies that motivate them, the course addresses conundrums such as the distinction between 'freedom fighters' and 'terrorists', the relationship between technology, economy and political violence, and the impact of violence on traditional notions of national and international governance.

Objectives

  1. To develop in students a sophisticated understanding of
    1. the global circumstances behind rise of culture and identity as contested political concepts,
    2. under what circumstances cultural politics can take on a violent/terrorist edge, and
    3. the implications of these developments for national and international forms of governance.

  1. To foster in students a high level understanding of the challenges posed to established norms of global politics by the spread of terrorist networks and other violence-prone movements (including through case studies of terrorist movements).

  1. To enhance students' ability to contribute to public debates on issues such as counter-terrorism, state-sponsored violence, and arguments over trade-offs between civil and individual rights and public security.

  1. To develop a sophisticated understanding of conceptual debates over politically motivated violence, especially how these debates have been shaped by divergent theories of globalisation.

  1. To develop a high level understanding of the moral ambiguities surrounding political violence, and how these ambiguities complicate measures to counter or control violence.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Benjamin MacQueen

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

Applicants should have completed a bachelors degree with a major in politics, or a Faculty Certificate in politics with grades of at least credit average. Subject to the approval of the Graduate Coordinator, applicants with a major in a cognate discipline may be admitted.

Prohibitions

ATS4327, APG4327


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Michael Janover

Notes

Previously coded PLM5390

Synopsis

Students devise their own research question (in consultation with the lecturer). In researching the essay they engage in substantive research using both primary and secondary materials, and show an awareness of relevant conceptual frameworks.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Michael Janover

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ATS4328, APG4328


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2011 (Flexible)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Greg Barton

Notes

Previously coded PLM5430

Synopsis

This subject will explore the origins of 'political Islam' or 'Islamism'- a backlash against the economic, political and cultural dominance of the 'West'. It will survey the gamut of Islamist organisations in the Middle East, South and South East Asia against the backdrop of an increasingly shrinking world. Political Islam begins with the study of Islamic responses to European imperialism in the 19th and 20th centuries, with particular emphasis upon the emergence of Islamic modernism. It then focuses on the growth of Islamic movements and their response to contending ideologies, including secular nationalism and socialism. Finally we consider the impact of Islam on international relations.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this subject will have gained a critical understanding of Islamic radicalism, in its different manifestations globally, and the political and conceptual forces that extend or hamper its scope. This subject will place political Islam within the context of a shrinking world and offer students a nuanced appreciation of relations between the West and the Muslim world.

Assessment

+ Seminar presentation: 10%
Short essay (2,000 words): 30%
Take home exam (5,000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Prof Greg Barton

Contact hours

A 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4329, APG4329


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Paul Muldoon

Notes

Previously coded PLM5440

Synopsis

As the consumer ethos invades every area of our lives, identity is increasingly related less to the place one inhabits and more to what one owns or is capable of attaining. These developments have implications, not only for our political life as citizens, but for the Western tradition of thinking about politics itself. To the extent that political thought and action has traditionally been based around an embedded notion of citizenship, it is in serious need of re-examination. This unit explores how changes in modes of consumption in post-industrial societies have altered our notions of citizenship and produced a new 'politics of rebellion' outside the conventional political arena.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand different theoretical approaches to consumerism.
  2. Connect debates over consumerism to notions of democracy and citizenship.
  3. Develop a deeper understanding of globalisation and its discontents.
  4. Be able to make connections across different disciplines (particularly politics, sociology and cultural studies).
  5. Display advanced oral communication skills.
  6. Undertake independent research and present the results in a coherent written format.
  7. Critically reflect at an advanced level both orally and in writing on their prior knowledge and understanding of politics and political concepts.

Assessment

Oral Presentation (1,000 words equivalent): 10%
Research Essay (5,000 words): 50%
Take-home Exam (2 x 1,500 word essays): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andy Butfoy

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ATS4330, APG4330


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2011 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Professor Greg Barton

Notes

Previously coded PLM5490

Synopsis

This unit examines the social, historical and intellectual dynamics driving Islamic revivalism in Turkey and Indonesia and pays particular attention to their progressive potential. Drawing upon the critical work of contemporary civil society movements and innovative intellectuals in both countries, it explores the conceptual and practical dimensions of the pursuit of constructive interfaith relations in the Islamic world. By placing Turkey and Indonesia at the centre of analysis, the unit aims to reveal Islam, less as a source of violence and terrorism, than as a source of tolerance, peace and conflict resolution.

Objectives

By the end of this unit, students at 4th level will have achieved:

  1. An sound understanding of the character and position of Islam and Islamic thought in contemporary Turkey and Indonesia
  2. An understanding of the significance of Islam in late modernity with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements in Turkey and Indonesia and the role of Islamic movements in political dissent conflict violence and terrorism
  3. An understanding of the role of Islamic social movements in Turkey and Indonesia in promoting tolerance conflict resolution and contributing to the common good
  4. A sound understanding of traditional Islamic thought practices and social movements in Turkey and Indonesia
  5. A broad understanding of the social historical and intellectual dynamics driving Islamic revivalism in Turkey and Indonesia
  6. A broad understanding of radical Islamist movements in Turkey and Indonesia including terrorist groups
  7. An sound understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Indonesia
  8. An understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Turkey in particular the contribution of Said Nursi and the Nurcu movements and of Fethullah Gulen and the Gulen movement to Islamic thought and practice in Turkey
  9. Improved writing skills by producing two research essays
  10. Developed research skills and theoretical background and ability

By the end of this unit, students at Masters level will have achieved:
  1. An sound understanding of the character and position of Islam and Islamic thought in contemporary Turkey and Indonesia
  2. An understanding of the significance of Islam in late modernity with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements in Turkey and Indonesia and the role of Islamic movements in political dissent conflict, violence and terrorism
  3. An understanding of the role of Islamic social movements in Turkey and Indonesia in promoting tolerance conflict resolution and contributing to the common good
  4. A sound understanding of traditional Islamic thought, practices and social movements in Turkey and Indonesia
  5. A broad understanding of the social, historical and intellectual dynamics driving Islamic revivalism in Turkey and Indonesia
  6. A broad understanding of radical Islamist movements in Turkey and Indonesia, including terrorist groups
  7. An sound understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Indonesia
  8. An understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Turkey in particular the contribution of Said Nursi and the Nurcu movements and of Fethullah Gulen and the Gulen movement to Islamic thought and practice in Turkey
  9. Improved writing skills by producing two research essays
  10. Developed research skills and theoretical background and ability
  11. Highly sophisticated level of oral skills
  12. Highly developed writing skills by producing two research essays
  13. Highly developed research skills and theoretical background and ability

Assessment

Short essay (3000 words): 30%
Major essay (5000 words): 50%
Field trip: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Prof Greg Barton

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week, and in addition one 7-hour field trip


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Andy Butfoy

Notes

Previously coded PLM5600

Synopsis

Strategic studies is defined here as the analysis of the military dimension of international relations. Within this setting, the unit looks at the following topics: the role of US military power in world affairs, Australian defence policy, armed intervention, threats to the peace, the proliferation of 'weapons of mass destruction', arms control and concepts of security. Fifth-year level students demonstrate an awareness of how strategic issues can be related to broader conceptual concerns in the field of international relations.

Assessment

Essay plan (400 words): 5%
Essay (5000 words): 50%
Examination (3 hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andy Butfoy

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ATS4332, APG4332


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Nick Economou

Notes

Previously coded PLM5800

Synopsis

Students devise their own research question (in consultation with the lecturer). In researching the essay they engage in substantive research using both primary and secondary materials, and show an awareness of relevant conceptual frameworks.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Oral presentation: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Nick Economou

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ATS4333, APG4333


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Anna Halafoff

Notes

Previously coded PLM5090

Synopsis

This unit will examine the role of interfaith relations in promoting social harmony and common security in the 21st century. It will include a historical overview of interfaith relations; religion and globalization; interfaith peacebuilding; methods for interfaith engagement; the nexus between interfaith relations and security since the terrorist attacks of 11 September 2001; approaches to interfaith relations from the major religious traditions; a case study of interfaith relations in Australia; gender and youth issues in interfaith; interfaith environmental activism.

Objectives

By the end of this unit, students at 4th level will have achieved:

  1. an intricate knowledge of the international history of interfaith relations
  2. an understanding of the significance of religion in late modernity, with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements and the role of religion in conflict, violence and terrorism
  3. an understanding of the role of religion in peacebuilding and conflict resolution
  4. a detailed knowledge of the methods and practices of interreligious engagement
  5. an understanding of the nexus between interfaith relations and security following the events of September 11, 2001
  6. an understanding of the various manifestations of interreligious engagement including Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Buddhist and Hindu perspectives
  7. an understanding of interreligious engagement in the Australian context, with particular emphasis on co-operation between religious and state actors including police
  8. an understanding of interreligious environmental activism
  9. a sophisticated level of oral skills
  10. improved writing skills by producing two research essays
  11. developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

By the end of this unit, students at Masters level will have achieved:
  1. an intricate knowledge of the international history of interfaith relations
  2. an understanding of the significance of religion in late modernity, with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements and the role of religion in conflict, violence and terrorism
  3. an understanding of the role of religion in peacebuilding and conflict resolution
  4. a detailed knowledge of the methods and practices of interreligious engagement
  5. an understanding of the nexus between interfaith relations and security following the events of September 11, 2001
  6. an understanding of the various manifestations of interreligious engagement including Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Buddhist and Hindu perspectives
  7. an understanding of interreligious engagement in the Australian context, with particular emphasis on co-operation between religious and state actors including police
  8. an understanding of interreligious environmental activism
  9. highly sophisticated level of oral skills
  10. highly developed writing skills by producing two research essays
  11. highly developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

Assessment

Short essay (3000 words): 30% + Major essay (5000 words): 50% + Field trip: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Anna Halafoff

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week, and one 1-day (7 hours) field trip


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Irfan Ahmad

Notes

Previously coded PLM5420

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students will have attained an intricate and critical knowledge of the diversity of Islamic thought in relation to modernity; a profound and detailed understanding of the key issues at the heart of tensions between Islam and modernity; a deep understanding of the way Muslims in the Muslim world and Muslims in the West are affected by the ongoing tension between Islam and modernity; a critical appreciation of the way reformist Islamic thinkers have tried to deal with the question compatibility between Islam and modernity; a detailed knowledge of the common ground between Islam and modernity that is used by Islamic modernists/reformers and the analytical ability to deconstruct that argument with reference to traditional Islamic sources; a deep understanding of the broad conceptual basis of Islamic political thoughts; a detailed understanding of the Islamic reformist movement that has emerged in the West; a sophisticated level of oral presentation skills; highly developed writing skills; and developed research skills..

Assessment

+ Class participation and think-piece presentation: 10%
Review essay (1,00 words): 10%
Short essay (2,000 words): 20%
Take-home exam (6,000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Irfan Ahmad

Contact hours

1 two-hour seminar


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ben MacQueen

Notes

Previously coded PLM5460

Synopsis

This unit will explore the patterns of civil and international conflict in Islamic societies in the Middle East and attempts at its resolution. Specifically, it will highlight how a variety of formal and informal conflict resolution mechanisms have been employed with varying degrees of success. This review of the mechanics of conflict resolution will be complemented by a detailed examination of conflict resolution theory and how it links to practice. A series of case studies will be coupled with a detailed examination of both the theoretical and practical underpinnings of conflict resolution to evaluate current and alternative trends at the resolution of conflict in the Middle East.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students will have

  1. An intricate knowledge of the patterns of conflict in the Middle East as well as the mechanics of conflict resolution;
  2. An understanding of the interconnectedness of patterns of conflict in the Middle East and an ability to relate the interconnectedness of conflicts to the difficulties of conflict resolution;
  3. An understanding of Islamic political and social mechanisms relative to the processes of conflict resolution;
  4. A detailed knowledge of the conflict resolution processes in the Arab-Israel/Israeli-Palestinian conflicts, the Lebanese civil war, the Iran-Iraq war, the Algerian civil war and the current conflicts in Iraq and Sudan;
  5. An appreciation of the role of international powers in the conflict and resolution processes in the Middle East;
  6. An understanding of the broad conceptual basis of conflict resolution theory from materialist, structuralist, and 'culturalist' standpoints;
  7. An understanding of the various manifestations of conflict resolution practice, such as Track I and II diplomacy, interstate and non-state negotiations, and the role of civil society;
  8. An understanding of the role of major international powers in Middle Eastern conflict resolution as well as the mechanics of United Nations conflict resolution practice, the role of NGOs and local cultural processes of conflict resolution;
  9. A sophisticated level of oral skills;
  10. Improved writing skills by producing two research essays;
  11. Developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

Assessment

Written work: 60%:
Class tests: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ben MacQueen

Contact hours

1 two-hour seminar

Prohibitions

ATS4337, APG4337


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2011 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Irfan Ahmad

Notes

Previously coded PLM5470

Synopsis

This unit focuses on Islamic thought and social movements in South Asia, an important region where about forty percent of the world's Muslim population lives. The purpose of this unit, is to make both a regional and a conceptual shift in order to depict the multiplicity, creativity, dynamism and contesting forms of Islam outside of Islam's 'heartland'. It will focus on movements, events, ideas, rituals, institutions and practices that have impacted the social, cultural and political life of Muslims and non-Muslims in modern South Asia. Interdisciplinary in its approach, this Unit will employ a range of historical, ethnographic, sociological, political scientific and literary sources. Geographically, it will focus on Afghanistan, Bangladesh, India, and Pakistan.

Objectives

All students who successfully complete this subject should be able to:

  1. Critically assess the natural association of Islam with the Middle-East, and appreciate the dynamic, diverse and contesting forms of normative and lived Islam in modern South Asia
  2. Engage in a critical appraisal of different theoretical approaches and methodological issues to the study of religious traditions in general and Islamic traditions in particular
  3. Have achieved understanding of key elements of relevant material in a variety of social science fields such as anthropology of religion, political sociology, social movement studies, gender studies, history of ideas, Islamic Studies, and transnationalism; and
  4. Understand, critique, and develop an argument, and demonstrate its effective application - oral as well as written -in class presentations, and composition of essays, and reviews.

In addition, students taking this unit at Level 5 should be able to:
  1. Delineate the distinctive elements and characteristics of Islamic thought and Muslim communities in South Asia and understand the key historical, social and cultural forces that have shaped them;
  2. Articulate the nature of the links between South Asian Islamic thought and practice and Islamic thought and practice in the Middle East and Southeast Asia.

Assessment

Think piece presentation: 5%
Review essay(1000 Words): 10%
Long essay (5,000 words): 50%
Take home exam (3,000 words): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Irfan Ahmad

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Constant Mews and Kate Rigby

Notes

Previously coded RLM5110

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the history of changing attitudes towards nature and the sacred from ancient times to the present through the examination of a variety of religious, philosophical and literary texts, with particular emphasis on the implications of such attitudes for environmental sustainability. It will consider in succession mythic narratives about creation from traditional cultures (e.g. Aboriginal, Celtic, Middle Eastern), Greek philosophical reflection on the cosmos, the impact of monotheism (Jewish, Christian, Islamic), the rise of mechanistic science, Romanticism, and the emergence of a range of contemporary ecospiritualities (neopaganism, 'greenfaith').

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will:

  1. acquire a broad overview of the evolution of thinking about nature and the sacred, from the earliest records of mythic thought to most recent thinking on ecospirituality, with particular reference to the idea of paradigm shifts
  2. acquire expertise in reading and analysing mythological, religious and scientific narratives about creation with particular reference to the assumptions about nature and the sacred which underpin them
  3. become familiar with critical debate about a variety of issues connected to sustainability and the sacred, such as the significance of animist beliefs or devotion to mother earth, the contribution of monotheistic traditions to thinking about nature, the scientific revolution and the romantic reenchantment of the world
  4. develop the skill of presenting both orally and in writing their own reasoned reflections about the relationship between environmental sustainability and changing notions of the sacred
  5. acquire the capacity to carry out a sustained research project on an approved subject of their choice.

Assessment

Exercise (1000 words): 20%
Class paper (1000 words): 20%
Research essay (7000 words): 50%
Oral presentation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Tamara Prosic

Notes

Previously coded RLM5140

Synopsis

The unit explores the ways in which different cultures confront the experience of death through metaphor, ritual, and symbolic association, and the ways in which they memorialize the dead. It considers the nature of beliefs about life, death and the hereafter; funerary rituals and strategies for body disposal; the physical and symbolic boundaries between the worlds of the living and the dead; the perceived impact of the dead on the affairs of the living; the dying process as a public or private event; taboos about dying and death in everyday discourse and the language used regarding death; death in myths. Examples will be drawn from major religious traditions (Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Buddhism), ancient Mediterranean cultures, and modern secular societies, including contemporary Australia.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Gain familiarity and be conversant with the main conceptions and ritualisation of death and symbolic themes in a range of different cultures and societies.
  2. Reflect critically on the influence particular death ethos has on the conduct of the living.
  3. Understand the nature and the social function of death related practices.
  4. Develop a capacity to understand, analyse and contextualise the symbolic language of death.
  5. Research and complete a research essay that considers the process of memory and ceremony in relation to the dead, within a specific cultural situation.
  6. Pursue original independent research relating to the process of memory and ceremony in relation to the dead, relating it to broader theoretical reflection on the symbolism of death, and its relationship to a broader cultural context.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Tutorial presentation: 20% (2000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Tamara Prosic

Prohibitions

ATS4340, APG4340


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Salih Yucel

Notes

Previously coded RLM5040

Synopsis

This unit examines various major trends in the contemporary Islamic world, situating them in the context of the major tension of Islam with modernity, in North Africa, Turkey, India, and other parts of the Islamic world. Consideration will be given both to movements demanding strict implementation of traditional sources of authority and to contextualist schools of thought concerned with interpreting Islamic principles within evolving socio-economic conditions. The impact of socialism, feminism, secularism and concern with human rights on a range of contemporary Islamic thinkers will be studied, both within a range of traditionally Islamic countries, and among Muslims within the West.

Objectives

Students successfully completing APG5342:

  1. Will have acquired a broad knowledge of the principles, main varieties and characteristics of the mainstrands of contemporary Islamic thought;
  2. Will be familiar with the social and political context of the main varieties of contemporary Islamic thought;
  3. Will be familiar with the major contemporary debates within Islam and relation to its encounter with other contemporary intellectual, social and political movements;
  4. Will have developed a capacity to work effectively with others and a capacity to express ideas verbally in group situations;
  5. Will have developed considerable facility in bibliographic research, analysis, and written expression; and
  6. Students taking this unit at 5th year level will be expected to incorporate a range of disciplinary perspectives into their research essay.

Assessment

Ten weekly response papers (400-500 words each week): 20%
Major essay (5000 words): 60%
Field trip (6 hours): 10%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Salih Yucel

Contact hours

1 X 2 hour seminar, per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Thomas Reuter

Notes

Previously coded RLM5100

Synopsis

This unit offers an exploration of contemporary belief systems and ritual practices in Australian society, from the perspective of social theory and within a historical context of major global changes in the way religion and ceremony operate in society. The underlying reasons behind these new developments in religion and ceremonial practice will be explored by analyzing a variety of different agendas and organizational forms, ranging from fundamentalist movements to New Age groups, Pentecostal Christianity, eco-spirituality and neo-religious youth subcultures. International trends and influences will be considered together with the unique history and phenomenology of religion in Australia.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Define at least two basic, classical social theory approaches to the study of religion and critique them with the help of contemporary theory in sociology, anthropology and post-colonial studies;
  2. Describe and analyze the various ways in which religions have developed historically, especially with the advent of modernity, both internationally and within Australian society;
  3. Analyze a historical or contemporary manifestation of the action of religion in society by applying social theories of religion;
  4. Provide a critical account of the role of fundamentalism, revivalism and charismatic movements at both an international and a local level;
  5. Analyze the impact of new trends in religion and ceremonial practice on the re-imagining of multiculturalism and on inter-faith relations in Australia;In addition, students at the higher level of study (APG5343) are expected to be able to:
  6. Review, critique and expand on existing social theories of religion, through careful (re-)analysis of empirical data on contemporary religious belief systems and practices;
  7. Use their own experiences of contemporary religion in Australia together with the knowledge of social theories of religion they have acquired in this unit to produce new insights and, thus, to begin to make a contribution to this field of research.

Assessment

Class presentation and written synopsis (2000 words): 25%; Research essay (7000 words): 75%. To create a qualitative distinction between students at Levels 4 and 5, essay topics for L5 students will be set at a greater level of difficulty. Students will be expected to apply theory to the analysis of case material in a more sophisticated, critical and innovative manner, and will be encouraged to draw on their own knowledge of relevant cases.

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ATS4343, APG4343


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Melanie Landau

Notes

Previously coded RLM5160

Synopsis

This unit explores the interplay of religion and sexuality in monotheist traditions (particularly Judaism, Christianity and Islam) and its representation from comparative and historical perspectives. It examines attitudes towards sexuality and the role of sex in a selective rather than comprehensive way. It looks at religious attitudes to sexual acts, reflections about sexuality and the Divine as well as the place of sexuality in religious practice. It also examines attitudes to the body as the site of sexuality and the way that religious texts act both to enshrine and to challenge patriarchal ideas about sexuality. It also addresses religious contributions to contemporary sexual ethics.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have a general understanding of the main issues involved in the interrelationship between sexuality, gender and religion;
  2. Have an understanding of the role and representation of sex in Judaism, Christianity and Islam and its changing nature through history;
  3. Be able to identify the impact of the religious traditions on the discourse of contemporary sexuality and sexual practice;
  4. Have the capacity to articulate their interpretations of different reading materials- primary and secondary materials in English- and to be able to argue their merits or otherwise;
  5. Have an understanding of the religious contribution to discussions of sexual ethics;
  6. Level 5 students will have a more sophisticated understanding of the theoretical issues they encounter in their reading and a greater ability to situate their research essays within an appropriate conceptual framework.

Assessment

Written work (9,000 words) 100%

Contact hours

One 2.5-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4344 and APG4344


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Louisa Willoughby

Notes

Previously coded ALM5130

Synopsis

Explore the role of language in society by examining language variation and change, multilingualism and how individuals adjust their speech to the situations they find themselves in. You will explore regional and social variation in language as well as topics such as language and gender, language and power and language policy, as well as conducting your own small research project.

Objectives

Explore the role of language in society by examining language variation and change, multilingualism and how individuals adjust their speech to the situations they find themselves in. You will explore regional and social variation in language as well as topics such as language and gender, language and power and language policy, as well as conducting your own small research project.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Louisa Willoughby


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Musgrave

Notes

Previously coded ALM5150

Synopsis

Learn about the various approaches to research in applied linguistics. You will explore different data collection procedures, including interviewing, participant observation and questionnaire surveys. You will also investigate data description, analysis, interpretation, quantitative and qualitative research and ethical concerns relating to linguistic research.

Objectives

Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of quantitative and qualitative approaches to research in applied study of language (with a particular focus on English);
  2. articulate research questions for the purpose of developing a thesis or project;
  3. plan the elements of a thesis or research project, including literature review, methodology and data analysis;
  4. .identify major types of data collection, and issues associated with analysis and interpretation of data;
  5. address ethical concerns in relation to language research.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Simon Musgrave

Contact hours

Off-campus: N/A On-campus: 2 hours lecture/seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Bradshaw

Notes

Previously coded ALM5250

Synopsis

The course will address key concepts, theoretical models, accepted approaches and contested frameworks and theories in the rapidly changing field of second language acquisition. Topics covered include models and theories of second language acquisition, first and second language acquisition, error analysis and interlanguage, interlanguage pragmatics, input and interaction, learner strategies, learning styles, cognitive processes, classroom observation, second language identity and learners' rights.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. summarize key theoretical debates in relation to second language acquisition, and evaluate relevant empirical evidence;
  2. compare the work of competing theorists, and recognise their role in the development of SLA theory;
  3. reflect on their own language learning experience and classroom practice in the light of theoretical and empirical studies;
  4. evaluate major methodological approaches to the study of second language acquisition;
  5. and apply at least one methodology to a selected context.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Julie Bradshaw


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Howie Manns

Notes

Previously coded ALM5350

Synopsis

Explore the varieties of English around the world. You will study descriptive surveys of the main national standard Englishes, as well as a selection of the distinctive regional, ethnic and social varieties. Specific topics in this unit include: historical and cultural background and the current sociolinguistic situation of the respective regions; special focus on the non-standard varieties of Australasia and the Pacific; global tendencies in phonological and grammatical variation; notion of Standard English, attitudes to local varieties of English and the problem of standards.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should know the main distinguishing features, at the key linguistic levels, of the more important varieties of English around the world (native-speaker and 'new'; standard and non-standard) and also the origins and development of these features, and be able to explain the relevant facts using the terminology of linguistics; understand the main facts and issues associated with the statuses and functions of these varieties in the various societies in which they are used, the attitudes which users of English have adopted with respect to these varieties, and the connections between all these issues; be in a position to analyse new situations involving language varieties (English or other) in these terms; be in a position to develop critical and well-informed positions on the practical upshots of these considerations (educational, language planning, etc.)

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Howie Manns

Prohibitions

Either APG4349 or APG5349, but not both.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Brett Hough

Notes

Previously coded ASM5100

Synopsis

This unit explores violences as a complex set of practices, from a range of disciplinary perspectives although with an overall emphasis on the social sciences. Topic areas covered in any year may include state-sanctioned violences like institutionalised torture and capital punishment; interpersonal violences such as rape and child abuse; and intellectual and political debates over ethics, research methodologies and epistemologies, and issues of representation. This unit will also entail examining violences via cross-cultural perspectives in order to highlight differences and similarities throughout the world.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this subject students should be able to:

  1. Appreciate the plural character of the phenomenon 'violences'.
  2. Show a critical awareness of the diversity of understandings of and proffered solutions to violences.
  3. Present a debate or issue central to the project of trying to eliminate violence from social life.
  4. Demonstrate some understanding of the methodological, epistemological, ethical and political issues in researching a form of violence.
  5. Appreciate the relationship of work on violences to the 'crisis in representation' in the social sciences.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (9000 words)
Seminar work: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Brett Hough

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 1 hour film screening) per week

Prohibitions

ATS4379, ASM4100


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Sunway First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrea Di Castro

Notes

Previously coded AST5000

Synopsis

This unit explores the dramatic transformations that have defined the Aian region in the post-colonial period. The most fundamental change has been the shift of large agrarian societies from their rural base into industrial modes of production and the habit of living in cities. This massive migration of people has had important consequences for technological change, political stability, social inequalities, cultural heritage and the environment. We examine how the old balances of power amongst the political, business and religious elites of Asia are changing and how Asia itself is challenging the nature of world leadership. Our approach includes analysing the shifting realities at the level of mega-cities, towns and villages.

Objectives

  1. To familiarise students with the major transformations of Asian politics, society, culture and economy since 1950;
  2. To develop an in-depth understanding of the complexity of these processes and the contradictions of modernity in various country cases studies including India, China, Indonesia, Cambodia, Malaysia and others;
  3. To expose students to world class authors and scholars who have written about these issues and have an intimate knowledge of the forces of change;
  4. To encourage students to appreciate the important of multi-dimensonal changes and apply multi-disciplinary approaches to their study of Asia;
  5. To promote the analytial abilities of students in their written and oral work

Assessment

Written work (including exam): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Antonia Vicziany

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture
One 2-hours seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Beatrice Trefalt

Notes

Previously coded AST5060

Synopsis

This unit examine various debates about World War II legacies in the Asian region, affecting particularly Japan's relationship with Korea, with China and with various other peoples and nations that suffered from Japan's invasion up to 1945. As well as examining the parameters of these debates, the unit encourages reflection on the politicised and consumable nature of the past, and on the processes of remembering and forgetting upon which the identity of nations and communities are built.

Objectives

Upon completion of the unit, the students should have 1) acquired a solid foundation of knowledge about the Second World War in Asia and the Pacific 2)become familiar with a number of specific issues related to war legacies and war memory 3)developed critical insights into the contested and fluid nature of representations of the past, and become familiar with the major writers in the area 4)developed research and interpretation skills through preparation for and participation in the weekly seminars, and through preparation for their written assignments 5) practised devising a feasible research project 6) practised presenting and debating ideas and interpretations effectively and in an informed manner, both orally and in writing

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

1 one-hour lecture per week for 13 weeks and 1 two-hour seminar per week for 12 weeks


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Professor Ross Mouer

Notes

Previously coded AST5110

Chief examiner(s)

Beatrice Trefalt


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrea Di Castro

Notes

Previously coded AST5220

Synopsis

This unit addresses the challenges of research work in the Asian region and seeks to equip students with some of the skills needed for it. In a series of modules, students will be introduced to a range of potential source materials for the study of Asia, such as documents, census reports, fictional texts, and films, and to a range of research methodologies applicable to the study of Asia including fieldwork in villages, archival work, data collection and interviews. Students will be encouraged to think about issues of ethical obligations in relation to fieldwork, such as those raised by non-Asian scholars making judgments about Asia, cultural bias, and the ownership of knowledge.

Objectives

Students successfully completing APG5385 will:

  1. Be able to converse intelligently about issues of cultural bias and the ownership of knowledge.
  2. Have a firm grasp of a range of sources and methodologies applicable to research in Asia and a firm understanding of the scholarly principles that underpin them.
  3. Have a firm understanding of the link between scholarship, public debate and nationalistic political agendas in Asia.
  4. Be able to put together a sophisticated Asia-related research or consultancy proposal.
  5. Be able to discuss in detail and to justify the significance of research on a particular aspect of Asia or Australia's relationship to Asia.
  6. Have a clear idea as to how to research and write a policy document.
  7. Have considerable sophistication in terms of the ways they represent Asia.

Assessment

Written work (including exam): 100%

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture
one 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in a postgraduate program

Co-requisites

At least one other unit in a postgraduate program


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded AST5680

Synopsis

A research project on a topic in Asian studies based on the student's collection of data. The topic must be selected before enrolment in the unit. The paper will be written in English.

Assessment

Written work: up to 10,000 words: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Helen Marriott

Prerequisites

APG4635 or permission


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded AST5690

Synopsis

A research project on a topic in Asian studies based on the student's collection of data. The topic must be selected before enrolment in the subject. The paper will be written in English. Fifth-year students use more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills.

Assessment

Written work up to 10,000 words: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Helen Marriott

Prerequisites

APG4386


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Jeff Jarvis

Notes

Previously coded ATM5010

Synopsis

As for APG4389

Assessment

Group assignment (9000 words): 45%
Class participation: 10%
Examination (2 hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jeff Jarvis

Contact hours

3 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATD4010, APG4389


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeff Jarvis and Dr Vicki Peel

Notes

Previously coded ATM5060

Synopsis

This contemporary unit is designed to focus on key issues arising in the global tourism industry such as poverty alleviation through tourism and the growth of independent travel. The unit is presented via a number of key industry seminars and a proposed field work study tour to a destination such as Fiji or North Queensland. (The selected study tour destination will be nominated at the start of semester and may vary from year to year)

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. an understanding of key problems and issues in the current and future development of the global tourism industry;
  2. an understanding of the principles and practices of e-tourism;
  3. enhanced research and writing skills through the application of appropriate theory to real-life problem solving;
  4. enhanced oral communication skills suitable for professional progression in management of the tourism profession;
  5. experience in working with tourism professionals in response to industry needs.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (9000 words)
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Vicki Peel

Contact hours

6 x 2 hour lectures, 1 x 3 hour student presentation seminars and a 7 day intensive study tour with industry seminars and field work

Prohibitions

ATD4060, APG4390


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)John Arnold

Notes

Previously coded AUS5010

Synopsis

Exploring Australia investigates diverse local communities and the networks of places, activities and loyalties that collectively form Australian society. Through guided project work and excursions to key cultural sites in the city and the bush, students will be introduced to a rich and complex Indigenous culture and many of the other communities that have shaped contemporary Australia. This interdisciplinary unit informed by film, literature and history, will enable students to reflect on their own cultural values and critically engage with differing perspectives on the diversity of Australian society.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify, represent and critically engage with differing views relating to the diversity of social and cultural experience within Australia.
  2. Recognise, represent and critically reflect upon ideas and concepts from diverse cultures, and develop the ability to reflect on one's own cultural values.
  3. Reflect on personal learning and respond productively to constructive feedback from one's peers.
  4. Utilise proficiently a range of IT resources such as word processing and email, search databases and text files, and locate, employ and evaluate internet sites.
  5. Communicate ideas to an international audience with clarity, coherence and persuasiveness.
  6. Employ effective essay and report writing skills showing ability to integrate and critically assess material from a variety of sources relating to the diversity of social and cultural experience within Australia.
  7. Develop collaborative skills in working within international groups, and contribute creatively, flexibly and adaptively to the achievement of shared goals.
  8. Work independently and to deadlines within a guided framework, with a capacity to define problems/questions and to know how to set about finding answers.
  9. Undertake social science research using interviews or questionnaires.

Assessment

Participation (on-campus) Learning journal (off-campus) (1000) : 10%
Short assignment (2 x 1500 words) (3000) : 40%
Project proposal and literature review (1000) : 10%
Research project (4000) : 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2-hour seminar) per week (on-campus students only)

Prohibitions

APG4391


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded AUS5025

Synopsis

Contemporary Australia is experiencing global challenges, such as the movement of refugees, threats to the environment and international terrorism. This troubled engagement with the outside world has been a recurrent theme in Australia's history and shaped the nature of our society. Australia Unlimited looks at Australia through the context of the region and the world. An interdisciplinary unit, it explores the origins of key Australian institutions and examines the issues and debates dividing modern Australia. Topics include the attempted dispossession of Australia's Indigenous communities, immigration and asylum seekers, class and gender inequality and the impact of globalization.

Objectives

Upon completing this unit students will be able to:

  1. identify, represent and critically engage with differing views relating to transnational issues as they impact on Australia, especially the concept of 'glocalisation';
  2. recognise and account for the effects of globalisation in Australia, including the changing role of government and changing patterns of work and consumption;
  3. recognise, represent and critically reflect upon ideas and concepts from diverse cultures, and develop the ability to reflect on one's own cultural values;
  4. reflect on personal learning and respond productively to constructive feedback from one's peers;
  5. utilise proficiently a range of IT resources such as word processing and email, search databases and text files, and locate, employ and evaluate internet sites;
  6. communicate ideas to an international audience with clarity, coherence and persuasiveness;
  7. employ effective essay and report writing skills showing ability to integrate and critically assess material from a variety of sources relating to Australia in a global context;
  8. work collaboratively within international groups, and contribute creatively, flexibly and adaptively to the achievement of shared goals;
  9. work independently and to deadlines within a guided framework, with a capacity to define problems/questions and to know how to set about finding answers;
  10. Undertake social science research using interviews or questionnaires.

Assessment

Participation (on-campus) Learning journal (off-campus) (1000) : 10%
Short assignment (2 x 1500 words) (3000) : 30%
Project proposal and literature review (1000) : 15%
Research project (4000) : 45%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2-hour seminar) per week (on-campus students only)

Prohibitions

APG4392


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. Justin Oakley

Notes

Previously coded CHB5101

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide students with a basic understanding of ethical theory, as a foundation for their studies in bioethics. The unit outlines three main perspectives in normative ethics - Kantianism, Utilitarianism, and Virtue Ethics - and examines several key problems for each of these approaches. The unit also considers certain issues in meta-ethics, such as the question of whether moral judgements must be relative to individuals or cultures, or whether they can be objective.

Assessment

Written work (6000 words): 70%
Exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc. Prof. Justin Oakley

Contact hours

One 3 hour seminar per week

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5101.php


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Peter Douglas

Notes

Previously coded CHB5102

Synopsis

This unit examines a variety of ethical issues concerning the beginning and end of life, such as the morality of abortion, infanticide, and causing death. The unit also deals with the ethical problems raised by new reproductive research and biomedical technologies, such as embryo experimentation, cloning, genetic counselling, genetic therapy and genetic engineering. There will be discussion of a range of philosophical problems central to these issues, including the sanctity of life doctrine, notions of potentiality, the nature of personhood, the acts/omissions distinction, and the definition of death.

Assessment

Written work (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Prof Justin Oakley

Contact hours

one 2.5 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

APG5393 or equivalent

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5102.php


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. Colleen Lewis

Notes

Previously coded CJM5040

Synopsis

Managing Criminal Justice Issues engages students in the critical study of the concepts, initiatives and directions currently reshaping criminal justice agencies. Issues covered include: managing criminal justice agencies; the intra and inter agency environment; alternative dispute resolution and new directions and frameworks in criminal justice management.

Objectives

Upon completion of Managing Criminal Justice Issues students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of key management issues in the criminal justice context including inter and intra agency team building; effective communications strategies across the sector and the oversight of criminal justice project change.

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of inter agency criminal justice management including working with the media; working with community organisations and pressure groups and working with diverse populations.

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of alternative dispute resolution including negotiation and mediation; working with bodies of inquiry and organisational problem solving.

  1. Demonstrate critical understanding of new directions and frameworks in criminal justice management including ethical considerations; accountability; and best practice and benchmarking.

Assessment

Benchmarking Manual (4000 words): 40%
Development of a whole-of-government approach on an inter-agency management issues (5000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Prof Colleen Lewis

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prohibitions

APG4395


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)

Notes

Previously coded COM5001

Synopsis

The ability to be able to find, use, assess and present information is crucial to those working in the communications industry. This unit focuses on research methods, sources, writing and theories used in the study and practice of media and communications, with a focus on Australian examples. The range of sources studied includes scholarly databases and bibliographical references, newspaper archives, and pictorial and moving images.

Objectives

  1. To be able to make appropriate and efficient use of Australian sources within the Communications and media field;
  2. To be able to research and write scholarly essays at postgraduate standard;
  3. To be able to locate and make use of regular and archival holdings relating to media and communications field of major research libraries;
  4. To be familiar with electronic, printed and audio-visual sources;
  5. Familiarity with key Australian media;
  6. To be able to discuss and write critically about independent research undertaken.

Assessment

2 x papers (2000 words): 40%
Research essay (5000 words): 50%
Class participation/Seminar presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Tony Moore

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

APG4396


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tony Moore

Notes

Previously coded COM5002

Synopsis

In this subject we journey through the history of communications and media form the genesis of the mass circulation press development to the new media of the 21st century. The subject will provide students with an appreciation of how technological advances, decisions by policy-makers, and broader forces have influenced that evolution. In turn, the subject also provides students with a chance to consider how the media's coverage of important public debates and controversies has helped shape society. In the major research essay students will have the opportunity to investigate media coverage of a major issue or event in Australian history.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students should:

  1. Have a broad overview of communications and media history.
  2. Have an understanding of how technological advances, decisions by policy-makers, and broader forces have shaped that history.
  3. Have an appreciation of how media coverage of watershed events and issues has influenced society.
  4. Be able to conduct independent research.
  5. Be able to write lucidly and with analytical depth.
In addition, students taking APG5397 should be able to demonstrate additional conceptual ability in written work.

Assessment

Class participation and attendance (1000 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar introduction (1000 words equivalent): 10% ; 2 x Short essays (2000 words each): 40%; Major research essay (4000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Tony Moore

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

APG4397


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)

Notes

Previously coded COM5006

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the changing relationships between the media, telecommunications and computing industries. It investigates the practices of electronic publishing and its impact on the communications industry. The unit profiles both traditional media such as the book, print and broadcasting in the light of new forms of content delivery such as the web, wireless and digital broadcasting. It also explores the challenges of developing and delivering high-quality, user-focused content in a digital environment, including social media.

Assessment

Research essay (4500 words): 50%
Two papers (2250 words each): 40%
Seminar presentation and participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Mark Poole

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

APG5743


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded COM5008

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to professional ethics and the media. Students will evaluate the media's fourth-estate role and its political agency in a commercial environment. Legislation, industry codes of practice and journalistic ethics will be analysed. Investigative reporting will be examined with reference to Watergate and investigative reporting's mythical 'golden age'. The interrelationship between PR, media liaison units and journalism will be explored. Tabloid journalism will be analysed with reference to economic and ethical concerns. The tension between the media's idealistic fourth-estate image and its professional, commercial and public interests is the unit's unifying theme.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A critical understanding of the history and continuing evolution of the media's role as the fourth estate.
  2. A critical understanding of the complex interplay between ethical, regulatory, political and economic factors in media reporting.
  3. An advanced knowledge of the key communications industry codes of conduct and the differing approaches to their enforcement including professional codes of ethics and industry codes of practice.
  4. A critical understanding of the nature of investigative reporting and the impact and legacy of Watergate on journalism, reporting and public figures.
  5. A critical understanding of the interrelationship between public relations, institutional media liaison units and journalism.
  6. An enhanced ability to critically evaluate topical debates about media ethics.
  7. Abilty to conduct research at advanced level.

Assessment

Research essay (5000 words): 50%
Short essay 1 (2000 words): 20%
Short essay 2 (2000 words): 20%
Seminar participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Bryce Weber

Contact hours

1 x 2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

APG4399


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)

Notes

Previously coded COM5009

Synopsis

This unit explores issues arising from the emerging international communications environment. It examines the cultural, political and social impacts of communication technology transformations. Students will examine technology's impact on democratic activity; cable / satellite television's impact; computer hacking and cyber-crime. The case study of the Tamil Tigers' use of the Internet will help to illustrate the transformative possibilities of new communications technologies. Students will explore the internationalisation of news coverage and dissemination of information during times of global and local crisis, with particular reference to reporting terrorism and current wartime journalism.

Objectives

On successful completion of the subject students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A critical understanding of the historical context and critical transformations of communications technologies, and their cultural, political and social effects.
  2. A critical understanding of the relationship between the changing nature of communications technologies and the rise of alternative international media.
  3. An enhanced ability to recognise the political, social, geographical and cultural factors which impact upon access to and the uses of communication technologies.
  4. A critical understanding of the nature and effects of cyber-crime.
  5. A critical understanding of the relationship between the development of new communications technologies, in particular the Internet, and the changing nature of democratic practice, political participation and dissent.
  6. An advanced knowledge of the internationalisation of news coverage and the dissemination of information during times of global and local crisis.
  7. An ability to critically evaluate topical debates about international communications.
  8. An enhanced ability to conduct independent research.

Assessment

Essay 1 (3500 words): 40%
Essay 2 (2000 words): 40%
Seminar presentation (on-campus students) or Special Topic Essay (2000 words (off-campus students): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Mark Gibson

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)

Notes

Previously coded COM5010

Synopsis

This unit engages with the challenges facing the traditional media companies at a time when the mass-market and advertising business models that have long sustained them are under assault from new digital production and distribution technology that is fragmenting audiences and enabling smaller, more entrepreneurial organizations to compete against bureaucratic 'empires'. How do companies such as News Corporation, Channel Nine or Fairfax respond to the threats and opportunities posed by the new digital media businesses like Google, Apple iTunes and Facebook, and community activist projects such as Wikipedia that are leading and exploiting changes triggered by the digital revolution.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit students are expected to demonstrate an ability to;

  1. Critically analyse the business models of a variety of traditional media companies and the challenges and opportunities posed by new digital media;
  2. Assess government policy responses to issues arising from new digital technology, media convergence and fragmentation of audiences;
  3. Understand key debates surrounding transformation of public media, such as the Australian Broadcasting Corporation;
  4. Engage in discussion informed by current media research and theory about the changing media environment in Australia and internationally;
  5. conduct independent research in the field of communications and media;
  6. Think critically and conceptually about contemporary media industries and how they relate with content producers and audiences.

Assessment

First Essay (3,500 words): 40%; Second essay (3,500 words): 40%; Seminar presentation (2,000 words): 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ATS4720, APG4401


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Allison Craven and Dr Patricia Goon

Notes

Previously coded COM5020

Synopsis

This unit provides students with advanced skills in seminar presentation and industry liaison. Students will identify a particular area of specialisation within the communication industry and develop networks and links with practitioners. Students will complete and present two papers in seminar format, and will participate in the organisation of guest lecturers and visits to industry.

Objectives

The objective of this unit is to study a significant issue in a defined industry sector, and to develop a network of contacts, and limited expertise related to that issue.

Assessment

Initial Position Paper (4000 words): 35%
Final Outcomes paper (5000 words): 40%
Guest Lecture: 15%
Industry Visit: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

First degree with a major in communication, writing, international studies or equivalent.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Robin Gerster

Notes

Previously coded COM5110

Synopsis

This unit examines the centrality of war to modern cultural history, as revealed in a range of literary and non-literary sources. Covering literary, visual and historical responses to World War I, though World War II (including the Holocaust and the atomic bombings), the Vietnam War, the Rwandan genocide, to the 'War on Terror', the unit analyses how mass violence poses a range of representational challenges, and been influential in disseminating the practices and intellectual trends of modernity and postmodernity. Issues covered include the redefinition of traditional concepts of 'the hero' and assumptions about national identity.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. a strong critical sense of the major representational elements of war writing and film since World War I
  2. a theoretical understanding of the relationship of war writing to the ideas and some of the important practices of modernity and postmodernity
  3. a demonstrated understanding of the role of the media in disseminating public knowledge of war and conflict
  4. demonstrated a sophisticated grasp of cultural concepts of heroism and racial virtue, as they have been invoked and revised
  5. an informed reading of the importance of gender to perspectives on war and conflict.

In addition, students enrolled at Masters level will demonstrate a greater mastery over the broader conceptual issues addressed in the unit, and a greater capacity to produce more developed arguments and analyses arising from them.

Assessment

Research essay (4000 words): 50% +Textual analysis (3000 words): 40%
Seminar presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Robin Gerster

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

A major sequence in Communication, or any other related major approved by co-ordinator

Prohibitions

ENH2225/ENH3225 (Heroes Twilight), ATS4403


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Kevin Foster

Notes

Previously coded COM5120

Synopsis

This unit will examine how the Spanish Civil War has been represented and remembered in literature, the visual arts, photography, film, ceremonies and in the form of physical memorials by the victors and the defeated. It will consider how cultural memory of the war has been shaped and expressed during and after the dictatorship. It will examine the forces responsible for this shaping, and explore how, subsequently, these memories of the conflict have been challenged and re-interpreted and the forces responsible for this process of revision.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. have a solid grasp of the principal causes and events of the Spanish Civil War
  2. have a detailed knowledge of the major cultural responses to the war and the political and social forces that brought them into being
  3. be able to provide a sophisticated interpretation of individual texts from/about the war, detailing the political and cultural forces that shaped them
  4. recognise how cultural memory of the war was shaped, re-shaped and re-interpreted over time
  5. be able to explain and apply a variety of theoretical approaches concerning cultural memory.

In addition, students enrolled at Masters level will demonstrate a greater mastery over the broader conceptual issues addressed in the unit and a greater capacity to produce more developed arguments and analyses arising from them.

Assessment

Textual analysis (3000 words): 40%
Seminar presentation (1000 words): 10%
Research assay (4000 words): 50%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Major sequence in Communication and Media Studies, any European language, European and European Union Studies, or other discipline approved by the unit coordinator

Prohibitions

ATS4404


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Andy Ruddock

Notes

Previously coded COM5130

Synopsis

The unit will survey the history, concepts and methods of critical media audience research. It will consider both the mass communications and cultural studies disciplines, and will develop students' ability to critique scholarly work on both conceptual and methodological grounds. Audiences and the Social Influence of Media will enhance students' ability to develop and present original research projects, based on empirical explorations of how people interact with media in a variety of social places. The academic skills it cultivates will be directly applicable to thesis work.

Objectives

On successfully completing this unit a student will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an appreciation of the political, cultural and institutional factors that influence the questions scholars ask and the methods they use to analyze media influence
  2. a broad understanding of key questions in the field of media influence, and knowledge of how and why these questions have emerged
  3. an ability to critique scholarship on both conceptual and methodological bases
  4. the ability to perform scholarly literature reviews in a manner leading to original research questions
  5. the ability to select appropriate data gathering methods for exploring questions of particular relevance to the student
  6. Postgraduate students will be asked to format Assessment 3 in line with a grant proposal of their choosing Assessment 3.

Assessment

Literature review (3500 words): 40%
Class presentation: 10%
Project proposal (4500 words): 50%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Two 6-hour weekend seminars and 2 hours per week MUSO participation

Prerequisites

Communication and Media Studies major or other major approved by coordinator

Prohibitions

ATS4405


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded COM5140

Synopsis

This unit will examine the role of the human body in representation, understanding, and communication. From phenomenological and neurological accounts of the role of the human body in expression and understanding, to debates surrounding the body/machine interface in new communications technologies, the body's often-overlooked role as organiser and facilitator of human action will be explored.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students will:

  1. have a broad understanding of the various theoretical frameworks used to discuss the human body
  2. have a broad historical overview of the development, evolution, and increasing convergence of these frameworks
  3. be capable of providing sophisticating critiques of and comparisons between various accounts of the role of the human body in understanding and expression
  4. be able to provide a sophisticated reading of the role played by the human body in communications based on detailed research.

In addition, students enrolled at Masters level will demonstrate a relatively greater level of confidence and mastery over the larger conceptual issues addressed and a greater capacity to produce original arguments derived from them.

Assessment

Literature review and research plan (3000 words): 15%
Seminar presentation (1000 words): 15%
Research essay (5000 words): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Daniel Black

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Major in Communication and Media Studies or other approved discipline

Prohibitions

ATS4406


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)

Notes

Previously coded COM5201

Synopsis

The unit examines the development of communication and information organisations and technologies, the social forces driving their expansion, their social and economic impact, and the role of technological systems and practices in social development. The nature of organizational communication and the role of technology in communication are discussed as well as their implications for communication arts, economies, and society.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Highly developed knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for the participation in and management of complex organizational and technology-driven processes;
  2. A high level understanding of and competency at dealing with the convergence between organizational and social-technological knowledge sets;
  3. A complex understanding of the large-scale and long-term social, political, institutional and economic context in which organizational communications systems and communication technologies systems occur;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research; enhanced capacity to formulate and research technology and organizational communication issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, develop a case study, and understand critical approaches to technology and organization-focussed communications;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity especially related to organizational and technology dilemmas and issues;
  6. In addition, students studying this unit at Level 5 will demonstrate the capacity to make an informed critique of the nature, role and limits of communication technologies in the workplace and the key forms of organizational communication.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Case Study (4000 words): 40%
Assignment 2 Research Essay (5000 words): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

APG4407


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr James Gomez

Notes

Previously coded COM5207

Synopsis

As for APG4408

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for the understanding and utilising the ethics, techniques, channels and limits of public advocacy and influence;
  2. Increased understanding of and competency in formulating and making, public statements, images, and gestures;
  3. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term context in which public communications has developed;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research public communications, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the conduct of public communications;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity especially regarding the effective and ethical formulation and delivery of public communication;
  6. Significantly increased ability to engage in public communication;
  7. In comparison with Level 4 students, greater fluency in use rhetorical, written, and visual forms.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Rhetoric Exercise (3000 words): 33.3%;
Assignment 2 Writing Exercise (3000 words): 33.3%;
Assignment 3 Visual Exercise (3000 words): 33.3%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr James Gomez

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

APG4408


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Paul Atkinson

Notes

Previously coded COM5209

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to the fundamentals of communication research methodologies, research project design, the planning, writing and editing of research, and the formulation of a research proposal.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;
  2. Increased understanding of the methods of communication research;
  3. Increased understanding of approaches to planning and designing research, and to writing and editing research;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the planning, writing and editing of research;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in academic and professional research activity;
  6. Significantly increased capacity to design, manage, and carry out research projects;
  7. In comparison with a Level 4 student, a more nuanced and greater understanding of research editing, writing, planning, and methods.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Literature Review (3000 words): 30%;
Assignment 2 Research Plan (6000 words): 70%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

APG4409


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Susan Yell

Notes

Previously coded COM5211

Synopsis

As for APG4410

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the relations between audiences, communication and media technologies, media industries and governments;
  2. an awareness of the political, social, economic and cultural functions of audience formation;
  3. the capacity to analyse trends in the development of ICTS and their impact on audiences and their formation;
  4. the capacity to critically evaluate the importance of audiences in relation to various institutions and communities (the market, the public sphere, the nation, transnational communities);
  5. the capacity to identify and evaluate a range of audience research theories, approaches and techniques;
  6. highly developed skills in designing an audience research project, utilising the knowledge gained in Objective 5;
  7. Students studying this unit at Level 5 will be expected to demonstrate a more highly developed understanding of the relations between audiences and a range of institutions, a more complex awareness of audience formation, and more sophisticated research skills.

Assessment

Online discussion posts (1000 words) : 15%
Research essay (3000 words) : 35%
Research proposal (5000 words) : 50%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

APG4410


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Andy Ruddock

Notes

Previously coded COM5230

Synopsis

This unit will explore how media users experience and participate in key political issues that define public life. The course is grounded in audience research. It assesses how different ideas about media influence have developed in relation to changing media environments. It will draw from case studies on politics and celebrity, media violence and public health issues. The course will contain a strong methodological component, assessing techniques for gathering and interpreting evidence on what people do with media.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this subject should have developed:

  1. An appreciation of the political, cultural and institutional factors that influence the questions scholars ask and the methods they use to analyze media and cultural influence
  2. A broad understanding of key questions in the field of media influence, and knowledge of how and why these questions have emerged. An ability to connect these questions to broader issues of ordinary communication in everyday settings
  3. An ability to critique scholarship on both conceptual and methodological bases
  4. The ability to perform scholarly literature reviews in a manner leading to original research questions
  5. The ability to select appropriate data gathering methods for exploring questions of particular relevance to the student.

Assessment

Literature review (3500 words): 40%
Class presentation: 10%
Project proposal (4500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Andy Ruddock

Contact hours

One 2- hour seminar per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

2 hours per week MUSO participation. Two 6 hour weekend seminars

Prerequisites

A major sequence in an Arts discipline

Prohibitions

ATS4411


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Shane Homan

Notes

Previously coded COM5240

Synopsis

In this unit students consider the key production, consumption and policy debates concerning the popular music industries. It situates popular music as a significant part of the global media and cultural industries, examining a range of music-media activity, including music journalism; music radio; film soundtracks; music television; and music on the internet. A key theme of analysis is the changing roles of industry, audiences and governments regarding how and where popular music remains meaningful. The unit will also address contemporary intellectual property and other policy debates, and how the 'local' is situated within global music landscapes.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the key media studies, popular music and cultural studies theories associated with popular music activity;
  2. An assessment of how popular music operates as part of local and global media and cultural industries;
  3. An ability to critically and independently engage with key debates and issues within the popular music industries;
  4. An ability to apply broader global concepts to distinct local contexts;
  5. An ability to explain and analyse course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Assessment

Essay I (theory and debates) (4000 words): 40%
Essay II (case study) (5000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Shane Homan

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS4412


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Murphy

Notes

Previously coded COM5250

Synopsis

In this unit students consider performance and dramatic elements of public speeches. The unit looks at the inter-relation between performance, dramatic speech, communication, politics, and public advocacyand at the principles of rhetorical delivery of speeches and the non-discursive elements of speech making. It explores the role of gesture, silence, theatre, body language, non-verbal, dramatic structure, analogy and opposition, entry-and-exit, economy, condensation, time and space, and humor in public speaking and speech writing.

Objectives

On the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the general dramaturgical principles of rhetoric and composition
  2. An understanding of the relation between speech and silence, speech and non-verbal (non-discursive) communication
  3. An enhanced capacity to compose speeches and public addresses
  4. An ability to explain and analyze course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Assessment

Essay 1 (Theory and debates) (4000 words): 40%
Essay 2 (Case study) (5000 words): 60%

Contact hours

One 2- hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS4413


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Murphy

Notes

Previously coded COM5260

Synopsis

In this unit students consider persuasion, history and theory of rhetoric, and public address. The unit looks at the relation between communication, politics, and public advocacy - and at the principles of rhetoric, public speaking, and speech writing. It explores the role of speeches in leadership - and how speeches persuade others, mobilize opinion, foster controversy and dramatic conflict, and create allegiances and social consensus.

Objectives

On the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the general principles of rhetoric and composition
  2. An understanding of the relation between social context and public address
  3. An enhanced capacity to compose speeches and public addresses
  4. An ability to explain and analyze course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Assessment

Essay 1 (Theory and debates) (4000 words): 40%
Essay 2 (Case study) (5000 words): 60%

Contact hours

One 2- hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4414


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Eduardo de la Fuente

Notes

Previously coded COM5270

Synopsis

Who makes music? Who consumes it? And why? This unit examines the cultural production of different kinds of music through topics such as the difference between amateur and professional musicians, the economic and cultural 'value' of specific musical styles, the way in which music is shaped by state, institutions and industries, and also how music reflects the time and place in which it is made. Students will look at musical tastes, how people access music and why some kinds of music engender 'passion' or 'devotion'. A particular emphasis of the unit will be the study of 'music scenes' in Melbourne and the socio-cultural and economic factors that shape the musical landscape of the city.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of theoretical debates in communications, sociology, musicology, and allied fields that deal specifically with the production and consumption of music.
  2. The ability to analyze how factors such as culture, economy, politics and policy, shapes the production and consumption of music.
  3. The ability to understand how different 'music scenes' function and how they differ from each other.
  4. A familiarity with ethnographic and empirical methods for researching the production and consumption of music in specific locations.

Students enrolled in APG5415 will be expected to achieve the above aims as well as write at a more advanced level of writing and analytical skills.

Assessment

Essay I - Theory and debates (4,500 words): 50%
Essay II - Case study (4,500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Eduardo de la Fuente

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Millicent Vladiv-Glover

Notes

Previously coded CRT5200

Synopsis

How to turn literary structuralist theory into a workable tool of critical analysis. Origins of structuralism and semiotics as critical systems - the Russian formalist school, C S Peirce and F de Saussure. The critique of structuralism through poststructuralism and deconstruction, especially the work of Deleuze and Guattari.

Assessment

One essay (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Millicent Vladiv-Glover

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Rachel Fensham

Notes

Previously coded CRT5760

Synopsis

Unit introduces the theoretical debates which construct and inform relations between the concepts of gender, bodies and performance. It investigates how different discourses including visual/literary criticism and psychoanalysis have produced meanings about the body and gender. It considers the way these discursive constructions of the body have been represented in performance, focusing on how particular technologies of representation contribute to the meanings of the body in performance. A broad definition of performance will be applied, from those events or representations involving the live body and those involving a mediate body.

Assessment

First essay (2500 words): 25%
Second essay/presentation (2500-3000 words): 25%
Long essay (3500 words): 50%
In addition to an increased assessment load, students at fifth year level will be expected to demonstrate an advanced theoretical understanding of the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andrew Ng Hock Soon

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in Masters level coursework degree.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Millicent Vladiv-Glover

Notes

Previously coded CRT5830

Synopsis

The course will model ethics through an investigation of M Bakhtin's version of structuralism, in particular his work on the philosophy of the act, in the context of poststructural critical theory. The concept of alterity will be investigated through additional theoretical and literary texts, notably E Levinas' Ethique et infinite, J-L Nancy's theory of community, G Deleuze's philosophy of action and A Badiou's 'objectless subject.' These theoretical materials will be used to construct a model of ethics through which to analyse and critique literary, visual and popular culture texts as well as theoretical approaches to the 'culture industry.'

Objectives

As for APG4420, with the added objective that fifth year students will draw on the Modernist manifestoes of art (Tolstoy, Benjamin, Heidegger, Adorno) to construct a model of popular culture ethics.

Assessment

Class paper (1,500 words): 20%;
Research paper (prepares for publication) (8,000 words): 80%;
or Two Essays (4,000 words each): 80%

Contact hours

One two-hour seminar

Prohibitions

CLS4835 and APG4420


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Will Peterson

Notes

Previously coded DTH5003

Synopsis

This unit will investigate performance practice in two modules: one relating to the preparation of performance and one concerning both performance itself and the critique of performance. Students will be expected to initiate and carry out their own performance project, to discover appropriate background material, and to sustain a discussion with the class on issues arising from the development of their project. After the presentation of the performances, students will prepare a written or oral critique of their project. At fifth-year level students are expected to demonstrate a deeper knowledge and integration of the material.

Objectives

  1. To make a new performance work which draws on contemporary ideas and practices.
  2. To critique the making of this work in the light of contemporary performance theory.
  3. To participate in class investigations and help facilitate discoveries in methodologies of performance making.
  4. To make presentations on the processes of creating performance.
  5. To articulate in oral and written form the specific elements and objectives of an original piece of performance making.
  6. At the fifth-year level students will be expected to transparently embed a critical approach or theory in the performance project.

Assessment

Workshop classes and presentations (2,000 words): 25%:
Performance project, with journal support (5,000 words): 50%;
Performance critiques (2,000 words) 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Will Peterson

Contact hours

3 hours a week

Co-requisites

PG4421


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Clive Probyn

Notes

Previously coded ENM5580

Synopsis

As for APG4424

Objectives

As for APG4424

Assessment

Seminar paper (1500 words): 25%
Short essay (2500 words): 25%
Long essay (5000 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Rebekah Brown

Notes

Previously coded ENV5020

Synopsis

People's approaches to environmental issues (what they see as problems and what they see as solutions) vary widely based on worldviews, assumptions, and value systems. This unit develops students' capacity to critically evaluate differing ideological, philosophical, and disciplinary approaches to environment and sustainability, such as positivistic science, technology, systems theory, social ecology, indigenous worldviews, deep ecology, bioregionalism, poststructuralism, neoliberalism, and sustainability science. Throughout, it will explore the implications of these approaches for policymaking, disciplinary research, environmental management, and political processes and action.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. A thorough grasp of the ideas and assumptions behind a range of key perspectives on the environment and sustainability.
  2. An ability to recognize and analyse different philosophical and ideological perspectives on the environment in use (in writing, in speech, in political positions',...).
  3. A capacity to understand the perspectives of different disciplines within an interdisciplinary context.
  4. Skills in analysing the implications of differing environmental perspectives on practical courses of action and policy-making.
  5. Skills in constructing critical and analytical arguments, in oral and written form, relevant to discussions of environmental worldviews and philosophies.
  6. An in-depth understanding of the historical roots and current debates within one perspective.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (4000 words)
Oral presentations: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Rebekah Brown

Contact hours

One 2 hour seminar per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Ruth Lane

Notes

Previously coded ENV5030

Synopsis

This unit equips students with understanding of basic tools for environmental analysis and decision making for sustainability and skills in their application. It will look at a range of techniques for attributing value to the environment including those based on economics e.g. cost benefit analysis, as well as tools for evaluating planning and policy decisions. These include environmental and social impact assessment, risk analysis, strategic and integrated assessment, life cycle analysis, state-of-environment reporting, modelling, auditing, monitoring and scenario building. Throughout, the dynamic interaction between scientists, policy makers and the broader community will be explored.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit at level 4 students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a capacity to describe and understand a variety of methods used to value the environment.
  2. understanding of the complexity of analysing and presenting data to form the basis of decisions about the environment.
  3. understanding and critical evaluation of the development and operation of the Environmental Impact Assessment process both nationally and internationally
  4. understanding of the economic approach to attributing environmental value
  5. skills in applying a range of techniques to real world situations
  6. students will demonstrate a capacity to evaluate the comparative usefulness of various tools for analysis

Assessment

Written work (inc. practical exercises
field report): 80% (4000 words)
Group oral presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Megan Farrelly

Contact hours

One 2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ENV422E or ENV522E Environmental Assessment


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Megan Farrelly

Notes

Previously coded ENV5040

Synopsis

Drawing on environmental expertise from inside and outside the university, this unit provides students with a fundamental technical understanding of a range of contemporary and emerging environmental issues such as loss of biodiversity, global warming, waste management, genetic engineering, water scarcity and management, and urban and rural sustainability. Throughout, the coordinator will ensure that social concepts and frameworks of sustainability are woven into a more comprehensive technical understanding of the environmental issues. The unit also considers responses proposed and/or implemented to address the various environmental issues.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. A fundamental understanding of the scientific basis of a range of key environmental issues.
  2. The ability to recognize that scientific understanding of major environmental issues is not complete, and that there are a range of scientific perspectives that can be brought to bear on any particular environmental issue.
  3. The ability to apply social concepts and frameworks of sustainability to key environmental issues.
  4. An awareness of the responses proposed and/or implemented in response to key environmental issues.
  5. A capacity to construct critical and analytical argument in oral and written form, relevant to discussion of major environmental issues.
  6. An in-depth understanding of cutting edge science for one key environmental issue.

Assessment

Reading commentaries 1000 words 25%
Oral presentation (debate participation) Equivalent to 500 words 25%
Research essay 3000 words 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Megan Farrelly

Contact hours

Two, two-day intensive class sessions held in weeks 3 and 5


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ruth Lane

Notes

Previously coded ENV5050

Synopsis

This unit explores the social and institutional frameworks for sustainability management, considering the relative merits of top-down and bottom-up approaches. The role, structure and processes of government in relation to the sustainability agenda will be outlined. The unit will review command-and-control regulation, the use of market mechanisms and citizen empowerment. The role of environmental law will be considered, as well as processes for community participation in planning and policy making, negotiation and advocacy. The evolving nature of participation (actors/processes/structures) in environmental governance will be explored.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the role of government in relation to the environment and sustainability.
  2. An understanding of the role of civil society in relation to the environment and sustainability
  3. An understanding of the role of law in the regulation of the environment.
  4. Familiarity with the principles and practice of citizen advocacy.
  5. Skills in environmental negotiation and mediation.
  6. An appreciation of the theoretical understandings of the shift from government to governance in respect of sustainability.

Assessment

Essay 2000 words 40%
Role play Equivalent to 1000 words 25%
Negotiation written exercise 1500 words 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Ruth Lane

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Simon Angus

Notes

Previously coded ENV5060

Synopsis

This unit examines the process of economic development and its effects on prosperity, poverty and sustainability. The unit begins by studying the sources of prosperity via economic growth in the modern era, with particular reference to the Great Divergence in incomes that started during the 1800s. Second, the unit asks why some economic systems have prospered, whilst others have declined by turning its attention to disparate experiences of world-wide economic growth such as poverty and starvation. Finally we study the effects and prospects for future economic development in the context of environmental sustainability and climate change.

Objectives

On successful completion of this subject, students should have developed:

  1. An understanding of economic analysis as a key tool in explaining and understanding the disparate levels of wealth observed in the modern world
  2. Knowledge of the key components of Economics thinking
  3. The ability to use this analysis to identify the underlying causes of economic prosperity, poverty and environmental degradation in the modern global economy
  4. Skills in critical analysis of policies aimed at alleviating global poverty such as the Millenium Development Goals, especially as they relate to sub-Saharan Africa
  5. Skills in the critical assessment of academic contributions to issues of economic development and growth

Assessment

Discussion log: 15%
Research essay (3000 words): 35%
Examination (2.5 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Simon Angus

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures per week
One 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Environmental Science

Prohibitions

ECF9530, ECC2800, APG4429


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)To be advised

Notes

Previously coded ENV514F

Synopsis

Unit content as for APG4430. Students will also be required to demonstrate through their written assessments a capacity to integrate field-based ecological research with a current management issue, and to make specific management recommendations for nature conservation based on ecological research findings.

Objectives

Unit content as for APG4430

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 60%
Field report (1500 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Kale Sniderman

Contact hours

2 hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Wendy Stubbs

Notes

Previously coded ENV537E

Synopsis

As for APG4433

Objectives

As for APG4433

Assessment

Written individual work: 50% (2700 words)
Written group work: 40% (5000 words)
Presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Wendy Stubbs

Contact hours

2 hour lecture/seminar per week

Prohibitions

APG4433


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Wendy Stubbs

Notes

Previously coded ENV541E

Synopsis

As for APG4434

Objectives

As for APG4434

Assessment

Written individual work: 50% (3000 words)
Written group work: 40% (5000 words)
Presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Wendy Stubbs

Contact hours

One x 2 hour lecture per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM5010

Synopsis

Now enlarged to 27 countries, the European Union is a key player in the world. Students will explore its genesis, its major historical milestones, its institutions and decision-making from an interdisciplinary perspective. They will examine EU policies including in the trade, agricultural, environmental, social, educational, monetary, development and security fields. They will be exposed to the main concepts and theories formulated to account for the development of the EU. They will be given guidance to pursue the exploration of specific EU policy outcomes at EU and member state level and be encouraged to make autonomous use of a wide range of resources including on-line material.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the history of the European Union and of the socio-cultural norms that have informed European integration as well as of the tensions that have beset the process;
  2. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the process of European integration leading up to the creation of the European Union;
  3. informed appreciation of the novelty of the European Union as a post-national mode of governance;
  4. understanding of the main theories of European integration, their limitations and their place in the wider debate surrounding globalization
  5. understanding of EU institutions and decision-making
  6. knowledge of major EU policies and their impact on the national policies of EU member states and on non-EU countries
  7. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  8. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon these assessments;
  9. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  10. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: 40% (2000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Pascaline Winand

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode

Prohibitions

APG4435, ATS2522, ATS3522


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (On-campus block of classes)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Prof. Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM5130

Synopsis

This unit will explore regional economic, political and security cooperation and integration in Europe, Asia, the Americas and Africa, with a special focus on Asia (ASEAN, ARF, SAARC) and Europe (European Union, Council of Europe, EFTA, OSCE). It will also investigate inter-regional arrangements such as ASEM and APEC. Regional processes will be analysed comparatively, using an interdisciplinary, historically grounded perspective. Students will be exposed to the major theories of regionalism. They will study the significance of the European Union as a model of regional integration and its relations with other regional arrangements both in Europe and in the world, including with Australasia.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: 40% (2000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Pascaline Winand

Contact hours

Seminar presentation and participation in class discussion: 20%
Research paper (2500 words): 40%
Take home examination (2000 words): 40%

Off-campus attendance requirements

Group online discussion: 10% + Journal: 10% + Research paper (2500 words): 40% + Examination (2000 words): 40%

Prohibitions

APG4436


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (On-campus block of classes)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Prof. Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM5140

Synopsis

Students will investigate the practice and theory of interest representation and lobbying in the European Union and in Europe. They will explore the channels and techniques of influence open to business, labour, environmental and consumer groups at various stages of the EU decision-making process. They will study the policy of European Union institutions towards these groups. A special emphasis will be placed upon the extra-European interest groups, including major business groups from Asia, the US and Australia, and their interaction with the EU. Practitioners from EU institutions and interest groups will be invited to contribute their experience via three videoconferences with Brussels.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an informed appreciation of the various channels and techniques of influence open to business groups, public interest groups (such as environmental groups and consumer groups), professional interests, labour interests and territorial interests at various stages of the EU decision-making process;
  2. a knowledge of the policy of EU institutions towards interest groups, and more widely, civil society actors in Europe;
  3. an understanding of the decision-making processes and evolution of the EU and their impact on the organization of public and private interest groups at the regional, national, European and world levels;
  4. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the theory of interest representation and lobbying in the European Union;
  5. an understanding of the theoretical approaches to interest intermediation and representation and the literature pertaining to collective action and mobilization, European transnational movements and European non-governmental organizations;
  6. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  7. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  8. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  9. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

Students completing the unit at fifth level will be expected to demonstrate, in addition:

  1. the acquisition of a higher level of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in analysing the world significance of the process of European integration.

Assessment

On Campus:
Written work (2500 words): 40%
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: (2000 words): 40%

Off Campus:
Group online discussion: 10%
Journal: 10%
Research paper (2500 words): 40%
Examination (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Pascaline Winand

Contact hours

Seminar presentation and participation in class discussion: 20%
Research paper (2500 words): 40%
Take home examination (2000 words): 40%

Prohibitions

APG4437


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM5160

Synopsis

As a powerful trade negotiator, a leading player in the environmental, development aid, and human rights fields, and a growing political and strategic presence in the world, the European Union is increasingly recognized as a force for global stability and security. Students will explore the EU's relations with non-EU countries, and its roles and legal status in the international system. They will be introduced to the institutional framework and policies of EU external relations. Special emphasis will be placed on the relations of the EU with Asia, the US, Australia, Africa and Russia. The unit will further examine the status of the EU and its member states in international organizations.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the EU's external relations;
  2. informed appreciation of the EU's role as an actor and presence in world affairs;
  3. understanding of the major theoretical debates about ways of analysing EU external policy and the roles of the EU in world affairs;
  4. understanding of the institutions, processes and policies of EU external relations;
  5. knowledge of EU relations with Asia, Oceania, the United States, Africa, Russia, the Mediterranean and the Middle East, Central and South America, and other countries and regions;
  6. understanding of the status and role of the EU in key international organizations;
  7. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon these texts;
  8. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  9. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  10. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials;
  11. Students completing this unit at fifth level will be expected to demonstrate, in addition: the acquisition of a higher level of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in analysing the role of the EU on the international scene.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: 40% (2000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Pascaline Winand

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode

Prohibitions

APG4438


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM5230

Synopsis

In this unit, student will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (9,000 words) that will address an issue relevant to European and International Studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

Objectives

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Written work (inc. research project): 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Pascaline Winand

Contact hours

Consultation with supervisor

Prerequisites

APG4897 or APG5897


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Second semester 2011 (Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2011 (Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Prof. Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM5940

Synopsis

Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement for European and European Union Studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 5th year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European Integration through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies in accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Pascaline Winand

Contact hours

Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 5th year unit offered by the host institution


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Second semester 2011 (Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Overseas Summer semester B 2011 (Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Prof. Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM5950

Synopsis

Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement for European and European Union Studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 5th year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European Integration through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies in accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Pascaline Winand

Contact hours

Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 5th year unit offered by the host institution


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester B 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Prato Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Prato Summer semester B 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Prof. Pascaline Winand & Dr Paul Kalfadellis

Notes

Previously coded EUM5960

Synopsis

Taught at the Monash Prato Centre in Italy, the unit will allow students to benefit from the experience of EU practitioners and highly qualified specialists from the European University Institute and other European Universities with which Monash has agreements. Under the guidance of Monash staff from the Faculties of Arts, Business and Economics or Law, students will attend lectures and seminars on economic, political, legal or cultural aspects of the European Union. Where feasible, the unit will include a study tour of European corporate and EU institutions, and will be open to students from other Australian universities. Students can also elect to conduct an autonomous research project.

Objectives

Students will gain:

  1. in-depth appreciation of the European Union's functions and powers and of some of its key-institutions (such as the European Council, the Council, the European Commission, the European Parliament, the European Court of Justice, the European Central Bank, the Committee of the Regions, the European Environment Agency), as well as of key European corporate institutions;
  2. in-depth knowledge of some key areas of EU policy in their field of specialization (Competition Policy, Common Commercial Policy, Common Agricultural Policy, Economic and Monetary Union, Environmental Policy, Social Policy, Common Foreign and Security Policy/European Security;
  3. awareness of the key debates and internal as well as external challenges facing the EU;
  4. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  5. strong skills in oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  6. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  7. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, especially those produced by the European Union itself.

Assessment

Written work (inc.Seminar presentation): 80%
Take home exam: 20%

Contact hours

3 weeks

Off-campus attendance requirements

Two hours of preparatory lecture at Caulfield campus, 32 hours of lectures and seminars in Prato over two and a half weeks, plus 24 hours private study. Also, one hour of individual consultation with the unit coordinator upon return to Australia.

Prohibitions

APG4442


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester 2011 (Day)
Overseas Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM5970

Synopsis

Students will complete an internship related to the European Union or international and regional organizations involved in the area of diplomacy and trade. The internship will involve academic and professional supervision in Europe/European posts abroad and local/ international posts. Students can work in European and EU institutions, international and regional organizations, multi-national firms, European industry associations, NGOs, political consultancies, think tanks and law firms. They will gain practical knowledge of the EU and international/ regional institutions in international relations, law, politics, business, finance and international trade and practice European languages.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have:

  1. gained a developed practical understanding of the institutions and policies of the European Union or international institutions which focus on diplomacy and trade, thereby consolidating and extending what they have learned from core units and electives in the Master in European and International Studies/ Master in Diplomacy and Trade
  2. developed skills associated with work in at least one aspect of the European Union and its policies or international organizations which focus on diplomacy and trade
  3. developed communication and interpersonal skills appropriate to future professional employment
  4. developed organizational and time management skills
  5. developed their language skills in one or more European languages
  6. developed an appreciation of the pressures inherent in producing high-quality, focused research under strict timelines
  7. developed the capacity to devise, plan, write and successfully complete well-informed, well-structured and well-presented internship research reports
  8. developed strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of their work experience and how it relates to academic scholarship on the European Union/diplomacy and trade.

Assessment

Written work: An internship journal and Internship Report (9000 words): 80%
Oral presentation: (20%) - Given within 2 weeks of the students return to Australia

Chief examiner(s)

Pascaline Winand

Contact hours

12 points: Minimum of 80-90 hours over the course of one semester spent in an internship in Brussels. Equivalent of 24 hours per week contact and private study.

Prerequisites

Successful completion of core units of the Master in European and International Studies or of the Master in Diplomacy and Trade or with coordinator's approval.

Prohibitions

APG4443


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Natalie Doyle

Notes

Previously coded FNM5920

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide the student with the opportunity to investigate a topic of his or her choice in consultation with the unit coordinator and/or the chosen discipline's coordinator. Students will be required to do a preliminary bibliographical search, both in available libraries and online databases, followed by a critical appraisal in essay form of relevant disciplinary literature. Fifth year level students will be expected to investigate more theoretically oriented literature.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, discuss and analyse different theoretical issues pertinent to the disciplinary area chosen
  2. Develop and express an understanding of the specificity of the various disciplinary paradigms
  3. Understand, discuss and analyse the issues raised by each paradigm and their relevance to various research projects
  4. Develop an ability to engage with, critique and compare existing research in the chosen discipline.

Fifth-year students employ a more sophisticated analysis and written presentation. They will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level.

Assessment

Written project(equivalent of 6000 words): 70%
Seminar activities (equivalent of 3000 words): 30%

Fifth-year students will use more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills

Chief examiner(s)

Natalie Doyle

Contact hours

3 hour seminar per week, including use of e-learning platform (discussion, material delivery and collaboration) equivalent to a minimum of one weekly hour.

Off-campus attendance requirements

On campus only.

Prerequisites

Honours level in French or equivalent; Honours in cognate area with permission of teacher.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Natalie Doyle

Notes

Previously coded FNM5930

Synopsis

This unit complements Reading in French Studies 1. It aims to provide the student with the opportunity to investigate an additional field inquiry relevant to their chose topic of research. In consultation wit the unit coordinator andr the chosen discipline's coordinator, students will be required to do a preliminary bibliographical search, both in available libraries and online databases, followed by a critical appraisal in essay form of relevant disciplinary literature.

Fifth year level students will be expected to investigate more theoretically oriented literature.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. understand, discuss and analyse different theoretical issues pertinent to the disciplinary area chosen
  2. develop and express an understanding of the specificity of the various disciplinary paradigms
  3. understand, discuss and analyse the issues raised by each paradigm and their relevance to various research projects
  4. develop an ability to engage with, critique and compare existing research in the chosen discipline.

Fifth-year students employ a more sophisticated analysis and written presentation. They will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level.

Assessment

Written project (equivalent to 6000 words): 70%
Seminar activities (equivalent to 3000 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Natalie Doyle

Contact hours

3 hour seminar per week, including use of e-learning platform (discussion, material delivery and collaboration) equivalent to a minimum of one weekly hour.

Prerequisites

Honours level in French or equivalent; Honours in cognate area with permission of teacher.

Co-requisites

APG4445/APG5445 Directed Reading in French studies 2 can also be taken concurrently with APG4444/APG5444 Directed Reading in French studies 1.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Deane Williams

Notes

Previously coded FTM5110

Synopsis

The unit will provide a series of approaches to weekly audio-visual texts to subsequently enable students to focus on particular film and television studies research topics with a view to enabling the formation of extended research based projects. This topic-based unit will focus on both practical (including archival, library and web-based methods) as well as theoretical research methods (historical, realist, experimental, structuralist, post-structural, postcolonial).

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a critical understanding of the methodologies available to Film and Television studies research projects and their application;
  2. an understanding of a range of theoretical approaches to textual criticism;
  3. a knowledge of the practical approaches to textual criticism;
  4. an understanding of a range of contemporary theoretical and critical approaches to film and television studies;
  5. a knowledge of the issues of digital media media that facilitate film and television studies research;
  6. an ability to engage with written and visual (screen) texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (8500 words)
Tutorial participation and paper (500 words): 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and television or approved discipline

Prohibitions

APG4446


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Adrian Martin

Notes

Previously coded FTM5120

Synopsis

The research essay offers students an opportunity to initiate and explore research processes in film and television studies under the supervision of a member of staff, with whom one meets regularly. Students should select their topic for the research essay during the second half of the previous semester, in consultation with the postgraduate coordinator. The research essay needs to be submitted by the last teaching week of the semester in which the course is taken.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have demonstrated that they can:

  1. Design and Develop a significant research project
  2. Critically survey theoretical writings in order to find an appropriate theoretical framework for the project
  3. Demonstrate an awareness of methodological considerations in carrying it out.
  4. Undertake independent research with some guidance from a supervisor
  5. Analyse texts and / or data in a way that is relevant to the framework adopted.
  6. On the basis of the analysis carried out, present a cogently structured argument and a set of conclusions in relation to the topic.

Assessment

Research essay (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Adrian Martin

Contact hours

A fortnightly one hour meeting with the supervisor

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and Television or approved discipline Completion of 2 units in the MA by Coursework in Film and Television Studies

Prohibitions

APG4447, APG5770


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded FTM5220

Synopsis

This unit approaches experimentation in screen culture (including cinema, video, TV and digital) not as an activity that is marginal, but absolutely central to the formation, development and critical questioning of all screen/media practice. The unit tracks major modes in screen practice ie storytelling, representation, poetics, image-sound relations, the audiovisual essay back to historic and ongoing experiments with the essential elements of screen language. Works studied will include examples from the entire history of international screen culture; and a practical production element will be included so that students can discover the living process of experimentation for themselves.

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the historical formation, development and critical appraisal of audio-visual experimentation;
  2. a critical understanding of the formal, social and political functions of experimentation in screen media;
  3. an ability to define and critically engage with specific forms experimental screen culture criticism on an international scale;
  4. an understanding of how the notion of experimentation relates to notions of storytelling, representation, poetics, image-sound relations and the audiovisual essay.
  5. an ability to engage with written and audio-visual (screen) texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation;
  6. an ability to develop and employ research skills in data collection in the service of advanced critical writing;
  7. An ability to understand the practical implications (Digital Video) for experimentation in audio-visual forms.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7500 words)
Practical production exercise: 20% (1500 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Deane Williams

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and television or approved discipline


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Deane Williams

Notes

Previously coded FTM5230

Synopsis

Television has had a profound impact on human sense perception, resulting in radical changes to our experience of space and time This unit investigates a range of theories and critical approaches that have been developed to help us understand the complex relationship between television - as form, technique and technology - and contemporary forms of experience, such as distraction, despatialisation, boredom and compassion fatigue. It identifies questions of memory and history as key issues in the debates that have emerged around these changes to experience. Investigation of this topic is grounded in close analysis of a diverse group of contemporary TV programs and local and global TV events.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Participation and paper: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Deane Williams

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

At 4th year honours level: a BA degree with a major in Film and Television Studies or cognate discipline with average grades of 70% or better in this majorAt MA level: Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and Television or approved discipline


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Chris Laming

Notes

Previously coded HSM5303

Synopsis

This unit addresses the socio-cultural, political and physical contexts in which human service organisations are located. Students engage with, and critically reflect on the ideas and processes through which social, economic, political and juridical forces structure, define and legitimise the human services industry and human service organisations. Using case study and problem-based learning approaches, students examine the role, function, formation and resourcing of the human service organisation in rural, urban, regional and global contexts. Emphasis is placed on the requirement for human service organisations to exercise responsibility and accountability to the communities they serve.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Conduct an environmental analysis of a human service organisation;
  2. Identify and discuss the various roles, functions and responsibilities of the human service organisation in rural, regional, urban and global contexts;
  3. Critically discuss the emergence of new forms of organisational structure in the human services sector;
  4. Apply relevant theory to analysis of the socio-cultural, political and economic contexts in which human service organisations operate;
  5. Identify and critically review appropriate funding options and sources and prepare a funding submission;
  6. Conduct a literature review; identify and critically discuss social, political and economic theories that have influenced the contemporary formation of the human services industry;
  7. Critically discuss and defend a theoretically informed position that proposes a solution to the increasing marketisation of the human services industry

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Chris Laming

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

APG4571


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Cathy Trembath

Notes

Previously coded HSM5304

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the principles and processes that shape and determine the internal culture of the human service organisation. Students will engage with topics covering, change management; procedural transparency; the learning organisation; human resource management; the impact and consequences of Government welfare policy; competition and collaboration; and public accountability. The unit offers a practical emphasis on professional skill development and encourages students employed in the field to draw on their own practice experience. Students will be encouraged to critically reflect on their own code of professional ethics and principles.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge, skills and awareness in the assessment, development and maintenance of appropriate organisational culture, while maintaining a strategic focus;
  2. Knowledge of, and skills in applying ethical principles appropriate to the human services industry in human resource management and the maintenance of professional inter-personal relations;
  3. Understanding of the principles of strategic approaches to implementing a social justice framework within a management context;
  4. Knowledge and understanding of the principles and processes of change management theory in relation to human services.
  5. Students will also be able to identify and develop appropriate approaches to organisational planning, decision-making and policy formulation for human services programs;
  6. Critically discuss how external change effects the internal environment and culture of human services organisations;
  7. Apply relevant theoretical concepts to a critical analysis of the effects of managerialism on professional values and ethics in the human service organisation;
  8. Design and develop an appropriate policy and procedure document for a human service organisation, including a detailed implementation plan.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Cathy Trembath

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

APG4572


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Selgelid

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the full range of ethical issues that arise in research involving humans, including medical, scientific and social research. It covers topics such as acceptable and unacceptable risks to research participants, conflicts of interest, informed consent and waiver of consent, surrogate decision making, biobanks, commercialization of medical and scientific research, and research conducted on vulnerable people. Throughout the unit use will be made of case studies, ethical frameworks and principles, and the National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research. Participants will have ample opportunity to discuss their own experiences with human research ethics.

Objectives

  1. To obtain a comprehensive grasp of the full range of ethical issues that can arise with research involving humans
  2. To understand the ethical frameworks and principles relevant to human research
  3. To be able to use ethical principles and reasoning to arrive at well-argued conclusions about particular ethical dilemmas in human research
  4. To obtain a thorough understanding of The National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research and how it is applied in concrete cases
  5. To obtain a good understanding of international guidelines on human research ethics.
  6. To be able to critically engage with the bioethical literature around the ethics of research involving humans and construct arguments for novel conclusions in relation to that literature

Assessment

Class presentation: 20%
Assignment 1 (2,000 words): 20%
Assignment 2 (5,000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Michael Selgelid

Contact hours

The unit will consist of two intensive weekend seminars at Caulfield campus.

Prerequisites

One of APG4393 or APG5393

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4300.php


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Carolyn James

Notes

Previously coded HYM5105

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in the field of history decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Objectives

A student successfully completing this unit will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff;
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study;
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project;
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence; and
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Research paper (18,000 words): 100%.

Chief examiner(s)

Christina Twomey

Contact hours

1-2 hours of meetings per week with supervisor


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Marc Brodie

Notes

Previously coded HYM5105A

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in the field of history decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Objectives

A student successfully completing APG5795A and APG5796 will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Chief examiner(s)

Christina Twomey

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture and two 1-hour tutorials per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Bill Garner

Notes

Previously coded HYM5270

Synopsis

As for APG4625

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the research processes involved in writing biography and life stories, particularly the use of existing published works, archives and oral history.
  2. Demonstrate an awareness of the ethical and legal issues involved in biography and life writing.
  3. Understand the theoretical issues involved in the discipline, including questions about style, audience and readership.
  4. Develop advanced skills in written and oral communication.
  5. Develop skills in working as a group.
  6. Develop advanced skills in using new technology

Assessment

Seminar paper (2000-3000 words); 30%;
Outline of research project including literature review, discussion of method and time line (6000 words): 50%;
1 seminar presentation 10%;
General seminar performance 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Bill Garner

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4797, APG4625


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Kate Murphy

Notes

Previously coded HYM5640

Synopsis

Through a review of the major events in the world after 1900, this unit examines the development of a growing tension between ideas of nationalism and globalism in the twentieth century. It provides a solid historical and theoretical background to the current debates over the legitimacy and inviolability of national boundaries and the effects of globalisation on sovereignty and cultures. The unit interrogates the central question of what is a nation? through a range of theoretical perspectives and in the context of the conflicts and international concerns of the last 100 years.

Objectives

By the completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. A comprehensive understanding of the background to debates about the legitimacy of modern national boundaries and the effects of globalisation upon them.
  2. The ability to contextualise and analyse current trends towards national secession and fragmentation in the world.
  3. An understanding of the application of postcolonial and similar theory to views of the nation and both formal and informal empires.
  4. High level skills in the use of web-based research and study material.
  5. Excellent electronic collaboration and presentation skills.
  6. At level 5, students will also have acquired a greater degree of analytical skills and a greater understanding of key conceptual and methodological issues.

Assessment

Reflective on-line journal and contributions to on-line discussions (3000 words): 30%; Two on-line presentations (2000 words): 30%; Final essay (4000 words): 40%.

Prohibitions

APG4626


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)

Notes

Previously coded IDA5230

Synopsis

This unit introduces student to principles and analytical methods of political ecology, and its application to analysing sustainable development and natural resources management. The first part of the unit introduces the theoretical foundations for the political ecology approach and explores its application to the issue of sustainable development. The second part of the unit uses the political ecology approach from an international comparative perspective for analysing development conflicts in a range of environmental sectors in international and Australian contexts, including farming and pastoralism, water, mining, fisheries and forests.

Assessment

Reading diary (200 words per week): 30%
Group presentation (20 - 25 mins per group): 20%
Individual research project (2500 words): 50%
The Individual research project will include more in-depth case study material, relating to students' proposed thesis/internship project.

Chief examiner(s)

Craig Thorburn


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)

Notes

Previously coded IDA5320

Synopsis

This subject deconstructs the concepts of 'development', 'progress' and 'underdevelopment' before embarking on a historical examination of how various theories have been translated into policy and action. It then looks chronologically at the rise and demise of various doctrines and approaches, focusing on the role of international development aid and trade. It engages the core question of 'What can reasonably be said about the causes of changes in a country or a region's 'level of development'?' Through case studies, it underscores the particularity of individual countries' experiences, while attempting to draw out what are the basic principles that can be compared across time and space.

Objectives

  1. Understanding of basic historical and theoretical contexts of notions of 'development', both as a focus of social science and government practice
  2. Understanding of how the literature has approached the analysis of international development policy and practice.
  3. Through examination of country experiences, a sense of how to put these into particular context, and to examine critically their applicability to analysing and assessing development policies and practice as they have varied over time and between countries; also, the extent to which development policy and practice has been driven by 'ideas' rather than indigenous political and social realities.

Assessment

Annotated bibliography/country report (2000 words): 67%
Reading diary (800 words): 23%
Seminar presentation/facilitation: 10%
The annotated bibliography/country report will include more in-depth case study material, relating to students' proposed thesis/internship project.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ernest Koh

Notes

Previously coded ITM5010

Synopsis

This unit explores civil and human rights campaigns since 1945. It examines their origins and outcomes, and the ways in which they drew from and contributed to an emerging international framework. Further case studies include women's rights and sexual liberation, freedom of speech, capital punishment, economic justice and unfair trade. The unit examines the development of global movements and organisations, new technologies and tactics of protest and the formation of virtual communities of activism. It also covers the relationship between universal notions of justice and differences of gender, culture and belief, and potential differences between local and global understandings of 'rights'.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive understanding of the key intellectual and political debates about the nature of justice, civil rights and human rights on a global scale, as well as the relationship between universal notions of justice and rights and arguments about difference and diversity;
  2. a thorough grasp of the key differences and similarities in the arguments, objectives, strategies and outcomes of significant campaigns for justice and rights during the twentieth and twenty-first centuries, of the links and tensions between local and global campaigns and movements, and of the development of global civil and human rights frameworks;
  3. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, polemical literature and campaign material, the academic scholarship based upon those texts and the theoretical and conceptual debates about justice and rights;
  4. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  5. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a detailed case study, including significant documentary research, that evaluates the significance of a particular campaign, organisation or issue; and
  6. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, film and visual images.
  7. at level 5, students will also have acquired a greater degree of analytical skills and a greater understanding of key conceptual and methodological issues.

Assessment

Tutorial presentation and review paper (2000 words): 30%; Research essay (5000 words): 50%; Take-home exam (2000 words) 20%.

Chief examiner(s)

Bain Attwood

Contact hours

A two-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4810, APG4629


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded JAL5130

Synopsis

As for APG4630. Students at fifth-year level use more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills, and will also undertake a data-based research project, and will make a class presentation on this project.

Assessment

Written and oral work: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded JAL5140

Synopsis

As for APG4631. Fifth-year students employ more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills and will also undertake a data-based research project for which a class presentation will be made.

Assessment

Written work: 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (2 seminars) per week plus fortnightly seminar


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded JAL5210

Synopsis

Whereas APG4633 provides an introduction to a broad introduction to theoretical and practical issues in the teaching and acquisition of Asian Languages, this unit concentrates on more specialized and practical aspects important in course design. The broad aim of this unit includes developing skills to design Japanese language programs and developing understanding of the major issues and research associated with teaching and learning Japanese as a foreign/second language.

Objectives

At the end of successfully working through this unit, students should be able to:

  • demonstrate knowledge and skills to design a course, including needs analysis, syllabus, curriculum, assessment and evaluation;
  • understand the importance of research in relation to teaching and learning Japanese as a foreign/second language; and
  • understand the contexts of teaching Japanese and major issues, including:
  • Primary, secondary and tertiary education in Australia;
  • Teaching Japanese as a foreign/second language in Japan and other countries;
  • Japanese as an 'international language';
  • Language policy and language education policy; and
  • Language and culture.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Oral presentation: 20%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

APG4633 or APG5633 or permission


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robyn Spence-Brown

Notes

Previously coded JAL5530

Synopsis

A broad introduction to theoretical and practical issues in the teaching and acquisition of Asian languages. Topics include communicative competence (what students need to know in order to interact in Asian languages); the aims of language teaching; how people learn language; course design; approaches and methods; and assessment. The aim is not to provide definitive answers but to introduce students to a cross-section of current thinking and research on relevant issues. Seminar discussions and activities will enable students to relate the general issues to their own teaching and learning situations and to learn from the experience of others.

Objectives

Be aware of a cross-section of current thinking and research on issues relevant to the teaching and learning of second or foreign languages, especially Asian languages. Be able to apply this knowledge to practical teaching and learning situations and problems. Develop skills in finding, reading and interpreting research articles relating to language teaching/learning. Develop abilities in academic writing, and in oral presentation. Relate prior learning in areas of applied linguistics and related disciplines to theoretical issues in language teaching and learning, and to the understanding of research in the field. Students at fifth-year level will use more sophisticated library research skills and analysis and a higher level of written presentation skills.

Assessment

Written work
Class presentation: 80%
Test: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Robyn Spence-Brown

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars and 1 x 1 tutorial) per week

Prohibitions

APG4633


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded JAL5590

Synopsis

As for APG4634 with the addition that fifth-year students are expected to employ more sophisticated analytical and written presentation skills and will also undertake a data-based project, which will be the basis of a class presentation.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Oral presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Helen Marriott
Jun Yano

Contact hours

2 hours (2 seminars) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded JAL5610

Synopsis

As for APG4635. Fifth-year students employ more sophisticated analytical and written presentation skills. Fifth-year students also design a research proposal and will make a class presentation on this.

Assessment

Written and oral work: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded JAL5730

Synopsis

Selected topics in Japanese grammar of particular importance to teaching Japanese as a foreign language, including reading, exercises (including error analysis) and discussion. Lectures and seminars are conducted in Japanese and English.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Oral presentation: (20%)

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

APG4636


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Masato Takimoto

Notes

Previously coded JIT5731

Synopsis

As for APG4638 with the addition that fifth-year students are expected to provide English-Japanese, Japanese-English consecutive interpreting with competency applicable to the workplace as an adjunct to their principal duties.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words): 30%
2 Tests: 70%

Contact hours

3 hours of workshops per week

Prerequisites

Completion of APG4316 or APG4637


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Masato Takimoto

Notes

Previously coded JIT5843

Synopsis

Considers recent developments in theories of translation regarding stylistic, syntactic, cultural, lexical and terminological issues in a variety of written genres. The use of computers as aids for terminology studies, glossary building and editing.

Assessment

Translation assignments (8000 words): 80%
Final test (1 hour): 20%

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

Completion of JIT4200 or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM5907

Synopsis

This unit explores the ways in which the philosophical basis, role and activities of journalism have developed in relation to social context. It takes a comparative approach to historical and contemporary forms of journalism in western liberal democracies, post-colonial multi-party states and single-party states, and relates professional and community practice in journalism to developments in the political, economic and coercive fields. Among other themes it will consider internationalisation of news flows, development journalism, policy initiatives such as NWICO (the New World Information and Communication Order), free speech and censorship, and public/private sector media. It emphasises the specificity of historical and geographic factors within larger structural developments, and takes a comparative and critical approach to the use and evaluation of social theory.

Objectives

At the satisfactory completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. compare and evaluate the contribution of different approaches to journalism to social goals
  2. demonstrate a high level understanding of theoretical debates in the conceptualisation and evaluation of journalism
  3. critically analyse the way professional principles such as 'public right to know', 'freedom of expression' and 'access to information' relate to historically and geographically specific social contexts
  4. relate the scholarly issues and debates to the professional perspectives of practitioners in these fields.

Assessment

Participation in online discussion group (1200 words): 30%
Tutorial report and presentation of research work-in-progress (800 words): 20%
Research essay (2500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

William Birnbauer

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

APG4640


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM5914

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a set of research and reporting approaches that enable in-depth investigation of environmental issues. The subject is designed to demonstrate a variety of practical research techniques, drawing on a broad range of scientific and social sources; to explore the relationship of media reporting and social change; and for students to produce in-depth investigations of their own.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. recognise the local and global dimensions of high quality environmental reporting
  2. contribute to a national or international database of investigative resources and sources on environmental issues.
  3. utilize a range of research skills in finding and interviewing a wide range of sources.
  4. produce quality environmental reporting relevant to both local and global audiences
  5. understand and utilise narrative and presentation techniques appropriate to in-depth journalism.
  6. demonstrate an understanding of the roles of environmental reporting in a context of marked environmental and social change.
  7. achieve all of the above objectives at a higher level appropriate to a Level 5 unit.

Assessment

Contribution to and revision of an information database: 20%
Minor Investigative report (1200 words): 25%
Research plan and brief for major report: 15%
Major Investigative project (2500 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours seminar per week

Prerequisites

APG4773 and APG4774

Prohibitions

APG4641


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM5915

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a set of research and reporting approaches and techniques that enable in-depth investigation. The subject is designed to demonstrate a variety of practical research techniques, especially the use of public records and databases; to explore the relationship of investigative and news reporting; and to assist students to produce in-depth investigations of their own.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. recognise what distinguishes investigative journalism from other journalism.
  2. develop their own ideas for investigative projects.
  3. utilize advanced skills in finding and interviewing a wide range of sources.
  4. employ a range of investigative research techniques
  5. understand and utilise narrative and presentation techniques appropriate to in-depth journalism.
  6. demonstrate an understanding of the role of investigative journalism in a democratic society and an appreciation of its practical link to the concept of the 'public right to know'.
  7. achieve all of the above objectives at a higher level appropriate to a Level 5 unit.

Assessment

Contribution to a information database: 15%
Minor Investigative report (1200 words): 25%
Research plan and brief for major report : 20%
Major Investigative project (2500 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

APG4642


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Helen Marriot

Notes

Previously coded JST5050

Synopsis

This unit presents a theoretical approach for examining intercultural interaction from a variety of disciplinary perspectives. It deals with a variety of situations of contact between Japanese and Australians in tourism, education and other work areas.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (4500 words)
Fifth year students are expected to use more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills.

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Helen Marriot

Notes

Previously coded JST5060

Synopsis

A project relating to a topic introduced in APG5643 Australia-Japan cultural interaction. Students will work independently under the supervison of the coordinator of APG5643. Several joint seminars will be held during the semester where students give oral presentations of their projects.

Assessment

Project (4500 words): 90%
Oral presentation: 10%


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Alison Tokita

Notes

Previously coded JST5100

Synopsis

This unit takes the form of a three-week program of study in Japan, which involves travelling from modern Tokyo, to sacred Ise, mysterious and syncretic Kumano, to traditional Kyoto and vibrant Osaka. The theme of pilgrimage is developed in this itinerary by going beyond a touristic appreciation, to quasi-religious visits to sacred sites. The cultural expression of religious practice and pilgrimage will be appreciated by attending theatrical and other performances, visiting museums and galleries, and interaction with local experts and practitioners of Japanese cultural forms.

Objectives

On successfully completing this unit students will have:

  1. acquired a sound foundational knowledge of Japanese cultural history and its modern transformations
  2. developed an understanding of the cultural relationships between Japan and China and Japan and the West and the implications for Japanese uniqueness
  3. experienced first-hand the culture of religious pilgrimage in Japan and its manifestations in art and literature
  4. experienced the apparently contradictory nature of Japanese cultural forms, ranging from the refined to the kitsch and the popular consumer culture of comics and animation
  5. become more aware of their pre-existing conceptions through a direct encounter with Japan in an informed intellectual framework and thus enhanced their own self-understanding
  6. continued the development of their skills in the area of research and interpretation, intercultural communication, both oral and written, through the application of appropriate critical tools.

Assessment

Travel diary-essay (2000 words): 50%
Research essay (2500 words): 50%

Contact hours

Three weeks (21 days) in January, with compulsory core activities for at least 33 hours. Some pre-departure lectures.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Three weeks in Japan during January, comprising site visits, informal tutorial instruction, and interaction with local experts and practitioners of Japanese cultural forms. Pre-departure lectures, and research project supervision after return.

Prerequisites

One or two first-year core units in the Master of Asian Studies or other Masters program.

Prohibitions

APG4645


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Professor Ross Mouer

Notes

Previously coded JST5110

Synopsis

As for APG4646. Fifth-year students are expected to use more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills and will have an additional 1 hour seminar each week.

Assessment

Book review (2000 words): 25% Paper (5000 words): 50%
Seminar presentation (2000 words): 25%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Alison Tokita

Notes

Previously coded JST5180

Synopsis

As for APG4647. Students at fifth-year level demonstrate an awareness of the problems facing contemporary Japanese culture in the written assignment.

Assessment

Written work: (7000 words): 80%
Seminar participation: 10%
Exam: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Melanie Landau

Notes

Previously coded JWM5050

Synopsis

This unit will survey a range of policy issues pertaining to Australian Jewish Life in the 21st century, utilising guest lecturers from various fields. Topics covered include: school and tertiary education; social cohesion, multiculturalism and Australia; interfaith dialogue; social and welfare issues including aging; philanthropy; Holocaust: future directions; forms of Jewish identification; the role of Israel in Australian Jewish life; communities in a global context; the arts and cultural production; social justice and the environment; leadership and management; dilemmas in Jewish leadership and models of leadership in Jewish sources.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. be equipped with knowledge of Australian Jewish community in a broader Australian multicultural and interfaith context
  2. be equipped with an awareness of the issues pertaining to the Australian Jewish community within the context of world Jewry and to understand the issues both particular to Australia but also in common with other Jewish communities around the world
  3. have gained a theoretical background that will help them approach different issues facing both particular organizations and the community
  4. have deepened their understanding of the theoretical underpinnings of their own policy making and practice
  5. have been engaged in a collaborative learning community where they have and can continue to articulate their diverse perspectives in relation to the Jewish community and particular issues it faces
  6. In addition, students studying at a fifth-year level will be expected to engage in reading materials in this and related subject matters critically.

Assessment

Class paper and presentation (2000 words): 15%
Journal (3000 words): 35%
Research essay (4000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Melanie Landau

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

APG4648


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Natalie Doyle

Notes

Previously coded LLC5020

Synopsis

The subject explores the existence of a contemporary global condition of modernity in its constitutive pluralism born of different forms of cultural interaction with Western-European civilization, including colonization. It seeks to give students knowledge and understanding of the phenomenon of modernity and of its relationship to culture and civilization. This subject provides an introduction to central issues of social and cultural modernization from a historical and theoretical perspective. It examines the conceptual categories associated with the original Western European experience to question and assess their relevance to different experiences in other parts of the globe.

Objectives

On completion of this subject students should be familiar with, and have an understanding of significant features of modernity from its inception in Western Europe through to its emergence as shared experience across the globe. They should be familiar with the research tradition of historical sociology, modernization and civilizational theories, and be able to apply relevant terms and concepts. They should be able to discuss and review research literature. They should be able to conduct independent research, to present their results orally as well as in written exposition (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting), engage in team work and in critical academic discussion of information and argument.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

12 hours per week of lectures and tutorials


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Christiane Weller

Notes

Previously coded LLC5040

Synopsis

as for APG4650

Objectives

as for APG4650

Assessment

Essay (5000 words): 60%
Class Paper (2000 words): 20%
Exam (2000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Christiane Weller

Contact hours

2 hour seminar

Prohibitions

APG4650


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christiane Weller

Notes

Previously coded LLC5050

Synopsis

As for APG4651

Objectives

As for APG4651

Assessment

Essay (5000 words): 60%
Class Paper (2000 words): 20%
Exam (2000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Christiane Weller

Contact hours

2 hour seminar

Prohibitions

APG4651


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Heather Bowe

Notes

Previously coded LLC5070

Synopsis

This unit examines basic concepts of intercultural communication: face and politeness in language; the relation between cultural values and discourse; cultural variation in speech acts, turn taking rules and formulaic patterns; cultural differences in the organization of written and spoken discourse; and examines theoretical explanations of their interaction in intercultural communication. Case studies drawn from a wide variety of cultures will provide opportunities to examine language use in light of broader cultural, political and social issues such as stereotyping and discriminatory language, cultural expectation and attitudes, cultural awareness training, language reform and policies.

Objectives

On the successful completion of this unit it is expected that students will:

  1. be aware of key directions which research has taken in the field of intercultural communication be sensitive to inter-cultural differences in communication patterns and cultural expectations
  2. understand the key concepts of face and politeness in language; the relation between cultural values and discourse; cultural variation in speech acts, turn taking rules and formulaic patterns; cultural differences in the organization of written and spoken discourse; and be able to examine their interaction in intercultural communication
  3. know what kinds of questions to ask about communication patterns in a culture with which they are not (very) familiar
  4. be able to conduct smallscale research in the area of intercultural communication
  5. be able to analyze cultural differences in expectations regarding different aspects of communication and identify possible causes of communication breakdown
  6. be able to assess evidence supporting different theories and thereby evaluate those theories More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to
  7. read and think critically
  8. gain experience in the conduct of research
  9. use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with language data
  10. present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Class or online participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Prof Farzad Sharifian

Contact hours

1 two-hour lecture/seminar

Prohibitions

Either APG4652 or APG5652 but not both


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Sven Schottman

Notes

Previously coded MAI5002

Synopsis

Islamic Business and Economics has been hotly debated. As a result, many companies throughout the Islamic and non-Islamic world have new policies that are sympathetic to Islamic values. This unit introduces students to the principles of Islamic business values and ethics via carefully selected case studies. We ask what has been driving changing business practices? Is the rise of economically powerful Islamic actors one reason? Is OPEC just an ordinary cartel or do Islamic values come into play? Our interdisciplinary approach draws on the expertise of scholars and business people.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. Understand the basic principles of Islamic business and economics
  2. Have a clear understanding how why and how these principles have been spreading globally and the conditions which make particular societies receptive to these idea
  3. Have a good knowledge of some of the most important examples of Islamic business and economic practice at the global and local level in Australia
  4. Have an understanding of the relationship between Islamic business and economic practice and how these relate to non-Islamic principles and practice
  5. Have participated in vigorous group discussions and collaborative work in preparing for their research efforts into this area
  6. At the 5th year level, students will be expected to engage the more complex debates surrounding this subject matter - eg how Islamic economics diverges from Marxist economics.

Assessment

Assignment (1200 words): 10%
Class presentation and Written work (1500 words): 25%
Research paper (4000 words): 65%

Chief examiner(s)

Antonia Vicziany

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture
One 1-hour seminar per week in a three-hour block.

Prerequisites

An undergraduate degree in any discipline


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Notes

Previously coded MAI5010

Synopsis

This unit surveys policy issues relevant to complex crisis responses by the international community utilising guest lecturers from various fields including faculties, non-governmental organisations, and security sectors. The unit provides a historical overview of international interventions IN natural disasters, conflict, and human security issues. Topics covered
include international human rights and legal instruments; international, regional and national policies and approaches, disaster preparedness and mitigation strategies. Field based case studies are used in workshop formats to support lectures.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will have developed research, critical thinking and writing of the highest academic standards.

Learning Objectives:

  1. Critical understanding of the concepts behind human rights/international humanitarian law and international and regional strategies.
  2. Critical understanding of field-based examples of crisis relief and response frameworks including integrated strategies that include humanitarian, social, political and security components.
  3. Development of analytical skills that help to question the appropriateness of relief responses and interventions - eg the debate about the respective roles of humanitarian and military agencies, peace with justice, etc
  4. Capacity for independent, self-motivated research.
  5. Capacity to write lucid, critical, balanced assessments of crisis management.
  6. Opportunities to specialise in particular areas of human rights/crisis management by the provision of world class research training and supervision.

Assessment

A short essay on 'Principles' (1,000 words): 15%
Ppt/oral presentation at the one day seminar (10%)
Research essay (7,000 words): 75%

Chief examiner(s)

Antonia Vicziany

Contact hours

33 hours of lecture/seminars in block mode plus a one day seminar consisting of 15 min project presentations by each student.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Notes

Previously coded MAI5020

Synopsis

This unit surveys a range of action-oriented strategies relevant to complex crisis responses by the international community utilising guest lecturers from various fields including faculties, non-governmental organisations, emergency and security components. The unit provides a historical overview of international responses and interventions to natural disasters, conflict, and human security issues. Topics covered include Needs Assessments, Monitoring and Evaluation, SPHERE Minimum Standards, people-oriented strategies, building capacities, disaster mitigation and preparedness. Field based case studies are used to support seminars.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to analyse, design and produce research papers and models on crisis action and response mechanisms.
Specifically the learning outcomes are:

  1. Critical understanding of the concepts pertaining to operational modalities and the timing of appropriate exit strategies
  2. Critical understanding of field-based examples of crisis relief and responses in a manner that contextualises crisis management within the cultural, social, political, economic cultures of the areas in crisis
  3. Opportunities to specialise in particular areas of crisis response and recovery by the provision of world class research training and supervision
  4. Development of analytical skills that help to question the appropriateness of relief responses and interventions through principles such as Do No Harm
  5. Capacity for independent, self-motivated research
  6. Capacity to write lucid, critical, balanced assessments of crisis action and response

Assessment

A short essay on 'The Operational Aspects of Crisis Management' (1,000 words): 15%
Ppt/oral presentation at the one day seminar: 10%
Research essay (7,000 words): 75%

Contact hours

33 hours of lecture/seminars in block mode plus a one day seminar consisting of 15 min project presentations by each student.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Notes

The Australian Electoral Commission's International Services section will act as a professional partner in delivering this unit. The unit will include a field visit and a workshop component that will draw on the extensive expertise of the AEC's international work, in particular its BRIDGE (Building Resources in Democracy, Governance and Elections) curriculum which was jointly developed by the five BRIDGE partners which are the Australian Electoral Commission (AEC), International IDEA, International Foundation for Electoral Systems (IFES), United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) and the United Nations Electoral Assistance Division (UNEAD).
Lecturer: Ross Attrill, Assistant Director, International Services Section, Australian Electoral Commission

Previously coded MAI5030

Synopsis

This unit will survey a range of policy issues relevant to building and restoring democratic and electoral processes in post-conflict societies. The unit will provide a historical overview of the processes, international institutions and practice and debates including the liberal peace agenda. Field based case studies and evidence based best practice will be used in workshop formats to support lecture style presentations.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will have developed research, critical thinking and writing of the highest academic standards.
Learning Objectives:

  1. Critical understanding of the concepts behind the stabilization processes in post-conflict societies.
  2. Critical understanding of field-based examples relevant to the unit.
  3. Development of analytical skills that help to question the appropriateness of responses and interventions.
  4. Capacity for independent, self-motivated research.
  5. Capacity to write lucid, critical, balanced assessments of crisis management.
  6. Opportunities to specialise in particular areas of building democratic and civil society institutions and electoral management by the provision of world class research training and supervision.

Assessment

Powerpoint/oral presentation at the one day seminar: 10%
A short essay (1,000 words): 15%
Research essay (7,000 words): 75%

Contact hours

33 hours of lecture/seminars in block mode including a seminar consisting of 10 min project presentations by each student. The block mode will be delivered from Monday, 28 February to Friday, 4 March in 2011.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Sharmini Sherrard

Notes

Previously coded MAI5040

Synopsis

This unit provides the student with an opportunity to

  1. take up examples from their own professional work and subject this to detailed analysis with the support of the supervisor - this option only applies to professionals who have been working with NGOs, agencies etc in the field prior to their enrolment; or
  2. to undertake an analysis of a particular theory or case study of importance to the current or future professional development of the student. In both cases the one-to-one relationship with the expert supervisor ensures that a carefully structured reading and writing program is developed in a manner directly relevant to the research topic.

Objectives

On the completion of this unit the student will have acquired the capacity to write longer, integrated and sustained critical arguments which would enable the best students to articulate into a Masters by research degree or a PhD:

  1. To provide the student with close access to a high level expert in the field of Crisis Management
  2. To closely supervise the literature review that the student undertakes
  3. To ensure that the student develops high competencies in accessing relevant documentary and internet materials
  4. To enhance the critical analytical and writing skills of the student via intensive discussions with their supervisors.

Assessment

Research Project (9,000 words): 100% (at the 5th year level the student will also be required to give a oral presentation of their results to the MAI postgraduate seminar)

Contact hours

An average of 10 hours per week in private research and assessment projects.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Murphy

Notes

Previously coded MCA5010

Synopsis

In this unit students consider the management of arts organizations. Specific themes include the resourcing, facilities, funding, budgets, personnel, human resource management, decision-making, authority, status, intellectual property, bargaining patterns and institutional culture of creative, arts, and cultural organizations.

Objectives

On the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the general principles of arts management.
  2. An understanding of the relation between creative endeavor and management controls.
  3. An enhanced capacity to analyze high-level management problems in creative, arts or cultural organizations.
  4. An ability to explain and analyze course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Assessment

Essay 1 (Theory and debates) (4000 words): 40%
Essay 2 (Case study) (5000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Elizabeth Paton

Contact hours

One 2- hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG4659


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Paton

Notes

Previously coded MCA5020

Synopsis

In this unit students consider individual, group and social processes driving creativity and creative action. Themes include the role of cognition, imagination, judgment, criticism, personality, materials, forms, humor, social milieu, and cities in the creative process. The aim is for students to understand the multiple factors affecting creativityand how creative individuals, organizations and societies are possible. Examples will be drawn from a wide variety of creative arts including theatre, film and visual arts, architecture, music, writing and publishing.

Objectives

On the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the general nature of creative processes.
  2. An understanding of the relation between individual, group and social aspects of creativity.
  3. An enhanced capacity to identify creative acts, works, and processes.
  4. An ability to explain and analyze course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Assessment

Essay 1 (theory and debates) (4000 words): 40%
Essay 2 (case study) (5000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Elizabeth Paton

Contact hours

One 2- hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG4660


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Murphy

Notes

Previously coded MCA5030

Synopsis

In this unit students consider the strategic management of arts organizations. Specific themes include strategic thinking, planning, entrepreneurship, change and stability in arts organizations. The unit will explore the function of innovation, core values, social and cultural authority in arts organization and the role of managers in providing leadership and initiative, defending organizations, and dealing internal and external policy environments, and developing policy and strategy

Objectives

On the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the general principles of strategy, policy and planning in arts, creative and cultural organizations
  2. An understanding of the relation between creative endeavor and management strategy
  3. An enhanced capacity to analyze high-level strategic issues in creative, arts or cultural organizations
  4. An ability to explain and analyze course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Assessment

Essay I (theory and debates) (4000 words): 40%
Essay II (case study) (5000 words): 60%

Contact hours

One 2- hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG4661


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Paton

Notes

Previously coded MCA5040

Synopsis

In this unit students consider the political economy, economic growth, social impact, status and authority, policy environments, geographical location, and organizational forms of cultural and creative industries. The unit looks at how creative industries and cultural institutions relate to creative energies and processes. The relationship between society, art, cultural bodies and the economy is analyzed. Examples are drawn from a wide variety of culture industries including theatre, film and visual arts, architecture, music, writing and publishing - and cultural institutions such as museums, galleries, cultural media and universities.

Objectives

On the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of theories and major analyses of creative and cultural industries.
  2. An understanding of the cultural, social and economic significance of creative and cultural industries.
  3. An enhanced capacity to analyze the functioning of creative industries.
  4. An ability to explain and analyze course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Assessment

Essay 1 (theory and debates) (4000 words): 40%
Essay 2 (case study) (5000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Elizabeth Paton

Contact hours

One 2- hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG4662


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Flexible)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Anna Halafoff

Notes

Previously coded PLM5080

Synopsis

This subject investigates how counter-terrorism policy is developed, implemented and how various stakeholders such as the Victorian and Federal Government, Police, ethnic, religious community and non-governmental organizations interact to combat terrorism. The unit devotes significant attention to each stakeholder's areas of competency and their main responsibilities. In addition, the subject addresses the significance of mobilizing communities to counter-act radicalization and violence, and the significance of multiculturalism to security. Student interaction with current counter-terrorism stakeholders will enhance their knowledge and appreciation of the subject matter.

Objectives

Upon completing this unit students should:

  1. Develop an understanding of key counter-terrorism stakeholders' roles in counter-terrorism policy formulation, oversight and implementation.
  2. Develop an understanding of key counter-terrorism stakeholders' roles and significance in countering terrorism and the dynamics of their interactions.
  3. Develop an appreciation of the range of (occasional conflicting) interests in counter-terrorism policy-making and in countering terrorism.
  4. Develop an understanding of how key counter-terrorism stakeholders develop consensus and resolve potential conflicts amongst themselves.
  5. Develop a sophisticated understanding of the policies and legislation that govern counter-terrorism policy in Australia and internationally, but with a particular emphasis on Victoria.
  6. Develop an understanding of the roles that social cohesion and multiculturalism can play in counter-terrorism within Australia and globally, but especially in Victoria.
  7. Develop an understanding of how ethnic and religious communities' leaders manage (occasional) competing demands of the broader society and their constituents.
  8. Develop an understanding of how civil society (especially non-governmental organizations and the media) play in protecting civil liberties and mediating between the demands of competing counter-terrorism stakeholders.
  9. Continue to develop critical skills and their abilities to communicate effectively. Specifically to:a. develop a topic for investigation;b. familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources;c. recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument.
  10. Develop a level of competency in understanding the trends in terrorism and political violence that will enable them to apply the theoretical and empirical studies examined in the unit to a contemporary or scenario-based exercise.
  11. Develop skills to pursue an original question for research.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 50%
Take-home exam (3000 words):50%

Chief examiner(s)

Anna Halafoff

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

APG4665


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Phil Gregory

Notes

Previously coded PLM5100

Synopsis

This subject investigates how governments respond to terrorism through policies usually referred to as 'counter-terrorism'. In particular, it examines the central role state intelligence services play identifying, developing, formulating and implementing counter-terrorism programs,. It also assesses conventional approaches to intelligence collection, analysis, comparative intelligence practices, and the role of intelligence in national security policy formation, and how global terrorist networks pose new intelligence challenges. Case studies and scenarios are used to assist students comprehend the themes and gain insights into professional intelligence officers' responsibilities.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 35%
Take-home exam (equivalent to 3000 words): 35%
Class presentation (equivalent to 2000 words): 20%
Counter-terrorism scenario (equivalent to 1000 words): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Phil Gregory

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

PLT4750/APG4799/APG5857 Terrorism, counter-terrorism, and intelligence


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Anna Halafoff

Notes

Previously coded PLM5340

Synopsis

Concentrating on contemporary religious extremists, vigilante and militia movements, and hate groups, this unit examines the political thought, identity politics, political, social and economic conditions that give rise to terrorism and other forms of political violence. The subject addresses the following questions: How are terrorism and extremism defined? What conditions lead to terrorism and what factors have been most successful preventing it? How has globalisation contributed to terrorism and counter-terrorism? How do terrorism and counter-terrorism affect democracy and civil liberties?

Objectives

Upon completing this subject students will be able to:

  1. Understand, identify and assess critically different forms of contemporary terrorist actions, extremist political movements and thought.
  2. Develop a comparative understanding of the role of states, elites, transnational corporations and marginalised communities in relation to cultural politics and the limits and potential of political expression.
  3. Appreciate the importance and limitations of identity politics in the post-Cold War era.
  4. Develop an understanding of the complex relationship between mainstream and fringe political thought, practice and tendencies and terrorism and political violence.
  5. Develop skills to read various forms of text critically (audio-visual materials, scholarly literature, internet sources) and incorporate them in their assessed work.
  6. Continue the development of critical skills and an ability to communicate effectively. Specifically to: develop a topic for investigation; familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources; recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument.
  7. Demonstrate an advanced utilization and critique of primary and secondary resources in the research essay.
  8. Demonstrate an advanced and critical understanding of relevant conceptual frameworks pertaining to terrorism, fringe political movements and political violence.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Class participation/presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Anna Halafoff

Contact hours

One two hour seminar per week.

Prohibitions

ATS4843 or APG4667


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Terry MacDonald

Notes

Previously coded PLM5520

Synopsis

Students devise their own research question (in consultation with the lecturer). In researching the essay they engage in substantive research using both primary and secondary materials, and show an awareness of relevant conceptual frameworks.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate the ability to:

  1. Show their comprehension of the many ways in which theories of international politics shape, and are shaped by, political philosophy, both classical and modern.
  2. Demonstrate their knowledge of a range of theories in international relations, including Kantian and noe-Kantian Theories, Critical Theories, Postmodernist Theories and Feminist Theories.
  3. Show their knowledge of the subject but also demonstrate how the theoretical concepts intrinsic to that knowledge apply, or fail to apply, to 'the real world' of international politics.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
2 hours exam: 30%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

PLT4529, APG4668


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Susan Blackburn

Notes

Previously coded PLM5075

Synopsis

Starting from an overview of the aid industry since 1945, this subject canvasses arguments for and against foreign aid, then considers the contributions to world development of bilateral, multilateral and non-government agencies, and the relations between these forms of aid, with special emphasis on Australia's role. To conclude, some current issues relating to aid will be examined.

Objectives

On completing this subject, students should be able to understand, analyse and assess the major philosophical and empirical arguments for and against foreign aid; understand the major trends in the theory and practice of foreign aid; understand the work of aid agencies; and engage in reasoned analysis and debate on the numerous contested issues in this field of study. Fifth year students should acquire a deeper knowledge of the working of and relations between non-government aid organizations.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Class participation/presentation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

APG4669 and APG5855


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Nick Walker

Notes

Previously coded PUB5002

Synopsis

An overview of the role of and the relationships between author, editor and designer in publishing in Australia and internationally. Students are taken through the processes involved in the transmission of a text from manuscript to edited form. The role of commissioning editors, literary agents and copy editors are discussed and analysed and opportunities provided for students to practise and enhance their copy-editing skills. Different styles and requirements of copy-editing introduced.

Objectives

At the completion of the subject the student should have acquired: 1) an understanding the structure and functioning of the publishing firm, of the structure and composition of the publishing industry in Australia and worldwide; 2) an analytical appreciation of the roles of the copy-editor and the commissioning editor;3) foundation knowledge of the theory and practice of copy-editing and skills as copy-editors; 4) an understanding of different varieties of editing and style.

Assessment

Practical exercises (2000 words): 20%Three assignments (6000 words): 60%Participation and presentation: 10%Examination (1 hour): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Nick Walker

Contact hours

2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

48 points at 4th year level.

Prohibitions

APG4670


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded PUB5004

Synopsis

Electronic and print production processes have converged effectively in most sectors of the publishing and communications industries. The professional editor, publisher and writer must now have an advanced understanding of the application of new publishing technologies, and of how these technologies affect their ways of working with others involved in the processes of publishing. The competence and productivity of the professional depends on such knowledge and its application, and this unit, which is vocational in character, provides the student with an invaluable basis of knowledge and skills for entry into the world of publishing, including scholarly publishing.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject the student should have acquired:1) an advanced understanding of electronic publication and of electronic publishing in the publishing and communications industries; 2) an understanding of the roles of the writer and editor in the creation and production of electronic publications; 3) a knowledge of the convergence of editorial and production processes for print and electronic publishing 4) an understanding of the techniques of writing and editing texts for electronic publication, including scholarly publications;5) a critical understanding of electronic publication for selected audiences.

Assessment

Practical exercises including a field exercise report (2500 words): 25%Research essay (3000 words): 30%evaluation of multimedia product (1500 words): 20%Examination (2 hours): 25%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

48 points at 4th year level

Prohibitions

APG4671


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Nick Walker

Notes

Previously coded PUB5007

Synopsis

This unit is a key component in a program of tuition in editing upon which the student builds to achieve full professional competence. Students will have undertaken basic exercises following completion of an approved pre-requisite and be familiar with the work of the professional editor and the role of copy-editing in the preparation of the manuscript for publication. This subject takes this further and examines specialised applications of copy editorial skill, including, for example, technical and scientific editing. Students will also be allowed to specialise in chosen applied fields.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students should have acquired:1) an understanding the editor's role in book, magazine and electronic publishing;2) an understanding of editorial skills, including literary, electronic, multimedia, professional and corporate publishing, and scholarly editions; 3) an understanding of plain language, key principles and practices applicable to the editorial and related functions of a publishing house (including management of freelance editors), style councils;4) an understanding of new applied styles with different textual materials.

Assessment

Seminar essay and presentation essays (1500 words): 20%Long Essay (3500 words): 35%Practical Exercises (3000 words): 30%,Examination (1 hour): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Nick Walker

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week plus industry seminars

Prerequisites

48 points at 4th year level, including APG4670 or APG4802 or equivalent industry experience.

Prohibitions

APG4672


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Mr Nick Walker

Notes

Previously coded PUB5008

Synopsis

The professional editor plays a central role in the productive and creative operations of a publishing house. He, or she, sets or maintains editorial and production standards and is largely responsible for the day-to-day management of major publishing projects (including complex electronic publications), the publishing program and the editorial and production team. The professional editor will already have trained as a copy-editor. This advanced unit will concentrate on developing a sound understanding of the broader responsibilities and professional concerns of the editorial manager in a variety of situations.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject student have acquired 1) an understanding of the role of the senior or managing editor in a publishing house;2) an understanding of the responsibilities of the professional editor in major publishing projects and also in-house or freelance editors, designers, illustrators and book production staff;3) an ability to scrutinise codes of publishing practice and editorial standards;4) an ability to critically review style guides and production manuals;5) an understanding of the role of the professional editor in the development of complex electronic publications;6) a sound understanding of the broader responsibilities and professional concerns of the editorial manager in a variety of situations.

Assessment

Essay (1750 words): 40%Essay (1750 words): 40%Practical Exercise(1000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Nick Walker

Contact hours

Two hours per week plus site visitations and guest lecturers.

Prohibitions

APG4673


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Mr Nick Walker

Notes

Previously coded PUB5010

Synopsis

The Australian publishing industry is both a large national industry and a significant part of a massive global industry. Australian publishers, printers and booksellers participate in an international book trade in which rights to books and electronic products are both produced and bought and sold for publication in different countries and different languages. This unit examines the commercial operation and dynamics of publishing in a globalised environment. An understanding of international procedures of marketing and selling of publication rights of all kinds (including translation, reproduction, adaptation and electronic rights).

Objectives

  1. An understanding of the dynamics and processes of the Australian book trade
  2. An understanding of the Australian book trade in its international context.
  3. An understanding and capacity to analyse established and emerging methods of book and e-book marketing and selling
  4. Developed basic skills in copywriting and the negotiation of sales rights.
  5. An understanding of international procedures of marketing and selling of publication rights of all kinds (including translation, reproduction, adaptation and electronic rights)

Assessment

Seminar essay and presentation (1500 words): 20%Long Essay (3500 words): 35%Practical Exercises in copywriting and sales (3000 words): 30%,Examination (1 hour): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Nick Walker

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week plus additional site visits and guest lectures

Prerequisites

48 points at 4th year level

Prohibitions

APG4674


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Constant Mews

Notes

Previously coded RLM5000

Synopsis

A research paper on a topic relating to the critical study of a theme in religious studies or in theology, providing training in research skills and contemporary methodological approaches. The topic may be contemporary or historical.

Assessment

Written (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Constant Mews


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Constant Mews and Dr Clare Monagle

Notes

Previously coded RLM5060

Synopsis

This unit looks at the way a range of medieval women (like Heloise, Hildegard of Bingen, Julian of Norwich, Catherine of Siena, Christine de Pizan and Margherita Datini), shaped and performed their identity through visionary, scholarly and domestic writing, and thus helped transform conventional themes in theology, literature and art, 1100-1450. The unit will explore the ways in which women sought to transform both secular and religious understanding of their own identity, and thus to question received ideas about gender, religion and ethics.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Reflect critically on historiography relating to gender and religion in the medieval period.
  2. Gain familiarity with the literary achievement of a range of women writers and visionaries in medieval Europe.
  3. Acquire research skills in analysing and contextualising the thought of at least two women writers.
  4. Gain expertise in relating literature to visual representations in the period.

Assessment

Two papers (2500 words each): 40%
Essay (9000 words): 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mark Baker

Notes

Previously coded SHM5000A

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in their field of study, decided in consultation with the course coordinator and supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Objectives

A student successfully completing APG4678/APG5678 will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study being researched
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Students undertaking this unit at are expected to complete a 9000 word research project under the supervision of a member of the academic staff. This will normally involve 1-2 hours per week of meetings with the supervisor, with additional time spent on private research and writing. Students completing a 24 point research project will complete BOTH APG4678/APG5678 AND APG4679/APG5679.

Chief examiner(s)

Mark Baker

Contact hours

One 2-hour meeting per week with supervisor


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mark Baker

Notes

Previously coded SHM5000B

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in their field of study, decided in consultation with the course coordinator and supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Objectives

A student successfully completing this unit will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study being researched
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Students undertaking this unit at are expected to complete a 9000 word research project under the supervision of a member of the academic staff. This will normally involve 1-2 hours per week of meetings with the supervisor, with additional time spent on private research and writing. Students completing a 24 point research project will complete BOTH APG4678/APG5678 AND APG4679/APG5679.

Chief examiner(s)

Mark Baker

Contact hours

One 2-hour meeting per week with supervisor


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Constant Mews and Michael Fagenblatt

Notes

Previously coded SHM5010

Synopsis

Students will undertake about eighty hours of work placement in a field relating to their area of graduate study. In consultation with the subject convener, students will work under the supervision of a professional in an institution situated locally or overseas. Students pursue a practical project during the placement resulting in a substantial report or other piece of written work.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this course students will be expected to:

  1. have negotiated relevant placement and engaged in a relationship with a supervisor from the organization of placement
  2. have developed a network of contacts both within the organization and with the other participants of the program
  3. have developed an understanding of the theoretical issues relating to the field
  4. have developed high level communication and presentation skills.

Assessment

Reflective essay (1500 words): 20%
Oral Report (1500 words) 10%
Placement project (6000 words): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Constant Mews

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week for four weeks, plus placement


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Kate Cregan

Notes

Previously coded SYM5005

Synopsis

This unit provides students with a broad introduction to the history, philosophy and practice of qualitative social research. It is designed to familiarise students with a variety of qualitative research methods used in disciplines including sociology. These include participant observation, in-depth interviewing and qualitative content analysis. We will also examine a range of theoretical and methodological issues involved in conducting qualitative research and consider some of the critiques and limitations of qualitative techniques. The meaning and significance of both ethics and reflexivity in research practice are also explored. Students completing the unit will also develop practical skills in conducting qualitative social research.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. An appreciation of the history, philosophy and practice of qualitative social research;
  2. An understanding of a range of methods used in qualitative social research;
  3. An awareness of some of the key issues, debates and controversies associated with conducting qualitative research, and an appreciation of the complexity of conducting such research;
  4. An appreciation of the meaning and role of both ethics and reflexivity in qualitative social research; and
  5. The ability to practically undertake some kinds of qualitative social research.

Assessment

Two pieces of written work (4500 words each): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kate Seear

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

APG4681


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Ernest Healy

Notes

Previously coded SYM5015

Synopsis

In secondary analysis the researcher does not design how to collect the data, nor is he/she involved in the collection of the data, but he/she has access to the data and will (or have) conduct(ed) your own analysis. In this course students will re-analyse 'official statistics' from the Australian census and ABS Labour Force Survey (but other data sources may also be considered). Students are required to collect, analyse and write report on data from these sources. The skills learnt will be relevant for jobs that require research using quantitative secondary data. The unit is also relevant for those who may undertake theoretical or applied research for a higher degree in the future.

Objectives

1) To make students aware of the data available for analysis; locate, collate, analyse and write reports based on secondary official data;2) Students learn the importance of the use of comparative data for policy research; will learn to use time series data to understand the present and the past;3) This is a broad ranging course and students will not become a specialist in any specific area. Rather they will be exposed to a broad range of official statistics;4) We will look at the ethical problems encountered when doing secondary analysis. Official statistics embody values and ideologies that are not 'value-free' or 'objective'. Students will be expected to learn to look out for such things as political motives, sexism, racism and classism in the operational definitions used by the primary researchers. Furthermore, students will also be expected to look out for these things in the definitions they construct in the re-analysis of secondary data.

Assessment

Four research reports (2250 words each): 25% each.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ernest Healy

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

APG4682


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dharma Arunachalam

Notes

Previously coded SYM5025

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a range of survey research, including mail questionaires, face-to-face interviews, telephone interviews and focus group interviews. Attention will be directed toward assessing the strengths and weaknesses of these approaches. The unit had been designed to increase students' understanding of the underlying issues and debates concerning each survey technique including the writing of questions and various interviewer or respondent biases.

Assessment

Two practical assignments (2000 words each): 40%
Research report (5000 words): 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

APG4683


12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dharma Arunachalam

Notes

Previously coded SYM5045

Synopsis

In this unit the student will be introduced to a conventional quantitative technique known as standardization; and univariate, bivariate and multivariate measures of statistical relationships. Learning of these topics will involve hand-on practice with real survey data. Data analysis will be carried out in SPSS. The main objective is to provide students with the conceptual foundations and basic procedural tools to both design quantitative research projects and to carry out bivariate and multivariate quantitative data analysis in standard statistical packages including SPSS.

Objectives

Students will learn to design and execute quantitative research based on secondary survey data. Students will gain a sound understanding of how to use SPSS, how to do univariate, bivariate and multivariate analysis of categorical survey data in SPSS. The grounding obtained in this unit should enable more competent students to extend their own learning in any areas of specific interest.

Assessment

Standardization report (equivalent 1500 words): 20%; Univariate and bivariate report (equivalent 2500 words): 30%; Univariate, bivariate and multivariate report (equivalent 5000 words): 50%.

Chief examiner(s)

Dharmalingam Arunachalam

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

APG4684


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Kirsten McLean

Notes

Previously coded SYM5055

Synopsis

This is a hands-on unit taught in a computer laboratory. The modules may change from year to year, depending on staff available, but the aim is to provide students with practical experience using various data analysis software programs such Excel and SPSS, the Statistical Package for the Social Sciences (for quantitative data) and NVivo (for qualitative data).

Objectives

Various research data will be used to learn Excel, SPSS and NVivo. Each class will cover specific aspects of the relevant software and involve students using the data to carry out specific tasks. Thus, each class will form the basis of the assessment for this unit. Please note that this unit is not a methodology course. Primarily this unit is about developing confidence and skills in using data analysis software for social research.

Assessment

3 x class tests (equiv. 4000 words) : 45%
3 x practical assignments (equiv. 5000 words) : 55%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kirsten McLean

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar/laboratory) per week

Prohibitions

APG4685


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Daniel Edwards

Notes

Previously coded SYM5065

Synopsis

This subject introduces students to a range of issues relating to the formulation and delivery of public policy and in particular, social policy. In doing this, it covers contemporary and historical Australian examples.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this subject will develop:+ a working familiarity with the major policy issues and debates in Australia;+ a good understanding of the Australian policy formation process;+ a basic knowledge of the relationship between sociological knowledge, social research and the policy process;+ an understanding of the relationship between research and argument in policy development;+ skills in identifying appropriate research methods for particular policy issues;+ skills in research design for policy issues; and+ skills in reading and analysing social policy research and understanding its strengths and limitations.

Assessment

Two seminar presentation (2000 words each): 40%; Research Paper (5000 words): 60%.

Chief examiner(s)

Sandy Ross

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

APG4686


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Naomi White

Notes

Previously coded SYM5085

Synopsis

The unit is designed to provide rsearch experience in a group through an activity-based, problem-solving learning program. Students will undertake a qualitative research project as members of a research team of fellow students working under the guidance and supervision of the co-ordinator.

Objectives

On completion of the unit students will have:

  1. advanced research design critique and development skills;
  2. advanced research literature search and synthesis skills;
  3. advanced qualitative data collection and analysis skills;
  4. advanced report writing skills;
  5. enhanced leadeership and group work skills.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Tutorial participation and presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kirsten McLean

Contact hours

One x 2 hr seminar/workshop per week.

Prerequisites

APG4681 or permission of co-ordinator.

Prohibitions

APG4687


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Notes

Previously coded TRN5020

Synopsis

As for APG4688. Fifth-year students will also be required to investigate the more theoretically-orientated literature relating to Translation Studies.

Objectives

As for APG4688 with the additional objective of reading more widely in the relevant theoretically orientated literature.

Assessment

Report on the industry placement module (2000 words): 50%
Exam (1 hour): 20%
Practical exercises (1500 words): 30%

Prerequisites

APG4813


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Notes

Previously coded TRN5201

Synopsis

The project consists of an annotated translation of approximately 12-15,000 words, with a substantial critical introduction (written in English) of at least 3,000 words. For students intending to practice as professional translators, the project will consist of a series of set texts from a variety of genres (e.g., scientific, medical, legal, technical, governmental) to enable students to practice and develop their translation skills to a professional level. Students who wish to focus more on literary and/or cultural translation may choose to select one main text, in consultation with the supervisor. Students will be expected to translate into their A language.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the project, students will i) have considerably developed their translation skills and their understanding of issues involved in the translation process, ii) be able to critically reflect on their own translation practises, and iii) be able to demonstrate their awareness of relevant methodologies, theoretical frameworks, and skills.

Assessment

Translation project (15-18,000 words) : 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Leah Gerber

Contact hours

Regular meetings with supervisor should be scheduled

Prerequisites

Completion of, or with the permission of the coordinator, concurrent enrolment in APG4813

Co-requisites

APG4813 with permission of the coordinator

Prohibitions

On-campus


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Notes

Previously coded TRN5202

Synopsis

This unit builds on the preceding units (APG4814 and APG4815) to develop advanced translation skills in four specialised domains (legal, medical, technical and business/financial translation (topics may differ in any given year)). Students are required to complete a translation assignment consisting of an annotated translation of approximately 5000 words from the domain of their choice, with a critical introduction of at least 1000 words. Students will be expected to translate into their A language and the critical introduction is to be written in English. The teaching methodology combines seminars which discuss domain-specific translation approaches and techniques, and regular supervision meetings to give students feedback on their translation skills (e.g. pointing out errors in their translation, guidance on text-type related strategies, refining translation techniques, including transference, transposition, cultural or functional equivalence, etc).

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the project, students will i) have considerably developed their translation skills and their understanding of issues involved in the translation process, ii) be able to critically reflect on their own translation practises, and iii) be able to demonstrate their awareness of relevant methodologies, theoretical frameworks, and skills.

Assessment

In-class tests to a total of 3,000 words and a final translation assignment of 6,000 words:100%

Chief examiner(s)

Leah Gerber

Contact hours

A series of seminars, normally held fortnightly, combined with supervision meetings for the translation assignment

Prerequisites

APG4813, APG4814

Co-requisites

APG4813 with the permission of the coordinator

Prohibitions

APG4689, APG5689, APG5690 (for APG4690) and APG4688 (for APG5690)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Marc Orlando

Notes

Previously coded TRN5300

Synopsis

This unit follows on from the Semester 1 subject, APG4816. In this unit, further theoretical studies are introduced along with practical applications. The topics to be covered for this interpreting exercise will have an emphasis on industry, business, politics, general contemporary affairs, education, medicine, tourism, government institutions etc. The development of skills and techniques needed for consecutive interpreting such as techniques of note-taking, sight translation, interpreting numbers, interview interpreting and speech interpreting of approximately 5 minutes will be undertaken. The practical applications in this unit also serve as preparation for further studies in APG5885.

Objectives

At the completion of this subject, students should

  1. have gained theoretical knowledge of the various facets of interpreting and an insight into the practical aspects of acting as an interpreter in an industry/social environment ; 2. have developed the specific skills needed to provide consecutive interpreting of both dialogue and speech.
  2. be able to identify the implicit structural organization of an extemporaneous speech 4. be able to perceive essential meaning and have further developed note-taking techniques. 5. have mastered the necessary interpreting skills to deliver a clear, stylish and faithful presentation. 6. have expanded their active vocabulary to include the terms and idioms frequently used in extemporaneous speeches. 7. At the end of the course, students are able to interpret passages that are delivered at professional settings, are of moderate difficulty. 8. have formed a basic understanding of marketing their interpreting expertise to potential clients.

Assessment

Written work (including journal and class performance): 50%
Oral and written exams: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Marc Orlando

Contact hours

Four hours of workshops per week (2 hours per language direction) In addition, 20 hours per week will be spent in assigned interpreting tasks, including 10 hours of compulsory laboratory work.

Prerequisites

APG4814, APG4816

Prohibitions

APG4691


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Leigh Astbury

Notes

Previously coded VAM5000

Synopsis

The topic is chosen after consultation with the coursework adviser with reference to designated topics within units. Students are assigned a supervisor according to their choice of topic. The essay may be undertaken in either first or second semester.

Assessment

Written (8000-10,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Leigh Astbury


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Anne Marsh

Notes

Previously coded VAM5023

Synopsis

Internships in cultural institutions providing first-hand experience of working in the culture industry while introducing the types of research customarily undertaken in such institutions. After several preliminary seminars held at Monash University, students will be assigned to an institution in which they will work for two days per week over a period of nine weeks, under the direction of the relevant director. Students will undertake a research project of specific relevance to the cultural institution.

Assessment

Catalogue exercise (1500 words)
Research project (5500 words)
Internship practical work (equivalent 2000 words)

Contact hours

2.5 hour seminar per week for 4 weeks, and 2 days per week during the 9 week period of internship


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Leigh Astbury

Notes

Previously coded VAM5070

Synopsis

The recurring issues of regionalism and internationalism will be addressed, as will interpretations of Australia as the site of international congruence and influence. The subject will move from discussion of the American influence of The Field exhibition of 1968 to the 'pluralism' of the 1970s: minimal art, performance art and feminism. The focus on the 1980s and beyond will address some of the following: neo-expressionism, appropriation, nomadology, Aboriginality, theoretical issues and the current status of Australian art, including recent developments in abstraction, installation, gay art, 'angry women', photography and cyberculture.

Assessment

First seminar paper (2500 words): 25%
Second seminar paper (3000 words): 35%
Research essay (3500 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Leigh Astbury

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Maryanne Dever

Notes

Previously coded WSM5040

Synopsis

This unit will be offered as a directed reading course. Teaching staff will be determined in consultation with the Director and in response to the expressed interest of students.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Class participation/presentation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)A/Prof Denise Cuthbert

Notes

Previously coded WSM5700

Synopsis

This unit introduces key feminist debates in the theory and practice of cross-cultural research and grounds those debates in the literature of globalization and gender and development. Issues examined include the power relations underlying and determining the research process; cultural biases inherent in the production of knowledge; ethical issues in cross-cultural research; negotiating racial, ethnic and cultural differences in research. Discussion will also cover the challenges posed to white Western feminism primarily by women of colour, Third World and indigenous women, and women from other non-Western groups.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit at level 5 will have:

  1. acquired a grounded, working knowledge of the major feminist debates and methodological literature in the field of cross-cultural research;
  2. an understanding of the gendered dimensions of debates concerning globalisation and development;
  3. a capacity for informed, theoretical critique of feminist research methodologies and other qualitative research methodologies;
  4. enhanced skills in the presentation of verbal and written analyses and arguments on issues pertaining to cross-cultural feminist research;
  5. familiarity with a range of research methodologies appropriate to feminist cross-cultural research.
  6. enhanced skills in developing and presenting of individual research assignments

Assessment

Short exercise (2700 words): 30%; Seminar presentation (equiv. 1800 words) 20%; Research paper (4500 words): 50%
Students at level 4 and level 5 will be given different short exercises. Students at level 5 will be expected to demonstrate greater capacity for independent research and will be required to develop a research paper of a more conceptually challenging nature.

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

GND4030/APG4696


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Colin Hope

Notes

Previously coded AAM5010

Synopsis

This unit explores the current state of our knowledge of the 18th-20th Dynasties with a focus upon those factors which characterise the period and distinguish it from preceding phases of Egyptian history. It examines documentary and archaeological sources relating to specific topics in an attempt to account for the changes, exploring internal and external influences. Textual data is analysed to ensure a thorough understanding of the primary sources. Similar emphasis is placed upon aspects of the material culture. Recurrent themes throughout the unit include the role of the individual in relation to society as a whole, and sex and gender definition and role assignment.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A thorough knowledge of the relevant historical and documentary sources.
  2. An ability to understand Egyptian texts within their cultural context in light of peculiarities of the language.
  3. A detailed understanding of the problems inherent in the surviving documentation.
  4. The facility to explore complex cultural issues combining a variety of data which need detailed and careful analysis.
  5. Sophisticated research skills in the examination of a series of related but distinct topics.
  6. A thorough knowledge of secondary and tertiary source material, displaying finely-tuned critical faculties.

Assessment

Bibliographic review essay (3000 words): 35%
Research essay (6000 words): 65%

Chief examiner(s)

Colin Hope

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Gillian Bowen

Notes

Previously coded AAM5020

Synopsis

This unit explores the current state of knowledge of aspects of Egypt's history in the wake of Alexander the Great's conquest. Themes include the response of the Egyptians to the introduction of hellenism and their interaction with the Macedonian and subsequent Roman overlords. It focuses upon the continuation of ancient cult practices within a multi-cultural environment and the subtle change in the nature of Egyptian society. Aspects of sex, gender definition and role assignment are explored in relation to the roles of the Ptolemaic queens. Literary, documentary and archaeological sources are analysed to identify and account for the changes, exploring internal and external influences.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A thorough knowledge of the available historical and documentary sources.
  2. A critical appraisal of primary, secondary and tertiary source material.
  3. An understanding of how to read and appraise papyrological evidence.
  4. The facility to explore complex cultural issues combining a variety of data which need detailed and careful analysis.
  5. Sophisticated research skills in the examination of a series of related but distinct topics.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Colin Hope


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Lynette Russell

Notes

Previously coded AAS5000

Synopsis

Students enrolled in this unit will have the opportunity to conduct independent research into a topic of their choice related to Australian Indigenous Studies under staff supervision, through preparing a 9000 word project.

Objectives

Upon successfully completing this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate skills to initiate and conduct independent research.
  2. Demonstrate an appreciation of and commitment to ethical research.
  3. Demonstrate advanced critical thinking, analytical and problem-solving skills.
  4. Demonstrate advanced written skills through the presentation of a 9000 word project.

Assessment

Written work: Research project 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Lynette Russell

Contact hours

Fortnightly supervisory consultations

Prerequisites

Students must have completed 48 points of the Master of Australian Studies (or other relevant Master degree)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Louisa Willoughby

Notes

Previously coded ALM5010

Synopsis

A program of directed readings on a topic of relevance to the student's thesis.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Anna Margetts

Prerequisites

Students may only enrol in this unit with the permission of the unit coordinator


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Louisa Willoughby

Notes

Previously coded ALM5210

Synopsis

The role of language in learning. Conceptions of language (and linguistics analysis) and conceptions of learning (and the study of learning) which best enable us to establish useful connections between language and learning. The systemic-functional grammar and discourse analysis of M A K Halliday and its application to texts produced by learners. Issues including learning theory, cognitive science and the theory of knowledge.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anna Margetts

Notes

Previously coded ALM5230

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to a range of theories of bilingualism and how bilinguals make use of their languages across a range of setting and societies. It explores these issues from a range of perspectives, such as different types and degrees of bilingualism, the different roles played by each language in bilingual societies, the properties of bilingual speech, the bilingual brain and educational and other social policy for bilingualism. A key interest is also the ways in which theoretical stances inform our understanding of bilingualism and social policy, and the ways in which research into bilingualism can help inform wider theories of language acquisition, processing and use.

Objectives

At the conclusion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. explain how various scholars define the term bilingualism and the implications of this for research findings
  2. undertake linguistic analysis of bilingual speech
  3. identify and articulate factors which contribute to language maintenance and shift
  4. evaluate the effectiveness of bilingual education programs and other social policies for bilingualism
  5. use library and web resources to research current and emerging issues in the field, and
  6. conduct a major research project on an area of bilingualism or bilingual development of interest to the student.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Anna Margetts


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alice Gaby

Notes

Previously coded ALM5270

Synopsis

This unit will provide an introduction to issues in language in education including, reading, writing, early childhood literacy, tertiary literacy and classroom practices. Literacies in media and computer communication contexts will be investigated including the language of hypertext, 'reading' in CMC, television and video discourse, and the ethical issues of access, participation and democratisation will also be explored. These topics help frame understandings about the measurement, acquisition, absence and change for literacies in communication contexts.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Identify the attributes of major writing systems of the world;
  2. describe the spoken-written language continuum and the features of computer-mediated communication; outline the strategies of literacy development in young children;
  3. assess the effects of schooled literacy, second language literacy and biliteracy;
  4. use ethnographic methods to study literacy events and assess the cultural impact of electronic literacy.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Alice Gaby


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Louisa Willoughby

Notes

Previously coded ALM5370

Synopsis

Gain an introduction to a range of theoretical and methodological approaches to the analysis of discourses and texts in a range of sites and social contexts. You will analyse a variety of written texts and conversation to uncover their cohesive factors as well as stylistic and varietal differences in discourse structure. The unit further explores conversational structure; narrative structure; indicators of semantic cohesion; the distribution of information in a text (givenness, focus, etc.); the place of knowledge and context in language and understanding, and the construction of texts in social contexts.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, a student will be able to:

  1. summarize key theoretical and methodological approaches and to discourse analysis, recognise and be able to describe the characteristics of turn taking in dialogue and the structure of narratives;
  2. recognise linguistic clues and cues to the introduction of individuals, topics, and themes within texts, to their maintenance, and how some are made more salient;
  3. and apply at least one methodology to a selected context.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Louisa Willoughby


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Bradshaw

Notes

Previously coded ALM5390

Synopsis

The unit examines the role of language in the construction of identity or identities, with a particular focus on gender identity. It examines the relationship between language, gender and the representation of masculinities and femininities, particularly in spoken texts. Topics covered include speech styles of women and men speaking in same sex and mixed sex groups, the issue of power and gender, sexuality, and women and men in their speech communities. In addition, language and identity construction will be examined in relation to nationality, ethnicity, religion, youth culture and second language learning.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, a student will be able to:+ Summarize key theoretical debates in relation to identity and language;+ Compare the approaches of theorists from different discipline backgrounds;+ Reflect on gender differences across languages in the light of theoretical and empirical studies;+ Evaluate major methodological approaches to the study of identity and language;+ Work in teams to apply at least one methodology to a selected context; + Use data thus collected to support an argument in relation to theoretical debates;+ Present a coherent oral and written account of research thus conducted.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture/seminar (Day students only)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Julie Bradshaw

Notes

Previously coded ALM5410

Synopsis

A research project allowing specialisation in a relevant topic, supervised by one or more members of the Department of Linguistics who are expert in the selected field of study.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Louisa Willoughby

Prerequisites

Students may only enrol in this unit with the permission of the unit coordinator


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Bradshaw

Notes

Previously coded ALM5460

Synopsis

Guided reading in an area of applied linguistics of participants' choice. Guided reading involves the location and critical examination of the relevant literature in the chosen topic. The examination of the reading and its discussion with the supervisor will form the basis of the assessment for the subject.

Assessment

Written work and Literature review: 95%
Oral presentation: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Julie Bradshaw


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Musgrave

Notes

Previously coded ALM5510

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity to apply theoretical knowledge and understanding of the issues involved in language endangerment. Students will develop and implement a research project with outcomes of practical benefit in strengthening or supporting language maintenance practice within a community or organisation. Possible topics include developing curriculum for a school or community language program, documenting aspects of a previously undescribed language, preparing a sketch grammar drawing upon existing documentation or archival materials, developing language teaching and literacy materials, preparing topical wordlists in the endangered language.

Objectives

AimsOn completion of this unit students should have:+ applied their knowledge of language maintenance strategies;+ developed an ability to implement language maintenance programs appropriate to particular language endangerment settings internationallyObjectives+ On completion of this unit students should be able to:+ draw on in-depth and critical knowledge of the literature in this field to write a literature review;+ formulate a detailed proposal to develop a language maintenance project;+ plan the stages in carrying out research in an endangered language community or an organisational setting;+ apply appropriate methodologies to implement research questions;+ undertake independent research;+ analyse primary data;+ write a thesis based on original research.

Assessment

Minor thesis (16000 words): 100%.

Chief examiner(s)

Simon Musgrave

Contact hours

(Supervised)

Prerequisites

APG4698, ATS4820, ATS4821


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Musgrave

Notes

Previously coded ALM5510A

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity to apply theoretical knowledge and understanding of the issues involved in language endangerment. Students will develop and implement a research project with outcomes of practical benefit in strengthening or supporting language maintenance practice within a community or organisation. Possible topics include developing curriculum for a school or community language program, documenting aspects of a previously undescribed language, preparing a sketch grammar drawing upon existing documentation or archival materials, developing language teaching and literacy materials, preparing topical wordlists in the endangered language.

Objectives

AimsOn completion of this unit students should have:+ applied their knowledge of language maintenance strategies;+ developed an ability to implement language maintenance programs appropriate to particular language endangerment settings internationallyObjectives+ On completion of this unit students should be able to:+ draw on in-depth and critical knowledge of the literature in this field to write a literature review;+ formulate a detailed proposal to develop a language maintenance project;+ plan the stages in carrying out research in an endangered language community or an organisational setting;+ apply appropriate methodologies to implement research questions;+ undertake independent research;+ analyse primary data;+ write a thesis based on original research.

Assessment

Minor thesis (16000 words): 100%.

Chief examiner(s)

Simon Musgrave

Contact hours

(Supervised)

Prerequisites

APG4698, ATS4820, ATS4821


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Musgrave

Notes

Previously coded ALM5510B

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity to apply theoretical knowledge and understanding of the issues involved in language endangerment. Students will develop and implement a research project with outcomes of practical benefit in strengthening or supporting language maintenance practice within a community or organisation. Possible topics include developing curriculum for a school or community language program, documenting aspects of a previously undescribed language, preparing a sketch grammar drawing upon existing documentation or archival materials, developing language teaching and literacy materials, preparing topical wordlists in the endangered language.

Objectives

AimsOn completion of this unit students should have:+ applied their knowledge of language maintenance strategies;+ developed an ability to implement language maintenance programs appropriate to particular language endangerment settings internationallyObjectives+ On completion of this unit students should be able to:+ draw on in-depth and critical knowledge of the literature in this field to write a literature review;+ formulate a detailed proposal to develop a language maintenance project;+ plan the stages in carrying out research in an endangered language community or an organisational setting;+ apply appropriate methodologies to implement research questions;+ undertake independent research;+ analyse primary data;+ write a thesis based on original research.

Assessment

Minor thesis (16000 words): 100%.

Chief examiner(s)

Simon Musgrave

Contact hours

(Supervised)

Prerequisites

APG4698, ATS4820, ATS4821


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Jan van Bommel

Notes

Previously coded ASM5800

Synopsis

In special circumstances, students may be permitted to enrol in other approved twelve-point fifth-year level units offered by the discipline. They must have the approval of the school graduate coordinator and enrol in the unit under this special code. This code does not apply to units outside the discipline.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Exam: 45%
Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Brett Hough


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Marika Vicziany

Notes

Previously coded AST5250

Chief examiner(s)

Antonia Vicziany


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded AST5700A

Synopsis

A substantial research project under the direction of a supervisor in the School, and a dissertation of 15,000 to 18,000 words. Students at fifth-year level demonstrate a deeper acquaintance with the research topic.

Chief examiner(s)

Helen Marriott


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Helen Marriott

Notes

Previously coded AST5700B

Synopsis

A substantial research project under the direction of a supervisor in the School, and a dissertation of 15,000 to 18,000 words. Students at fifth-year level demonstrate a deeper acquaintance with the research topic.

Chief examiner(s)

Helen Marriott


24 points, SCA Band 3, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeff Jarvis

Notes

Previously coded ATM5001

Synopsis

This unit is designed to help facilitate graduate students gaining an international tourism perspective by spending a full semester on exchange at a specific exchange partner university. Students must complete the equivalent of 24 points of level 5 Monash units whilst on exchange. Students must seek approval from the course coordinator to take a substitute unit to APG5717 at the exchange partner institution.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of international tourism through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies : 100
Students will undertake full time exchange studies for one semester at a partner institution and must seek approval from the course coordinator to take a substitute unit to APG5717.

Chief examiner(s)

Jeff Jarvis

Contact hours

Exchange Studies

Prerequisites

Distinction average in ATD4010 or APG4389 and ATD4120 or APG4709

Prohibitions

ATD4000


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded ATM5020

Synopsis

Key issues surrounding the economics and marketing of the environment as a tourism product are introduced within the wider context of debates on environmental sustainability in both International and Australian contexts. Specific focus is placed on the funding and management of national parks, nature-based attractions, and outdoor adventure tourism operations as well as on how both public sector and private enterprise operators develop sustainable environmentally based products. Techniques for quantifying negative and positive impacts of this kind of tourism are reviewed as are the social, political and economic impacts on regional communities. A compulsory program of fieldwork is undertaken in the Gippsland region and students will be expected to attend classes at both the city and Gippsland campuses.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A comprehensive understanding of direct and indirect physical, social and economic implications of nature-based tourism development on communities
  2. Knowledge and skills in measuring and quantifying the impacts of ecotourism product development on the environment and local economies
  3. Understanding of ecotourism product development, marketing and management strategies as undertaken by both government and private agencies
  4. The ability to apply relevant theoretical concepts to practical fieldwork and engagement with industry practitioners in both Melbourne and the Gippsland region
  5. Development of written and oral communication skills
  6. A capacity to undertake original applied research in an area of their interest through liaison with an industry partner.

Assessment

Exam (3hrs) : 30%
Industry Research Project (6000) : 60%
Research Presentation : 10%

Contact hours

One 3 hour seminar at the City campus and 3 x 2 day seminars in block mode at Gippsland Campus including fieldwork.

Prohibitions

APG4708


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeff Jarvis

Notes

Previously coded ATM5090

Synopsis

Reviews the strategic role research plays in the tourism industry both globally and in Australia. Topics include, defining the research problem and objectives, analyzing secondary data sources, qualitative and quantitative methodology selection, questionnaire design, fieldwork preparation, data analysis and presentation.

Objectives

  1. To provide students with an understanding of the availability of secondary research data and an overview of tourism trends and research directions from both an Australian and Global perspective.
  2. To develop students' capacity to understand the basics principles of research design for both qualitative and quantitative studies and the role played by research in tourism strategic planning.
  3. To develop students' capacity to undertake an analysis of secondary tourism data.
  4. To develop students' written and oral communication skills.
  5. To provide students with an understanding of how to conduct a primary quantitative research study including questionnaire design, data entry, analysis and presentation.
  6. To provide students with an understanding of the applicability of the SPSS computer program to research in the tourism industry.

Assessment

Analytical assignment/take-home exam (2000 words): 30%
Group research report (6000 words): 50%
Research presentation: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jeff Jarvis

Contact hours

3 hour seminar

Prohibitions

APG4707


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeff Jarvis and Dr Vicki Peel

Notes

Previously coded ATM5100

Synopsis

The special industry based research project offers students an opportunity to undertake an extended supervised research project in tourism associated with an industry partner. Prior to the start of semester students are responsible for identifying and contacting a suitable industry partner and arranging the placement as well as seeking approval from the course co-ordinator. Students then formulate their research topic in consultation with their appointed supervisor and the industry partner. Students should work with the industry partner over a four to five week period. Students are not permitted to undertake the project in their usual place of work.

Objectives

  1. To develop students' skills to undertake a critical analysis of a project or firm associated with the tourism industry.
  2. To develop students' capacity to underdertake an independent research project.
  3. To develop practical work skills in an industry environment.
  4. To develop an understanding of the key concepts of management and how it applies to the tourism industry.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jeff Jarvis

Prerequisites

High Credit average in APG4389, APG4709, APG4710 and permission from course co-ordinator


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Vicki Peel

Notes

Previously coded ATM5120

Synopsis

As for ATD4120

Assessment

Written work: 70% (7000 words)
3 hour exam: 30%


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Vicki Peel

Notes

Previously coded ATM5140

Synopsis

As for ATD5140

Assessment

Written work: 70% (7000 words)
3 hour exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Vicki Peel


24 points, SCA Band 3, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Vicki Peel

Notes

Previously coded ATM5500

Synopsis

This unit requires the completion of a minor thesis (18,000 words) on an approved tourism related topic, usually one with an industry focus. With guidance from the supervisor (s), it allows the student to undertake advanced level research and produce a substantial piece of writing which advances knowledge in the selected area of research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;
  2. An ability to design, write and edit a research thesis;
  3. An ability at an advanced level to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches relating to the tourism industry and tourism related issues;
  4. The capacity to contribute advanced knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  5. An enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Thesis (18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Vicki Peel

Contact hours

Regular meeting with allocated supervisor(s).

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points with a distinction average at fourth year level of subjects offered in the Master of Tourism program.


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Vicki Peel

Notes

Previously coded ATM5500(A)

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Vicki Peel


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Vicki Peel

Notes

Previously coded ATM5500(B)

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Vicki Peel


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Vicki Peel and Dr Jeff Jarvis

Notes

Previously coded AUS5000

Synopsis

The special research project offers students an opportunity to undertake an extended supervised research project. Prior to the start of semester students are responsible for devising their topic as well as seeking approval from the course co-ordinator. The project is normally undertaken over the course of 13 weeks during a semester unit and is assessed by a suitably qualified staff member. Students are responsible to formulate their research topic in consultation with their supervisor.

Objectives

  1. To provide students with an opportunity to undertake an extended research project focusing on a topic of their particular interest.
  2. To develop students' capacity to draw on a range of research methodologies suitable to their topic.
  3. To develop students' capacity to undertake an analysis of suitable secondary data.
  4. To develop students' written communication skills.
  5. To develop students' capacity to tackle a particular issue, project or problem in depth.

Assessment

Major Research Essay or the equivalent of two articles (9000 - 10,000 words total): 9000 - 10,000 words 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Vicki Peel

Prerequisites

Special permission from the course co-ordinator.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded AUS5003

Synopsis

The special research project offers students an opportunity to undertake an extended supervised research project in Australian Studies. The project is normally undertaken over the course of 13 weeks during a semester unit and is assessed by a suitably qualified staff member or university associate other than the supervisor. Students formulate their research topics in consultation with their supervisor.

Objectives

Upon the completion of the special research project students will have demonstrated a capacity:

  1. To plan and undertake an extended research project in Australian Studies.
  2. To undertake original research of a scholarly nature of an extended kind.
  3. To research and successfully interpret a body of documentary source material in conjunction with a range of suitable secondary sources.
  4. To complete a work of research that satisfies the highest standards of scholarly argument, research, documentation and referencing.

Assessment

Essay or research project of 9000-10,000 words or the equivalent of two publishable articles (9000-10,000 words total): 100%

Prerequisites

An approved complement of 4th years subjects totaling 48 pts with a credit average or better


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded AUS5035A

Synopsis

Students devise a research project on a topic of their choosing in consultation with the unit coordinator and a potential supervisor. Students develop skills of independent learning and critical thinking through carrying out their research under the supervision of a member of the academic staff. The completion of an 18,000-word dissertation assesses the student's ability to complete a work of research that satisfies the highest standards of scholarly argument, research, documentation and referencing.

Objectives

Upon completing AUS5035 students should be able to demonstrate:

  1. skills of independent learning and research;
  2. the ability to reflect on personal learning and respond productively to constructive feedback;
  3. the ability to utilise proficiently a range of IT resources such as word processing and email, search databases and text files, and to locate, employ and evaluate internet sites;
  4. knowledge of a specific body of research in the field of Australian Studies;
  5. critical thinking, analytical and problem solving skills;
  6. the ability to recognise, represent and critically reflect upon ideas and concepts from diverse cultures, and the ability to reflect on their own cultural values;
  7. a critical awareness of conceptual and empirical issues pertaining to Australian Studies;
  8. effective written communication skills across an 18,000-word project;
  9. the ability to complete a work of research that satisfies the highest standards of scholarly argument, research, documentation and referencing.

Assessment

Dissertation proposal synopsis and outline (1500 words): 10%; Literature review (1500 words):10%; Dissertation (15,000 words): 80%

Contact hours

Average contact 1 hour fortnightly with 24 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

APG5725 Research Project in Australian Studies


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded AUS5035B

Synopsis

As for APG5726

Objectives

As for APG5726

Assessment

AS for APG5726

Contact hours

As for APG5726

Prohibitions

As for APG5726


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Professor Bruce Scates

Notes

Previously coded AUS5220

Synopsis

The study of a particular topic in Australian culture or society or, in exceptional circumstances, a unit taken in a cognate discipline. Students should consult with the unit coordinator.

Objectives

To maximize opportunities for graduate students to exploit the resources available in the Australian Studies and allied programs

Assessment

Work equivalent to 9,000-10,000 words: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

APG4712


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. Justin Oakley

Notes

Previously coded CHB5203

Synopsis

This unit focuses initially on four ethical principles used to justify decisions in patient care: autonomy, privacy, beneficence, and justice. These principles are then applied to a variety of ethical issues in health care practice, such as the allocation of health care resources, the justifiability of paternalistic interventions, breaches of confidentiality, assisted reproductive technologies, surrogate motherhood, and euthanasia. The role of health professionals is also considered, in relation to issues in family caregiving, and conscientious refusals to treat patients, and the unit also examines some key ethical issues in biomedical research involving human subjects.

Objectives

On successful completion of APG5729, students should have acquired the skills to:

  • bring a rigorous framework of principles of health care ethics to the analysis and evaluation of certain ethical issues in patient care;
  • think critically about the key concepts involved in those principles; and
  • make informed judgements about the ethics of certain ways of acting in ethically sensitive areas of patient care, and be able to defend those judgements on the basis of argument.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (6000 words)
Take home exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc. Prof. Justin Oakley

Contact hours

one 2.5 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

APG5393 or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG5729 and APG5733; APG5729 and APG4714

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5203.php


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Selgelid

Notes

Previously coded CHB5204

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for analysing and evaluating public policy and law in areas of concern in bioethics. The unit focuses initially on what values the state ought to promote, and the formulation of public policy in democratic pluralist societies. These political moralities are then used to examine current law and public policy in areas of bioethical concern, such as abortion, prenatal diagnosis, embryonic stem cell research, reproductive cloning, surrogate motherhood, voluntary euthanasia, and the treatment of severely handicapped newborn infants. The unit also considers law and public policy in relation to informed consent, and the regulation of research on humans.

Objectives

On successful completion of APG5730 students should have acquired the skills to:

  • uncover the political values underlying views about State regulation of various reproductive and health care practices
  • think critically about those political values
  • understand some of the practical problems in State regulation of various reproductive and health care practices
  • develop sufficient understanding of the ethics of regulating various reproductive and health care practices to provide a basis for forming your own views on these matters.

Assessment

Written work (5000 words): 50%
Take home exam: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Michael Selgelid

Contact hours

Four day-long seminars during the semester. A day-long seminar will be held in Week 1, Week 4, Week 7, and Week 10.

Prerequisites

APG5393 or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG5730 and APG5734; APG5730 and APG4715

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5204.php


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Selgelid

Notes

Previously coded CHB5206

Synopsis

This is an individual supervised reading course. Students will be assigned a supervisor, and will formulate a topic of their choosing in collaboration with their supervisor. The supervisor will then recommend reading relevant to that topic, and will provide guidance in structuring the written assignment. As a part of this process students will write an initial research proposal and a critical commentary on a relevant article or book chapter.

Assessment

Research outline 1000 words 10%
Research paper 8000 words 90%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Michael Selgelid

Co-requisites

APG5393 or equivalent

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5206.php


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Justin Oakley

Notes

Previously coded CHB5207

Synopsis

This unit examines some fundamental ethical issues in professional life, and the moral foundations of professional obligations. The unit begins by introducing the three main ethical theories - Kantianism, utilitarianism, and virtue ethics - and explains how each theory characteristically approaches issues in professional ethics. It moves on to examine euthanasia and the medical and nursing professions; zealous advocacy and the legal profession; and social justice and business professionals. It also deals with whistle-blowing and some issues in the moral psychology of professional roles.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/APG5732.php

Assessment

Written work: 60% (6000 words)
Take home exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Prof Justin Oakley

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5207.php


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. Justin Oakley

Notes

Previously coded CHB5233

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop students' critical and analytical understanding of key ethical issues in patient care. The unit focuses initially on four main ethical principles, embodying the concepts of autonomy, privacy, beneficence, and justice. These principles are used to analyse and discuss a variety of broad ethical issues which arise in patient care, such as the allocation of health care resources, the justifiability of paternalism, breaches of patient confidentiality, in vitro fertilisation, research involving humans, and euthanasia. There is also some discussion of the role of health professionals, in relation to conscientious refusals to treat patients, and issues in family caregiving.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students should have acquired the skills to:

  1. Use a rigorous framework of principles of health care ethics to analyse and evaluate ethical issues in patient care.
  2. Think critically about the key concepts involved in those principles.
  3. Make informed judgements about the ethics of certain patient care practices, and use argument to defend those judgements.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 60%
Take-home exam (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc. Prof. Justin Oakley

Contact hours

One 2.5 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

APG5733 and APG5729


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Justin Oakley

Notes

Previously coded CHB5255

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for understanding the role and impact of law in areas of concern in bioethics. The unit focuses initially on views about what values the state ought to promote, the justifiable limits of legislative intervention, and approaches to public policy formulation in a democratic pluralist society. We then examine the current law and legal approach (particularly in Australia) to areas of bioethical concern, such as abortion, voluntary euthanasia, selective treatment of severely handicapped newborn infants, prenatal diagnosis, surrogate motherhood, and the health professional-patient relationship, particularly with regard to informed consent and confidentiality.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 60%
Take-home exam (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Justin Oakley

Contact hours

Four day-long seminars during the semester. A day-long seminar will be held in Week 1, Week 4, Week 7, and Week 10.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Justin Oakley

Notes

Previously coded CHB5288

Synopsis

This unit examines some fundamental ethical issues in professional life generally, and considers how debates about specific ethical issues familiar to those in certain professions can be advanced by comparisons with discussions about parallel ethical issues arising in other professions. We investigate what sorts of moral considerations might allow professional roles to license behaviour which departs significantly from what ordinary morality would permit. The unit then examines euthanasia and the medical and nursing professions; zealous advocacy and the legal profession; social justice and business professionals, along with whistleblowing, and the moral psychology of professional roles.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/APG5735.php

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 60%
Take-home exam (2000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Prof Justin Oakley

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5288.php


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Jude McCulloch

Notes

Previously coded CJM5000

Synopsis

This unit requires students to complete a 9,000 word research project on a topic of their choosing in consultation with their assigned supervisor who is a member of academic staff.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature.
  2. Identify and develop key research questions.
  3. Critically investigate a key issue in Criminal Justice and Criminology.
  4. Critically write up research findings.
  5. Construct a critical argument.
  6. Construct a cumulative argument across an 9,000 word research project.

Assessment

9,000 word research project: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Prof Jude McCulloch

Contact hours

Regular supervisory meetings

Prerequisites

CJC4020


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)David Baker

Notes

Previously coded CJM5005

Synopsis

The internship will allow students to integrate theory and practice while gaining first-hand practical experience working in the criminal justice area. Students will extend the knowledge gained in other Masters units through experiential learning. It will also provide students with the opportunity to develop work-based networks which could lead to employment opportunities in the future. Each student will have a separate internship program designed to enhance their work-place experience.

Objectives

Upon completion of the unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. The ability to apply theory in a practical workplace environment
  2. enhanced skills appropriate for working in a criminal justice environment
  3. enhanced oral and written communication skills
  4. experience in applying ethical principles in a value laden work environment
  5. the capacity to critically apply and integrate theoretical and professional knowledge.

Assessment

For on-campus students - Internship proposal(1500 words): 15%
Internship report(5000 words): 65%
Oral presentation(20 minutes): 20%

For off-campus students - Internship proposal(1500 words): 15%
Internship report(5000 words): 65%
Journal(weekly): 20%

Prerequisites

APG4416, APG4417 and at least 1 of the following units(ATS4264, APG4392, APG4759, HPL4521, APG4761, APG4762)

Co-requisites

None

Prohibitions

None


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Jude McCulloch

Notes

Previously coded CJM5050

Synopsis

This unit requires students to engage in a significant piece of reading and research and write a dissertation of 18,000 words on a topic of their choosing in consultation with their assigned supervisor who is a member of academic staff.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature.
  2. Identify and develop key research questions.
  3. Develop and implement an empirical research project in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology.
  4. Critically investigate a key issue in Criminal Justice and Criminology.
  5. Critically write up research findings.
  6. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by empirical data.
  7. Construct a cumulative argument across an 18,000 word research project.
  8. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

Written work 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Prof Jude McCulloch

Contact hours

regular supervisory meetings

Prerequisites

High credit average in 48 points at 4th level taken as part of the Master of Criminal Justice program


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Gippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Notes

Previously coded CJM5050A

Synopsis

This unit requires students to engage in a significant piece of reading and research and write a dissertation of 18,000 words on a topic of their choosing in consultation with their assigned supervisor who is a member of academic staff.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature.
  2. Identify and develop key research questions.
  3. Develop and implement an empirical research project in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology.
  4. Critically investigate a key issue in Criminal Justice and Criminology.
  5. Critically write up research findings.
  6. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by empirical data.
  7. Construct a cumulative argument across an 18,000 word research project.
  8. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

Written work 70%
Seminar presentation 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Prof Jude McCulloch


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus Day)

Notes

Previously coded CJM5050B

Synopsis

This unit requires students to engage in a significant piece of reading and research and write a dissertation of 18,000 words on a topic of their choosing in consultation with their assigned supervisor who is a member of academic staff.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature.
  2. Identify and develop key research questions.
  3. Develop and implement an empirical research project in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology.
  4. Critically investigate a key issue in Criminal Justice and Criminology.
  5. Critically write up research findings.
  6. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by empirical data.
  7. Construct a cumulative argument across an 18,000 word research project.
  8. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

18,000 word dissertation: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Prof Jude McCulloch

Prerequisites

High credit average in 48 points at 4th level taken as part of the Master of Criminal Justice program


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Off-campus)

Notes

Previously coded CJM5060

Synopsis

This unit involves focused, independent reading and the presentation of the findings in a scholarly manner, under the supervision of a member of the teaching staff of the department. On completion of the subject students should: demonstrate a thorough understanding of the criminal justice or criminology topic chosen for the subject; understand the nature and scope of scholarly writing on the topic; appreciate the theoretical, methodological and practical dimensions of the topic, be able to present orally and in writing critical thinking and analysis of the criminal justice/criminology topic.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an in-depth and focused critical understanding of a topic in criminal justice or criminology
  2. Demonstrate an in-depth familiarity with the literature on a topic in criminal justice and criminology
  3. Demonstrate the ability to synthesise a broad range of literature on a topic
  4. Be familiar with the process of researching and writing a comprehensive literature review of a criminal justice or criminology topic
  5. Demonstrate the ability to understand and critically assess the various historical, theoretical and methodological issues and debates around a chosen criminal justice, criminology topic.

Assessment

Oral presentation (2000 words): 25%
Written report (7,000 words): 75%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Colleen Lewis

Contact hours

Two hour per fortnight meeting with supervisor


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Mark Gibson

Notes

Previously coded COM5004

Synopsis

An industry project to be undertaken in the final semester during the MA of Communications and Media studies. It offers students the opportunity to reflect on their work (or other) experience from within the perspectives on 'communication' explored in the course. A project supervisor is appointed. Industry internship or placements are not required, but students are welcome to organise these.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research,
  2. An enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication issues,
  3. An enhanced capacity to analyze and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the planning, writing and editing of a research topic
  4. A capacity to design, manage, and carry out a research project

Assessment

9000 words: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Mark Gibson

Prohibitions

APG5743


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Mark Gibson

Notes

Previously coded COM5011

Synopsis

This unit requires the completion of a minor thesis (18,000 words) on an approved communications related topic, usually one with an industry focus. With guidance from the supervisor (s), it allow the student to undertake advanced level research and produce a substantial piece of writing which advances knowledge in the selected area of research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research:
  2. An ability to design, write and edit a research thesis;
  3. An ability at advanced level to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches relating to the communication industries and communication issues;
  4. The capacity to contribute advanced knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  5. An enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity

Assessment

Thesis (18,000) : 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Mark Gibson

Contact hours

Regular meeting with allocated supervisor(s)

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points with a distinction average at fourth year level of subjects offered in the Master of Communications and Media Studies program

Prohibitions

APG5742


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)John Arnold and Dr Mark Gibson

Notes

Previously coded COM5011(A)

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Mark Gibson


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)John Arnold and Dr Mark Gibson

Notes

Previously coded COM5011(B)

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Mark Gibson


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr. Gil-Soo Han

Notes

Previously coded COM5210

Synopsis

The unit requires the completion of a minor dissertation. It is a supervised piece of research on an approved topic. Through supervised practice, it extends student knowledge of a substantive research area, as well as knowledge of relevant methodologies, research design and planning, and the writing and editing of an extended piece of research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;
  2. Increased understanding of the practice and methods of communication research;
  3. Increased understanding of the planning, design, writing and editing research; and the capacity to advance knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communications issues;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Thesis (18,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

On campus: regular meetings with supervisors. Off campus: regular contact with supervisors.

Prerequisites

48 points with a distinction average at fourth year level in the Master of Communications. Students intending to take the research dissertation must check their eligibility and make contact with the unit coordinator at least 4 weeks before the start of semester; For students studying this unit at Malaysia only: APG4409 Communication Research


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr. Gil-Soo Han

Notes

Previously coded COM5210(A)

Synopsis

The unit requires the completion of a minor dissertation. It is a supervised piece of research on an approved topic. Through supervised practice, it extends student knowledge of a substantive research area, as well as knowledge of relevant methodologies, research design and planning, and the writing and editing of an extended piece of research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;
  2. Increased understanding of the practice and methods of communication research;
  3. Increased understanding of the planning, design, writing and editing research; and the capacity to advance knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communications issues;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Thesis (18,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

On campus: regular meetings with supervisors. Off campus: regular contact with supervisors.

Prerequisites

48 points with a distinction average at fourth year level in the Master of Communications. Students intending to take the research dissertation must check their eligibility and make contact with the unit coordinator at least 4 weeks before the start of semester; For students studying this unit at Malaysia only: APG4409 Communication Research


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Sunway Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Gil-Soo Han

Notes

Previously coded COM5210(B)

Synopsis

As for APG5748

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;
  2. Increased understanding of the practice and methods of communication research;
  3. Increased understanding of the planning, design, writing and editing research; and the capacity to advance knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communications issues;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Thesis (18,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

On campus: regular meetings with supervisors. Off campus: regular contact with supervisors.

Prerequisites

48 points with a distinction average at fourth year level in the Master of Communications. Students intending to take the research dissertation must check their eligibility and make contact with the unit coordinator at least 4 weeks before the start of semester.

For students studying this unit at Malaysia only:
ATS4720 Research Issues and Methodologies


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSunway Second semester 2011 (Day)

Notes

Previously coded COM5220

Synopsis

The unit requires the completion of a minor dissertation. It is a supervised piece of research on an approved topic. Through supervised practice, it extends student knowledge of a substantive research area, as well as knowledge of relevant methodologies, research design and planning, and the writing and editing of an extended piece of research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;
  2. Increased understanding of the practice and methods of communication and cultural research;
  3. Increased understanding of the planning, design, writing and editing research; and the capacity to advance knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication and cultural studies issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communications issues;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Assignment (20,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Zakir Hossain Raju

Contact hours

Regular meetings with supervisors.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Regular contact with supervisors.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mark Gibson

Notes

Previously coded COM5280

Synopsis

The unit offers students an opportunity to undertake an extended supervised research project in communications or the media associated with an industry partner. Prior to the start of semester students are responsible for identifying and contacting a suitable industry partner and arranging the placement as well as seeking approval from the course co-ordinator. Students then formulate their research topic in consultation with their appointed supervisor and the industry partner. Students should work with the industry partner over a four to five week period. Students are not permitted to undertake the project in their usual place of work.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this subject should have developed:

  1. An ability to develop an in-depth critical analysis of a project or firm associated with the communications or media industries;
  2. A capacity to undertake an independent research project;
  3. Practical work skills in an industry environment;
  4. An ability to translate between industry and scholarship in communications and media studies and to bring the two into productive relations.

Assessment

Written Report (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Mark Gibson

Contact hours

Placement in a communications or media industry, not less than 70 hours in total


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Mark Gibson

Notes

Previously coded COM5303

Synopsis

The unit will involve a study tour of major media organizations, with some attention also to alternative media. Most site visits will be in Melbourne and Sydney, but may also include international travel. Students will draw on background knowledge and skills in analysis gained from other units, gaining the opportunity to test them against real world examples. The unit will have a strong element of experiential learning, through seeing the insides of media organizations and having direct contact with those who work in them. At the same time, it will encourage critical scholarly thinking.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to;

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the internal organization and culture of media organisations;
  2. demonstrate an appreciation of the complex 'ecology' of a major media industries, gaining the ability to see lateral connections between different organisations;
  3. demonstrate skills in direct observation of media industries, as a complement to reading and scholarship in the area;
  4. demonstrate an awareness of production and audience contexts in communications and media studies;
  5. have confidence in approaching and working with individuals and organisations at the cutting edge of communications and media.

Assessment

Site brief (2000 words): 20%
Site log (3000 words): 30%
Major essay (4000 words): 50%

Prerequisites

Completion of first year sequence of Master of Communications and Media Studies (24 credit points)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded CRT5835


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Judy McNicoll

Notes

Previously coded CVL5090

Synopsis

A period of work experience in the field of civil ceremonies, involving about eighty hours of work placement, which may be taken in a range of community groups (schools, churches, ethnic/indigenous groups, professional groups, hospitals, funeral homes, cemeteries, Registry Offices, reception houses etc). Students pursue a practical project during the placement resulting in a substantial report, documenting and commenting on civil ceremonies performed as part of the placement.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected:

  1. to have developed a network of professional contacts in civil ceremonies and negotiated (in consultation with the unit co-ordinator) a period of work experience
  2. to have developed a higher level understanding of the practical and ethical challenges of working as a civil celebrant
  3. to have developed high level written and verbal presentation and communication skills.

Assessment

Placement project (6000 words) 75%
Reflective essay (2000 words) 15%
Oral presentation (10%)

Chief examiner(s)

Judy McNicoll

Contact hours

Three 3-hour seminars, during the semester

Off-campus attendance requirements

Participation in one all-day seminar, to be held at Monash University

Prerequisites

APG4729, APG4730, APG4731, APG4732


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Michael Coe

Notes

Previously coded DTH5006

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with an opportunity to develop a research project in relation to specific industry needs. It may be an audience survey, a dramaturgical study, an investigation of performing arts policy, theatre as cultural action in a community context or a work placement in a selected aspect of the performing arts industry. The research project will involve negotiated outcomes between the student, the university and any particular professional organisation involved. Initial attention would be directed towards developing a suitable research methodology to undertake fieldwork, bearing in mind ethical issues affecting human research.

Objectives

Students who complete this unit successfully should have developed:

  1. The ability to design a research project relevant to the needs of a specific aspect of the professional performing arts industry.
  2. An understanding of the frameworks that produce high quality theatre research.
  3. An enhanced knowledge of the ways in which artists, administrators, critics and audiences interact in the performing arts industry.
  4. The capacity to produce a qualitative research report and to demonstrate excellent written communication skills.

Assessment

Initial research proposal (2000 words): 30%
A research report (7000 words): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Michael Coe

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

Dramatic Criticism, Theory, Methods and at least three other level 4/5 units in the program


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Maryrose Casey (Semester 1) / TBA (Semester 2)

Notes

Previously coded DTH5007

Synopsis

This unit involves the research and writing of a long essay on an approved topic in theatre or performance studies of the student's choice. It should be able to demonstrate knowledge of relevant theoretical, comparative and practical approaches to the topic. It will require independent research and high level application to scholarly communication of the outcomes.

Objectives

Students who complete this unit successfully should have developed:

  1. The capacity to undertake advanced research in the discipline of theatre, drama and performance studies.
  2. An understanding of theoretical and comparative frameworks pertinent to their chosen topic.
  3. The ability to write an extended and persuasive scholarly essay on a selected topic.

Assessment

A research essay (9,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Will Peterson

Prerequisites

Dramatic Theory, Criticism, Theory and Methods, and at least three other level 4/5 units in the program


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Peter Snow

Notes

Previously coded DTS5600

Chief examiner(s)

Peter Snow


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Farzad Sharifian

Notes

Previously coded EIL5001

Synopsis

In this unit, student will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (15,000 - 18,000 words) that will address an issue relevant to the role of English as an International Language. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

Objectives

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Thesis (15000 to 18000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Farzad Sharifian

Prerequisites

APG4735, APG4734, APG4347, and one of the following: APG4733, APG4652/APG5652, APG4348/APG5348, APG5349, APG4635/APG5635; Students must achieve a minimum of Distinction average for the completed Master's coursework units prior to enrolment in this unit; Students must submit a 500 word summary of their proposed research project and obtain approval from the course coordinator prior to enrolment in this unit.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Patrick Spedding

Notes

Previously coded ENM5640

Synopsis

The unit offers a detailed study of the authorship and publication of literary texts in the Early Modern and Modern periods. Students will be introduced to contemporary debates concerning the history of the book and print cultures, the rise of literacy and the growing market for print. They will consider the impact of changes that have occurred in the printing, publication, distribution and sale of books, giving special attention to the impact of these changes on authors and readers. Students will work with original texts and manuscripts in Monash University's outstanding Rare Books Collection as well as with a range of primary and archival research materials in micro and digital form.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this subject will:

  1. be able to identify key features of oral, scribal, print and e-media 'texts'; be familiar with developments in the history of textual production and with a range of different historical manifestations of such texts; and be aware of the psychological, social and cultural impact that these formats typically have had.
  2. be familiar with key debates concerning the history of the book, evaluate the impact of different stakeholders in the 'Life of the Text' and demonstrate an awareness of the issues facing scholars researching, editing, discussing and citing a range of primary texts.
  3. be able to argue their interpretations clearly and persuasively in essay form, communicate fruitfully in discussion and demonstrate superior skill in identifying and using a range of original texts, scholarly editions and digital archives.

Assessment

Briefing paper (1000 words): 10%
Research essay (2000 words): 20%
Major project (5000 words): 60%
Tutorial participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Edwyna Harris

Notes

Previously coded ENV520E

Synopsis

Application of microeconomic theory to environmental problems; the relationship between economy and the environment; sustainable development; national accounting and the environment. Limitations of market and government coordination of natural resourse use. Valuation of unpriced environmental goods and cost-benefit analysis of evironmental changes. Policy options for solid wastes and recycling, local and global pollution problems, protection of biodiversity, management of stocks of fish and other 'commons' resources.

Assessment

Written assignment (1250 words): 25%
Essay (2000 words): 30%
Take-home examination (2500 words): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Lata Gangadharan

Contact hours

3 hour lecture per week


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Clayton Summer semester B 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ben Reid

Notes

Previously coded ENV533E

Synopsis

The internship offers students the opportunity to apply and consolidate the knowledge and professional skills they have acquired through their previous study. Under supervision of a member of Monash staff the student will undertake and report on practical and analytical work within the practical context of a business or other organisation outside Monash University (government department, or non-government organisation).

Objectives

On successful completion of the internship students will have:

  1. gained experience in a project which is of direct benefit to the environmental interests of a client organization outside of Monash University,
  2. developed skills in project formulation, implementation, analysis and communication
  3. enhanced their capacity to evaluate environmental policy and project work
  4. improved their ability for self-evaluation in the context of environmental engagement.

Assessment

Internship Journal (1000 words): 10%
Report (8000 words): 80%
Presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ben Reid

Contact hours

One 2 hour workshop in week 1 of the semester. Subsequent hours to be negotiated between supervisor, student and host organisation.

Prerequisites

Students must complete 18 points of core units before they can enrol in the research project units, and/or permission of course coordinator. Distinction average in core and elective units or permission of course coordinator

Prohibitions

APG5776, APG5777 and APG5806


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM5200A

Synopsis

In this unit, student will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (18,000 words) that will address an issue relevant to European and International Studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.This unit is to be taken in conjunction with, or semester prior to, APG5769 to total 24 points.

Objectives

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Written work (inc. research project): 100% (18000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Pascaline Winand

Contact hours

Consultation with supervisor

Prerequisites

APG4897 or APG5897

Co-requisites

APG5769


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Pascaline Winand

Notes

Previously coded EUM5200B

Synopsis

In this unit, student will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (18,000 words) that will address an issue relevant to European and International Studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.This unit is to be taken in conjunction with, or semester following, EUR5200A to total 24 points.

Objectives

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Written work (inc. research project): 100% (18000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Pascaline Winand

Contact hours

Consultation with supervisor

Prerequisites

APG4897 or APG5897

Co-requisites

APG5768


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Adrian Martin

Notes

Previously coded FTM5100

Synopsis

The research project offers scope for students to explore research processes in film and television studies on a scale greater than that offered by the Research Essay. Research on a topic nominated by the student and approved by the Postgraduate Coordinator in Film and Television Studies is carried out under the supervision of a member of staff, with whom one meets regularly. Students should select their topic for the research project, and seek approval for it, during the second half of the previous semester. The 18000 word research project needs to be submitted by the last teaching week of the semester in which the course is taken.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have demonstrated that they can:

  1. Design and Develop a significant research project
  2. Critically survey theoretical writings in order to find an appropriate theoretical framework for the project
  3. Demonstrate an awareness of methodological considerations in carrying it out.
  4. Undertake independent research with some guidance from a supervisor
  5. Analyse texts and / or data in a way that is relevant to the framework adopted.
  6. On the basis of the analysis carried out, present a cogently structured argument in the form of a series of chapters with a theoretical/methodological framework outlined at the beginning, and a set of conclusions in relation to the topic at the end.

Assessment

Thesis or project report (18000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Adrian Martin

Contact hours

A weekly one hour meeting with the supervisor during one semester.

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points in the MA by Course Work in Film and Television Studies.

Prohibitions

APG4447, APG5447


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Deane Williams

Notes

Previously coded FTM5310

Synopsis

The unit will provide a map of the local and international flows of Australian film theory and criticism. By tracing key critical positions, personnel and institutions this unit will provide an understanding of the particularity of Australian film theory and criticism. The unit will not only interrogate the origins and evolution of Australian film theory (in film criticism and film history) but also examine its relationship to adjacent disciplines and institutions, and analyse its implications for establishing new directions of inquiry for film studies in Australia.

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the historical development of film theories that have had international influence;
  2. a critical understanding of the social, political and institutional influences on the formation of Australian film theory and criticism;
  3. an ability to define and critically engage with a variety of forms of theory and criticism as it emerges from the local;
  4. an understanding of how the notion of criticism relates to theories of nation and genre and to other notions of postcolonialism, postmodernism, the avant-garde, popular culture and globalisation;
  5. an understanding of the functions of theory and criticism in the Australian setting;
  6. an ability to engage with written and visual (screen) texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation;
  7. an ability to develop and employ research skills in data collection in the service of advanced critical writing.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (8500 words)
Tutorial participation and paper (500 words): 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and television or approved discipline


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Con Verevis

Notes

Previously coded FTM5320

Synopsis

The unit traces the development of theories of authorship and genre in film and television. The study of authorship and genre involves a variety of historical, industrial and critical assumptions. This unit examines how notions of genre and authorship develop in the post-WWII period and how these concepts persist in contemporary debates in film and television as broad discursive practices. In this mapping, film and television genre and authorship are understood as part of an interdependent relationship of production, text and reception. This investigation of genres and authorship will be conducted through a range of historical and contemporary film and television examples, local and international.

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the historical development of theories of authorship and genre in film and television;
  2. a critical understanding of the social and political functions of contemporary film and television authorship and genre;
  3. an ability to define and critically engage with specific forms of authorship and genre analysis in film and television;
  4. an understanding of how the notion of intertextuality relates to theories of authorship and genre and to other notions of repetition and remaking in film, television and other media;
  5. an ability to engage with written and visual (screen) texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation;
  6. an ability to develop and employ research skills in data collection in the service of advanced critical writing.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (8500 words)
Tutorial participation and paper (500 words): 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and television or approved discipline


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr David Hanan

Notes

Previously coded FTM5330

Synopsis

This unit provides a unique opportunity for students to be imbedded in a Film Festival, screening program or museum. After an initial seminar program where they will be familiarised with all aspects of film festival operations including their history and cultural imperatives, students will then become part of a film festival apparatus including attendance of as much as is possible of the screening, seminar, lecture and information components of an international festival often in an overseas country. As part of this placement, students will be assigned a critic as chaperone and be required to make regular web-postings including reports, reviews and opinion pieces.

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will have:

  1. gained valuable hands-on experience of the normal professional activities and issues involved in the running of a film festival or screening program;
  2. developed a conceptual understanding of the aims and modus operandi of the festival or institution in which they served their internship, and of film culture institutions or audio-visual museum more generally;
  3. learnt how to apply theoretical and critical skills to practical tasks in running of the festival/ museum/ institution; learnt and practised methods of criticism customarily undertaken in film festivals, screening programs and cultural institutions;
  4. an ability to develop and employ research skills in data collection in the service of advanced critical writing;
  5. developed an ability for intuitive critical appraisals of audio-visual work based on methodologies obtained from film and television studies postgraduate coursework

Assessment

Placement: 50%; Report: 30%; Seminar presentation: 20%

Contact hours

Four 2-hour seminars, one placement, one seminar

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and television or approved discipline


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)

Notes

Previously coded GLM5000

Synopsis

Building upon ATS4559/APG4559 Globalising research methods, this unit will allow students to complete a single longer piece of research on a topic of interest to them in the area of globalisation. Students will utilise the project proposal previously developed in ATS4559/APG4559 and complete a short dissertation of approximately 9,000 words. Bi-weekly discussion groups will focus on the work being done by students towards their dissertation, and later in the semester will feature presentations of work-in-progress. These seminars will provide practical help and guidance to students on their thesis writing. The students will also receive individual supervision on their specific topic.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project.
  2. The ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff.
  3. An ability to present sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence.
  4. High-level skills in the written communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Dissertation (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Christina Twomey

Contact hours

Bi-weekly one to two hour seminar.

Prerequisites

ATS4559 or APG4559


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)

Notes

Previously coded GLM5001

Synopsis

Building upon knowledge and skills developed in earlier parts of the Master of Global Studies course, students in this unit will undertake workplace-based research on how globalisation is impacting upon, or providing opportunities for, the professional area in which they are employed, and also how what they are doing at work might be promoting the process of globalisation itself. Bi-weekly discussion groups will focus on the work being done by students towards their reports, and later in the semester will feature presentations of work-in-progress. These seminars will provide practical help and guidance to students on their report preparation and writing.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project.
  2. The ability to plan, implement and independently complete a workplace- based research report.
  3. An ability to present sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence.
  4. High-level skills in the written communication of research findings and practical recommendations.

Assessment

Workplace-based research work (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

Bi-weekly one to two hour seminar.

Prerequisites

At least three Master of Global Studies core units or equivalent.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester B 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ben Reid

Notes

Previously coded GYM5460

Synopsis

This unit offers students the opportunity to apply and consolidate the knowledge and professional skills they have acquired through the M. CESM within the practical context of a business or other organisation. In the internship, research and analytical work of direct benefit to the host organisation will be carried out and reported on

Objectives

Upon successfully completing this unit, students will:

  1. Have acquired specialised skills in their particular area;
  2. Have completed relevant research and/or job study that demonstrates their contribution to the field in their chosen area of concentration

Assessment

Internship journal (1000 words): 10%
Report (8000 words): 80%
Presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

To be advised

Contact hours

Hours to be negotiated between supervisor, student and host organisation

Prerequisites

Completion of 18 points of core units and/or permission of course coordinator.

Prohibitions

APG5763, APG5777, APG5806


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester B 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ben Reid

Notes

Previously coded GYM5470

Synopsis

This unit offers students the opportunity to apply and consolidate the knowledge and professional skills they have acquired through the M. CESM within the practical context of a business or other organisation. In the internship, a major piece of research and analytical work of direct benefit to the host organisation will be carried out and reported on.

Objectives

Upon successfully completing this unit, students will:

  1. Have acquired specialised skills in their particular area;
  2. Have completed relevant research and/or job study that demonstrates their contribution to the field in their chosen area of concentration

Assessment

Internship journal (2000 words): 10%
Report (14000 words): 80%
Presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

To be advised

Contact hours

Hours to be negotiated between supervisor, student and host organisation

Prerequisites

Completion of 18 points of core units and/or permission of course coordinator.

Prohibitions

APG5763, APG5779, APG5776, APG5806


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ben Reid

Notes

Previously coded GYM5480

Synopsis

A research paper enables students to consolidate the theoretical knowledge and analytical skills acquired in the coursework components in a research context. It requires independent learning and research by the student related to the core units offered in the first two semesters of the course. It offers opportunity for students to pursue academically-oriented research

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. gained skills in research project formulation and methodology
  2. consolidated the knowledge and skills gained in the coursework components of the course
  3. acquired the capacity to complete and report on a research project in a professional manner.

Assessment

Research Paper (9,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

To be advised

Contact hours

Students participate in research design and methodology workshops. Hours and dates to be arranged.

Prerequisites

Completion of 18 points of core units and/or permission of course coordinator.

Prohibitions

APG5763, APG5777, APG5779


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ben Reid

Notes

Previously coded GYM5490

Synopsis

A major research paper enables students to consolidate the theoretical knowledge and analytical skills acquired in a research context. It requires independent learning and research by the student related to the core units offered in the first two semesters of the course. It offers opportunity for students to pursue a major academically-oriented piece of research

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. gained skills in research project formulation and methodology
  2. consolidated the knowledge and skills gained in the coursework components of the course
  3. acquired the capacity to complete and report on a research project in a professional manner.

Assessment

Research Paper (15,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

To be advised

Contact hours

Students participate in research design and methodology workshops. Hours and dates to be arranged.

Prerequisites

Distinction average in core and elective units or permission of course coordinator

Prohibitions

APG5763, APG5777, APG5778, APG5776, APG5806


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ben Reid

Notes

Previously coded GYM5490A

Synopsis

A major research paper enables students to consolidate the theoretical knowledge and analytical skills acquired in a research context. It requires independent learning and research by the student related to the core units offered in the first two semesters of the course. It offers opportunity for students to pursue a major academically-oriented piece of research

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. gained skills in research project formulation and methodology
  2. consolidated the knowledge and skills gained in the coursework components of the course
  3. acquired the capacity to complete and report on a research project in a professional manner.

Assessment

Assessed in conjunction with APG5781

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ben Reid


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ben Reid

Notes

Previously coded GYM5490B

Synopsis

A major research paper enables students to consolidate the theoretical knowledge and analytical skills acquired in a research context. It requires independent learning and research by the student related to the core units offered in the first two semesters of the course. It offers opportunity for students to pursue a major academically-oriented piece of research

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. gained skills in research project formulation and methodology
  2. consolidated the knowledge and skills gained in the coursework components of the course
  3. acquired the capacity to complete and report on a research project in a professional manner.

Assessment

Research paper (15,000 words): 100%
Assessed in conjunction with APG5780

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ben Reid


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Beth Edmondson

Notes

Previously coded HPL5503

Synopsis

This unit examines International Relations in its historical context, engaging with major events and developments in the 20th and early 21st centuries. Students will examine the emergence of key theoretical perspectives and the development of core disciplinary concepts. Students will utilize these in engaging with major International Relations issues including the utility and inevitability of war, the role of a balance of power and prospects for peaceful relations between states.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:1) identify the main actors and structural developments in international relations and describe their roles in contemporary international relations;2) engage with key debates and identify factors in the evolution of models and practice in international relations;3) demonstrate an understanding of conceptual and analytical models of international relations;4) analyse relations between states;5) identify key international institutions;6) analyse state-institution relations, drawing upon relevant conceptual models;7) identify and explain the roles of key determinants of international relations.

Assessment

Essay (2500 words): 20%Case study (4500 words): 50%Examination (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Elizabeth Edmondson

Prohibitions

APG4759


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Crinall

Notes

Previously coded HSM5301

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with an opportunity to conduct a research project related to their workplace or community. Under academic supervision, the project will involve negotiated outcomes between the student, the university and particular organisation/s and/or communities involved. Students will be expected to have worked through some of the issues related to their proposed methodology in the course of completing the pre-requisite research methodology unit, especially the requirement for ethics approval for research involving humans. The aim of the unit is to produce a high quality, practice focused and reflective research report relevant to the focus of their degree.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate: skills and knowledge in initiating and conducting independent research under supervision; an appreciation of, and a commitment to ethical research; advanced critical thinking, analytical and problem-solving skills; advanced written skills through the presentation of a 9000 word research project; skills and knowledge in reviewing a specific body of research, and command of that literature; and skills and knowledge in critically examining a key issue or issues relevant to the focus of their degree.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

Students will engage in supervision fortnightly. This may be conducted electronically on-line, via the telephone, video-conferencing, or face to face, depending on the location of the student.

Prerequisites

APG4763 or APG5786

Prohibitions

APG5867, APG4764


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Full year 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Crinall

Notes

Previously coded HSM5302

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity to conduct substantial research related to their workplace or community. Under academic supervision, the project involves negotiated outcomes between the student, the university and particular organisation/s and communities involved. Students are expected to work through issues related to their proposed methodology project in completing the prerequisite research methodology unit/s, especially ethics approval requirements for research involving humans. The aim is to produce a high quality, theoretically informed, practice focused, and reflective research report relevant to the focus of the degree.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate: skills and knowledge in initiating and conducting independent research under supervision; an appreciation of, and a commitment to ethical research; advanced critical thinking, analytical and problem-solving skills; advanced written skills through the presentation of a 18000 word research project; skills and knowledge in reviewing a specific body of research, and command of that literature; skills and knowledge in critically examining a key issue or issues relating to the focus of the degree.

Assessment

Research Dissertation: 100% (18000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Karen Crinall

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will engage in supervision weekly. This may be conducted electronically on-line, via the telephone, video conferencing, or face-to-face, depending on the location of the student.

Prerequisites

APG4763 or APG5786

Prohibitions

APG5784, APG5868


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Crinall

Notes

Previously coded HSM5305

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for designing research methodologies relevant to human service and community organisations in the public and private sectors, by examining the history, nature, function and current role of social and community research. By focusing on the management of research projects, students engage in exercises requiring the resolution of ethical and methodological issues and dilemmas, including forming researchable topics and questions, negotiating the selection of appropriate design and method, including participatory and action research; developing awareness of underpinning agendas and vested interests; and knowledge of philosophical and theoretical positions.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to: engage with research relevant to their particular organisational context in the public and private sectors, as a creative, problem-solving activity; demonstrate awareness of, and critical engagement with theoretical, practical and ethical considerations in research design and conduct; demonstrate knowledge and skills in conducting and evaluating research and skills in the management of research projects. Students will also be able to: demonstrate critical awareness of the options and constraints of different types of research design, including qualitative and quantitative methodologies; identify appropriate methods for conducting research across a range of contexts, and design an appropriate research methodology. Students will be able to critically explore the relevance of various contemporary theoretical approaches, including postmodern, feminist and critical theory, in the design of their research.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Karen Crinall

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line activities and discussion. Students will also be required to consult regularly with the unit adviser, where possible in face-to-face meetings.

Prerequisites

Two of APG4761, APG4762, APG4571, APG4572, APG5571, APG5572

Prohibitions

APG4763, APG5869, ATS4854


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Sem 1 - Dr Seamus O'Hanlon

Notes

Previously coded HYM5005

Synopsis

A sustained research project in public history, encompassing approaches to cultural heritage, oral history, community history, museums and history in the media. For most students this will take the form of a commissioned historical project, although students may also pursue a topic of methodological or theoretical interest in public history. A short series of seminars will introduce students to research in public history, and students will be assisted in the negotiation of a suitable topic with a commissioning agency.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate an ability to devise and carry out a commissioned research project, and to develop an understanding of the practical, methodological and ethical issues relating to such work. Students will be expected to further develop their conceptual and communication skills, to read widely and independently and to demonstrate resourcefulness in their archival research.

Assessment

Research paper (18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Sem 1 - Dr Seamus O'Hanlon
Sem 2 - Dr Bill Garner

Contact hours

2-hour seminar each week for four weeks (held in the evening)

Prohibitions

Only available in the Master of Public History


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Sem 1 - Dr Seamus O'Hanlon

Notes

Previously coded HYM5005A

Synopsis

A sustained research project in public history, encompassing approaches to cultural heritage, oral history, community history, museums and history in the media. For most students this will take the form of a commissioned historical project, although students may also pursue a topic of methodological or theoretical interest in public history. A short series of seminars will introduce students to research in public history, and students will be assisted in the negotiation of a suitable topic with a commissioning agency.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate an ability to devise and carry out a commissioned research project, and to develop an understanding of the practical, methodological and ethical issues relating to such work. Students will be expected to further develop their conceptual and communication skills, to read widely and independently and to demonstrate resourcefulness in their archival research.

Assessment

Assessed in conjunction with APG5789

Chief examiner(s)

Sem 1 - Dr Seamus O'Hanlon
Sem 2 - Dr Bill Garner

Contact hours

2-hour seminar each week for four weeks (held in the evening)

Prohibitions

Only available in the Master of Public History


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Sem 1 - Dr Seamus O'Hanlon

Notes

Previously coded HYM5005B

Synopsis

A sustained research project in public history, encompassing approaches to cultural heritage, oral history, community history, museums and history in the media. For most students this will take the form of a commissioned historical project, although students may also pursue a topic of methodological or theoretical interest in public history. A short series of seminars will introduce students to research in public history, and students will be assisted in the negotiation of a suitable topic with a commissioning agency.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate an ability to devise and carry out a commissioned research project, and to develop an understanding of the practical, methodological and ethical issues relating to such work. Students will be expected to further develop their conceptual and communication skills, to read widely and independently and to demonstrate resourcefulness in their archival research.

Assessment

Research paper (18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Sem 1 - Dr Seamus O'Hanlon
Sem 2 - Dr Bill Garner

Contact hours

2-hour seminar each week for four weeks (held in the evening)

Prohibitions

Only available in the Master of Public History


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Carolyn James

Notes

Previously coded HYM5035

Synopsis

This unit requires students to complete a 9,000 word research project on a topic of their choosing in consultation with their assigned supervisor who is a member of academic staff.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Renaissance Studies and demonstrate a command of that literature.
  2. Identify and develop key research questions.
  3. Critically investigate a key issue in Renaissance Studies
  4. Critically write up research findings.
  5. Construct a critical argument.

Assessment

100% 9,000 word research project.

Contact hours

Regular supervisory meetings

Prohibitions

HYM5045


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Carolyn James

Notes

Previously coded HYM5045A

Synopsis

See APG5792.

Objectives

See APG5792.

Assessment

Assessed in conjunction with APG5792.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Carolyn James

Notes

Previously coded HYM5045B

Synopsis

Students undertaking the Master of Renaissance Studies who wish to undertake sustained research on a topic of their choice, and who may wish to proceed to a higher degree by research will complete both APG5791 and APG5792. Students will complete an 18,000 word research project, working closely with a supervisor with expertise in the area of the research. They will receive training in research methodology and historiography.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Renaissance Studies and demonstrate a command of that literature.
  2. Identify and develop key research questions. Develop and implement a research project in the field of Renaissance Studies.
  3. Critically investigate a key issue in Renaissance Studies.
  4. Critically write up research findings.
  5. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by data.
  6. Construct a cumulative argument across an 18000 word dissertation.
  7. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

Research essay (18,000 words): 100%

Co-requisites

APG5791


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Christina Twomey

Notes

Previously coded HYM5070

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in an area of history and on a topic decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Objectives

A student successfully completing APG5794 will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program in a specific field of history under the supervision of academic staff;
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of historical studies;
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project;
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence; and
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Research paper 9000 words 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Christina Twomey

Contact hours

1-2 hours of meetings per week with supervisor


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Caulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Sem 1 - Dr Seamus O'Hanlon

Notes

Previously coded HYM5100

Synopsis

A sustained research project in public history, encompassing approaches to cultural heritage, oral history, community history, museums and history in the media. For most students this will take the form of a commissioned historical project, although students may also pursue a topic of methodological or theoretical interest in public history. A short series of seminars will introduce students to research in public history, and students will be assisted in the negotiation of a suitable topic with a commissioning agency.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this subject will be expected to demonstrate an ability to devise and carry out a commissioned research project, and to develop an understanding of the practical, methodological and ethical issues relating to such work. Students will be expected to further develop their conceptual and communication skills, to read widely and independently and to demonstrate resourcefulness in their archival research.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Sem 1 - Dr Seamus O'Hanlon
Sem 2 - Dr Bill Garner

Contact hours

2-hour seminar each week for four weeks (held in the evening)

Prohibitions

Only available in the Master of Public History


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Marc Brodie

Notes

Previously coded HYM5105B

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in the field of history decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Objectives

A student successfully completing APG5795A and APG5796 will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Research paper (18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Christina Twomey

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture and two 1-hour tutorials per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Caulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Sem 1 - Dr Seamus O'Hanlon

Notes

Previously coded HYM5170

Synopsis

A period of work experience in the public history field involving about eighty hours of work placement, which may be taken in a museum, heritage organisation, as an assistant to a freelance historian or similar. A short series of seminars introduces students to the idea of public history, and the diverse opportunities for employment in the field. Students pursue a practical project during the placement resulting in a substantial report or other piece of written work.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this course students will be expected to have developed a network of professional contacts in public history and negotiated (in consultation with the subject co-ordinator) a period of work experience. Students will be expected to develop their understanding of the practical and ethical challenges of working as a public historian, and to develop high levels of presentation and communication skills.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (7500 words)
Oral presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Sem 1 - Dr Seamus O'Hanlon
Sem 2 - Dr Bill Garner

Contact hours

2 hour seminar each week for 4 weeks (held in the evening)

Prohibitions

Only available in the Masters of Public History


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)

Notes

Previously coded HYM5410A

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in the field of Holocaust and Genocide studies decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Objectives

A student successfully completing HYM5410(A) will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff;
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study relating to the Holocaust and genocide.
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project;
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence; and
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions

Assessment

Research paper (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Mark Baker


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mark Baker

Notes

Previously coded HYM5410B

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in the field of Holocaust and Genocide studies decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Objectives

A student successfully completing HYM5410(B) will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a major research program under the supervision of academic staff;
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study relating to the Holocaust and genocide.
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project;
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence; and
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Research paper (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Mark Baker

Contact hours

1-2 hours of meetings per week with supervisor


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Sue Hampel

Notes

Previously coded HYM5420

Synopsis

Students will undertake about eighty hours of work placement in a field relating to Holocaust and Genocide studies. In consultation with the subject co-ordinator, students will work under the supervision of a professional in a museum, an oral testimony project, an international court of justice, a human rights organisation, or an institution involved in the development of curricular materials for Holocaust and Genocide education. A short series of seminars will first introduce students to the pedagogical dimensions of Holocaust and genocide education and the ethical challenges of documenting the experiences of survivors.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this course students will be expected:

  1. to have negotiated (in consultation with the subject co-ordinator) a period of work experience;
  2. to have developed a network of professional contacts in an area relating to Holocaust and genocide studies;
  3. to have an understanding of the practical and ethical challenges of working in the field of Holocaust and genocide studies;
  4. to have developed high levels of presentation and communication skills; and
  5. to appreciate the role of the researcher in documenting the narratives of those involved in acts of genocide.

Assessment

Reflective essay (1500 words): 15%
Placement project (6000 words): 75%
Oral presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Mark Baker

Contact hours

2 hour seminar each week for 4 weeks (held in the evening)

Prohibitions

ATS4080


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Barbara Caine

Notes

Previously coded HYM5480A

Synopsis

This unit involves students choosing their own subject for biographical analysis and discussion. It will involve the careful preparation of a research project, discussion of appropriate research methods and appropriate written form and then the writing of a research essay.

Assessment

Assessed in conjunction with APG5802

Chief examiner(s)

Barbara Caine

Prerequisites

APG4625/APG5625 and APG4306/APG5306


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Barbara Caine

Notes

Previously coded HYM5480B

Synopsis

This unit involves students choosing their own subject for biographical analysis and discussion. It will involve the careful preparation of a research project, discussion of appropriate research methods and appropriate written form and then the writing of a research essay.

Assessment

Research essay 18,000 words - 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Barbara Caine

Prerequisites

APG4625/APG5625 and APG4306/APG5306


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded IDA5040

Synopsis

Special Topics in International Development will spotlight particular topics that are important to understanding processes of national and regional development and environmental change within the context of globalisation. Different topical issues will be addressed in depth during semesters, based on curricula designed by guest lecturers in conjunction with M.IDEA and MPPM staff. These specific topics will be chosen based on a combination of significant trends and events in the development and public policy fields, student requests or expressions of interest, and the availability of visiting scholars or local experts who can lecture and lead seminars on these topics

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will:

  1. Understand key concepts and major theoretical arguments pertaining to particular topics in international development.
  2. Have up-to-date and comprehensive knowledge of current development practice, actors and institutions in particular realms of international development.

Assessment

Discussion participation: (1000 words) 10%;
Written work: (7000 words) 80%;
Take home written examination: (1000 words) 10%.

Contact hours

3 hours per week combined lecture and tutorial


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Haripriya Rangan

Notes

Previously coded IDA5130

Synopsis

This unit explores the ways in which ideas about human-environment relations have revolutionised theories, practices and politics of international development and global environmental change. It explores the major historical and contemporary debates in the natural and social sciences concerning nature and human economy and the evolution of current thinking and approaches to environmental sustainability. Contemporary perspectives such as feminist approaches to ecology, varieties of environmentalism in the South, environmental racism, and eco-trading are incorporated in these discussions.

Assessment

Written work: 75% (4000 words)
Oral presentation: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Haripriya Rangan

Contact hours

2 hour seminar and 1 hour tutorial per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Craig Thorburn

Notes

Previously coded IDA5220

Synopsis

This unit offers a practical, hands-on approach for learning a range of applied skills needed by professionals in international development organizations. It will introduce students to the working culture of institutions involved in international aid and development. The unit will cultivate knowledge of the range of organisations and institutions involved in international development, funding requirements of aid agencies, development management skills such as the logical framework (logframe) approach, and project proposals writing, monitoring and evaluation.

Assessment

Individual presentation (20-25 mins): 20%
Group preparation of Logical Framework (25-30 mins): 30%
Project Proposal (4500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Craig Thorburn

Contact hours

3 hour seminar/tutorial per week

Prerequisites

6-12 points of core 4th year units


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester B 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Craig Thorburn

Notes

Previously coded IDA5310

Synopsis

This unit offers students the opportunity to apply and consolidate the knowledge and professional skills they have acquired through the course within the practical context of an international development-related organisation. It requires independent learning and research by the student while fostering practical knowledge and skills related to the student's Area of Concentration. Students undertake an internship-based client project with an international development-related organisation. In the internship, research and analytical work of direct benefit to the host organisation will be carried out and reported on. The internship will not be undertaken in the student's usual workplace.

Objectives

Upon successfully completing this unit, students will:

  1. Have acquired specialised skills in a particular area of international development and environmental analysis;
  2. Have completed relevant research and/or job study that demonstrates their contribution to the field of international development and environmental sustainability in their chosen area of concentration.

Assessment

Internship journal (1000 words): 10%
Report (8000 words): 80%
Presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Craig Thorburn

Contact hours

No formal lectures or seminars

Prerequisites

Completion of 18 points of core units and/or permission of course coordinator. Distinction average in core and elective units or permission of course coordinator

Prohibitions

APG5763, APG5776 and APG5777


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Masato Takimoto

Notes

Previously coded JIT5842

Synopsis

Practice in formulaic language used in speeches and the acquisition of techniques to interpret speeches. Further training in note-taking and other skills to interpret speeches of approximately 150 words. Practice in simultaneous interpreting may also be introduced. Topics focus on industry, social structure, economic affairs, international affairs and business communication etc.

Assessment

Assignments: 10%
2 Tests: 90%

Contact hours

3 hours of workshops per week

Prerequisites

APG4638 or APG5638


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Masato Takimoto

Notes

Previously coded JIT5940

Synopsis

Students will be guided in a major project (in translation) or in a series of small projects (in interpreting or in translation). Students work independently, and each student is assigned a supervisor. Several joint seminars during the semester bring together students and supervisors in both streams to discuss common problems which have arisen in carrying out their projects.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the postgraduate diploma or MQual in Japanese interpreting and translation, completion of APG5638 or APG5639 or their equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM5916

Synopsis

The content of this unit will vary from time to time as the availability of specialist teachers and student interest affords. It will focus on specific specialized genres in advanced reporting, such as political reporting, business reporting, photojournalism, sports reporting, crime reporting, etc. It will expose students to the specific research modes and contexts for the selected genre, their narrative conventions of reporting and the issues and debates relvant to their contemporary practice.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Identify suitable events, processes and issues for research and reporting relevant to the generic focus of the class
  2. research and report both shorter and more extended stories relevant to the generic 3. demonstrate a strong understanding of the contemporary issues and debates relevant to the specific genre of journalism.
  3. achieve all of the above objectives at a higher level appropriate to a Level 5 unit.

Assessment

Minor Project (1200 words): 25%
Major Project (2000 words): 50%
Online Discussion and tutorial presentation (1500 words): 25%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

APG4782


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM5920

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly research in Journalism studies relevant to journalism, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 9,000 words

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay, and synthesise it into an original research question.
  2. Identify and utlise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis.

Assessment

Research essay (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

48pts in Master of Journalism

Prohibitions

APG5811, APG5812


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)

Notes

Previously coded JRM5920(A)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)

Notes

Previously coded JRM5920(B)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM5930

Synopsis

This is a capstone unit for the Master of Journalism program. Students are encouraged to further develop their interests in journalism research and theory in ways that relate to their professional interests. There is a strong emphasis on reflective approaches and producing scholarly work which is relevant to Journalism Professional Project. Students attend a series of seminars and develop a reading program and research proposal in consultation with their supervisor, and produce a 4500 word research essay on their chosen topic.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay, and synthesise it into a research question.
  2. Identify and utlise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate empirical field for exploration and analysis l
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question.

Assessment

Research essay (4500 words): 100%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

48pts in Master of Journalism


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM5940

Synopsis

This is a capstone unit for the Master of Journalism program. It allows students to produce a major project for their portfolio demonstrating the depth and breadth of their learning and skill development. Students working under supervision produce a work of outstanding professional quality in their chosen medium of print, Internet, television or radio. During the semester, students attend some seminars to present and discuss works-in-progress with other students.

Objectives

Students' work is expected to be of a high professional standard. At the satisfactory completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. produce journalism projects in their chosen medium of a high publishable standard
  2. draw together and further develop professional and analytical skills acquired in other professional and disciplinary subjects
  3. present in tutorials comprehensive work-in progress reports and exegeses of their reports.

Assessment

Oral Work in progress reports: 20%
Major project: 80%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

48pts in Master of Journalism


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM5950

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised interdisciplinary research in Journalism and Australian Studies, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. The results of the research are to be produced in either a monograph of approximately 18,000 words, or alternatively as a very substantial piece of journalism (eg a one hour video documentary, a 12,000 words of investigative feature(s), a substantial website) accompanied by a 5,000 word scholarly exegesis. Enrolment in this unit requires the consent of the Heads of the Journalism Section and the National Centre for Australian Studies.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key interdisciplinary issue in Journalism and Australian Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion, and synthesise it into an original research question.
  2. Identify and utlise the relevant scholarly and journalistic literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis l
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or alternatively produce a substantial piece of journalism accompanied by a scholarly exegsis.

Assessment

Research monograph (18,000 words) or substantial piece of journalism accompanied by a 5,000 word exegesis

Contact hours

By Supervision

Prerequisites

72pt in Master of Journalism and Australian Studies

Prohibitions

APG5816, APG5817


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)

Notes

Previously coded JRM5950(A)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)

Notes

Previously coded JRM5950(B)


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM5960

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly interdisciplinary research in journalism and international relations, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism and International Relations that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question;
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis;
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or produce a substantial and well-argued journalistic analysis in response to the research question accompanied by a scholarly exegesis.

Assessment

Research essay (18,000 words) or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis: 100%

Contact hours

One 1-hour weekly supervision session or seminar, plus an average of 15 hours per week in online discussion, private research and reporting activities and assessment projects

Prerequisites

72 credit points in the Master of Journalism and Master of International Relations with a Distinction average

Prohibitions

APG5819, APG5820


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM5960A

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly interdisciplinary research in journalism and international relations, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism and International Relations that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question;
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis;
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or produce a substantial and well-argued journalistic analysis in response to the research question accompanied by a scholarly exegesis.

Assessment

Assessed in conjunction with APG5820

Contact hours

One 1 hr weekly supervision session or seminar, plus an average of 15 hours per week in online discussion, private research and reporting activities and assessment projects

Prerequisites

72 credit points in the Master of Journalism and Master of International Relations with a Distinction average

Prohibitions

APG5818


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM5960B

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly interdisciplinary research in journalism and international relations, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism and International Relations that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question;
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis;
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or produce a substantial and well-argued journalistic analysis in response to the research question accompanied by a scholarly exegesis.

Assessment

Research thesis (18,000 words) or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Contact hours

One 1 hr weekly supervision session or seminar, plus an average of 15 hours per week in online discussion, private research and reporting activities and assessment projects

Prerequisites

72 credit points in the Master of Journalism and Master of International Relations with a Distinction average

Prohibitions

APG5818


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM5970

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly interdisciplinary research in journalism and environment studies, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism and Environment Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question.
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis.
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or produce a substantial and well-argued journalistic analysis in response to the research question accompanied by a scholarly exegesis.

Assessment

Research thesis (18,000 words) or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Contact hours

One 1 hr weekly supervision session or seminar, plus an average of 15 hours per week in online discussion, private research and reporting activities and assessment projects

Prerequisites

72 credit points in the Master of Journalism and Master of Environment and Sustainability with a Distinction average.

Prohibitions

APG5822, APG5823


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM5970A

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly interdisciplinary research in journalism and environment studies, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism and Environment Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question.
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis.
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or produce a substantial and well-argued journalistic analysis in response to the research question accompanied by a scholarly exegesis.

Assessment

Assessed in conjunction with APG5823

Contact hours

One 1 hr weekly supervision session or seminar, plus an average of 15 hours per week in online discussion, private research and reporting activities and assessment projects

Prerequisites

72 credit points in the Master of Journalism and Master of Environment and Sustainability with a Distinction average.

Prohibitions

APG5821


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM5970B

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly interdisciplinary research in journalism and environment studies, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism and Environment Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question.
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis.
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or produce a substantial and well-argued journalistic analysis in response to the research question accompanied by a scholarly exegesis.

Assessment

Research thesis (18,000 words) or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Contact hours

One 1 hr weekly supervision session or seminar, plus an average of 15 hours per week in online discussion, private research and reporting activities and assessment projects

Prerequisites

72 credit points in the Master of Journalism and Master of Environment and Sustainability with a Distinction average.

Prohibitions

APG5821


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM5980

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly interdisciplinary research in journalism and business studies, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism and Business Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question.
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis.
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or produce a substantial and well-argued journalistic analysis in response to the research question accompanied by a scholarly exegesis.

Assessment

Research thesis (18,000 words) or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Contact hours

One 1 hr weekly supervision session or seminar, plus an average of 15 hours per week in online discussion, private research and reporting activities and assessment projects

Prerequisites

72 credit points in the Master of Journalism and Master of Business with a Distinction average

Prohibitions

APG5825, APG5826


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM5980A

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly interdisciplinary research in journalism and business studies, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism and Business Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question.
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis.
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or produce a substantial and well-argued journalistic analysis in response to the research question accompanied by a scholarly exegesis.

Assessment

Assessed in conjunction with APG5826

Contact hours

One 1 hr weekly supervision session or seminar, plus an average of 15 hours per week in online discussion, private research and reporting activities and assessment projects

Prerequisites

72 credit points in the Master of Journalism and Master of Business with a Distinction average

Prohibitions

APG5824


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM5980B

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly interdisciplinary research in journalism and business studies, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism and Business Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question.
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis.
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or produce a substantial and well-argued journalistic analysis in response to the research question accompanied by a scholarly exegesis.

Assessment

Research thesis (18,000 words) or a major piece of journalism (equivalent to 13,000 words) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Contact hours

One 1 hr weekly supervision session or seminar, plus an average of 15 hours per week in online discussion, private research and reporting activities and assessment projects

Prerequisites

72 credit points in the Master of Journalism and Master of Business with a Distinction average

Prohibitions

APG5824


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM5990

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly interdisciplinary research in journalism, development and environment studies, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism (13,000 words or equivalent) plus a 5000 word exegesis.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism, Development and Environment Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or produce a substantial and well-argued journalistic analysis in response to the research question accompanied by a scholarly exegesis.

Assessment

Research thesis (18,000 words) or a major piece of journalism (13,000 words or equivalent) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Contact hours

1 x 1 hr weekly supervision session or seminar, plus an average of 15 hours per week in online discussion, private research and reporting activities and assessment projects

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Journalism
Geography and environmental science

Prerequisites

72 cp in the Master of Journalism and Master of International Development and Environmental Analysis with a Distinction average

Co-requisites

none

Prohibitions

APG5828, APG5829


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM5990A

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly interdisciplinary research in journalism, development and environment studies, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism (13,000 words or equivalent) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism, Development and Environment Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question.
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis.
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or produce a substantial and well-argued journalistic analysis in response to the research question accompanied by a scholarly exegesis.

Assessment

APG5828 is assessed in conjunction with APG5829

Contact hours

1 x 1 hr weekly supervision session or seminar, plus an average of 15 hours per week in online discussion, private research and reporting activities and assessment projects

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Journalism
Geography and environmental science

Prerequisites

72 cp in the Master of Journalism and Master of International Development and Environmental Analysis with a Distinction average

Co-requisites

none

Prohibitions

APG5827


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chris Nash

Notes

Previously coded JRM5990B

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly interdisciplinary research in journalism, development and environment studies, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 18,000 words, or a major piece of journalism (13,000 words or equivalent) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism, Development and Environment Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay or a substantial piece of journalism, and synthesise it into an original research question.
  2. Identify and utilise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis.
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or produce a substantial and well-argued journalistic analysis in response to the research question accompanied by a scholarly exegesis.

Assessment

Research thesis (18,000 words) or a major piece of journalism (13,000 words or equivalent) plus a 5000 word exegesis

Contact hours

1 x 1 hr weekly supervision session or seminar, plus an average of 15 hours per week in online discussion, private research and reporting activities and assessment projects

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Journalism
Geography and environmental science

Prerequisites

72 cp in the Master of Journalism and Master of International Development and Environmental Analysis with a Distinction average

Co-requisites

none

Prohibitions

APG5827


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christiane Weller

Notes

Previously coded MIN5010

Synopsis

Contested Terrain: Studies in Social Power, Conflict and the Study of the Mind, is one of two core units in the new Master of Mind and Society. This unit and presents to students six key thinkers on issues of contemporary societal conflict debate, whose thinking affects how the public and practitioners shape their response both in their professional practice and as citizens. It is a capstone unit for the MA programme.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this subject students should have:

  1. acquired knowledge of the social, political, historical and psychodynamic contexts in which each social issue is to be understood
  2. be familiar with the major positions developed around each of the six social issues,
  3. be able to link socio-political and pyschodynamic analysis of any social issue
  4. a good grasp of key texts reflecting the intellectual debates that expose these issues,
  5. have learnt to identify ideological orientations and link these to historical and social contexts.
They should be capable of:
  1. critical analysis of theoretical positions around each of the social issues;
  2. presenting the results of their own research in the form of a research essay
  3. identifying the intellectual, policy, and political relationships between the themes

Assessment

Research essay (6,000 words): 60%;
Class presentation of readings (2,000 words) 20%;
Annotated bibliography and presentation of research question and outline of argument (2,000 words) 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Christiane Weller

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christiane Weller

Notes

Previously coded MIN5020

Synopsis

In this unit, you will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (15,000 - 18,000 words). This will fulfil the objective of independent research which makes a contribution to the field of 'Mind and Society: the psychotherapies in social context'. A possible topic should be discussed with the coordinator before enrolment in the unit.

Objectives

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Research Project 10,000 - 18,000 words 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Christiane Weller

Prerequisites

APG4785 Introduction to Mind and Society, 12 pAPG5830 Contested Terrain: The Politics of Psychotherapy in Transition, 12 pPlus two of the options offered for Mind and Society, 12 p each


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christiane Weller

Notes

Previously coded MIN5020(A)

Synopsis

In this unit, you will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (15,000 - 18,000 words). This will fulfil the objective of independent research which makes a contribution to the field of 'Mind and Society: the psychotherapies in social context'. A possible topic should be discussed with the coordinator before enrolment in the unit.

Objectives

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Research Project 10,000 - 18,000 words 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Christiane Weller

Prerequisites

APG4785 Introduction to Mind and Society, 12 pAPG5830 Contested Terrain: The Politics of Psychotherapy in Transition, 12 pPlus two of the options offered for Mind and Society, 12 p each


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christiane Weller

Notes

Previously coded MIN5020(B)

Synopsis

In this unit, you will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (15,000 - 18,000 words). This will fulfil the objective of independent research which makes a contribution to the field of 'Mind and Society: the psychotherapies in social context'. A possible topic should be discussed with the coordinator before enrolment in the unit.

Objectives

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Research Project 10,000 - 18,000 words 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Christiane Weller

Prerequisites

APG4785 Introduction to Mind and Society, 12 pAPG5830 Contested Terrain: The Politics of Psychotherapy in Transition, 12 pPlus two of the options offered for Mind and Society, 12 p each


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)

Notes

Previously coded MIN5080

Synopsis

This unit will analyse psychoanalysis' excision of race from itself, using its own terms to do so. Following an exploration of the historical context current at the time of psychoanalysis' inception, its 'racial blindness', as symptom, will be explored through the tropes of e.g. melancholia, the fetish, resistance and projection (Gilman, Fanon, Rustin). Similarly racism as an individual and social phenomenon will be understood using these same tropes (Eng, Han, Segal, Straker, Rutherford). The clinical implications of the covering over of race in psychoanalysis will be explored (Dimen Kimberley, Suchet).

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the course candidates will have understood psychoanalysis' relationship to race in the context of late 19th century Austro-German culture. They will have come to grips with fundamental psychoanalytic concepts like repression, splitting, disavowal and, projection and learned to apply them to psychoanalysis itself as well as to use them to analyse how racism might articulate itself in other social contexts. They will have understood the construction and manifestations of racism within individuals and will have understood the implications of this for clinical practice, as such racism infiltrates transference and counter transference, as these are co-constructed in the psychoanalytic space. Thus the candidates will have come to a comprehension of the power of the unconscious forces that construct racism even within psychoanalysis itself and how this acts to sustain racism at a social and individual level. They will have an understanding that racism is as ubiquitous as the unconscious, our rational intentions not withstanding, and will have come to appreciate its manifestations in intimate private and public spaces.

Students will be capable of informed discussion in regard to the above, the application of psychoanalytic concepts to an understanding of racism and will have the capacity to both research these areas and present their findings and ideas in class papers and class discussion and in a written exam.

Assessment

Class paper (2,500 words): 25%;
Class paper (3,500 words): 40%;
Exam (2,000 words): 25%;
Class participation (1000 words): 10%

Contact hours

4 six hour workshops


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Craig De Wilde

Notes

Previously coded MUM5010

Synopsis

Australian scholarship in musicology and ethnomusicology within the international scene, pathways already established and directions for the future.

Objectives

Upon the successful completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. A knowledge of music historiography, concerning the principles, history and theory of music history writing.
  2. Examined a body of historical literature, investigated various kinds of historical sources (including iconographical, archaeological, and literary), examined the assumptions and attitudes in the historical literature, and assessed critically various theories or 'philosophies' of music history.
  3. The ability to scan material quickly and judge its importance for a more detailed study, and to evaluate its scholarly worth.
  4. An insight into recent work in such research areas as Australian music and popular music.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Oral presentation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Joel Crotty

Notes

Previously coded MUM5020

Synopsis

An in depth study and/or recital of a particular topic or genre in music

Objectives

An in depth study and/or recital of a particular topic and genre in music

Assessment

Written work: 100% OR Recital: 60%
Written work: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Paul Watt

Contact hours

2 hours seminar


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Joel Crotty

Notes

Previously coded MUM5030

Synopsis

Topics include the critical study of Australian music history writing and selected composers and their works.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students should have acquired a general knowledge of the place of music in Australian culture, past and present and an understanding of historical and cultural theories with which critically to evaluate them in a variety of types of historical writing.

Assessment

Written work: 100% OR Recital: 60%
Written work: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Graeme Smith

Contact hours

2 hours seminar


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Carol Williams

Notes

Previously coded MUM5040

Synopsis

A survey of European music from medieval times to c.1600. Themes include the impact of the theorist, text and music, sacred versus secular, theory and notation, and written versus oral traditions.

Objectives

On successful completion of the unit, students should have acquired a general knowledge of the ordering of music developments within the period of investigation and an understanding of historical theories with which critically to evaluate them in a variety of types of historical writing.

Assessment

Written (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Graeme Smith

Contact hours

2 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Robert Burke

Notes

Previously coded MUM5050

Synopsis

Theories of major historical musicologists dating mainly from the late nineteenth century to the present. The theory of ethnomusicology, covering works of major ethnomusicologists from the late nineteenth century to the present.

Objectives

By the end of the semester, students undertaking this unit should have acquired a wide critical reading knowledge of the literature; an understanding of approaches in Australian, European, American and Asian ethnomusicology; an ability for coherent argument; and a confidence in applying various ethnomusicological techniques to a wide range of topics of music.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Graeme Smith

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Joel Crotty and Graeme Smith

Notes

Previously coded MUM5060

Synopsis

An original research project carried out under supervision. Students submit their research proposals to the head of department at or near the time of enrolment.

Objectives

Students will develop varied research skills, the capacity to conceptualise parameters of a topic, and to articulate them in a coherent written argument.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words or equivalant)

Chief examiner(s)

Paul Watt


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)

Notes

Previously coded MUM5061A

Synopsis

Students prepare

  1. a portfolio of original compositions employing a variety of instrumental cominations and electro-acoustic media, and
  2. a critical commentary giving descriptive, analytical and contextrual information about the portfolio of compositions.

Objectives

By the end of the unit, students should have a varied portfolio of compositions, including at least one major work, which reflects sufficient technical and creative skills, as well as a knowledge of the context and repertoire related to these original works, to operate as professional composers. Students should also have gained an understanding of music technology and some of its compositional applications.

Assessment

Portfolio of original compositions (15 to 20 minutes of original music): 75%
Critical commentary (4500 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Graeme Smith


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)

Notes

Previously coded MUM5061B

Synopsis

Students prepare

  1. a portfolio of original compositions employing a variety of instrumental cominations and electro-acoustic media, and
  2. a critical commentary giving descriptive, analytical and contextrual information about the portfolio of compositions.

Objectives

By the end of the unit, students should have a varied portfolio of compositions, including at least one major work, which reflects sufficient technical and creative skills, as well as a knowledge of the context and repertoire related to these original works, to operate as professional composers. Students should also have gained an understanding of music technology and some of its compositional applications.

Assessment

Portfolio of original compositions (15 to 20 minutes of original music): 75%
Critical commentary (4500 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Graeme Smith


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Thomas Reiner

Notes

Previously coded MUM5650

Synopsis

The subject will introduce music students to various definitions of sound and investigate different conceptualisations of music and sound art. Students will investigate musical composition and sound art as a form of research and assess the extent to which leading contemporary composers and sound artists have contributed to the general pursuit of knowledge.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students should have acquired a sound understanding of contemporary approaches to music making, learned to examine and assess the aesthetic and conceptual basis of a range of contemporary musical styles and be able to assess critically the social and cultural significance and potential impact of their own work as musicians.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Oral presentation: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Graeme Smith

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Elizabeth Sellars (Classical); Robert Burke (Jazz)

Notes

Previously coded MUM5990

Synopsis

Students submit a unified program of works to be studies and performed or conducted at professional level, with a critical essay that examines isssues of performance, practice, analysis and history of the chosen repertoire. The unit is taught through a combination of individual lessons and instrumental/conducting workshops. Students arrange and present a public performance/lecture demonstration.

Objectives

By the end of the semester, students undertaking this unit should have gained experience in the performance or conducting of a selected repertoire from a wide range of periods at a professional standard, performed music from the solo, chamber or orchestral repertoire establishing artistic links between pieces. Students will have demonstrated an advanced ability to create artistic strategies that establish innovative performance outcomes.

Assessment

Essay on repertoire (2000 words): 15%
60-minute concert performance or lecture demonstration: 85%

Students who fail the unit will need permission from their instrumental coordinator in order to repeat the unit. These students will be offered a maximum of 6 individual lessons.

Chief examiner(s)

Paul Watt

Prerequisites

APG4793

Prohibitions

Students who fail the unit will need permission from their instrumental coordinator in order to repeat the unit. These students will be offered a maximum of six individual lessons.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Justin Oakley

Notes

Previously coded PHM5010

Synopsis

Students take two units from the following list:

  1. Metaphysics and Epistemology;
  2. Value Theory;
  3. Foundations of Analytic Philosophy;
  4. Contemporary European Philosophy;
  5. Supervised Reading;
  6. Philosophy of Mind and Cognition;
  7. Philosophical Pedagogy. Each unit consists of eight 2-hour seminars. At least four units will be offered. Students will be provided details of which units are on offer as well as specific reading lists shorty after they receive their letter of offer to undertake the MA.

Assessment

Written work: 85% or 100% (7500-9000 words). Some choices of component may involve oral presentations: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Dirk Baltzly


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dirk Baltzly

Notes

Previously coded PHM5070

Synopsis

This unit will survey 1000 years of Greek philosophical thought on the nature of the soul and psychic well-being, from the presocratics to late antiquity. It will stress the role of the ancient philosophical schools as practitioners of psychotherapy, for in antiquity the object of understanding the psyche was to utilise this knowledge in order to live the good life. Students will be encouraged to develop essay topics that explore the ways in which these ideas have influenced later thought about the nature of mental states and the achievement of mental well-being.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will: 1 Possess a broad familarity with a variety of ancient views the nature of the soul and well-being; 2 Be able to read complex and difficult primary texts in ancient philosophy (in translation); 3 Be able to understand secondary literature in ancient Greek philosophy; 4 Be able to use research tools such as Philosophers Index, Perseus, Thesaurus Linguae Graeca, etc to identify secondary articles and other primary that are relevant to an issue; 5 Be able to examine and criticise arguments for competing positions; 6 Be able to develop and defend their own position on some specific issues within those areas.

Assessment

Written work: 95% (9000 words)
Seminar participation: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Dirk Baltzly

Contact hours

1 x 2 hour seminar


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Justin Oakley

Notes

Previously coded PHM5110

Synopsis

Students take two units from the following list:

  1. Metaphysics and Epistemology;
  2. Value Theory;
  3. Foundations of Analytic Philosophy;
  4. Contemporary European Philosophy;
  5. Supervised Reading;
  6. Philosophy of Mind and Cognition;
  7. Philosophical Pedagogy. Each unit consists of eight 2-hour seminars. At least four units will be offered. Students will be provided details of which units are on offer as well as specific reeading lists shortly after they receive their letter of offer to undertake the MA.

Assessment

Written work: 85% or 100% (7500-9000 words). Some choices of component may involve oral presentations: 15%.

Chief examiner(s)

Dirk Baltzly


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Andy Butfoy

Notes

Previously coded PLM5000

Synopsis

Students will have an opportunity to conduct in-depth research into a topic of their choice under staff supervision.

Objectives

Upon successfully completing this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate developed skills to read critically material from, and acquire knowledge of, a selected field of international relations.
  2. Demonstrate developed skills in presenting such knowledge in an academically sound and convincing manner.
    1. Identify and develop a specific topic in the field of international relations for investigation;
    2. demonstrate an awareness and command of the available sources; and
    3. present a clear, logically ordered and sustained argument which meets high scholarly standards.

Assessment

Written work consisting of an 18,000 word research dissertation: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andy Butfoy

Contact hours

0.5 hour supervisory meeting per fortnight

Prerequisites

Students must have a distinction plus (70%+) in the two core units of the Master of International Relations program.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Andy Butfoy

Notes

Previously coded PLM5000A

Synopsis

Students will have an opportunity to conduct in-depth research into a topic of their choice under staff supervision.

Objectives

Upon successfully completing this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate developed skills to read critically material from, and acquire knowledge of, a selected field of international relations.
  2. Demonstrate developed skills in presenting such knowledge in an academically sound and convincing manner.
    1. Identify and develop a specific topic in the field of international relations for investigation;
    2. demonstrate an awareness and command of the available sources; and
    3. present a clear, logically ordered and sustained argument which meets high scholarly standards.

Assessment

Written work consisting of an 18,000 word research dissertation: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andy Butfoy

Contact hours

0.5 hour supervisory meeting per fortnight

Prerequisites

Students must have a distinction plus (70%+) in the two core units of the Master of International Relations program.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Andy Butfoy

Notes

Previously coded PLM5000B

Synopsis

Students will have an opportunity to conduct in-depth research into a topic of their choice under staff supervision.

Objectives

Upon successfully completing this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate developed skills to read critically material from, and acquire knowledge of, a selected field of international relations.
  2. Demonstrate developed skills in presenting such knowledge in an academically sound and convincing manner.
    1. Identify and develop a specific topic in the field of international relations for investigation;
    2. demonstrate an awareness and command of the available sources; and
    3. present a clear, logically ordered and sustained argument which meets high scholarly standards.

Assessment

Written work consisting of an 18,000 word research dissertation: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andy Butfoy


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Pete Lentini

Notes

Previously coded PLM5010

Synopsis

Students enrolled in this unit will have the opportunity to conduct independent research into a terrorism-related topic of their choice under staff supervision through preparing a 9,000 word project.

Objectives

Upon completing this subject students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate skills to conduct original research independently.
  2. Demonstrate critical thinking, analytical and problem solving skills.
  3. Demonstrate a critical awareness of conceptual and empirical issues pertaining to terrorism studies.
  4. Demonstrate their written communication skills across a 9,000 word project.

Assessment

Written work comprised of a 9,000 word research project: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Pete Lentini

Contact hours

Fortnightly supervisory meetings

Prerequisites

Students must have completed 48 points of the Master of Counter - Terrorism Studies in their coursework units and have achieved a distinction average or above in them to be admitted into this unit.


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Pete Lentini

Notes

Previously coded PLM5020

Synopsis

Students enrolled in this unit will have the opportunity to conduct independent, original, in-depth research into a terrorism-related topic of their choice under staff supervision. The unit is intended to develop students' overall research, analytical, conceptual, research and critical problem solving skills. Students will prepare and submit an original 18,000 word research dissertation.

Objectives

Upon completing this subject students will be able to:

  1. Conduct original research independently.
  2. Critically analyse information and exhibit developed and problem solving skills.
  3. Undertake sophisticated and critical analysis of conceptual and empirical issues pertaining to terrorism and security studies.
  4. Demonstrate sophisticated written communication skills.

Assessment

Written work comprised of an 18,000 word research dissertation: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Pete Lentini

Contact hours

Fortnightly supervisory meetings

Prerequisites

Students must have completed 48 points of the Master of Counter- Terrorism Studies at 4th level and have achieved a high distinction average, have developed a detailed research proposal, and secured the approval of both a supervisor and the course coordinator to be admitted into this unit.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Pete Lentini

Notes

Previously coded PLM5020A

Synopsis

Students enrolled in this unit will have the opportunity to conduct independent, original, in-depth research into a terrorism-related topic of their choice under staff supervision. The unit is intended to develop students' overall research, analytical, conceptual, research and critical problem solving skills. Students will prepare and submit an original 18,000 word research dissertation.

Objectives

Upon completing this subject students will be able to:

  1. Conduct original research independently.
  2. Critically analyse information and exhibit developed and problem solving skills.
  3. Undertake sophisticated and critical analysis of conceptual and empirical issues pertaining to terrorism and security studies.
  4. Demonstrate sophisticated written communication skills.

Assessment

Written work comprised of an 18,000 word research dissertation: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Pete Lentini

Prerequisites

Students must have completed 48 points of the Master of Counter- Terrorism Studies at 4th level and have achieved a high distinction average, have developed a detailed research proposal, and secured the approval of both a supervisor and the course coordinator to be admitted into this unit.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Pete Lentini

Notes

Previously coded PLM5020B

Synopsis

Students enrolled in this unit will have the opportunity to conduct independent, original, in-depth research into a terrorism-related topic of their choice under staff supervision. The unit is intended to develop students' overall research, analytical, conceptual, research and critical problem solving skills. Students will prepare and submit an original 18,000 word research dissertation.

Objectives

Upon completing this subject students will be able to:

  1. Conduct original research independently.
  2. Critically analyse information and exhibit developed and problem solving skills.
  3. Undertake sophisticated and critical analysis of conceptual and empirical issues pertaining to terrorism and security studies.
  4. Demonstrate sophisticated written communication skills.

Assessment

Written work comprised of 18,000 word research dissertation: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Pete Lentini

Contact hours

Fortnightly supervisory meetings

Prerequisites

Students must have completed 48 points of the Master of Counter- Terrorism Studies at 4th level and have achieved a high distinction average, have developed a detailed research proposal, and secured the approval of both a supervisor and the course coordinator to be admitted into this unit.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Susan Blackburn

Notes

Previously coded PLM5070

Synopsis

Starting from an overview of the aid industry since 1945, this subject canvasses arguments for and against foreign aid, then considers the contributions to world development of bilateral, multilateral and non-government agencies, and the relations between these forms of aid, with special emphasis on Australia's role. To conclude, some current issues relating to aid will be examined. Students will be required to participate in a role-play workshop on non-government aid agencies.

Objectives

On completing this subject, students should be able to understand, analyse and assess the major philosophical and empirical arguments for and against foreign aid; understand the major trends in the theory and practice of foreign aid; understand the work of aid agencies; and engage in reasoned analysis and debate on the numerous contested issues in this field of study.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Class participation/presentation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prohibitions

APG4324, APG5669


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Andy Butfoy

Notes

Previously coded PLM5620

Synopsis

Candidates are required to carry out a program of research, under individual supervision, on a topic of their own choosing.

Assessment

Research project (9000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andy Butfoy

Prerequisites

Students must have a distinction plus (70%+) in the two core units of the Master of International Relations program.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Andy Butfoy

Notes

Previously coded PLM5750

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andy Butfoy


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Pete Lentini

Notes

Previously coded PLM5995

Synopsis

Students may apply for this competitive internship which will be restricted to one student per semester who is jointly approved by the Department of Premier and Cabinet, Parliament of Victoria and the Global Terrorism Research Centre (GTReC). The intern will gain vocational experience working in the Department's Security and Emergencies Unit, become acquainted with the areas of competence within the Unit and the Department, produce a research project on a counter-terrorism related topic upon which both the Department and GTReC agree, and enhance critical writing and communication skills by assisting in the drafting of related documents.

Objectives

Upon completing this unit students should:

  1. Develop an understanding of the role of the role of the Security and Emergencies Unit and Department of Premier's counter-terrorism functions.
  2. Develop an understanding of key counter-terrorism stakeholders' roles and significance in countering terrorism and the dynamics of their interactions.
  3. Continue to develop critical skills and their abilities to develop a topic for investigation.
  4. Develop skills to produce a major original project that is relevant to contemporary counter-terrorism policy and counter-terrorism stakeholders, especially the Security and Emergencies Unit, Department of Premier and Cabinet.
  5. Continue to develop critical skills and their abilities to familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources.
  6. Continue to develop critical skills and their abilities to recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument.

Assessment

One research project (9000 words) that is mutually agreed upon by the Global Terrorism Research Centre and Department of Premier and Cabinet.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Pete Lentini

Contact hours

The student will be based for two days (approx. 16 hours) within the Security and Emergencies Unite, Department of Premier and Cabinet. In addition, the candidate will have weekly meetings with the Convenor of the Master of Counter-Terrorism Studies to discuss progress.

Prerequisites

Students must have successfully completed with distinction or above in all of the following: APG4667/APG5667 (Fringe politics and extremist violence: an introduction to terrorism); APG4327/APG5327 (Wars of recognition: terrorism and political violence); APG4666/APG5666 (Terrorism, counter-terrorism, and intelligence) and APG4665/APG5665 (Counter-terrorism policy, legislation, community engagement and support).

Prohibitions

Students who have not completed or achieved the marks of distinction or above in APG4667/5340 (Fringe politics and extremist violence: an introduction to terrorism); APG4327/5310 (Wars of recognition: terrorism and political violence); APG4666/5100 (Terrorism, counter-terrorism, and intelligence) and APG4665/5080 (Counter-terrorism policy, legislation, community engagement and support).


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr David Dunstan

Notes

Previously coded PUB5000

Synopsis

The unit requires the completion of a minor thesis (18,000 words) on an approved publishing research related topic. With guidance from the supervisor(s), it allows the student to undertake advanced level research and produce a substantial piece of writing which advances knowledge in the selected area of research. Research at this level may be regarded as a pre-requisite to further higher degree research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;
  2. An ability to design, write and edit a research thesis;
  3. An ability at an advanced level to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches relating to the publishing industry and publishing studies related issues;
  4. The capacity to contribute advanced knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  5. An enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Thesis (18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr David Dunstan

Contact hours

Student contact will be individual and supervisory only (no classes as such)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Publishing and editing

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points with a distinction average at fourth year level of subjects offered in the Master of Publishing and Editing program.

Co-requisites

None

Prohibitions

APG5860, APG5861


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr David Dunstan

Notes

Previously coded PUB5000A

Synopsis

This part-time unit requires the completion of a minor thesis (18,000 words) over two semesters on an approved publishing research related topic. With guidance from the supervisor(s), it allows the student to undertake advanced level research and produce a substantial piece of writing which advances knowledge in the selected area of research. Research at this level may be regarded as a pre-requisite to further higher degree research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research:
  2. An ability to design, write and edit a research thesis;
  3. An ability at an advanced level to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches relating to the publishing industry and publishing studies related issues;
  4. The capacity to contribute advanced knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  5. An enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Thesis (18,000 words): 100% (completed over two semesters, pts 1 and 2)

Chief examiner(s)

Dr David Dunstan

Contact hours

Student contact will be individual and supervisory only

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Publishing and editing

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points with a distinction average at fourth year level of subjects offered in the Master of Publishing and Editing program.

Prohibitions

APG5859


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr David Dunstan

Notes

Previously coded PUB5000B

Synopsis

This part-time unit requires the completion of a minor thesis (18,000 words) over two semesters on an approved publishing research related topic. With guidance from the supervisor(s), it allows the student to undertake advanced level research and produce a substantial piece of writing which advances knowledge in the selected area of research. Research at this level may be regarded as a pre-requisite to further higher degree research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research:
  2. An ability to design, write and edit a research thesis;
  3. An ability at an advanced level to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches relating to the publishing industry and publishing studies related issues;
  4. The capacity to contribute advanced knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  5. An enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Thesis (18,000 words): 100% (completed over two semesters, parts 1 and 2)

Chief examiner(s)

Dr David Dunstan

Contact hours

Student contact will be individual and supervisory only

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Publishing and editing

Prerequisites

APG5860

Prohibitions

APG5859


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr David Dunstan

Notes

Previously coded PUB5001

Synopsis

As for APG4800

Objectives

On completion of this unit the student should have acquired: 1) an understanding the importance of the book in cultural development;2) a critical awareness of the forms of publishing and the culture of the book;3) an understanding of the publishing industry in Australia both past and present;4) an appreciation of the study of the history of the book; 5) an understanding of government policy and publishing;6) advanced research and presentation skills, both written and oral.

Assessment

Historical perspectives on the book and publishing as agents of change. A critical introduction to the history of publishing and approaches to the study of publishing today in Australian and international contexts. The study of the various cycles in the history of the book analysed and assessed. The book as an object of government policy, value addition in publishing, print and electronic delivery, women in publishing, the publishing firm and social contribution of the book. Different approaches to the study of publishing and history of the book.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr David Dunstan

Contact hours

2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

48 points at 4th year level

Prohibitions

APG4800


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Nick Walker

Notes

Previously coded PUB5003

Synopsis

The contribution of new technology and multi-media outcomes are explored.
An overview of the role of the various production processes and their management in publishing. Students are taken through the various stages of the physical production of various formats (books, magazines and newspapers) and their subsequent marketing and distribution. The contributions of new technology and multi-media outcomes are explored. Students enrolled at this 5th year level will demonstrate a greater mastery over project management issues adapted to given examples.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this subject should have developed an understanding:

  1. of the practical principles of publishing;
  2. of the key publication production processes and to develop relevant skills;
  3. of how the various forms of publishing differ in production terms, e.g. journals, magazines, scholarly publications, electronic publications;
  4. of the contribution of new technology to the publishing industries and the principles inherent in their application;
  5. of project management principles adapted to given examples.

Assessment

Practical exercises (3000 words): 35%
Review essay (5000 words): 50% +
Examination (1000 words): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Nick Walker

Contact hours

One 2- hour seminar per week, excursions as arranged

Prohibitions

APG4801


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2011 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr David Dunstan and Nick Walker

Notes

Previously coded PUB5005

Synopsis

An industry-relevant publishing project involving the preparation of a text for publication, a project based on an industry placement or a reading course on some aspect of the publishing industry or publishing history. Prior to the start of semester students are responsible for devising their topic as well as seeking approval from the course co-ordinator. The project is normally undertaken over the course of 13 weeks during a semester unit and is assessed by a suitably qualified staff member. Students are responsible for devising their research topic in consultation with their supervisor.

Objectives

1) To provide students with an opportunity to undertake an extended industry-oriented research project focusing on a topic or topics of their particular interest; 2) to develop students' capacity to draw on a range of suitable research methodologies; 3) to develop students' capacity to undertake an analysis of suitable secondary data;4) to develop students' written communication skills; 5) to develop students' capacity to tackle a particular issue, project or problem in depth.

Assessment

Written work to the equivalent of 9000 words (9000 words) : 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr David Dunstan

Prerequisites

48 points at 4th year level and APG4800, APG4670 and APG4801 or equivalent or with the approval of the co-ordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Nick Walker

Notes

Previously coded PUB5006

Synopsis

The organisation, objectives and operations of typical publishing firms. Principles and practices of management in the publishing industry. Topics include the objectives of the firm; decision-making processes; the management of intellectual property, including contracting with authors, suppliers, distributors, other publishers; financial management; the creation and supervision of teams; project management; the supervision of team-leaders and project managers; staff appraisals; the management of specialists and suppliers, including outsourcing; information technology, records and archives management; managing change in the firm.

Objectives

At the completion of the subject candidates should have acquired:1) a sound understanding of the importance of management in publishing; 2) an understanding of key principles and practices applicable to the publishing firm, the organisation of the publishing firm and of the publishing industry;3) analytical, problem-solving and presentational skills appropriate to the context of publishing.

Assessment

Two projects and practical assignments (2000 words): 45%Essay (1500 words): 35%Examination (1000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Nick Walker

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week plus industry seminars

Prerequisites

48 points at 4th year level including APG4800, APG4670 and APG4801 or equivalent, or with the approval of the co-ordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2011 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr David Dunstan and Nick Walker

Notes

Previously coded PUB5100

Synopsis

Students work with a publishing firm or appropriate publishing professional for a minimum of 80-90 hours under academic and professional supervision. They complete a report on their internship (or provide other evidence of work undertaken) and write a reflective essay dealing with some aspect of the work situation. A short viva voce examination draws on the student's work experience. This internship may be undertaken in any aspect of the publishing industries: editing, marketing, sales, retailing, promotions, etc.

Objectives

On completion of this subject students should have: 1) gained a developed understanding of work in at least one aspect of the publishing industries, e.g. copy editing, sales and marketing, book design;2) developed work skills associated with work in at least one aspect of the publishing industries; 3) written a reflective essay on the aspect of the publishing industries providing the internship experience; 4) demonstrated a capacity to report and reflect critically on work practices and experiences in the publishing industries; 5) acquired an understanding of the knowledge, practices and/or technology specific to certain branches of the publishing industry.

Assessment

Workplace report or evidence of task work (1750 words): 40%Reflective Essay (1750 words): 40%Presentation (1000 words): 20%,

Chief examiner(s)

Nick Walker

Contact hours

Minimum of 80-90 hours over the course of semester spent in an industry internship. Equivalent of 12 hours per week contact and private study

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points at 4th year level, including PUB 4001, APG4670 and APG4801 or equivalent.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Crinall

Notes

Previously coded SCD5301

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with an opportunity to conduct a research project related to their workplace or community. Under academic supervision, the project will involve negotiated outcomes between the student, the university and particular organisation/s and/or communities involved. Students will be expected to have thought through some of the issues related to their proposed methodology in the course of completing the pre-requisite research methodology unit, especially the requirement for ethics approval for research involving humans. The aim of the unit is to produce a high quality, practice focused and reflective report relevant to the focus of their degree.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate: skills and knowledge in initiating and conducting independent, and frequently, participatory, research under supervision; an appreciation of, and a commitment to ethical research; advanced critical thinking, analytical and problem-solving skills; advanced written skills through the presentation of a 9000 word research project; skills and knowledge in reviewing a specific body of research, and command of that literature; and skills and knowledge in critically examining a key issue or issues relevant to the focus of their degree.

Assessment

Research project report (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

Students will engage in supervision fortnightly. This may be conducted electronically on-line, via the telephone, video-conferencing, or face to face, depending on the location of the student.

Prohibitions

EDF6810, EDF6020, APG5784, APG4764


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Full year 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Crinall

Notes

Previously coded SCD5302

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity to conduct substantial research related to their workplace or community. Under academic supervision, the project involves negotiated outcomes between the student, the university and particular organisation/s and communities involved. Students are expected to have thought through issues related to their proposed methodology project in completing the prerequisite research methodology unit/s, especially ethics approval requirements for research involving humans. The aim is to produce a high quality, theoretically informed, practice focused, and reflective report relevant to the focus of the degree.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate: skills and knowledge in initiating and conducting independent research under supervision; an appreciation of, and a commitment to ethical research; advanced critical thinking, analytical and problem-solving skills; advanced written skills through the presentation of a 18000 word research project; skills and knowledge in reviewing a specific body of research, and command of that literature; skills and knowledge in critically examining a key issue or issues relating to the focus of the degree.

Assessment

Dissertation (18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Karen Crinall

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will engage in supervision fortnightly. This may be electronically on-line, via the telephone, video-conferencing, or face to face, depending on the location of the student

Prerequisites

APG5869

Prohibitions

APG5785


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Crinall

Notes

Previously coded SCD5305

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for designing research methodologies relevant to human service and community organisations in the public and private sectors, by examining the history, nature, function and current role of social and community research. By focusing on the management of research projects, students engage in exercises requiring the resolution of ethical and methodological issues and dilemmas, including forming researchable topics and questions, negotiating the selection of appropriate design and method, including participatory and action research; developing awareness of underpinning agendas and vested interests; and knowledge of philosophical and theoretical positions.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to: engage with research relevant to their particular organisational context in the public and private sectors, as a creative, problem-solving activity; demonstrate awareness of, and critical engagement with theoretical, practical and ethical considerations in research design and conduct; demonstrate knowledge and skills in conducting and evaluating research and skills in the management of research projects. Students will also be able to: demonstrate critical awareness of the options and constraints of different types of research design, including qualitative and quantitative methodologies; identify appropriate methods for conducting research across a range of contexts, and design an appropriate research methodology. Students will be able to critically explore the relevance of various contemporary theoretical approaches, including postmodern, feminist and critical theory, in the design of their research.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Karen Crinall

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line activities and discussion. Students will also be required to consult regularly with the unit adviser, where possible in face-to-face meetings.

Prerequisites

APG4807, EDF6806

Prohibitions

APG4763, APG5786, ATS4854


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded SYM5035

Synopsis

Critical appraisal of current methods of social inquiry as preparation for students designing their own research. Examples are selected to cover a wide range of theoretical explanations and styles of doing social research. Issues include debates surrounding subjectivity and objectivity, qualitative and quantitative data analysis, macro and micro theory; political and ethical issues in research on humans.

Assessment

Ten weekly position papers (300 words each): 30%
Major essay (6000 words): 70%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Kirsten McLean

Notes

Previously coded SYM5075

Synopsis

This unit involves students completing an individual research project under the supervision of one staff member from Sociology (or a cognate discipline). The student investigates an appropriate applied social research topic and takes responsibility for all stages of the research process. The final research report is marked by two internal examiners.

Objectives

Upon completing the individual research project, students will have a demonstrated capacity to:

  1. develop a set of key research questions relevant to an appropriate applied social research topic;
  2. devise a suitable sociological research design to investigate the topic;
  3. read and evaluate the relevant literature and write a literature review appropriate for a social research project;
  4. collect and analyse qualitative and/or quantitative data to answer the key research questions; and
  5. write a professional, scholarly research report that communicates the empirical findings within a sustained argument.

Assessment

Research report (15,000-18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kirsten McLean

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

A final mark of at least 70% in all four 4th level units of the Master of Applied Social Research.Students intending to complete this unit must complete a detailed research proposal outlining the research project prior to enrolment. Guidelines for the research proposal will be provided upon request by the course coordinator.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Kirsten McLean

Notes

Previously coded SYM5075A

Synopsis

This unit involves students completing an individual research project under the supervision of one staff member from Sociology (or a cognate discipline). The student investigates an appropriate applied social research topic and takes responsibility for all stages of the research process. The final research report is marked by two internal examiners.

Objectives

Upon completing the individual research project, students will have a demonstrated capacity to:

  1. develop a set of key research questions relevant to an appropriate applied social research topic;
  2. devise a suitable sociological research design to investigate the topic;
  3. read and evaluate the relevant literature and write a literature review appropriate for a social research project;
  4. collect and analyse qualitative and/or quantitative data to answer the key research questions; and
  5. write a professional, scholarly research report that communicates the empirical findings within a sustained argument.

Assessment

Research report (15,000-18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kirsten McLean

Prerequisites

A final mark of at least 70% in all four 4th level units of the Master of Applied Social Research.Students intending to complete this unit must complete a detailed research proposal outlining the research project prior to enrolment. Guidelines for the research proposal will be provided upon request by the course coordinator.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Kirsten McLean

Notes

Previously coded SYM5075B

Synopsis

This unit involves students completing an individual research project under the supervision of one staff member from Sociology (or a cognate discipline). The student investigates an appropriate applied social research topic and takes responsibility for all stages of the research process. The final research report is marked by two internal examiners.

Objectives

Upon completing the individual research project, students will have a demonstrated capacity to:

  1. develop a set of key research questions relevant to an appropriate applied social research topic;
  2. devise a suitable sociological research design to investigate the topic;
  3. read and evaluate the relevant literature and write a literature review appropriate for a social research project;
  4. collect and analyse qualitative and/or quantitative data to answer the key research questions; and
  5. write a professional, scholarly research report that communicates the empirical findings within a sustained argument.

Assessment

Research report (15,000-18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kirsten McLean

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

A final mark of at least 70% in all four 4th level units of the Master of Applied Social Research.Students intending to complete this unit must complete a detailed research proposal outlining the research project prior to enrolment. Guidelines for the research proposal will be provided upon request by the course coordinator.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Rika Shimo-Malmberg

Notes

Previously coded TRN5010

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the issues and techniques associated with advanced translation using computers, including how to leverage the value of the online communities through blogs, podcasts and social networks. Students will be introduced to and taught to evaluate the various electronic aids to translation, such as electronic dictionaries, translation environment tools, localisation software and version control. There will be training in the use of online corpora and guidance in WWW searching in translation. Fifth-year students will be expected to demonstrate more mastery of the use of CAT tools and on-line corpora. There will be an overview of subtitling and subtitling software, as well as machine translation and its limitations.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. have a greater understanding of technology and the internet from both a translation and historical perspective;
  2. have acquired experience in coping with various problems involved in creating and handling text in a multilingual environment;
  3. be equipped to use and evaluate a number of electronic aids to translation which are available;
  4. have had hands-on experience with TEnTS, translation environment tools;
  5. be competent in searching the WWW for information to assist in translation;
  6. be able to produce value-added translated texts through use of computer graphics, tables, etc.

Assessment

6 Text-handling/translation tasks (3600 words): 30% +
Four short comparative analyses (600 words equivalent each): 40% +
1 Final report (3000 words) and demonstration of ability to use/evaluate softwares: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Rika Shimo-Malmberg
Leah Gerber

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 1 hour seminar, 1 x 2 hour lab) per week

Prerequisites

APG4814, APG4813

Prohibitions

APG4812


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Notes

Previously coded TRN5030

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the discipline of Interpreting and Translation Studies (ITS). The language of instruction will be English, the seminar will allow both formal lectures and practical workshops. The unit will cover the theoretical disciplines which inform the recently emerged interdisciplinary fields of ITS; the history of interpreting and translation, and ITS (comparative linguistics, pragmatic and semiotic approaches); various linguistic, cultural, social and other contextual factors involved in interpreting and translation work; the relevance of interpreting and translation theory to practice; the basic theoretical principles and terminology of interpreting and translation

Objectives

On completion of the subject, students will:i) Be able to identify and discuss significant historical developments in interpreting and translation studies,ii) Have learnt a metalanguage for articulating different paradigms in interpreting and translation studies (structuralism, hermeneutics, semiotic, post-modernism, deconstruction),iii) Have acquired the ability to recognize interpreting and translation studies as an 'inter-discipline',iv) Be able to conceptualise and discuss ITS theoretical paradigms within historical and cultural frameworks;v) Have acquired the ability to relate translation theory to translation practice, andvi) Be able to identify and discuss ethical, professional and contextual issues as they relate to ITS.Fifth year students will be able to discuss in depth at least two translation theoretical paradigms and their historical embeddedness, including the applicability of a predominantly Western theoretical framework to non-Western languages.

Chief examiner(s)

Leah Gerber

Contact hours

One 1-hour seminar, one 1-hour tutorial and one 2-hour seminar per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Marc Orlando

Notes

Previously coded TRN5060

Synopsis

The unit explores theoretical issues in research in Literary and Cultural Translation Studies. It addresses questions and areas such as methodological principles for researching and writing theory-related research papers, including an overview of research and research discussions and initiatives taking place in the field. Its specific focus is on: cultural issues which must be taken into consideration when translating, aspects of cultural competence (pragmatic and semiotic differences between cultures), and the related issue of equivalence. Ideal translator competence implies a sensitivity to and knowledge of cultural issues which impinge upon translation practice, including mode of discourse, medium, and cultural-specific codes.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. develop independently a research project in Interpreting and Translation Studies;
  2. produce target texts with appropriate adherence to register, tone, genre, and cultural references;
  3. apply advanced methodological principles to translation research;
  4. apply culturally-sensitive strategies for solving problems of translation equivalence;
  5. conceptualise inductive and deductive approaches related to theory and practice of interpreting and translation studies.

Assessment

Written work: 50%
Oral presentation: 20%
Take home exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Leah Gerber

Contact hours

4 hours (two-hour seminar per week plus web based work equiv. 2 hrs per week)

Prerequisites

APG4813 or APG4814


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Notes

Previously coded TRN5080

Synopsis

A research project consisting of a research paper (9,000- 10,000 words) on an issue in translation/interpreting studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

Objectives

To complete an independent piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline of translation/interpreting studies.

Assessment

Research paper (9,000 - 10,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Leah Gerber

Contact hours

Individual supervision

Prerequisites

APG4813 Introduction to translation studies or APG4814 Translation 1: putting theory into practice


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Notes

Previously coded TRN5090

Synopsis

A research project consisting of a dissertation (15,000- 18,000 words) on an issue in translation/interpreting studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

Objectives

To complete an independent piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline of translation studies, and worthy of publication.

Assessment

Research dissertation (15,000- 18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Leah Gerber

Contact hours

Individual supervision

Prerequisites

APG4813 Introduction to translation studies or APG4814 Translation: applications of theory


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Notes

Previously coded TRN5090A

Synopsis

A research project consisting of a dissertation (15,000- 18,000 words) on an issue in translation/interpreting studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

Objectives

To complete an independent piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline of translation studies, and worthy of publication.

Assessment

Research Dissertation (15,000- 18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Leah Gerber

Prerequisites

APG4813 Introduction to translation studies or APG4814 Translation: applications of theory


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Notes

Previously coded TRN5090B

Synopsis

A research project consisting of a dissertation (15,000- 18,000 words) on an issue in translation/interpreting studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

Objectives

To complete an independent piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline of translation studies, and worthy of publication.

Assessment

Research Dissertation (15,000- 18,000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Leah Gerber

Contact hours

Individual supervision

Prerequisites

APG4813 Introduction to translation studies or APG4814 Translation: applications of theory


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Second semester 2011 (Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Marc Orlando

Notes

Previously coded TRN5110

Synopsis

Students will undertake in-country study at the institution with which Monash University has an exchange agreement. This study will be the equivalent of 12 points of fifth-year postgraduate study in Arts at Monash University in the form of 5th year unit(s) offered by the host institution in the domain of translation studies.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and appreciation of translation studies in a global context. They will also have enhanced their language and transfer skills through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Students will complete the equivalent of 9,000 words of assessment in line with requirements for 12 points of level 5 Monash units. This may take the form of a translation/research project.

Chief examiner(s)

Leah Gerber

Contact hours

Study will be the equivalent of 12 points of postgraduate study in Arts in the form of 5th year unit(s) offered by the host institution. The approved units will be set out in the Schedule of the agreements between Monash and the respective host institutions.

Prerequisites

APG4813, APG4814, APG4815


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Second semester 2011 (Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Marc Orlando

Notes

Previously coded TRN5120

Synopsis

Students will undertake in-country study at the institution with which Monash University has an exchange agreement. This study will be the equivalent of 12 points of fifth-year postgraduate study in Arts at Monash University in the form of 5th year unit(s) offered by the host institution in the domain of translation studies.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and appreciation of translation studies in a global context. They will also have enhanced their language and transfer skills through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Students will complete the equivalent of 9,000 words of assessment in line with requirements for 12 points of level 5 Monash units. This may take the form of a translation/research project.

Chief examiner(s)

Leah Gerber

Contact hours

Study will be the equivalent of 12 points of postgraduate study in Arts in the form of 5th year unit(s) offered by the host institution. The approved units will be set out in the Schedule of the agreements between Monash and the respective host institutions.

Prerequisites

APG4813, APG4814, APG4815


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Notes

Previously coded TRN5201A

Synopsis

The project consists of an annotated translation of approximately 12-15,000 words, with a substantial critical introduction (written in English) of at least 3,000 words. For students intending to practice as professional translators, the project will consist of a series of set texts from a variety of genres (e.g., scientific, medical, legal, technical, governmental) to enable students to practice and develop their translation skills to a professional level. Students who wish to focus more on literary and/or cultural translation may choose to select one main text, in consultation with the supervisor. Students will be expected to translate into their A language.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the project, students will i) have considerably developed their translation skills and their understanding of issues involved in the translation process, ii) be able to critically reflect on their own translation practises, and iii) be able to demonstrate their awareness of relevant methodologies, theoretical frameworks, and skills.

Assessment

Translation project (15-18,000 words) : 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Leah Gerber

Contact hours

Regular meetings with supervisor should be scheduled

Prohibitions

On-campus


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Notes

Previously coded TRN5201B

Synopsis

The project consists of an annotated translation of approximately 12-15,000 words, with a substantial critical introduction (written in English) of at least 3,000 words. For students intending to practice as professional translators, the project will consist of a series of set texts from a variety of genres (e.g., scientific, medical, legal, technical, governmental) to enable students to practice and develop their translation skills to a professional level. Students who wish to focus more on literary and/or cultural translation may choose to select one main text, in consultation with the supervisor. Students will be expected to translate into their A language.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the project, students will i) have considerably developed their translation skills and their understanding of issues involved in the translation process, ii) be able to critically reflect on their own translation practises, and iii) be able to demonstrate their awareness of relevant methodologies, theoretical frameworks, and skills.

Assessment

Translation project (15-18,000 words) : 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Leah Gerber

Contact hours

Regular meetings with supervisor should be scheduled

Prerequisites

Completion of, or with the permission of the coordinator, concurrent enrolment in APG4813

Co-requisites

Completion of, or with the permission of the coordinator, concurrent enrolment in APG4813

Prohibitions

On-campus


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Marc Orlando

Notes

Previously coded TRN5400

Synopsis

This unit follows on from APG4691 Intermediate interpreting. Topics to be covered for the final stage of training in interpreting will have a strong bias towards industry, social structure and working of bureaucracies, tourism, general contemporary affairs, business communication and others. Practice in formulaic language used in speeches and the acquisition of techniques to interpret public speeches will also form an important part of the unit. Further training in note-taking to enable students to interpret speeches of approximately 10 minutes will be undertaken. Interpreting practice in realistic situations such as simulations with guests will be arranged. It is a very intensive unit.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have achieved a high level of competency to be able to provide LOTE-English / English-LOTE consecutive interpreting in general areas and some specialised areas
  2. have achieved an adequate level of competency to be able to be able to interpret passages that are delivered at professional settings, and are of moderate to high levels of difficulty
  3. have achieved the knowledge and practical skills needed for professional-level interpreting, and
  4. have achieved a comprehensive understanding of the interpreting profession.

Assessment

Class exercises and participation: 15%
An essay of 2000 words: 20%
An Interpreting Assignment Preparation Journal: 5%
Mid-semester examinations (speech and dialogue interpreting in consecutive and sight translation): 15%
Final interpreting examination: 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Marc Orlando

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar
Two 2-hour workshops.

Prerequisites

APG4691


24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded WTR5000


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded WTR5000(A)


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded WTR5000(B)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Stephen Legg

Notes

Previously coded GYM5840

Synopsis

Students enrol in an established unit or a combination of units either in geography or a related discipline and undertake a course of study including a selection of readings and discussion in a particular area or a set of lectures under the direction of their supervisor.

Assessment

Varies dependent upon nature of directed studies. Negotiated with the fourth-year level coordinator

Chief examiner(s)

Stephen Legg


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Robyn Heckenberg

Synopsis

The unit enables students develop a professional framework based on theories and conventions to support Human Rights and social justice for Indigenous women.Students identify legal and ethical dimensions of community contexts, including ramifications of government policies and past history on ways Indigenous communities have to operate with emphasis on Indigenous women and children. Knowledge of the Australian legal and political systems and skills to work within such constraints for rights of Indigenous Women and children are developed. Students apply knowledge to creative solutions of the most strategic kind to empower Indigenous women and facilitate self-determination and self-empowerment.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. Developed a professional theoretical framework based on international and national human rights, social justice and participative democracy in the context of Indigenous rights;
  2. Developed an understanding of the international bodies and networks that facilitate advocacy for Indigenous people;
  3. Within the context of community need, developed skills for applying knowledge to community contexts that will bring about positive outcomes for women and children;
  4. Developed a sound understanding of the Australian legal system with reference to everyday issues such as racial discrimination, the rights of children, tenancy rights, citizenship rights, etc;
  5. Acquired extensive knowledge on the primary social needs of Indigenous women and children and be able to facilitate support in these areas as reflected in journal entries;
  6. incorporated ethical theory and a deep understanding of practitioners' legal and ethical obligations towards communities, this includes issues to do with protocols;
  7. developed methods to improve an advocacy for Indigenous women and children in relation to government departments and private agencies.

Assessment

Theoretical essay (4000 words): 45%
Case study (2500 words): 25%
Participation on discussion board (1000 words): 10%
Journal of semester events (1500 words): 20%

Prerequisites

APG4807 or EDF6806

Prohibitions

ATS2367 and ATS3367


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit offers a general orientation to communications and media studies at graduate level. It surveys a range of communication practices and introduces theories appropriate to understanding and analysing them. The major practices considered include journalism, broadcasting, organisational communication, public relations, development communication, political persuasion and new media forms such as blogs and social networking sites. These are considered both as fields of professional practice and as objects of scholarly analysis. Attention is given to the general conceptualisation of communication and media and to the major ways in which communication has been described and analysed.

Objectives

  1. to develop awareness of the range of social and professional contexts in which communication occurs;
  2. to develop an understanding of communication as a set of practices and to identify common features within these practices;
  3. to introduce some of the major ways in which communication and media have been understood at a theoretical level;
  4. to consider the relation between theory and practice in the field of communication and an appreciation of how they can productively inform each other;
  5. to introduce communications and media studies as a basis for further graduate study and professional practice in the field.

Assessment

Essay (3500 words): 40%
Essay (3500 words): 40%
Seminar presentation (2000 words): 20%

Contact hours

+ 2-hour seminar per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Summer semester B 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Marc Orlando

Synopsis

This unit explores best practices associated with interpreting in medical settings. Contextual overviews of the Australian healthcare system and medical specialisations are presented to students. The role of the interpreter is explored, as are ethical issues, cultural sensitivities, medical terminology, and interpreting techniques. These are discussed also in relation to various sub-domains including aged care, mental health, alcohol and other drug-related problems, sexual health, maternal and child health. Role plays of medical settings give students a chance to practice interpreting and discuss issues.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have achieved a contextual understanding of the Australian healthcare system and the roles of various healthcare professionals;
  2. have gained knowledge of medical terminology relevant to a range of specialised fields and the ability to express this in their LOTE;
  3. have developed a comprehensive understanding of the role of interpreters in healthcare settings and be able to abide by high ethical and professional standards;
  4. have developed strategies to cope with cultural sensitivities and other issues in healthcare interpreting and be able identify appropriate interpreting techniques.

Assessment

Case study and presentation (2500 words): 50%
Essay (1500 words): 20%
Glossary (500 words): 15%
Participation: 15%

Contact hours

Two 2-hour seminars
4-hours of structured online activities per week for six weeks

Prerequisites

(APG4816 and APG4691)
or NAATI accreditation at professional or paraprofessional level
or successful completion of a TandI course from another educational institution at the Advanced Diploma level or above

Co-requisites

APG5885 - For students enrolled in Master of Interpreting and Translation Studies


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Summer semester B 2011 (Day)
Caulfield Winter semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Marc Orlando

Synopsis

This unit establishes the principles and protocol and explores best practices associated with interpreting in legal settings including lawyer-client interactions, police, courts, tribunals and corrections. Contextual overviews of each setting are provided, the role and ethical responsibilities of interpreters are discussed, and interpreting techniques are practised. Students will familiarise themselves with legal discourse and terminology relevant to the legal interpreting settings.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have achieved a contextual understanding of the Australian legal system and its various participants, as well as the use of language services within legal settings;
  2. have gained knowledge of legal terminology and the ability to express this in their LOTE;
  3. have developed a comprehensive understanding of the role of interpreters in legal settings and have the ability to abide by high ethical and professional standards;
  4. be able to discuss the characteristics of legal discourse in various settings and identify appropriate interpreting techniques.

Assessment

Case study and presentation (2500 words): 50%
Essay (1500 words): 20%
Glossary (500 words): 15%
Participation: 15%

Contact hours

Two 2-hour seminars
4-hours of structured online activities per week for six weeks

Prerequisites

(APG4816 and APG4691)
or NAATI accreditation at professional or paraprofessional level
or successful completion of a TandI course from another educational institution at the Advanced Diploma level or above

Co-requisites

APG5885 (for students enrolled in Master of Interpreting and Translation Studies)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2011 (On-campus block of classes)
Caulfield Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Pascaline Winand

Synopsis

This interdisciplinary seminar will explore innovative ways of studying the European Union. Students will pursue research on policy, economic, legal, historical, political or cultural aspects of the EU. They will gain insights into the key methodological and theoretical approaches in EU Studies. Prestigious guest lecturers from a variety of disciplines will be invited to present their research emphasizing the challenges they encountered in their research design. Students will likewise present their research work, which will be critically discussed by the unit coordinator, other students, and guest speakers. External experts will intervene live in some seminars via videoconferences.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an in-depth appreciation of the EU's functions and powers and decision-making;
  2. in-depth knowledge of some key areas of EU policy in their field of specialization;
  3. awareness of the key debates and internal as well as external challenges facing the EU;
  4. a developed understanding of the major theories and methods that shape EU studies, their key assumptions, hypotheses and limitations;
  5. an informed appreciation of the similarities and differences between them, of the extent to which they are complementary or competing;
  6. familiarity with different analytical methods;
  7. a capacity to construct a coherent and feasible research design from the initial research idea to the self-assessment of research findings;
  8. presentational (clarity and concision) and analytical skills when presenting key readings, their own research or discussing their colleagues' research;
  9. an ability to think critically but constructively;
  10. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  11. strong skills in oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  12. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  13. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, including those produced by the European Union itself.
  14. Students completing the unit at fifth year level will be expected to demonstrate, in addition: the acquisition of higher level of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in studying the European Union.

Assessment

Take home exam (2000 words): 20%
Class participation (incl. presentations)(1000 words): 30%
Research paper (6000 words): 50%

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar per week for 11 weeks

Prohibitions

ATS4897, APG4897


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2011 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Patrick Kimunguyi

Synopsis

The unit provides students with an in-depth understanding of the roles the EU plays in its relations with developing countries in areas such as trade, development, security, regional integration, democracy and human rights promotion. It examines the EU's relations with developing countries in various geographical locations: the Neighbourhood countries; Asia; Africa; the Caribbean; the Pacific and Latin America. The unit emphasises the interactions between the EU and key international institutions such as the UN and WTO; developed and emerging powers such as the US, Japan, and Australia; China, and India on issues concerning developing countries.

Objectives

By the end of their study of this unit, students will have gained:

  1. an appreciation of the theories and concepts of development in international relations;
  2. an understanding of the EU's role in the developing world with particular focus on its promotion of economic development, trade, security, democracy,human rights,regional integration, and environmental protection;
  3. a deeper appreciation of the EU's relations with developing countries in various geographical locations in the world;
  4. an understanding of the interactions between the EU and key international institutions (UN and the WTO) and regional organisations (African Union (AU), Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN), South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC) and MERCOSUR on developing country-related issues;
  5. an understanding of the challenges involving the EU's relations with other major powers such as the US, Australia as well as emerging powers such as China, India and South Africa;
  6. sufficient information and research skills to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources in formulating and responding to essay questions.
  7. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;

Assessment

On campus: Class Participation, presentation and weekly journal (500 words): 30%
Essay (3000 words): 30%
2 Hour exam ( 1,500 words): 40%

Contact hours

3-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS4898, APG4898


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Murphy

Synopsis

In this unit students examine the interaction of art and economics, aesthetics and management, in advanced economies where creativity and imagination behave as integral forces of production. Unit themes include aesthetic modes of production, intellectual property relations, aesthetic modes of organization and management, experience economies, post-industrialism, design and industrialization, cultural industries, urban economies, creative processes, and art firms.

Objectives

On the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the general principles of cultural economies;
  2. An understanding of the relation between art and economics, aesthetics and management;
  3. An enhanced capacity to analyze the contribution of cultural forms to economic and organizational life;
  4. An ability to explain and analyze course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week for 6 weeks (evenings)
Two 6-hour intensive classes per semester (weekends)

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG4900


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Farzad Sharifian

Synopsis

In this unit, student will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (9,000 words) that will address an issue relevant to the role of English as an International Language. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

Objectives

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Thesis: 9000 words (100%)

Prerequisites

1. APG4735, APG4734, APG4347 and one of the following: APG4733, APG4652, APG5652, APG4348, APG5348, APG5349, APG4635, APG5635

2. Students must achieve a minimum of Distinction average for the completed Master's coursework units prior to enrolment in this unit.

3. Students must submit a 500 word summary of their proposed research project and obtain approval from the course coordinator prior to enrolment.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ben McQueen

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to Peace and Conflict Theory. It identifies sources of conflict, conflict prevention strategies and methods of post-conflict re-construction. It will provide students with an understanding of peace theory, issues of structural violence, theories of non-violence, conflict resolution and post-conflict reconstruction. It will apply these theories to contemporary issues of human and environmental security including human rights, gender, economic security and religion and peacebuilding. International case studies will be presented to illustrate these theoretical concepts.

Objectives

After completing this unit, students will have gained an understanding of:

  1. different forms of conflict;
  2. underlying causes of conflict;
  3. peace theory, structural violence, theories of non-violence, conflict resolution and post-conflict reconstruction;
  4. issues of human and environmental security including human rights, gender, economic security and religion and peacebuilding;
  5. peace and conflict theories and their application to contemporary issues examined in international and local case studies.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 60%
Class presentation (3000 words): 30%
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

One 2.5 hour seminar per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry program. It introduces students to a number of basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation studies. It is aimed at improving students' intercultural and inter-lingual communication skills through various translation projects and critical readings of a range of different representations of Chinese translation works. The integration of classroom teaching and translation projects will encourage students to apply the basic translation skills they learn from the class to translation practices. Small group discussion encourages students to discuss common conceptual and practical issues of translation among themselves.

Objectives

This unit is designed for those students who have completed Chinese 8 language level proficiency or by permission. Upon successfully completing the unit, students are expected:

  1. To have a basic understanding of theoretical and practical issues in modern Chinese translation activities;
  2. To improve their communication skills between the two languages and;
  3. To acquire some important techniques of translation between Chinese and English;
  4. To be capable of enrolling in higher level of translation studies (Graduate Diploma or Masters of Translation Studies).

Assessment

Written work and class test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Chunming Shan

Contact hours

60 hours over 3 weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese translationChinese language

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS1015, ATS2015, ATS2035, ATS3015, ATS3035


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry program. It introduces students to a number of additional basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation studies. It is aimed at improving students' intercultural and inter-lingual communication skills through various translation projects and critical readings of a range of different representations of Chinese translation works. Through the study of Chinese and Western translation history, students will be able to enhance their translation skills. In addition, translation analysis is also introduced.

Objectives

Upon successfully completing the unit, students are expected:

  1. to have furthered their understanding of theoretical and practical issues in modern Chinese translation activities and studies
  2. to have improved their communication skills between the two languages and cultures
  3. to have acquired some important techniques of translation between Chinese and English, and
  4. to be able to enrol in higher level of translation studies (Graduate Diploma or Masters of Translation Studies).

Assessment

Written work and Class Test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Chunming Shan

Contact hours

60 hours over 3 weeks

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese translationChinese language

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS1016, ATS2016, ATS2036, ATS3015, ATS3036


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

Through a number of text-analysis focused projects, this unit will introduce students to various basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation; It will help students to identify different types of source texts, build up their skills in text analysis and help students to choose correct strategies when translating different texts for professional purposes; Through project-based exercises, this unit will provide an opportunity for students to improve their understanding and analytic skills of all factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language; The integration of classroom teaching and translation projects encourages students to apply theories and skills they learn in class to translation practices.

Objectives

  1. Weekly lecture/seminar on prescribed texts will provide basic concepts of issues in translation studies in general and text analysis in particular. The unit will focus on some basic ideas on text analysis of translation studies and some popular theories which discuss factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language. Students are expected to improve their understandings of theories relating to classification and identification of source texts and translation strategies;
  2. By applying some basic concepts relating to text analysis and translation strategies to weekly project-based translation practices and class discussions, students are also expected to improve their ability to determine a correct translation strategy for professional purposes;
  3. Three supervised translation projects and one examination in a time controlled situation will be conducted during the semesters in order to test the progress of students.

Assessment

Written work and Class test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Chun-Ming Shan

Contact hours

3 (2 hours lecture/seminar, one hour class discussion)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese translationChinese language

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS2049, ATS3043, ATS3049


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

This unit is an extension of but can be independent from Chinese Translation for Professional Purposes 1. Through a number of text-analysis focused projects, this unit will introduce students to various basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation; It will help students to identify different types of source texts, build up their skills in text analysis and help students to choose correct strategies when translating different texts for professional purposes; Through project-based exercises, this unit will provide an opportunity for students to improve their understanding and analytic skills of all factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language; The integration of classroom teaching and translation projects encourages students to apply theories and skills they learn in class to translation practices.

Objectives

  1. Weekly lecture/seminar on prescribed texts will provide basic concepts of issues in translation studies in general and text analysis in particular. The unit will focus on some basic ideas on text analysis of translation studies and some popular theories which discuss factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language. Students are expected to improve their understandings of theories relating to classification and identification of source texts and translation strategies;
  2. By applying some basic concepts relating to text analysis and translation strategies to weekly project-based translation practices and class discussions, students are also expected to improve their ability to determine a correct translation strategy for professional purposes;
  3. Three supervised translation projects and one examination in a time controlled situation will be conducted during the semesters in order to test the progress of students.

Assessment

Written work and Class test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Chunming Shan

Contact hours

3 (2 hours lecture/seminar, one hour class discussion)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese translationChinese language

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS3044, ATS2050, ATS3050


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

The unit consists of a series of lectures, seminars, workshops, and practical sessions, covering 5 common areas. It also covers a brief introduction to the concepts, techniques and background knowledge of interpreting skills. After the introductory module introducing the history and procedures of interpreting, topics covered will include Culture and Education, Public Health, Social Issues, and Tourism.

Objectives

This course aims to train bilingually proficient students in the role, theory, ethics, and practice of inter-cultural verbal communication at elementary level.This course helps students':1)Basic concepts of interpreting skills To fully understand the differences between verbal and non-verbal interpreting skills and concepts underlying principles and practice of interpreting and to recognize the specific requirements of different types of interpreting.2)Skills To improve and develop students' linguistic competence as well as their verbal and non-verbal interpreting competence in both Chinese and English, to help them acquire fundamental skills and strategies essential to interpreting and to help students in developing underlying techniques for summarizing, memory enhancement, note taking, public speaking skills, etc. To get involved in various kinds of communicative activities which are closely in line with real-life situations and explore solutions to problems involved in decoding and encoding messages in the process of interpreting.3)Cultural context To enable students to enhance their multicultural understanding, as a prerequisite to interpreting and to communicate culturally specific information into an understandable format in the target language. 4)Pathways To provide a pathway/articulation into further interpreting and translation studies by giving students a solid foundation and confidence to participate in postgraduate level of interpreting and translation studies and/or other higher level of professional training programs.

Assessment

Tutorial participation and homework: 10%
Written work: 50%
Final oral exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Chun-Ming Shan

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture, one 1-hour seminar per week, and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese translationChinese language

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS2051, ATS3045, ATS3051, ATS4043


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Second semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

This unit builds on the skills learnt in Basic Interpreting Skills (Mandarin) 1. It covers topics including:finance and trade, banking and insurance, information and technology, legal matters, formalities for conferences, and interviews. Semester 2 clearly follows a more professional line than semester 1 and is designed to give students more complete and polished skills as well as increasing the variety of their experiences.

Objectives

This course aims to train bilingually proficient students in the role, theory, ethics, and practice of interpreting at intermediate level.This course helps students':1)Basic concepts of interpreting skills To fully understand the differences between verbal and non-verbal interpreting skills and concepts underlying principles and practice of interpreting skills and to recognize the specific requirements of different types of interpreting.2)Skills To improve and develop students' linguistic competence as well as their verbal and non-verbal interpreting competence in both Chinese/English interpretation, to help them acquire fundamental skills and strategies essential to interpreting and to help students in developing underlying techniques for summarizing, memory enhancement, note taking, public speaking skills, etc. To get involved in various kinds of communicative activities which are closely in line with real-life situations and explore solutions to problems involved in decoding and encoding messages in the process of interpreting.3)Cultural context To enable students to enhance their multicultural understanding, as a prerequisite to interpreting and to communicate culturally specific information into an understandable format in the target language. 4)Pathways To provide a pathway/articulation into advanced translation/interpreting studies, giving them the confidence to participate in studies such as NAATI accredited courses.

Assessment

Tutorial participation and homework: 10%
Written Test: 10%
Oral Presentation and Oral Exam: 60%
Simulation performance: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Chunming Shan

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture, one 1-hour seminar, and one 1-hour tutorial per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese translationChinese language

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS2052, ATS3046, ATS3052, ATS4044


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry Program. It provides basic training of Chinese translation techniques through exposing students to Western theoretical approaches in text type, and different contextual analyses of the linguistic features of different text types. Through a number of text-analysis focused projects, this unit will introduce students to various basic conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation. Through project-based exercises, this unit will provide an opportunity for students to improve their understanding and analytic skills of all factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language.

Objectives

Upon successfully completing the units, students are expected to:

  1. Have a basic understanding of theoretical and practical issues relating to the text analysis and translation strategy
  2. Be able to identify different types of source texts for different professional purposes
  3. Be able to identify correct translation strategy for targeted professional readers, and
  4. Have a solid foundation to enrol in higher level of translation studies (Graduate Diploma or Masters of Translation Studies).

Assessment

Written work and Class Test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Chunming Shan

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese translationChinese language

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS2043, ATS3043, ATS3049


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry Program. It is an extension of but can be independent from Chinese Translation for Professional Purposes 1. Through a number of text-analysis focused projects, this unit will introduce students to additional conceptual and practical issues in Chinese translation. Through project-based exercises, this unit will provide an opportunity for students to improve their understanding and analytical skills of all factors that affect the translation of source texts into target language.

Objectives

  1. Students are expected to improve their understanding of theories relating to classification and identification of source texts and translation strategies;
  2. By applying some basic concepts relating to text analysis and translation strategies to weekly project-based translation practices and class discussions, students are also expected to improve their ability to determine a correct translation strategy for professional purposes;
  3. Students are to further practice translation techniques in new contextual backgrounds so as to foster a better understanding of translation of different text types.

Assessment

Written work and class test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Chunming Shan

Contact hours

60 hours over 3 weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese translationChinese language

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS2044, ATS3044, ATS3050


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

The unit is offered in China as through the Chinese Incountry Program. It consists of a series of lectures, seminars, workshops, and practical sessions, covering 5 common areas. It also covers a brief introduction to the concepts, techniques and background knowledge of interpreting skills. After the introductory module introducing the history and procedures of interpreting, topics covered will include Culture and Education, Public Health, Social Issues, and Tourism.

Objectives

This unit aims to train bilingually proficient students in the role, theory, ethics, and practice of inter-cultural verbal communication at elementary level.
On completion of this units students will have developed:

  1. Basic concepts of interpreting skills To fully understand the differences between verbal and non-verbal interpreting skills and concepts underlying principles and practice of interpreting and to recognize the specific requirements of different types of interpreting.
  2. Improved linguistic competence as well as verbal and non-verbal interpreting competence in both Chinese and English, to help them acquire fundamental skills and strategies essential to interpreting and to develop underlying techniques for summarizing, memory enhancement, note taking, public speaking skills, to help them become involved in various kinds of communicative activities which are closely in line with real-life situations and explore solutions to problems involved in decoding and encoding messages in the process of interpreting.
  3. Enhanced multicultural understanding, as a prerequisite to interpreting and to communicate culturally specific information into an understandable format in the target language.
  4. A solid foundation and confidence to participate in postgraduate level of interpreting and translation studies and/or other higher level of professional training programs.

Assessment

Tutorial participation and homework: 10%
Written work: 50%
Final Oral exam: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Chunming Shan

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese translationChinese language

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS2045, ATS3045, ATS3051, ATS4043


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas Summer semester A 2011 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)Chunming Shan

Synopsis

Taught in a Chinese university, this unit builds on the skills learnt in Basic Interpreting Skills (Mandarin) 1; It covers topics including: finance and trade, banking and insurance, information and technology, legal matters, formalities for conferences, and interviews. Basic Interpreting Skills (Mandarin) 1 clearly follows a more professional line and is designed to give students more complete and polished skills as well as increasing the variety of their experiences.

Objectives

This unit aims to train bilingually proficient students in the role, theory, ethics, and practice of inter-cultural verbal communication at elementary level.
On completion of this unit students will have further developed and consolidated:

  1. Concepts of interpreting skills To fully understand the differences between verbal and non-verbal interpreting skills and concepts underlying principles and practice of interpreting and to recognize the specific requirements of different types of interpreting.
  2. Linguistic competence as well as verbal and non-verbal interpreting competence in both Chinese and English, to help them acquire fundamental skills and strategies essential to interpreting and to develop underlying techniques for summarizing, memory enhancement, note taking, public speaking skills, to help them become involved in various kinds of communicative activities which are closely in line with real-life situations and explore solutions to problems involved in decoding and encoding messages in the process of interpreting.
  3. Multicultural understanding, as a prerequisite to interpreting and to communicate culturally specific information into an understandable format in the target language.
  4. The foundation and confidence to participate in postgraduate level of interpreting and translation studies and/or other higher level of professional training programs.

Assessment

Tutorial participation and homework: 10%
Written test: 10%
Oral presentation and oral exam: 60%
Simulation performance: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Chunming Shan

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Chinese language

Prerequisites

With program convenor's permission only

Prohibitions

ATS2046, ATS3046, ATS3052, ATS4044


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Andrew Milner

Notes

Previously coded CRT6000

Synopsis

This unit aims to establish the theoretical and methodological foundations for the analysis of literature and culture. These will be examined from a range of competing theoretical perspectives. Discussion will centre on: hermeneutics and reception theory, cultural materialism and the new historicism, semiology and semiotics, ideology critique and the sociology of culture, post-structuralist theories of difference. Each of these will be examined for their respective accounts of critical theory and method. Candidates will be required to consider the possible relevance of each of these approaches to their proposed research.

Objectives

  1. To provide students with an advanced-level survey of various influential attempts to establish theoretical and methodological foundations for the analysis of literature and culture. Discussion will centre on: hermeneutics and reception theory; cultural materialism and the new historicism; semiology and semiotics; ideology critique and the sociology of culture; post-structuralist theories of difference. Each of these will be examined for their respective accounts of critical theory and method.
  2. To enable students to articulate the analytical skills, theoretical vocabularies and conceptual apparatuses studied in the subject.
  3. To provide students with the critical and expressive resources necessary to write clear, concise, accurate and independent essays on topics related to the reading.
  4. To encourage students to consider the possible relevance to their own proposed research of each of the theoretical approaches discussed in the subject.

Assessment

Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Andrew Milner

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Professor Andrew Benjamin

Notes

Previously coded CRT6010

Synopsis

This unit will provide a detailed exploration of the internal logic of a particular approach or a set of related problems in contemporary critical theory. Negativity has been a durable theme of modern thought and writing, and in recent years it has become of considerable structural interest. The notion is variously defined, ususally with reference to one or more of philosophy, psychoanalysis and theology. This seminar seeks to analyse 'negativity' in the work of Franz Kafka and Maurice Blanchot, and it will do so with the help of critical theorists.

Objectives

  1. To gain a close and full knowledge of two central writers of prose fiction in the twentieth century, Franz Kafka and Maurice Blanchot.
  2. To gain an awareness of the main lines of critical debate surrounding these works.
  3. To master the basic arguments pertaining to the problematic of negativity (roughly: Hegel, Kojeve, Adorno, Bataille).
  4. To develop skills in evaluating different readings of these writers, especially Blanchot's account of Kafka.
  5. To write coherently, economically and rigorously on both the literary and critical texts.

Assessment

Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Andrew Benjamin

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alison Ross

Notes

Previously coded CRT6020

Synopsis

This unit aims to introduce students to some of the major works of the German philosopher Friedrich Nietzsche as well as some of the central texts in recent European philosophy that engage with his thought. The assessment tasks will assist students to locate the place of Nietzsche's thought in their own research projects. Starting with a brief examination of his immediate precursors in German philosophy, our focus will fall on Nietzsche's treatment of the themes of art, history, truth and critique. Texts to be considered on Nietzsche will include selections from Heidegger, Deleuze, Derrida and Irigaray.

Objectives

  1. To introduce students to the writings of a major critical theorist.
  2. To provide the conceptual, historical and logical tools necessary for a close reading of this major critical theorist's work.
  3. To provide the resources by which this theorist's contributions can be assessed in relation to other critical theorists.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 80%
Seminar paper (3000 words): 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Philip Anderson

Notes

Previously coded CRT6030

Synopsis

A program of directed reading in French language texts especially relevant to the thesis topic. APG6727 provides doctoral candidates researching in comparative literature or critical theory with the appropriate language skills to read texts in the original French. Students usually participate in an appropriate French language class (normally ATS1065 - see the Arts undergraduate handbook) for practical language acquisition.

Objectives

  1. To enable students to improve their level of fluency in French language to a level where they are able to read French literary or critical texts in the original language.
  2. To complete a programme of directed reading in French language texts especially relevant to the student's thesis topic.
  3. Other objectives as specified for the appropriate French language class.

Assessment

Two Essays (3000 words each): 50%
Other assessment as specified for the appropriate French language subject: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Philip Anderson

Contact hours

5 or 6 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Kate Rigby

Notes

Previously coded CRT6040

Synopsis

A program of directed reading in German language texts especially relevant to the thesis topic. APG6728 provides doctoral candidates researching in comparative literature or critical theory with the appropriate language skills to read texts in the original German. Students usually participate in an appropriate German language class (normally ATS1095 - see the Arts undergraduate handbook) for practical language acquisition.

Objectives

  1. To enable students to improve their level of fluency in German language to a level where they are able to read German literary or critical texts in the original language.
  2. To complete a programme of directed reading in German language texts especially relevant to the student's thesis topic.
  3. Other objectives as specified for the appropriate German language class.

Assessment

Two essays (3000 words each): 50%
Other assessment as specified for the appropriate German language unit: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Kate Rigby

Contact hours

7 hours per week


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSunway RQ1 2011 (Day)
Sunway RQ2 2011 (Day)
Sunway RQ3 2011 (Day)
Sunway RQ4 2011 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick RQ1 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ2 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ3 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ4 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa RQ1 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ2 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ3 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ4 2011 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick RQ1 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Berwick RQ2 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Berwick RQ3 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa RQ1 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ2 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ3 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ4 2011 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa RQ1 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ2 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ3 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ4 2011 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa RQ1 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ2 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ3 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ4 2011 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick RQ1 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Berwick RQ2 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Berwick RQ3 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Berwick RQ4 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland RQ1 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick RQ1 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Berwick RQ2 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Berwick RQ3 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Berwick RQ4 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa RQ1 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ2 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ3 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ4 2011 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick RQ1 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Berwick RQ2 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Berwick RQ3 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Berwick RQ4 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa RQ1 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ2 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ3 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ4 2011 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick RQ1 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Berwick RQ2 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Berwick RQ3 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Berwick RQ4 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa RQ1 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ2 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ3 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ4 2011 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick RQ1 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Berwick RQ2 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Berwick RQ3 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Berwick RQ4 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick RQ1 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Berwick RQ2 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Berwick RQ3 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Berwick RQ4 2011 (Day)
Berwick RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa RQ1 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ2 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ3 2011 (Day)
South Africa RQ4 2011 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 3, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield RQ1 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (Day)
Caulfield RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (Day)
Clayton RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ1 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ2 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ3 2011 (External Candidature)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (Day)
Gippsland RQ4 2011 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2011 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Hui Xu

Notes

Previously coded CHI4119

Synopsis

Through investigation into literature writings in Chinese language, this unit will help students to understand Chinese language as it used to express complex ideas of contemporary Chinese writers about social, political and cultural changes in post-Mao China. Through various research projects, this unit will also help students to write critical essays in Chinese language for academic purposes.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired an ability to write and speak effectively in standard Chinese on a range of intellectual issues in post-Mao China. More specifically, students are expected to improve:

  1. their understanding of key issues in contemporary Chinese literature and cultural issues;
  2. their knowledge of recent developments in Chinese literature and Chinese cinema;
  3. their understanding of Chinese language as it used to express complex social, cultural, political and economic change in contemporary China;
  4. their basic analytical and language skills necessary for research in Chinese studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentation: 15%
Class participation/perfomance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Hui Xu

Contact hours

Three x 1 hr seminars/week

Prerequisites

Chinese 10 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ATS1011, ATS1031, ATS2011, ATS2031, ATS3011, ATS3031, APG4011, ATS4031, APG5011, APG5031


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011

Notes

Previously coded JWC4260

Synopsis

The unit will focus on Jewish literary responses to catastrophe from ancient times to the Holocaust. After considering the historical framework for events including the Destruction of the Temple, the Crusades and the Spanish Exile, students will read the poetry, stories, songs, and prayers that the Jews composed in reaction to the catastrophes. We will consider how the literature of destruction manifested a Jewish religious response to collective trauma, and how the literature became a means of cultural survival for the Jewish people. We will also examine if and how the literature of destruction is artistic.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to have the capacity to:

  1. Analyse the historical contexts of key events that challenged Jewish theological understandings

  1. Understand the cultural meanings of 'destruction' and 'catastrophe' in Jewish writings

  1. Explore the unique meaning of the Holocaust in Jewish thought and it's literary representations

  1. In addition, students at fourth year will have the ability to appreciate the range of literary forms practised by Jews through history.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Allison Craven and Dr Patricia Goon

Notes

Previously coded COM4020

Synopsis

This unit provides students with advanced skills in seminar presentation and industry liaison. Students will identify a particular area of specialisation within the communication industry and develop networks and links with practitioners. Students will complete and present two papers in seminar format, and will participate in the organisation of guest lecturers and visits to industry.

Objectives

The objective of this unit is to study a significant issue in a defined industry sector, and to develop a network of contacts, and limited expertise related to that issue.

Assessment

Initial Position Paper (4000 words): 35%
Final Outcomes paper (5000 words): 40%
Guest Lecture: 15%
Industry Visit: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Andy Ruddock

Notes

Previously coded COM4230

Synopsis

This unit will explore how media users experience and participate in key political issues that define public life. The course is grounded in audience research. It assesses how different ideas about media influence have developed in relation to changing media environments. It will draw from case studies on politics and celebrity, media violence and public health issues. The course will contain a strong methodological component, assessing techniques for gathering and interpreting evidence on what people do with media.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this subject should have developed:

  1. An appreciation of the political, cultural and institutional factors that influence the questions scholars ask and the methods they use to analyze media and cultural influence
  2. A broad understanding of key questions in the field of media influence, and knowledge of how and why these questions have emerged. An ability to connect these questions to broader issues of ordinary communication in everyday settings
  3. An ability to critique scholarship on both conceptual and methodological bases
  4. The ability to perform scholarly literature reviews in a manner leading to original research questions
  5. The ability to select appropriate data gathering methods for exploring questions of particular relevance to the student.

Assessment

Literature review (3500 words): 40%
Class presentation: 10%
Project proposal (4500 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Andy Ruddock

Contact hours

One 2- hour seminar per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

2 hours per week MUSO participation. Two 6 hour weekend seminars

Prerequisites

A major sequence in an Arts discipline

Prohibitions

APG5411


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Shane Homan

Notes

Previously coded COM4240

Synopsis

In this unit students consider the key production, consumption and policy debates concerning the popular music industries. It situates popular music as a significant part of the global media and cultural industries, examining a range of music-media activity, including music journalism; music radio; film soundtracks; music television; and music on the internet. A key theme of analysis is the changing roles of industry, audiences and governments regarding how and where popular music remains meaningful. The unit will also address contemporary intellectual property and other policy debates, and how the 'local' is situated within global music landscapes.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the key media studies, popular music and cultural studies theories associated with popular music activity;
  2. An assessment of how popular music operates as part of local and global media and cultural industries;
  3. An ability to critically and independently engage with key debates and issues within the popular music industries;
  4. An ability to apply broader global concepts to distinct local contexts;
  5. An ability to explain and analyse course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Assessment

Essay I (theory and debates) (4000 words): 40%
Essay II (case study) (5000 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Shane Homan

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Completion of Bachelor of Arts or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG5412


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Margaret Florey

Notes

Previously coded LIN4040

Synopsis

This unit provides students with knowledge and skills in methods used in researching endangered languages covering both elicitation methods involving working directly with a speaker of a language and the location, identification, and analysis of historical/archival language material. It develops the ability to select and use appropriate methodologies for the recording of grammatical and sociolinguistic data, including quantitative and qualitative methods, as well as the use of archived texts and audio recordings, and the comparison of extant material for closely related languages and families. The unit also addresses fieldwork practicalities, and issues of ethics, advocacy and empowerment.

Assessment

Analytic exercise (1250): 15%; Research proposal (1000 words):12.5%; Preparatory materials for data collection (questionnaire, elicitation questions) - 1000 words:12.5%; Data collection (750 words): 10%; Research Essay (4500 words): 45%; Group/Online participation: 5%.

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

ATS1339 or APG4698

Prohibitions

APG4347, LIN3040


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2011
Coordinator(s)Dr Margaret Florey

Notes

Previously coded LIN4050

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to key issues in language endangerment and provides them with the skills to develop and implement language maintenance programs. It examines assessments of linguistic diversity and language endangerment and reflects on a range of issues via case studies from various regions, including symptoms and causes of language shift, and changes in patterns of language use and transmission. Students examine language maintenance and revitalisation programs developed within communities and in institutional settings, and acquire an awareness of socio-political issues through locating such activities within the framework of language planning and language policy processes.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should have:i. gained familiarity with the significant aspects of the rapidly growing field of language endangerment research and practice; ii. have an understanding of, and an ability to apply, key terms, concepts and theoretical models relevant to a wide range of language endangerment settings; iii. developed the ability to critically evaluate assessments of language endangerment; iv. acquired the skills in curriculum development necessary to establish language programs; v. gained familiarity with the range of language maintenance programs in use internationally; vi. gained an understanding of language policy and language planning processes.Students should be able to: vii. demonstrate an understanding of the historical development of language endangerment research; viii. analyse the key factors in assessing language endangerment and speaker fluency; ix. evaluate alternative explanations for language variation; x. interpret theoretical frameworks developed and utilised by researchers in the field; xi. apply key concepts to new sets of data; xii. to evaluate language programs appropriate to particular language endangerment settings internationally; xiii. demonstrate an understanding of the stages in curriculum development; xiv. apply knowledge of programs to new situations to select an appropriate model.Students should also be able to: xv. formulate research questions; xvi.utilise appropriate methodologies to conduct independent research; xvii. access appropriate source materials; xviii.analyse and interpret texts; xix. and utilise their knowledge to formulate a proposal to develop a language maintenance program; xx.to present their results orally and in written exposition (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting); xxi. engage in team work and critical academic discussion of information and argument.

Assessment

Research proposal and bibliography (1000 words): 10%; Critical review (1500 words): 15; Research essay(5000 words): 50%; Take-home test(1 hour): 20%; Group/online participation (500 words equivalent): 5%

Contact hours

1 hour lecture
2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATS3665